Geography

Warre269

TheDictionaryofHumanGeography28PDFDrive.com29.pdf

Home >Geography homework help >Geography

T H E D I C T I O N A RY O F

Human Geography 5thEdition

Editedby

DerekGregory RonJohnston GeraldinePratt MichaelJ.Watts andSarahWhatmore

A John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., Publication

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_1_FM Final Proof page 3 2.4.2009 6:41pm

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1056 2.4.2009 8:55pm

T H E D I C T I O N A RY O F

Human Geography

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_1_FM Final Proof page 1 2.4.2009 6:41pm

To the memory of

Denis Cosgrove and Leslie Hepple

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_1_FM Final Proof page 2 2.4.2009 6:41pm

T H E D I C T I O N A RY O F

Human Geography 5thEdition

Editedby

DerekGregory RonJohnston GeraldinePratt MichaelJ.Watts andSarahWhatmore

A John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., Publication

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_1_FM Final Proof page 3 2.4.2009 6:41pm

This 5th edition first published 2009 # 2009 by Blackwell Publishing Ltd except for editorial material and organization

# 2009 Derek Gregory, Ron Johnston, Geraldine Pratt, Michael J. Watts, and Sarah Whatmore Edition history: Basil Blackwell Ltd (1e, 1981 and 2e, 1986);

Blackwell Publishers Ltd (3e, 1994 and 4e, 2000)

Blackwell Publishing was acquired by John Wiley & Sons in February 2007. Blackwell’s publishing program has been merged with Wiley’s global Scientific, Technical, and Medical business to form Wiley-Blackwell.

Registered Office John Wiley & Sons Ltd, The Atrium, Southern Gate, Chichester,

West Sussex, PO19 8SQ, United Kingdom

Editorial Offices 350 Main Street, Malden, MA 02148-5020, USA 9600 Garsington Road, Oxford, OX4 2DQ, UK

The Atrium, Southern Gate, Chichester, West Sussex, PO19 8SQ, UK

For details of our global editorial offices, for customer services, and for information about how to apply for permission to reuse the copyright material in this book please

see our website at www.wiley.com/wiley-blackwell.

The right of Derek Gregory, Ron Johnston, Geraldine Pratt, Michael J. Watts, and Sarah Whatmore to be identified as the author of the editorial material in this work has been

asserted in accordance with the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988.

otherwise, except as permitted by the UK Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988, without the prior permission of the publisher.

Wiley also publishes its books in a variety of electronic formats. Some content that appears in print may not be available in electronic books.

Designations used by companies to distinguish their products are often claimed as trademarks. All brand names and product names used in this book are trade names, service marks, trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. The publisher is not associated with any product

or vendor mentioned in this book. This publication is designed to provide accurate and authoritative information in regard to the subject matter covered. It is sold on the understanding that the publisher

is not engaged in rendering professional services. If professional advice or other expert assistance is required, the services of a competent professional should be sought.

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

The dictionary of human geography / edited by Derek Gregory . . . [et al.]. – 5th ed. p. cm.

Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 978-1-4051-3287-9 (hardcover : alk. paper) – ISBN 978-1-4051-3288-6 (pbk. : alk. paper)

1. Human geography–Dictionaries. I. Gregory, Derek, 1951– GF4.D52 2009 304.203–dc22 2008037335

A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library.

Set in 9/10pt Plantin by SPi Publisher Services, Pondicherry, India Printed in Singapore

1 2009

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_1_FM Final Proof page 4 2.4.2009 6:41pm

http://www.wiley.com/wiley-blackwell

Contents

Preface to the Fifth Edition vi

How to Use This Dictionary x

Acknowledgements xi

List of Contributors xiii

Editorial Advisory Board xvi

THE DICTIONARY OF HUMAN GEOGRAPHY 1

Bibliography 818

Index 957

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_1_FM Final Proof page 5 2.4.2009 6:41pm

Preface to the Fifth Edition

Geographical dictionaries have a long history. A number were published in Europe in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries: a few – mostly those with greater pretensions to providing conceptual order – were described as ‘Geographical Grammars’. The majority were compendia of geographical information, or gazetteers, some of which were truly astonishing in their scope. For example, Lawrence Echard noted with some asperity in his 1691 Compendium of Geography that the geographer was by then more or less required to be ‘an Entomologist, an Astronomer, a Geometrician, a Natural Philosopher, a Husbandman, an Herbalist, a Mechanik, a Physician, a Merchant, an Architect, a Linguist, a Divine, a Politician, one that understands Laws and Military Affairs, an Herald [and] an Historian.’ Margarita Bowen, commenting on 1981 on what she took to be Geography’s isolation from the scientific mainstream in Echard’s time, suggested that ‘the prospect of adding epistemology and the skills of the philosopher’ to such a list might well have precipitated its Cambridge author into the River Cam! It was in large measure the addition of those skills to the necessary accomplishments of a

human geographer that prompted the first edition of The Dictionary of Human Geography. The original idea was John Davey’s, a publisher with an extraordinarily rich and creative sense of the field, and he persuaded Ron Johnston, Derek Gregory, Peter Haggett, David Smith and David Stoddart to edit the first edition (1981). In their Preface they noted that the changes in human geography since the Second World War had generated a ‘linguistic explosion’ within the discip- line. Part of the Dictionary’s purpose – then as now – was to provide students and others with a series of frameworks for situating, understanding and interrogating the modern lexicon. The implicit model was something closer to Raymond Williams’ marvellous compilation of Keywords than to any ‘Geographical Grammar’. Certainly the intention was always to provide something more than a collection of annotated reading lists. Individual entries were located within a web of cross-references to other entries, which enabled readers to follow their own paths through the Dictionary, sometimes to encounter unexpected parallels and convergences, sometimes to en- counter creative tensions and contradictions. But the major entries were intended to be com- prehensible on their own, and many of them not only provided lucid presentations of key issues but also made powerful contributions to subsequent debates. This sense of The Dictionary of Human Geography as both mirror and goad, as both reflecting

and provoking work in our field, has been retained in all subsequent editions. The pace of change within human geography was such that a second edition (1986) was produced only five years after the first, incorporating significant revisions and additions. For the third (1994) and fourth (2000) editions, yet more extensive revisions and additions were made. This fifth edition, fostered by our publisher Justin Vaughan, continues that restless tradition: it has been compre- hensively redesigned and rewritten and is a vastly different book from the original. The first edition had over 500 entries written by eighteen contributors; this edition has more than 1000 entries written by 111 contributors. Over 300 entries appear for the first time (many of the most important are noted throughout this Preface), and virtually all the others have been fully revised and reworked. With this edition, we have thus once again been able to chart the emergence of new themes, approaches and concerns within human geography, and to anticipate new avenues of enquiry and new links with other disciplines. The architecture of the Dictionary has also been changed. We have retained the cross-referencing of headwords within each entry and the detailed Index, which together provide invaluable alternatives to the alphabetical ordering of the text, but references are no longer listed at the end of each entry. Instead, they now appear in a consolidated Bibliography at the end of the volume. We took this decision partly to avoid duplication and release space for new and extended entries, but also because we believe the Bibliography represents an important intellectual resource in its own right. It has over 4000 entries, including books, articles and online sources. Our contributors operated within exacting guidelines, including limits on the length of each

entry and the number of references, and they worked to a demanding schedule. The capstone entry for previous editions was ‘human geography’, but in this edition that central place is now

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_1_FM Final Proof page 6 2.4.2009 6:41pm

taken by a major entry on ‘geography’, with separate entries on ‘human geography’ and (for the first time) ‘physical geography’. The inclusion of the latter provides a valuable perspective on the multiple ways in which human geography has become involved in interrogations of the biophys- ical world and – one of Williams’s most complicated keywords – ‘nature’. Accordingly, we have expanded our coverage of environmental geographies and of terms associated with the continued development of actor-network theory and political ecology, and for the first time we have included entries on biogeography, biophilosophy, bioprospecting, bioregionalism, biosecurity, biotechnology, climate, environmental history, environmental racism, environmental security, genetic geographies, the global commons, oceans, tropicality, urban nature, wetlands and zoos. The first edition was planned at the height of the critique of spatial science within geography,

and for that reason most of the entries were concerned with either analytical methods and formal spatial models or with alternative concepts and approaches drawn from the other social sciences. We have taken new developments in analytical methods into account in subsequent editions, and this one is no exception. We pay particular attention to the continuing stream of innovations in Geographic Information Systems and, notably, the rise of Geographic Information Science, and we have also taken notice of the considerable revival of interest in quantitative methods and modelling: hence we have included for the first time entries on agent-based modelling, Bayesian analysis, digital cartography, epidemiology, e-social science, geo-informatics and software for quantitative analysis, and we have radically revised our coverage of other analytical methods. The vital importance of qualitative methods in human geography has required renewed atten- tion too, including for the first time entries on discourse analysis and visual methods, together with enhanced entries on deconstruction, ethnography, iconography, map reading and qualita- tive methods. In the previous edition we provided detailed coverage of developments in the social sciences and the humanities, and we have taken this still further in the present edition. Human geographers have continued to be assiduous in unpicking the seams between the social sciences and the humanities, and for the first time we have included entries on social theory, on the humanities, and on philosophy and literature (complementing revised entries on art, film and music), together with crucial junction-terms such as affect, assemblage, cartographic reason, contrapuntal geographies, dialectical image, emotional geography, minor theory, posthuman- ism, representation and trust (complementing enhanced entries on performance, performativity, non-representational theory and representation). Since the previous edition, the interest in some theoretical formations has declined, and with it the space we have accorded to them; but human geography has continued its close engagement with postcolonialism and post-structuralism, and the new edition incorporates these developments. They involve two continuing and, we think, crucial moments. The first is a keen interest in close and critical reading (surely vital for any dictionary!) and, to repeat what we affirmed in the preface to the previous edition, we are keenly aware of the slipperiness of our geographical ‘keywords’: of the claims they silently make, the privileges they surreptitiously install, and of the wider webs of meaning and practice within which they do their work. It still seems to us that human geographers are moving with consid- erable critical intelligence in a trans-disciplinary, even post-disciplinary space, and we hope that this edition continues to map and move within this intellectual topography with unprecedented precision and range. The second implication of postcolonialism and post-structuralism is a heightened sensitivity to what we might call the politics of specificity. This does not herald the return of the idiographic under another name, and it certainly does not entail any slackening of interest in theoretical work (we have in fact included an enhanced entry on theory). But it has involved a renewed interest in and commitment to that most traditional of geographical con- cerns, the variable character of the world in which we live. In one sense, perhaps, this makes the fifth edition more conventionally ‘geographical’ than its predecessors. We have included new entries on the conceptual formation of major geographical divisions and imaginaries, including the globe and continents (with separate entries on Africa, the Americas, Asia, Australasia and Europe), and on Latin America, the Middle East, the global South and the West, and on cognate fields such as area studies and International Relations. But we also asked our contributors to recognize that the world of geography is not limited to the global North. In previous editions, contributors frequently commented on the multiple ways in which modern human geography had worked to privilege and, indeed, normalize ‘the modern’, and together they traced a genealogy of geographical knowledge in which the world beyond Europe and North America was all too often marginalized or produced as a problematic ‘pre-modern’. For this edition, we asked contributors to go beyond the critique of these assumptions and, wherever possible, to

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_1_FM Final Proof page 7 2.4.2009 6:41pm

PREFACE TO THE FIFTH EDITION

vii

incorporate more cosmopolitan geographies (and we have included a new entry on cos- mopolitanism). And yet we must also recognize that this edition, like its predecessors, remains focused on

English-language words, terms and literatures. There are cautionary observations to be made about the power-laden diffusion of English as a ‘global language’, and we know that there are severe limitations to working within a single-language tradition (especially in a field like human geography). The vitality of other geographical traditions should neither be overlooked nor minimized. We certainly do not believe that human geography conducted in English somehow constitutes the canonical version of the discipline, though it would be equally foolish to ignore the powers and privileges it arrogates to itself in the unequal world of the international academy. Neither should one discount the privileges that can be attached to learning other languages, nor minimize the perils of translation: linguistic competences exact their price. But to offer some (limited) protection against an unreflective ethnocentrism, we have been guided by an inter- national Editorial Advisory Board and we have extended our coverage of issues bound up with Anglocentrism and Eurocentrism, colonialism and imperialism, Empire and Orientalism – all of these in the past and in the present – and we continue to engage directly with the politics of ‘race’, racism and violence. All of this makes it impossible to present The Dictionary of Human Geography as an Archimedean overview, a textual performance of what Donna Haraway calls ‘the God-trick’. The entries are all situated knowledges, written by scholars working in Australia, Canada, Denmark, India, Ireland, Israel, New Zealand, Singapore, the United Kingdom and the United States of America. None of them is detached, and all of them are actively involved in the debates that they write about. More than this, the authors write from a diversity of subject- positions, so that this edition, like its predecessor, reveals considerable diversity and debate within the discipline. We make no secret of the differences – in position, in orientation, in politics – among our contributors. They do not speak with a single voice, and this is not a work of bland or arbitrary systematization produced by a committee. Even so, we are conscious of at least some of its partialities and limitations, and we invite our readers to consider how these other voices might be heard from other positions, other places, and to think about the voices that are – deliberately or unconsciously – silenced or marginalized. None of these changes is a purely intellectual matter, of course, for they do not take place in a

vacuum: the world has changed since the previous edition, and this is reflected in a number of entries that appear here for the first time. Some reach back to recover terms from the recent past that are active in our present – including Cold War, fascism, Holocaust and Second World – but all of them are distinguished by a sense of the historical formation of concepts and the webs of power in which they are implicated. While we do not believe that ‘everything changed’ after the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon on 11 September 2001, one year after our last edition, a shortlist of terms that have achieved new salience within the field indicates how far human geography has been restructured to accommodate a heightened sensitivity to political violence, including its ethical, economic and ecological dimensions. While many of these terms (like the four we have just mentioned) should have been in previous editions, for the first time we now have entries on: American Empire, asylum, bare life, the camp, ethnic cleansing, spaces of exception, genocide, homo sacer, human rights, intifada, just war, militarism, military geography, military occupation, resource wars, rogue states, security, terrorism, urbicide and war. Human geography has made major contributions to the critical study of economic transformation and globalization too, and our entries continue to recognize major developments in economic geography and political economy, and the lively exchanges between them that seek to explicate dramatic changes in contemporary regimes of capital accumulation and circulation. The global economic crisis broke as this edition was going to press. We had already included new entries on anti-development and anti-globalization, on the International Monetary Fund and the World Social Forum, and on narco-capitalism and petrocapitalism, which speak to some of the ramifications of the crisis, but we also believe that these events have made our expanded critiques of (in particular) capitalism, markets and neo-liberalism more relevant than ever before. A number of other projects have appeared in the wake of previous editions of the Dictionary:

meta-projects such as the International Encyclopedia of Human Geography and several other encyclopedias, an indispensable Feminist Glossary of Human Geography, and a series devoted to Key Concepts in the major subdisciplines of human geography. There is, of course, a lively debate about scale in geography, but we believe that the scale (or perhaps the extent of the conceptual

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_1_FM Final Proof page 8 2.4.2009 6:41pm

PREFACE TO THE FIFTH EDITION

viii

network) of The Dictionary of Human Geography continues to be a crucial resource for anyone who wants to engage with the continued development of the field. It is not the last word – and neither pretends nor wishes to be – but rather an invitation to recover those words that came before, to reflect on their practical consequences, and to contribute to future ‘geo-graphings’. This makes it all the more salutary to return to Echard’s original list and realize that virtually all of the fields he identified as bearing on geography have their counterparts within the contem- porary discipline. The single exception is the figure of the Herald, but if this is taken to imply not the skill of heraldry but rather a harbinger of what is to come, then human geography’s interest in prediction and forecasting returns us to the footsteps of our seventeenth-century forebear. Be that as it may, none of us is prepared to forecast the scope and contents of the next edition of The Dictionary of Human Geography, which is why working on the project continues to be such a wonderfully creative process.

Derek Gregory Ron Johnston

Geraldine Pratt Michael J. Watts Sarah Whatmore

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_1_FM Final Proof page 9 2.4.2009 6:41pm

PREFACE TO THE FIFTH EDITION

How to UseThis Dictionary

Keywords are listed alphabetically and appear on the page in bold type: in most cases, users of the Dictionary should begin their searches there. Within each entry, cross-references to other entries are shown in capital letters (these include the plural and adjectival versions of many of the terms). Readers may trace other connections through the comprehensive index at the back of the book. Suggested readings are provided at the end of each entry in abbreviated (Harvard) form; a full

Bibliography is provided between pages 818 and 956, and readers seeking particular references or the works of particular authors should begin their searches there.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_1_FM Final Proof page 10 2.4.2009 6:41pm

Acknowledgements

In the production of this edition, we are again indebted to a large number of people. We are particularly grateful to Justin Vaughan, our publisher at Wiley-Blackwell, for his enthusiasm, support and impeccably restrained goading, and to many others at Wiley-Blackwell (especially Liz Cremona and Tim Beuzeval) who have been involved in the management and implemen- tation of this project. We owe a special debt to Geoffrey Palmer, our copy-editor, who performed marvels turning multiple electronic files into an accurate and coherent printed volume, and to WordCo Indexing Services, Inc., who compiled and cross-checked the Index with meticulous care. The preparation of a large multi-authored volume such as this is dependent on the co-

operation of a large number of colleagues, who accepted our invitation to contribute, our cajoling to produce the entries, our prompts over deadlines and our editorial interventions: we are immensely grateful to them for their care, tolerance and patience. It is with the greatest sadness that we record the deaths of two of them during the preparation of the Dictionary – Denis Cosgrove and Les Hepple – and we dedicate this edition to their memory. The authors, editors and publishers thank the following for permission to reproduce the

Martin Cadwallader for the figure reproduced in the entry for Alonso model from Analytical Urban Geography, 1985.

Blackwell Publishing Ltd with The University of Chicago Press for the figure reproduced in the entry capitalism from D. Harvey, The Limits to Capital, 1982.

Blackwell Publishing Ltd for the figure reproduced in the entry crisis from D. Gregory, Geographical Imaginations, 1993.

Blackwell Publishing Ltd for the figure reproduced in the entry critical theory, based on Jürgen Habermas, The Theory of Communicative Action, Vol. 2, Polity Press.

University of California Press for the figure reproduced in the entry cultural landscape from Carol O. Sauer, The Morphology of Landscape, 1925. # 1925 The Regents of the University of California.

Peter Haggett for the figure reproduced in the entry for demographic transition from Geog- raphy: A Modern Synthesis, 1975.

Ohio State University Press/Macmillan Publishers Ltd for the figure reproduced in the entry distance decay from Peter J. Taylor, ‘Distance transformation and distance decay functions’, Geographical Analysis, Vol. 3, 3 July 1971. # Ohio State University Press.

Hodder and Stoughton Publishers Ltd for the figure reproduced in the entry Kondratieff waves based on Marshall, 1987, from P. Knox and J. Agnew, Geography of the World-Economy, 1989.

Macmillan Publishers Ltd with St. Martin’s Press for the figure reproduced in the entry Kondratieff waves from Knox and Agnew, adapted from M. Marshall, Long Waves of Regional Development, 1987.

Peter Haggett for the figure reproduced in the entry for locational analysis, from Locational Analysis in Human Geography, 1977.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_1_FM Final Proof page 11 2.4.2009 6:41pm

Cambridge University Press and The University of Chicago Press for the figure reproduced in the entry for multiple nuclei model from Harris and Ullman in H.M. Mayer and C.F. Kohn, eds, Readings in Urban Geography, 1959.

Blackwell Publishing Ltd for figures 1 and 2 reproduced in the entry production of space from D. Gregory, Geographical Imaginations, 1993.

The Estate of Conroy Maddox for the figure reproduced in the entry for reflexivity.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_1_FM Final Proof page 12 2.4.2009 6:41pm

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

xii

Contributors

AA Ash Amin, Professor of Geography, University of Durham, UK

AB Alison Blunt, Professor of Geography, Queen Mary, University of London, UK

AGH Tony Hoare, Senior Lecturer in Geography, University of Bristol, UK

AJB Adrian Bailey, Professor of Migration Studies, School of Geography, University of Leeds, UK

AJS Anna Secor, Associate Professor of Geography, University of Kentucky, USA

AL Andrew Leyshon, Professor of Economic Geography, University of Nottingham, UK

AV Alexander Vasudevan, Lecturer in Cultural and Historical Geography, University of Nottingham, UK

BA Ben Anderson, Lecturer in Geography, University of Durham, UK

BY Brenda Yeoh, Professor of Geography, National University of Singapore, Singapore

CB Clive Barnett, Reader in Human Geography, The Open University, UK

CF Colin Flint, Professor of Geography, University of Illinois, Urbana- Champaign, USA

CK Cindi Katz, Professor of Geography, Graduate Center, The City University of New York, USA

CP Chris Philo, Professor of Geography, University of Glasgow, UK

CW Charles Withers, Professor of Historical Geography, University of Edinburgh, UK

DCa David Campbell, Professor of Cultural and Political Geography, University of Durham, UK

DCl Dan Clayton, Lecturer in Human Geography, University of St Andrews, UK

DCo Denis Cosgrove, formerly Alexander von Humboldt Professor of Geography, University of California, Los Angeles, USA

DG Derek Gregory, Professor of Geography, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada

DH Dan Hiebert, Professor of Geography, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada

DL David Ley, Professor of Geography, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada

DMat David Matless, Professor of Cultural Geography, University of Nottingham, UK

DMar Deborah Martin, Assistant Professor of Geography, Clark University, USA

DMS David Smith, Emeritus Professor of Geography, Queen Mary, University of London, UK

DNL David Livingstone, Professor of Geography and Intellectual History, Queen’s University, Belfast, UK

DP David Pinder, Reader in Geography, Queen Mary, University of London, UK

EM Eugene McCann, Associate Professor of Geography, Simon Fraser University, Canada

EP Eric Pawson, Professor of Geography, University of Canterbury, New Zealand

ES Eric Sheppard, Regents Professor, University of Minnesota, USA

ESch Erica Schoenberger, Professor of Geography, the Johns Hopkins University, USA

FD Felix Driver, Professor of Human Geography, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK

GB Gavin Bridge, Reader in Economic Geography, University of Manchester, UK

GHa Gillian Hart, Professor of Geography, University of California, Berkeley, USA

GHe George Henderson, Associate Professor of Geography, University of Minnesota, USA

GK Gerry Kearns, Professor of Government and International Affairs, Virginia Tech, USA

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_1_FM Final Proof page 13 2.4.2009 6:41pm

xiii

GP Geraldine Pratt, Professor of Geography, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada

GR Gillian Rose, Professor of Cultural Geography, The OpenUniversity, UK

GV Gill Valentine, Professor of Geography, University of Leeds, UK

GW Graeme Wynn, Professor of Geography, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada

JA John Agnew, Professor of Geography, University of California, Los Angeles, USA

JD Jessica Dubow, Lecturer in Geography, University of Sheffield, UK

JF James Faulconbridge, Lecturer in Human Geography, Lancaster University, UK

JGl Jim Glassman, Associate Professor of Geography, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada

JGu Julie Guthman, Associate Professor, Community Studies, University of California, Santa Cruz, USA

JH Jennifer Hyndman, Professor of Geography, Syracuse University, USA

JK Jake Kosek, Assistant Professor, University of California, Berkeley, USA

JL Jo Little, Professor in Gender and Geography, University of Exeter, UK

JM James McCarthy, Assistant Professor of Geography, Pennsylvania State University, USA

JPa Joe Painter, Professor of Geography, University of Durham, UK

JPe Jamie Peck, Professor of Geography, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada

JPi John Pickles, Earl N. Phillips Distinguished Professor of International Studies and Geography, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, USA

JPJ John Paul Jones III, Professor of Geography, University of Arizona, USA

JSD James Duncan, Reader in Cultural Geography, University of Cambridge

JSh Jo Sharp, Senior Lecturer in Geography, University of Glasgow, UK

JSt Jon Stobart, Professor of History, Northampton University, UK

JSu Juanita Sundberg, Assistant Professor of Geography, University

of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada

JWi Jane Wills, Professor of Human Geography, Queen Mary, University of London, UK

JWy John Wylie, Senior Lecturer in Human Geography, University of Exeter, UK

KB Keith Bassett, Senior Lecturer in Geography, University of Bristol, UK

KJ Kelvyn Jones, Professor of Human Quantitative Geography, University of Bristol, UK

KM Katharyne Mitchell, Professor of Geography, University of Washington, Seattle, USA

KS Kirsten Simonsen, Professor of Geography, Roskilde University, Denmark

KWa Kevin Ward, Professor of Geography, University of Manchester, UK

KWo Keith Woodard, Lecturer in Human Geography, University of Exeter, UK

LB Liz Bondi, Professor of Social Geography, University of Edinburgh, UK

LK Lily Kong, Vice President (University and Global Relations) and Professor of Geography, National University of Singapore, Singapore

LL Loretta Lees, Professor of Human Geography, King’s College, London, UK

LST Leigh Shaw-Taylor, Senior Research Associate in Geography and Deputy Director of the Cambridge Group for the History of Population and Social Structure, University of Cambridge, UK

LWH Les Hepple, formerly Professor of Geography, University of Bristol, UK

MB Michael Brown, Professor of Geography, University of Washington, Seattle, USA

MC Mike Crang, Reader in Geography, University of Durham, UK

ME Matthew Edney, Director of the History of Cartography Project, University of Wisconsin, Madison, USA

MH Michael Heffernan, Professor of Historical Geography, University of Nottingham, UK

MM Mark Monmonier, Distinguished Professor of Geography, Syracuse University, USA

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_1_FM Final Proof page 14 2.4.2009 6:41pm

CONTRIBUTORS

xiv

MS Matthew Sparke, Professor of Geography, University of Washington, USA

MSG Meric Gertler, Dean of Arts and Sciences and Professor of Geography, University of Toronto, Canada

MSR Matthew Smallman-Raynor, Professor of Analytical Geography, Nottingham University, UK

MT Matt Turner, Professor of Geography, University of Wisconsin- Madison, USA

MW Michael J. Watts, Professor of Geography, University of California, Berkeley, USA

NB Nick Bingham, Lecturer in Human Geography, The Open University, UK

NC Nigel Clark, Senior Lecturer in Human Geography, The Open University, UK

NJ Nuala Johnson, Reader in Human Geography, Queen’s University, Belfast, UK

NJC Nick Clifford, Professor of River Science, School of Geography, University of Nottingham, UK

NKB Nick Blomley, Professor of Geography, Simon Fraser University, Canada

NS Nadine Schuurman, Associate Professor of Geography, Simon Fraser University, Canada

OY Oren Yiftachel, Professor of Geography, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Israel

PG Paul Glennie, Senior Lecturer in Geography, University of Bristol, UK

PH Phil Hubbard, Professor of Urban Social Geography, Loughborough University, UK

PM Phil McManus, Associate Professor of Geography, School of Geosciences, University of Sydney, Australia

PR PaulRoutledge, ReaderinGeography, University of Glasgow, UK

RH Richard Harris, Senior Lecturer in Geography, University of Bristol, UK

RJ Ron Johnston, Professor of Geography, University of Bristol, UK

RK Roger Keil, Professor of Environmental Studies, York University, Canada

RL Roger Lee, Professor of Geography, Queen Mary, University of London

RMS Richard Smith, Professor of Historical Geography and Demography, University of Cambridge, UK

RN Richa Nagar, Professor of Gender, Women and Sexuality Studies, Department of Geography, University of Minnesota, USA

SC Sharad Chari, Lecturer in Human Geography, London School of Economics, UK

SCh Sanjay Chaturvedi, Professor of Political Science and Co-ordinator of the Centre for the Study of Geopolitics, Panjab University, Chandigarh, India

SCo Stuart Corbridge, Professor of Development Studies, London School of Economics, UK

SD SimonDalby,ProfessorofGeography, Carleton University, Canada

SE Stuart Elden, Professor of Geography, University of Durham UK

SG Stephen Graham, Professor of Geography, University of Durham, UK

SHa Susan Hanson, Research Professor of Geography, Clark University, USA

SHe Steve Herbert, Professor of Geography, University of Washington, Seattle, USA

SHi Stephen Hinchliffe, Reader in Environmental Geography, The Open University, UK

SM Sallie Marston, Professor of Geography, University of Arizona, USA

SP Scott Prudham, Associate Professor of Geography, University of Toronto, Canada

SW Sarah Whatmore, Professor of Environment and Public Policy, School of Geography and the Environment, University of Oxford, UK

TJB Trevor Barnes, Professor of Geography, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada

US Ulf Strohmayer, Professor of Geography, National University of Ireland, Galway, Ireland

VG Vinay Gidwani, Associate Professor of Geography, University of Minnesota, USA

WMA Bill Adams, Moran Professor of Conservation and Development, University of Cambridge, UK

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_1_FM Final Proof page 15 2.4.2009 6:41pm

CONTRIBUTORS

Editorial Advisory Board

Nicholas Blomley Professor of Geography, Simon Fraser University, Canada

Sanjay Chaturvedi Professor of Political Science and Co-ordinator of the Centre for the Study of Geopolitics, Panjab University, India

Eric Clark Professor, Department of Social and Economic Geography, Lund University, Sweden

Felix Driver Professor of Human Geography, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK

Katherine Gibson Professor, Department of Human Geography, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University, Canberra, Australia

Michael Heffernan Professor of Historical geography, University of Nottingham, UK

Jennifer Hyndman Professor of Geography, Syracuse University, USA

Kelvyn Jones Professor of Human Quantitative Geography, University of Bristol, UK

Paul Longley Professor of Geographic Information Science, University College London, UK

Peter Meusburger Senior Professor, Department of Geography, University of Heidelberg, Germany

Don Mitchell Professor of Geography, Syracuse University, USA

Anna Secor Associate Professor of Geography, University of Kentucky, USA

Joanne Sharp Senior Lecturer in Geography, University of Glasgow, UK

Eric Sheppard Regents Professor, Department of Geography, University of Minnesota, USA

Kirsten Simonsen Professor of Geography, Roskilde University, Denmark

David Slater Loughborough University, UK

Gearoid Ó Tuathail (Gerard Toal) Professor, School of Public and International Affairs, Virginia Tech, USA

Jane Wills Professor of Human Geography, Queen Mary, University of London, UK

Brenda Yeoh Professor of Geography, National University of Singapore

Oren Yiftachel Professor of Geography, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel

Yoka Yoshida Associate Professor of Human Geography, Nara Women’s University, Japan

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_1_FM Final Proof page 16 2.4.2009 6:41pm

xvi

Comp. by: LElumalai Stage : Revises1 ChapterID: 9781405132879_4_A Date:31/3/09 Time:21:44:11 Filepath://ppdys1108/BlackwellCup/00_Blackwell/00_3B2/Gregory- 9781405132879/appln/3B2/revises/9781405132879_4_A.3d

abduction A form of reasoning that takes accepted knowledge and infers the ‘best avail- able’ explanations for what is observed. Whereas deduction formally infers the consequences of a cause-and-effect relationship (if a, then b), and induction infers a conclusion from a num- ber of observations (of the same patterns, for example), abductive reasoning infers relation- ships from observations rather than asserting them. It thus presents a ‘provisional’ account for what has been observed (for why a is related to b), either inviting further empirical investi- gation that might sustain the ‘explanation’ or encouraging deductive work that might put the putative causal chain on a former footing. rj

abjection A psychoanalytic concept that de- scribes a psychic process through which the pure, proper and bounded body and identity emerge by expelling what is deemed impure, horrific or disgusting. The abject refers to bod- ily by-products such as urine, saliva, sperm, blood, vomit, faeces, hair, nails or skin, but also to impure psychic attachments, such as same-sex desire (Butler, 1997) and to entire zones of uninhabitable social life. What and who is classified as abject is socially and cul- turally contingent; it is that which ‘upsets or befuddles order’ (Grosz, 1994, p. 192). The abject thus signals sites of potential threat to the psychic and social order. Abjection is a process that can never be completed, and this is one factor that creates the intensity of psy- chic investment in the process. The concept is of interest because it attests to the materiality of subjectivity (the constant interplay be- tween the body and subjectivity); the persist- ent work required to maintain the fragile boundary between inside and outside, object and subject; and the intimate ways in which cultural norms inhabit the body. Geographers have been drawn in particular to the role that abjection plays in group-based fears manifest, for instance, in racism, sexism, homophobia (see homophobia and heterosexism), able- ism and some forms of nationalism (Young, 1990a), particularly in the maintenance of borders and purification of space, and in the production of the space of the exception (see exception, space of). As one example, Jo Long (2006) interprets the efforts of the

Israeli state to defend its borders from the ‘leakage’ of Palestinian checkpoint births and female ‘suicide bombers’ through the concept of abjection; Judith Butler (2004) conceives the US-operated Guantánamo Bay detention camp as a domain of abjected beings. gp

Suggested reading Johnston (1971).

zone of dependence An area characterized by the spatial clustering of residential and other facilities used by those dependent on the state and other bodies (such as charities) for housing and other support. The import- ance of such facilities has been increased with the general trend involving the closure of many psychiatric and other facilities and replacing them with ‘community care’, with many of its facilities located in the inner city, where large properties are available for conver- sion and there is less likelihood of resistance from established residents (cf. nimby). That spatial concentration encourages their users to find accommodation nearby, thereby creating an area where such dependent people, many suffering in various ways from social exclu- sion, dominate. As more people congregate in such zones, more facilities are placed there to serve them, and eventually a situation akin to the creation of a ghetto emerges. rj

Suggested reading Dear and Wolch (1993).

zoning A term used to describe the practice of dividing a city or region into tracts of land, or zones, for the purposes of land-use plan- ning. Each zone is assigned a set of permitted uses (e.g. residential, commercial, industrial or some subdivision of these, such as single- family residential), often overlain by regula- tions on density, height and design. Regulations are codified in a comprehensive plan and, consequently, shape future urban development (Smith, 1983). The character of zoning regulations varies greatly among coun- tries, with some framing them at the national level and others – particularly the USA – hav- ing a localized and fragmented system. This local ability to use state power to advance the general good over individual interests is based on US Supreme Court decisions – such as the famous Village of Euclid v. Ambler Realty Co. of 1926 – which established the right of cities to limit the uses to which private property owners could put their land. While zoning is, in one sense, a mundane

bureaucratic practice, its history and present operation are also tied up with wider social questions. For example, ethnic discrimination forms the basis for early zoning regulations in North American cities. Worries among white elites about the encroachment of ‘undesirable’ ethnic groups such as Chinese populations

led to ordinances that only permitted their businesses, such as laundries, in specific areas. Today, exclusionary zoning continues to be used, often by wealthy municipalities, to exclude low-income people. Strategies of exclusion include requirements that houses be built on large (i.e. expensive) lots and prohibitions on apartment buildings. Proponents of contemporary zoning argue

that it provides a transparent framework for decision-making, since principles of develop- ment have been codified before decisions on particular proposals are made; that it provides predictability for landowners, investors and developers; and that it offers safeguards for residents and the environment by controlling the spread of unwanted or noxious land uses. Critics point to zoning’s unequal effects and its potential for discriminatory social exclusion; criticize its restrictions on landowners; point to its tendency to produce large, environmen- tally damaging land-use monocultures, such as single-family suburban subdivisions; and worry about the potential for zoning decisions – particularly those regarding requests to change existing zoning or to seek an exception (a vari- ance) – to be unfairly influenced by interest groups. Contemporary urban policy concerns,

including the mitigation of urban sprawl and the encouragement of compact and mixed-use developments, relate to zoning. Growth man- agement and smart growth strategies, such as growth boundaries (beyond which, the types of permissible urban land uses are strictly regulated) are used to maintain compact cit- ies (Knaap and Nelson, 1992). Within cities, long-standing criticisms of single-use zoning and developers’ interest in mixed use develop- ments have led to the increased use of zoning categories that accommodate a variety of land uses in one location (Knox, 1991). Finally, it is worth noting that zoning is

frequently the object and stake of urban polit- ics. Developers and landowners often lobby for changes in zoning to increase the value of their holdings (a tract may be more valuable if its zoning is changed from industrial to residential, for instance). Environmentalists or neighbourhood activists often oppose such changes when they seem to create negative externalities (McCann, 2002). em

Suggested reading Knaap and Nelson (1992); Smith (1983).

zoos Enclosures where animals are held for a variety of purposes, including display,

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_4_Z Final Proof page 816 30.3.2009 7:48pm

ZONE OF DEPENDENCE

816

human entertainment and education, ex situ breeding and conservation. Initially developed from menageries of animal exotica, and designed for human consumption, zoos responded in the mid-to-late twentieth cen- tury to public anxiety, animal welfare and environmental criticisms by re-staging and re-selling animal collections as crucial to bio- diversity conservation (Anderson, 1995). Zoos then formed networks linked by the movements of animals, reproductive tissues

and records (Whatmore, 2002a). Animal lives were behaviourally enhanced, and collections shifted from the comprehensive (displaying a wide variety of specimen spe- cies) to the specialized (focused on sustain- able groups of species types). Criticisms remain, especially from those who regard zoo improvements as little other than conscience and market protection devices in an increasingly competitive edu-tainment sector. sjh

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_4_Z Final Proof page 817 30.3.2009 7:48pm

ZOOS

817

Bibliography

Note: Square brackets refer to original publication dates. Some later editions are grouped with earlier editions for convenience.

Aalto, P. 2002: A European geopolitical subject in the making? EU, Russia and the Kaliningrad question. Geopolitics 7: 143–74.

Aay, H. 1981: Textbook chronicles: disciplinary history and the growth of geographic know- ledge. In B.W. Blouet, ed., The origins of aca- demic geography in the United States. Hamden, CT: Archon Books, 291–301.

Abbott, A. and Tsay, A. 2000: Sequence analysis and optimal matching methods in sociology: review and prospect. Sociological Methods & Research 29(1): 3–33.

Abel, W. 1980: Agricultural fluctuations in Europe from the thirteenth to twentieth centuries. London: Methuen.

Abercrombie, N., Hill, S. and Turner, B.S. 1980: The dominant ideology thesis. London: George Allen and Unwin.

Abernethy, D. 2000: The dynamics of global dom- inance: European overseas empires, 1415–1980. New Haven: Yale University Press.

Abler, R.F. 1993a: Desiderata for geography. In R.J. Johnston, ed., The challenge for geography. A changing world: a changing discipline. Oxford: Blackwell.

Abler, R.F. 1993b: Everything in its place: GPS, GIS and geography in the 1990s. Professional Geographer 45(2): 131–9.

Abler, R.F., Marcus, M.G. and Olson, J.M., eds, 1992: Geography’s inner worlds. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.

Abrahamson, M. 2004: Global cities. New York and Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Abramson, A. and Theodossopoulos, D., eds, 2000: Land, law and environment: mythical land, legal boundaries. London: Pluto Press.

Abu-Lughod, J.L. 1989: Before European hegem- ony: The world system AD 1250–1350. New York: Oxford University Press.

Abu-Lughod, J.L. 1998: Introduction: feminist longings and postcolonial conditions. In L. Abu-Lughod, ed., Remaking women: feminism and modernity in the Middle East. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 3–31.

Abu-Lughod, J.L. 1999: New York, Chicago, Los Angeles: America’s global cities. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Abu-Lughod, J.L. 2001: Orientalism and Middle East feminist studies. Feminist Studies 27: 101–13.

ACIA 2004: Impacts of a warming Arctic: Arctic climate impact assessment. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Acker, J. 1989: The problem with patriarchy. Sociology 23: 235–40.

Ackerman, W.V. 1999: Growth control versus the growth machine in Redlands, California: conflict in urban land use. Urban Geography 20: 147–67.

Acland, C. 2003: Screen traffic. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Ad Hoc Committee on Geography 1965: The science of geography. Washington, DC: National Academy of Sciences – National Research Council.

Adam, B. 1998: Timescapes of modernity. London: Routledge.

Adam, B. 2006: Time. Theory, Culture & Society 23(2–3): 119–26.

Adams, P. 1997: Cyberspace and virtual places. Geographical Review 87(2): 155–71.

Adams, P. 1998: Network topologies and virtual place. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 88(1): 88–106.

Adams, P., Hoelscher, S. and Till, K., eds, 2001: Textures of place: exploring humanist geographies. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Adams, R. McC. 1966: Evolution of urban society: early Mesopotamia and pre-Hispanic Mexico. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson.

Adams, W.M. 1995: Sustainable development. In R. Johnston, P. Taylor and M. Watts, eds, Geographies of global change: remapping the world in the late twentieth century. Oxford: Blackwell, 354–73.

Adams, W.M. 2001: Green development: environ- ment and sustainability in the Third World, 2nd edn. London: Routledge.

Adams, W.M. 2004: Against extinction: the story of conservation. London: Earthscan.

Adams, W.M. and Mulligan, M., eds, 2003: Decolonizing nature: strategies for conservation in a post-colonial era. London: Earthscan.

Adey, P. 2004: Surveillance at the airport: sur- veilling mobility/mobilising surveillance. Environment and Planning A 36: 1365–80.

Adorno, T. 1976: The positivist dispute in German sociology. New York: Harper & Row.

Adorno, T. 1977: Aesthetic theory. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 818 1.4.2009 7:55pm

818

Adorno, T. and Horkheimer, M. 1979: The dia- lectic of the Enlightenment. New York: Continuum.

Agamben, G. 1998: Homo sacer: sovereign power and bare life, trans. D. Heller-Roazen. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Agamben, G. 1999: Remnants of Auschwitz: the witness and the archive [Homo sacer III], trans. D. Heller-Roazen. New York: Zone Books.

Agamben, G. 2002: The open: man and animal. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Agamben, G. 2005: State of exception. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Aganbegyan, A. 1988: The challenge: economics of perestroika. London: Hutchinson.

Agar, J. and Smith, C., eds, 1998: Making space for science: territorial themes in the shaping of knowledge. London: Macmillan.

Agger, B. 1998: Critical social theories: an introduc- tion. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Agnes, P. 2000: The ‘end of geography’ in finan- cial services? Local embeddedness and terri- torialization in the interest swaps industry. Economic Geography 76: 347–66.

Agnew, J.A. 1987a: Place and politics: the geo- graphical mediation of state and society. Boston: Allen and Unwin.

Agnew, J.A. 1987b: The United States in the world- economy: a regional geography. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Agnew, J.A. 1994: The territorial trap: the geo- graphical assumptions of international rela- tions theory. Review of International Political Economy 1: 53–80.

Agnew, J.A. 1996: Mapping politics: how context counts in electoral geography. Political Geography 15: 129–46.

Agnew, J.A. 1998: Geopolitics: re-visioning world politics. London: Routledge.

Agnew, J.A. 1999: Regions on the mind does not equal regions of the mind. Progress in Human Geography 23: 91–6.

Agnew, J.A. 2001: The new global economy: time–space compression, geopolitics and global uneven development. Journal of World- Systems Research 7: 133–54.

Agnew, J.A. 2002: Making political geography. London: Arnold.

Agnew, J.A. 2003a: Geopolitics, 2nd edn. New York: Routledge.

Agnew, J.A. 2003b: Territoriality and political identity in Europe. In M. Berezin and M. Schain, eds, Europe without borders: remap- ping territory, citizenship, and identity in a trans- national age. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Agnew, J.A. 2005a: Hegemony: the new shape of global power. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.

Agnew, J.A. 2005b: Sovereignty regimes: terri- toriality and state authority in contemporary

world politics. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 95: 437–61.

Agnew, J.A. 2006: Globalization has a home address: the geopolitics of globalization. In D. Conway and N. Heynen, eds, Globali- zation’s contradictions: geographies of discipline, destruction and transformation. New York: Routledge.

Agrawal, A. 1995: Dismantling the divide between indigenous and scientific knowledge. Development and Change 26: 413–39.

Agrawal, A. 2005: Environmentality. Raleigh, NC: Duke University Press.

Agrawal, B. 1998: The gender and environment debate. In R. Keil, D.V.J. Bell, P. Penz and L. Fawcett, eds, Political ecology. London: Routledge, 193–220.

Agresti, A. 2002: Categorical data analysis. New York: Wiley.

Aguilar, A. 1968: Pan-Americanism from Monroe to the present: a view from the other side, trans. A. Zatz. New York: Monthly Review Press.

Agulhon, M. 1981: Marianne into battle: republican imagery and symbolism in France, 1789–1881. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Ahmad, A. 1992: Orientalism and after: ambiva- lence and metropolitan location in the work of Edward Said. In his In theory: classes, nations, literatures. London: Verso, 159–219.

Ahmed, S., Castañeda, C., Fortier, A.-M. and Sheller, M., eds, 2003: Uprootings/regroundings: questions of home and migration. Oxford: Berg.

Aitken, S. 1991: Person–environment theories in contemporary perceptual and behavioural geography: 1. Personality, attitudinal and spa- tial choice theories. Progress In Human Geo- graphy 15: 179–93.

Aitken, S. 2001: Geographies of young people: the morally contested spaces of identity. New York: Routledge.

Aitken, S. and Zonn, L., eds, 1994: Place, power, situation, and spectacle: a geography of film. London: Rowman & Littlefield.

Akweenda, S. 1989: Territorial integrity: a brief analysis of a complex concept. Revue africaine de droit international et comparé 1: 500–6.

Al-Ali, N. and Koser, K., eds, 2002: New approaches to migration: transnational communi- ties and the transformation of home. London: Routledge.

Alatas, S.F. 1995: The theme of ‘relevance’ in Third World human sciences. Singapore Journal of Tropical Geography 16(2): 123–40.

Albert, M. 1993: Capitalism against capitalism. London: Whurr.

Alcoff, L. 1988: Cultural feminism versus post- structuralism: the identity crisis in feminist theory. Signs: Journal of Women in Culture and Society 13(3): 405–36.

Alderman, D. 2003: Street names and the scaling of memory: the politics of commemorating

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 819 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

819

Martin Luther King Jr. within the African American community. Area 35: 163–73.

Aldrich, R. 1993: The seduction of the Mediter- ranean: writing, art and homosexual fantasy. London: Routledge.

Aldridge, A. and Levine, K. 2001: Surveying the social world: principles and practice in survey research. Buckingham: Open University Press.

Alexander, G. 1998: Critical land law. In S. Bright and J. Dewar, eds, Land law: themes and pers- pectives. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 52–78.

Alexander, J. 1983: Theoretical logic in sociology. Vol. 4: The modern reconstruction of social thought: Talcott Parsons. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Alexander, J.C. 1996: Critical reflections on ‘reflexive modernization’. Theory, Culture & Society 13(4): 133–9.

Alexander, N. 2002: An ordinary country: issues in the transition from apartheid to democracy in South Africa. Pietermaritzburg: University of Natal Press.

Alker, H.R. 1969: A typology of ecological falla- cies. In M. Dogan and S. Rokkan, eds, Quan- titative ecological analysis in the social sciences. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press, 69–86.

Allaire, G. and Boyer, R., eds, 1995: La grande transformation. Paris: Institute Nationale de Recherche Agronomique (INRA).

Allen, J. 2003: Lost geographies of power. Oxford: Blackwell.

Allen, J. 2008: Pragmatism and power, or the power to make a difference in a radically con- tingent world. Geoforum 39: 1613–24.

Allen, J. and Massey, D. 1988: The economy in question. London: Sage.

Allen, J. and Pryke, M. 1994: The production of service space. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 12: 453–75.

Allen, J., Massey, D. and Pryke, M., eds, 1999: Unsettling cities. London: Routledge.

Allen, J., Massey, D., Cochrane, A., Court, G., Henry, N., Massey, D. and Sarre, P., 1998: Rethinking the region: spaces of neo-liberalism. London: Routledge.

Allen, P. 1997: Cities and regions as self-organizing systems: models of complexity. Amsterdam: Gor- don & Breach.

Allen, R.C. 1992: Enclosure and the yeoman: the agricultural development of the South Midlands 1450–1850. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Allen, R.C. 1999: Tracking the agricultural revo- lution in England. Economic History Review LII (2): 209–35.

Allison, P.D. 1984: Event history analysis: regression for longitudinal event data, London: Sage.

Alonso, W. 1960: A theory of the urban land market. Papers and Proceedings of the Regional Science Association 6: 149–57.

Alonso, W. 1964a: Location and land use: toward a general theory of land rent. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Alonso, W. 1964b: Location theory. In J. Fried- mann and W. Alonso, eds, Regional development and planning: a reader. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press, 78–106.

Alonso, W. and Starr, P., eds, 1987: The politics of numbers. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

alSayyad, N. and Roy, A. 2006: Medieval mod- ernity: on citizenship and urbanism in a global era. Space and Polity 10: 1–20.

Alsmark, G. 1996: When in Sweden . . . immi- grant encounters with Swedish culture. In J. Frykman and O. Löfgren, eds, Force of habit: exploring everyday culture. Lund: Lund University Press, 87–102.

Althusser, L. 1970: Ideology and ideological state apparatus. In Althusser, Lenin and philosophy and other essays. New York: Monthly Review Press.

Althusser, L. 1971: Ideology and ideological state apparatuses: notes towards an investigation. In Lenin and philosophy. London: New Left Books, 127–86.

Althusser, L. 1977 [1965]: The ‘Piccolo Teatro’: Bertolazzi and Brecht: notes on a materialist theatre. In For Marx, trans. B. Brewster. London: New Left Books, 129–51.

Althusser, L. 1997 [1970]: The merits of classical economics. In L. Althusser and E. Balibar, eds, Reading capital. London: Verso, 83–90.

Althusser, L. and Balibar, E. 1970: Reading cap- ital. London: New Left Books, reissued Verso 1998 [originally published as Lire le capital, 1965].

Altman, M., MacDonald, K. and McDonald, M. 2005: From crayons to computers: the evolu- tion of computer use in redistricting. Social Science Computer Review 23: 334–46.

Ambrosio, T. 2001: Irredentism: ethnic conflict and international politics. Westport, CT: Praeger.

Amedeo, D. and Golledge, R.G. 1975: An intro- duction to scientific reasoning in geography. New York: Wiley.

Amin, A. 1989: Flexible specialisation and small firms in Italy: myths and realities. Antipode 21(1): 13–34.

Amin, A. 1994: Post-Fordism: models, fantasies and phantoms of transition. In A. Amin, ed., Post-Fordism: a reader. Oxford: Blackwell.

Amin, A. 2000: Industrial districts. In E. Sheppard and T.J. Barnes, eds, A companion to economic geography. Oxford: Blackwell, 149–68.

Amin, A. 2002a: Ethnicity and the multicultural city: living with diversity. Report for the Department of Transport, Local Government and the Regions and the ESRC Cities Initiative.

Amin, A. 2002b: Spatialities of globalization. Environment and Planning A 34: 385–99.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 820 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

820

Amin, A. 2003: Unruly strangers? The 2001 urban riots in Britain. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 27: 460–4.

Amin, A. 2004a: Multiethnicity and the idea of Europe. Theory, Culture & Society 21(2): 1–24.

Amin, A. 2004b: Regions unbound: towards a new politics of place. Geografiska Annaler 86B: 33–4.

Amin, A. and Cohendet, P. 2004: Architectures of knowledge: firms, capabilities, and communities. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Amin, A. and Thrift, N.J. 1992: Neo-Marshallian nodes in global networks. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 16: 571–87.

Amin, A. and Thrift, N.J., eds, 1994a: Globali- sation, institutions and regional development in Europe. Oxford University Press.

Amin, A. and Thrift, N.J. 1994b: Living in the global. In Amin and Thrift, eds, Globalization, institutions and regional development in Europe. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1–22.

Amin, A. and Thrift, N.J. 1997: Globalization, socio-economics, territoriality. In R. Lee and J. Wills, eds, Geographies of economies. London: Arnold.

Amin, A. and Thrift, N.J. 2000: What sort of economics for what sort of economic geog- raphy? Antipode 32: 4–9 (plus commentaries published on the paper in Antipode 33(1), 2001).

Amin, A. and Thrift, N.J. 2002: Cities: reimagin- ing the urban. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Amin, A. and Thrift, N.J. 2004: The Blackwell cultural economy reader. Oxford: Blackwell.

Amin, A. and Thrift, N.J. 2005: What’s left? Just the future. Antipode 37: 220–38.

Amin, A. and Thrift, N.J. 2007: Cultural- economy and cities. Progress in Human Geog- raphy 31: 143–61.

Amin, A., Cameron, A. and Hudson, R. 2002: Placing the social economy. London: Routledge.

Amin, A., Massey, D. and Thrift, N.J. 2003: Decentering the nation: a radical approach to regional inequality. London: Catalyst.

Amin, S. 1974: Accumulation on a world scale: a critique of the theory of underdevelopment, vols 1 and 2. New York: Monthly Review Press.

Amin, S. 1976: Unequal development: an essay on the social formations of peripheral capitalism. New York: Monthly Review Press.

Amin, S. 1978: Accumulation on a world scale. London: Harvester.

Amin, S. 1987: Democracy and national strategy in the periphery. Third World Quarterly 9: 1129–56.

Amoore, L. 2006: Biometric borders: governing mobilities in the war on terror. Political Geography 25: 336–51.

Amoore, L. and de Goede, M. 2008: Transactions after 9/11: the banal face of the

pre-emptive strike. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 33: 173–85.

Ancien, D. 2005: Local and regional develop- ment policy in France: of changing conditions and forms, and enduring state centrality. Space and Polity 3: 217–36.

Anders, P. 1998: Envisioning cyberspace: the design of on-line communities. In J. Beckmann, ed., The virtual dimension: architecture, representa- tion, and crash culture. New York: Princeton Architectural Press, 218–33.

Anderson, B. 1983: Imagined communities: reflec- tions on the origin and spread of nationalism. London: Verso.

Anderson, B. 1991a [1983]: Imagined communi- ties, rev. ed. London: Verso.

Anderson, B. 1998: The spectre of comparisons: nationalism, Southeast Asia, and the world. London: Verso.

Anderson, B. 2004: Time-stilled space-slowed: how boredom matters. Geoforum 35: 739–54.

Anderson, B. 2006a: Imagined communities, 4th edn. London: Verso.

Anderson, B. 2006b: Becoming and being hope- ful: towards a theory of affect. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 24(5): 733–52.

Anderson, B. and Tolia-Kelly, D. 2004: Matter(s) in social and cultural geography, Geoforum 35: 669–74.

Anderson, B. and Wylie, J. 2008: On geography and materiality. Environment and Planning A: in press.

Anderson, B., Morton, F. and Revill, G., eds, 2005: Geographies of music and sound. Special issue of Social and Cultural Geography 6(5).

Anderson, J., ed., 2002a: Transnational democ- racy: political spaces and border crossings. London: Routledge.

Anderson, K. 1987: The idea of Chinatown: the power of place and institutional practice in the making of a racial category. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 77(4): 580–98.

Anderson, K. 1991b: Vancouver’s Chinatown: racial discourse in Canada, 1875–1980. Montreal: McGill-Queen’s University Press.

Anderson, K. 1995: Culture and nature at the Adelaide Zoo: at the ‘frontiers’ of human geog- raphy. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 20: 275–94.

Anderson, K. 1996: Engendering race research. In N. Duncan, ed., Bodyspace. London: Routledge, 197–211.

Anderson, K. 1997: A walk on the wild side: a critical geography of domestication. Progress in Human Geography 21(4): 463–85.

Anderson, K. 2000a: ‘The beast within’: race, humanity and animality. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 18(3): 301–20.

Anderson, K. 2000b: Thinking ‘postnationally’: dialogue across multicultural, indigenous, and

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 821 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

821

settler spaces. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 90(2): 381–91.

Anderson, K. 2003: White natures: Sydney’s Royal Agricultural Show in post-humanist per- spective. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 28(4): 422–41.

Anderson, K. 2005a: Predicting the weather: Victo- rians and the science of meteorology. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Anderson, K. 2006c: Race and the crisis of human- ism. London: UCL Press.

Anderson, K. and Jack, D.C. 1991: Learning to listen: interview techniques and analyses. In S. Berger Gluck and D. Patai, eds, Women’s words: feminist practice of oral history. New York: Routledge, 11–26.

Anderson, K. and Smith, S. 2001: Editorial: emotional geographies. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 26: 7–10.

Anderson, K., Domosh, M., Pile, S. and Thrift, N. 2002: Handbook of cultural geography. London: Sage.

Anderson, P. 1974: Passages from antiquity to feu- dalism. London: Verso.

Anderson, P. 1976: Considerations on Western Marxism. London: New Left Books.

Anderson, P. 2000c: Renewals. New Left Review 1: 5–24.

Anderson, P. 2002b: Force and consent. New Left Review 17: 5–30.

Anderson, P. 2002c: Internationalism: a breviary. New Left Review 14: 5–25.

Anderson, P. 2005b: Spectrum. London: Verso. Anderson, W. 1992: Climates of opinion: accli-

matization in nineteenth-century France and England. Victorian Studies 35: 135–57.

Andrejevic, M. 2003: Tracing space: monitored mobility in the era of mass customization. Space and Culture 6(2): 132–50.

Andrejevic, M. 2005: Nothing comes between me and my CPU: smart clothes and ‘ubiqui- tous’ computing. Theory, Culture & Society 22(3): 101–19.

Andrews, G.J. and Phillips, D.R., eds, 2005: Ageing and place: perspectives, policy, practice. London: Routledge.

Andrews, H. 1984: The Durkheimians and human geography. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 9: 315–36.

Andrews, H.F. 1993: Durkheim and social morph- ology. In S.P. Turner, ed, Emile Durkheim: sociologist and moralist. New York: Routledge, 112–38.

Andrews, J.H. 1996: What was a map? The lexi- cographers reply. Cartographica 33(4): 1–11.

Angotti, T. 2006: Apocalyptic anti-urbanism: Mike Davis and his planet of slums. Inter- national Journal of Urban and Regional Research 30: 961–7.

Anselin, L. 1988: Spatial econometrics. Dordrecht: Kluwer.

Anselin, L. 1995: Local indicators of spatial association – LISA. Geographical Analysis 27: 93–115.

Anselin, L. 1998: Exploratory spatial data analy- sis in a geocomputational environment. In P. Longley, S.M. Brooks, R. McDonnell and B. Macmillan, eds, Geocomputation: a primer. Chichester: Wiley, 77–94.

Anselin, L. 2000: Computing environments for spatial data. Journal of Geographical Systems 2: 201–20.

Anselin, L. 2002: Under the hood: issues in the specification and interpretation of spatial regression models. Agricultural Economics 27: 247–67.

Anselin, L. 2003: Spatial externalities, spatial multipliers and spatial econometrics. Inter- national Regional Science Review 26: 153–66.

Anselin, L., Syabri, I. and Kho, Y. 2006: GeoDa: an introduction to spatial data analysis. Geo- graphical Analysis 38: 5–22.

Ansell-Pearson, K. 1994: An introduction to Nietzsche as political thinker. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Ansell-Pearson, K. 1997: Viroid life: perspectives on Nietzsche and the transhuman condition. London: Routledge.

Ansell-Pearson, K. 1999: Germinal life: difference and repetition in Deleuze. London: Routledge.

Anthias, F. 2001: The concept of ‘social division’ and theorising social stratification: Looking at ethnicity and class. Sociology 35: 835–54.

Antipode 2003: Intervention roundtable: geo- graphical knowledge and visual practices. Antipode 35: 212–43.

Antle, A. and Klinkenberg, B. 1999: Shifting paradigms: from cartographic communication to scientific visualization. Geomatica 53: 149–55.

Anzaldúa, G. 1999: Borderlands/la frontera. San Francisco: Aunt Lute Books.

Aoyama, Y., Ratick, S.J. and Schwarz, G. 2006: Organizational dynamics of the U.S. logistics industry from an economic geography perspec- tive. Professional Geographer 58(3): 327–40.

Appadurai, A., ed., 1986: The social life of things: commodities in cultural perspective. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Appadurai, A. 1988: Place and voice in anthro- pological theory. Cultural Anthropology 3: 16–20.

Appadurai, A. 1996: Modernity at large: cultural dimensions of globalization. Minneapolis: Uni- versity of Minnesota Press.

Appadurai, A. 2000: Grassroots globalization and the research imagination. Public Culture 12(1): 1–19.

Appadurai, A. 2001: Deep democracy: urban governmentality and the horizon of politics. Environment and Urbanization 13: 23–43.

Appelbaum, R. and Henderson, J., eds, 1992: States and development in the Asian Pacific rim. London: Sage.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 822 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

822

Appiah, K.A. 2003: Thinking it through: an intro- duction to contemporary philosophy. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Arce, A. and Marsden, T. 1994: The social con- struction of international food: a new research agenda. Economic Geography 69(3): 293–311.

Archer, J.C. and Taylor, P.J. 1981: Section and party: a political geography of American presiden- tial elections from Andrew Jackson to Ronald Reagan. Chichester: Wiley.

Archer, K. 1993: Regions as social organisms: the Lamarckian characteristics of Vidal de la Blache’s regional geography. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 83(3): 498–514.

Ardao, A. 1980: Génesis de la idea y el nombre de América Latina. Caracas.

Ardao, A. 1992: España en el origen del nombre América Latina (Spain in the origin of the name Latin America). Montevideo: Biblioteca de Marcha.

Arendt, H. 1958: The origins of totalitarianism. New York: Random House.

Arendt, H. 1976: Decline of the nation-state: end of the rights of man. In Arendt, The origins of totalitarianism. San Diego: Harcourt, 267–302.

Arendt, H. 2004 [1969]: On violence. In N. Scheper-Hughes and P. Bourgois, eds, Violence in war and peace: an anthology. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Arib, M.A. and Hesse, M.B. 1986: The construc- tion of reality. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Armitage, D. 2004: John Locke, Carolina, and the Two treatises of government. Political Theory 32: 602–27.

Armstrong, H.W. and Taylor, J. 1978: Regional economic policy and its analysis. Deddington, Oxford: Philip Allan.

Armstrong, H.W. and Taylor, J. 2000: Regional economics and policy, 3rd edn. Oxford: Blackwell.

Armstrong, W. and McGee, T.G. 1985: Theatres of accumulation: studies in Asian and Latin American urbanization. London: Methuen.

Arndt, H. 1981: Economic development: a semantic history. Economic Development and Cultural Change 29: 457–66.

Arnold, D. 1996a: Inventing tropicality. In Arnold, The problem of nature: environment, culture and European expansion. Oxford: Blackwell.

Arnold, D. 1996b: The problem of nature: environ- ment, culture and European expansion. Oxford: Blackwell.

Arnold, D. 2006: The tropics and the travelling gaze: India, landscape and science, 1800–1856. Seattle: University of Washington Press.

Arrighi, G. 1979: The geometry of imperialism. London: Verso.

Arrighi, G. 1995: The long twentieth century, London: Verso.

Arrighi, G. and Pearce, B. 1972: Unequal exchange, London: Monthly Review Press.

Artibise, A. 2005: Cascadian adventures: shared visions, strategic alliances, and ingrained bar- riers in a transborder region. In H. Nicol and I. Townsend-Gault, eds, Holding the line: bor- ders in a global world. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press, 238–67.

Asad, T. 1987: Are there histories of peoples without Europe? A review article. Comparative Studies in Society and History 29(3): 594–607.

Asdal, K. 2003: The problematic nature of nature: the post-constructivist challenge to environmental history. History and Theory 42 (December): 60–74.

Asendorf, C. 1993: Batteries of life: on the history of things and their perception in modernity. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Asheim, B. 1996: Industrial districts as ‘learning regions’: a condition for prosperity. European Planning Studies 4: 379–405.

Asheim, B. and Gertler, M.S. 2005: The geography of innovation: regional innovation systems. In J. Fagerberg, D. Mowery and R. Nelson, eds, The Oxford handbook of innovation. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 291–317.

Ashworth, G. and Tunbridge, J. 2004: Whose tourist-historic city? Localizing the global and globalizing the local. In A.A. Lew, C.M. Hall and A.M. Williams, eds, 2004: A companion to tourism. Oxford: Blackwell, 210–22.

Ashworth, G.J., White, P.E. and Winchester, H.P.M. 1988: The red-light district in the West European city: a neglected aspect of the urban landscape. Geoforum 19: 201–12.

Aston, T.H. and Philpin, C.E., eds, 1985: The Brenner debate: agrarian class structure and eco- nomic development in pre-industrial Europe. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Atkins, P. and Bowler, I. 2001: Food in society: economy culture geography. London: Arnold.

Atkinson, D. and Cosgrove, D. 1998: Urban rhetoric and embodied identities: city, nation and empire at the Vittorio Emanuele II monu- ment in Rome 1870–1945. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 88: 28–49.

Atkinson, D., Jackson, P., Sibley, D. and Washbourne, N., eds, 2007: Cultural geography: a critical dictionary of key concepts. London: I.B. Tauris.

Atkinson, P.M. 1997: Geographical informa- tion science. Progress in Physical Geography 21: 573–82.

Atkinson, R., ed., 2003: The gentry in the city: urban neighbourhood trajectories and gentrifi- cation. Urban Studies 40: 2343–584.

Atkinson, R. and Bridge, G., eds, 2005: Gentrification in a global context. New York: Routledge.

Atwood, M. 1993: In Nader, R. ed., The case against ‘free trade’: GATT, NAFTA, and the

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 823 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

823

globalization of corporate power. San Francisco: Earth Island Press.

Augé, M. 1992: Non-lieux. Paris: Seuil. Augé, M. 1995: Non-places: introduction to an

anthropology of supermodernity. London: Verso. Auletta, K. 1982: The underclass. New York:

Random House. Auty, R., ed., 2001: Resource abundance and eco-

nomic development. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Avila, E. 2004: Popular culture in the age of white flight: fear and fantasy in suburban Los Angeles. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Axelrod, R. 2006: The evolution of cooperation, 2nd edn. New York: Perseus Books.

Ayer, A.J. 1936: Language, truth and logic. London: Victor Gollancz.

Babbie, E. 2001: The practice of social research, 9th edn. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth Thomson Learning.

Bachelard, G. 1994 [1958]: The poetics of space, trans. M. Jolas. Boston: Beacon Press.

Badie, B. 1995: La fin des territoires: essai sur le désordre international et sur l’utilité sociale du respect. Paris: Fayard.

Badiou, A. 2001: Ethics: an essay on the understand- ing of evil, trans. P. Hallward. London: Verso.

Badiou, A. 2005: Being and event, trans. O. Feltham. New York: Continuum.

Badmington, N., ed., 2000: Posthumanism. Lon- don: Palgrave Macmillan.

Baigent, E.A. 2004: Patrick Geddes, Lewis Mumford and Jean Gottmann: divisions over ‘megalopolis’. Progress in Human Geography 28: 687–700.

Bailey, A.J. 2001: Turning transnational: notes on the theorisation of international migration. International Journal of Population Geography 7: 413–28.

Bailey, A.J. 2005: Making population geography. London: Hodder.

Bailey, A.J., Blake, M.K. and Cooke, T.J. 2004: Migration, care, and the linked lives of dual- earner households. Environment and Planning A 36: 1617–32.

Bailey, A.J., Wright, R., Mountz, A. and Miyares, I. 2002: Producing Salvadoran transnational geographies. Annals of the Association of Amer- ican Geographers 92(1): 125–44.

Bailey, M. 1992: Per impetum maris: natural dis- aster and economic decline in eastern England, 1275–1350. In B.M.S. Campbell ed., Before the Black Death: studies in the ‘crisis’; of the early fourteenth century. Manchester: Manchester University Press, 184–208.

Bailey, M. 1996: Demographic decline in late medieval England: some thoughts on recent research. Economic History Review 49: 1–19.

Bailey, T.C. and Gatrell, A.C. 1995: Interactive spatial data analysis. London: Longman.

Bains, W. 2003: Biotechnology A–Z. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Bakan, J. 1997: Just words: constitutional rights and social wrongs. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Baker, A.R.H. 1968: A note on the retrogressive and retrospective approaches in historical geography. Erdkunde 22: 244–5.

Baker, A.R.H. 1984: Reflections on the relations of historical geography and the Annales school of history. In A.R.H. Baker and D. Gregory, eds, Explorations in historical geography: inter- pretative essays. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 1–27.

Baker, A.R.H. 2003: Geography and history: bridg- ing the divide. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Baker, A.R.H. 2007: Classifying geographical history, Professional Geographer 59: 344–56.

Baker, J.N.L. 1931: A history of geographical dis- covery and exploration. London: Harrap.

Bakewell, P. 2004: A history of Latin America: c. 1450 to the present. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Bakhtin, M. 1984: The dialogical imagination. Austin, TX: University of Texas Press.

Bakker, K.J. 2003: An uncooperative commodity: privatising water in England and Wales. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Bakker, K.J. and Bridge, G. 2006a: Material worlds? Resource geographies and the matter of nature. Progress in Human Geography 30(1): 5–27.

Bakker, K.J. and Bridge, G. 2006b: Resource regu- lation. In K. Cox, M. Low and J. Robinson, eds, Handbook of political geography. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Bale, J. 2002: Sports geography. London: Routledge.

Bales, K. 2004: Disposable people: new slavery in the global economy, rev. edn. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Balibar, E. 1991a: Racism and nationalism. In E. Balibar and E. Wallerstein, Race, nation, class: ambiguous identities. London: Verso: 37–67.

Balibar, E. 1991b: The nation form: history and ideology. In E. Balibar and I. Wallerstein, Race, nation, class: ambiguous identities. London: Verso, 86–106.

Balibar, E. 2002: Politics and the other scene. London: Verso.

Ball, M., Harloe, M. and Martens, M. 1988: Housing and social change in Europe and the USA. London: Routledge.

Ballantyne, B., Bristow, M. et al. 2000: How can land tenure and cadastral reform succeed? An inter-regional comparison of rural reforms. Canadian Journal of Development Studies 21: 693–723.

Ballantyne, T., ed., 2004: Science, empire and the European exploration of the Pacific. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 824 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

824

Ballas, D., Clarke, G., Dorling, D. and Rossiter, D. 2007: Using SimBritain to model the geo- graphical impact of national government pol- icies. Geographical Analysis 39: 44–77.

Ballas, D., Rossiter, D., Thomas, B., Clarke, G. and Dorling, D. 2005: Geography matters: simulating the local impacts of national social pol- icies. York: Joseph Rowntree Foundation (or view online at www.jrf.org.uk/bookshop/).

Bancroft, A. 2005: Roma and Gypsy travellers in Europe: modernity, race, space and exclusion. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Banerjee, B. 1983: Social networks in the migra- tion process: empirical evidence on chain migration in India. Journal of Developing Areas 17: 185–96.

Banerjee, S. and Mitra, S. 2004: Remote surface mapping using orthophotos and geologic maps draped over digital elevation models: application to the Sheep Mountain anticline, Wyoming. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 88: 1227–37.

Banes, D. 1988: The Portuguese voyages of dis- covery and the emergence of modern science. Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences 28: 47–58.

Banks, M. 1996: Ethnicity: anthropological con- structions. London: Routledge.

Banks, M. 2001: Visual methods in social research. London: Sage.

Bannon, I. and Collier, P., eds, 2003: Natural resources and violent conflict: options and actions. Washington, DC: The World Bank.

Banton, M. 1983: Racial and ethnic competi- tion. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Banton, M. 2004: Are ethnicity and nationality twin concepts? Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies 30: 807–14.

Baran, P.A. and Hobsbawm, E.J. 1961: The stages of economic growth. Kyklos 14: 324–42.

Barber, B.R. 2004: Strong democracy: participatory politics for a new age. Berkeley and Los Angeles, CA: University of California Press.

Barker, M. 1981: The new racism: conservatives and the ideology of the tribes. London: Junction Books.

Barker, M. 1992: Biology and the new racism. In D.T. Goldberg, ed., Anatomy of racism. Min- neapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 18–37.

Barlow, M. 1991: Metropolitan government. London: Routledge.

Barnbrock, J. 1974: Prolegomenon to a meth- odological debate on location theory: the case of von Thünen. Antipode 6: 59–66.

Barnes, C. and Mercer, G. 2004: Theorising and researching disability from a social model perspective. In C. Barnes and G. Mercer, eds, Implementing the social model of disability: theory and research. Leeds: Disability Press, 1–17.

Barnes, T.J. 1996: Logics of dislocation: models, metaphors, and meanings of economic space. New York: Guilford Press.

Barnes, T.J. 1998: A history of regression: actors, networks, machines, and numbers. Environ- mental and Planning D: Society and Space 30: 203–24.

Barnes, T.J. 2001: Retheorizing economic geog- raphy: from the quantitative revolution to the ‘cultural turn’. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 91: 546–65.

Barnes, T.J. 2002: Critical notes on economic geography from an aging radical. Or radical notes on economic geography from a critical age. Acme 1: 8–14.

Barnes, T.J. 2003: The place of locational analy- sis: a selective and interpretive history. Progress in Human Geography 27: 69–95.

Barnes, T.J. 2004a: A paper related to every- thing, but more related to local things. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 94: 278–83.

Barnes, T.J. 2004b: Placing ideas: genius loci, heterotopia, and geography’s quantitative revo- lution. Progress in Human Geography 29: 565–95.

Barnes, T.J. 2004c: The rise (and decline) of American regional science: lessons for the new economic geography? Journal of Economic Geography 4: 107–29.

Barnes, T.J. 2005: Culture: economy. In P. Cloke and R. J. Johnston, eds, Spaces of geographical thought. London: Sage, 61–80.

Barnes, T.J. 2006a: Between deduction and dialectics: David Harvey on knowledge. In N. Castree and D. Gregory, eds, David Harvey: a critical reader. Oxford: Blackwell, 26–46.

Barnes, T.J. 2006b: Geographical intelligence: American geographers and research and analy- sis in the Office of Strategic Services 1941–5. Journal of Historical Geography 32: 149–68.

Barnes, T.J. 2008a: American pragmatism: to- wards a geographical introduction. Geoforum 39(4): 1542–54.

Barnes, T.J. 2008b: Geography’s underworld: the military–industrial complex, mathematical modelling and the quantitative revolution. Geoforum 39: 3–16.

Barnes, T.J. and Curry, M.G. 1992: Post- modernism in economic geography: metaphor and the construction of alterity. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 10: 57–68.

Barnes, T.J. and Duncan, J.S., eds, 1991: Writing worlds: discourse, text and metaphors in the repre- sentation of landscape. London: Routledge.

Barnes, T.J. and Farish, M. 2006: Between regions: science, militarism, and American geography from world war to cold War. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 96: 807–26.

Barnes, T.J. and Gregory, D. 1997a: Grand Theory and geographical practice. In T. Barnes and

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 825 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

825

D. Gregory, eds, Reading human geography: the poetics and politics of inquiry. London: Arnold, 85–91.

Barnes, T.J. and Gregory, D. 1997b: Worlding geography: geography as situated knowledge. In T. Barnes and D. Gregory, eds, Reading human geography: the poetics and politics of inquiry. London: Arnold, 13–26.

Barnett, C. 1995: Awakening the dead: who needs the history of geography? Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 20: 417–19.

Barnett, C. 1997: ‘Sing along with the common people’: politics, postcolonialism and other fig- ures. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 15: 137–54.

Barnett, C. 1998: Impure and worldly geog- raphy: the Africanist discourse of the Royal Geographical Society, 1831–73. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 23: 239–52.

Barnett, C. 1999: Deconstructing context: exposing Derrida. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 24: 277–93.

Barnett, C. 2001: Culture, geography and the arts of government. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 19: 7–24.

Barnett, C. 2003: Culture and democracy: media, space and representation. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Barnett, C. 2004a: A critique of the cultural turn. In J. Duncan, N. Johnson and R. Schein, eds, A companion to cultural geography. Oxford: Blackwell.

Barnett, C. 2004b: Deconstructing radical dem- ocracy: articulation, representation and being- with-others. Political Geography 23: 503–28.

Barnett, C. 2005: Ways of relating: hospitality and the acknowledgement of otherness. Progress in Human Geography 29: 1–17.

Barnett, C. 2007: Convening publics: the para- sitical spaces of action. In K. Cox, M. Low and J. Robinson, eds, Handbook of political geog- raphy. London: Sage.

Barnett, C. 2008: Political affects in public space: normative blind-spots in non-representational ontologies. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 33: 186–200.

Barnett, C. and Land, D. 2007: Geographies of generosity: beyond the moral turn. Geoforum 38: 1065–75.

Barnett, C. and Low, M. 1996: Speculating on theory: towards a political economy of aca- demic publishing. Area 28: 13–24.

Barnett, C. and Low, M., eds, 2004: Spaces of democracy: geographical perspectives on citizenship, participation and representation. London: Sage.

Barnett, H. and Morse, C. 1963: Scarcity and growth: the economics of natural resource avail- ability. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Barnett, T. 2004c: The Pentagon’s new map: war and peace in the twenty-first century. New York: G.P. Putnam’s Sons.

Barnett, V. 2002: Sample survey: principles and methods. London: Arnold.

Barot, R. and Bird, J. 2001: Racialization: the genealogy and critique of a concept. Ethnic and Racial Studies 21(4): 601–18.

Barr, S., Ford, N.J. and Gilg, A.W. 2003: Attitudes towards recycling household waste in Exeter, Devon: quantitative and qualitative approaches. Local Environment 8: 407–21.

Barrell, J. 1982: Geographies of Hardy’s Wessex. Journal of Historical Geography 8: 347–61.

Barrett, M. 1980: Women’s oppression today: prob- lems in Marxist feminist analysis. London: Verso.

Barrett, M. 1991: The politics of truth: from Marx to Foucault. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Barrett, S. 2003: Environment and statecraft: the strategy of environmental treaty-making. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Barrows, H.H. 1923: Geography as human ecol- ogy. Annals of the Association of American Geo- graphers 13(1): 1–14.

Barry, A. 2001: Political machines. Oxford: Blackwell.

Barry, A., Osborne, T. and Rose, N., eds, 1996: Foucault and political reason. London: UCL Press.

Barry, J. 1999: Environment and social theory. London: Routledge.

Barry, R.G. and Chorley, R.J. 1968: Atmosphere, weather and climate. London: Methuen (see also many later editions).

Barth, F. 1969: Introduction. In F. Barth, ed., Ethnic groups and boundaries: the social organiza- tion of cultural difference. Boston: Little, Brown/ London: George Allen and Unwin, 9–38.

Barthes, R. 1957: Mythologies. London: Penguin. Barthes, R. 1977: Image, music, text, trans. S.

Heath. London: Fontana/New York: Hill and Wang.

Bartlett, M.S. 1955: An introduction to stochastic processes. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univer- sity Press.

Barton, S.E. and Silverman, C.J. 1994: Common interest communities: private governments and the public interest. Berkeley, CA: University of California, Institute of Local Government Studies.

Basch, L., Glick Schiller, N. and Blanc, C. 1995: Nations unbound: transnational projects, postcolo- nial predicaments and deterritorialized nation- states. New York: Gordon & Breach.

Bassett, K. 2005: Marxian theory and the writing of urban history. Journal of Historical Geography 31: 568–82.

Bassett, T.J. 1988: The political ecology of peas- ant herder conflicts in the northern Ivory Coast. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 78(3): 453–72.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 826 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

826

Bassin, M. 1987a: Race contra space: the conflict between German Geopolitik and National Socialism. Political Geography Quarterly 6: 115–34.

Bassin, M. 1987b: Friedrich Ratzel 1844–1904. In T.W. Freeman (ed), Geographers: biobiblio- graphical studies 11: 123–33.

Bassin, M. 1987c: Imperialism and the nation- state in Friedrich Ratzel’s political geography. Progress in Human Geography 11: 473–95.

Bassin, M., Newman, D., Reuber, P. and Agnew, J. 2004: Forum: Is there a politics to geopolitics? Progress in Human Geography 28: 619–40.

Bateson, G. 1972: Steps to an ecology of mind. New York: Ballantine.

Batty, M. 2000: The new urban geography of the third dimension. Environment and Planning B: Planning and Design 27: 483–4.

Batty, M. 2005: Cities and complexity: understand- ing cities with cellular automata, agent-based models, and fractals. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Batty, M. and Longley, P.A. 1994: Fractal cities: a geometry of form and function. London: Academic Press.

Bauder, H. 2002: Neighbourhood effects and cultural exclusion. Urban Studies 39: 85–93.

Baudrillard, J. 1983: Simulations, trans. P. Foss, P. Patton and P. Beitchman. New York: Semiotext(e).

Baudrillard, J. 1993: Symbolic exchange and death, trans. I.H. Grant. London: Sage.

Bauer, P. 1974: Foreign aid, forever? Encounter 42: 15–28.

Bauman, Z. 1991: Modernity and the Holocaust. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Bauman, Z. 2000a: Modernity and the Holocaust, reprint with new afterword. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Bauman, Z. 1993: Modernity and ambivalence. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Bauman, Z. 2000b: Liquid modernity. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Bauman, Z. 2001a: Consuming life. Journal of Consumer Studies 1: 9–29.

Bauman, Z. 2001b: Wars of the globalization era. European Journal of Social Theory 4: 11–28.

Bauman, Z. 2003: Utopia with no topos. History of the Human Sciences 16(1): 11–25.

Bauman, Z. 2004: Wasted lives: modernity and its outcasts. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Baumgart, W. 1982: Imperialism: The idea and reality of British and French colonial expansion, 1880–1914. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Baumol, W.J. and Willig, R. 1981: Fixed costs, sunk costs, entry barriers and the sustainability of monopoly. Quarterly Journal of Economics 95: 405–31.

Baxter, J. and Eyles, J. 1997: Evaluating qualita- tive research in social geography: establishing

‘rigour’ in interview analysis. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 22: 505–25.

Bayart, J.F. 1993: The state in Africa: the politics of the belly. London: Methuen.

Bayes, T. 1763 [1958]: Studies in the history of probability and statistics IX. Thomas Bayes’s essay towards solving a problem in the doctrine of chances. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 53: 370–418.

Baylis, J. and Smith, S., eds, 2004: The globaliza- tion of world politics, 3rd edn. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Bayliss-Smith, T.P. 1982: The ecology of agricul- tural systems. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Bayliss-Smith, T.P. and Wanmali, S., eds, 1984: Understanding green revolutions. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Beaglehole, J.C. 1966: The exploration of the Pacific, 3rd edn. Stanford, CA: Stanford Uni- versity Press.

Bean, J. 1989: From lord to patron: lordship in late medieval England. Manchester: Manchester University Press.

Beaujeu-Garnier, J. 1956–8: Géographie de la Population, 2 vols. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.

Beauregard, R.A. 1995: Edge cities: peripheral- izing the center. Urban Geography 16(8): 708–21.

Beauregard, R.A. 1999: Break dancing on Santa Monica Boulevard. Urban Geography 20: 396–9.

Beaverstock, J.V. 2002: Transnational elites in global cities: British expatriates in Singapore’s financial district. Geoforum 33: 525–38.

Beaverstock, J.V. and Doel, M.A. 2001: Unfolding the spatial architecture of the East Asian financial crisis: the organizational re- sponse of global investment banks. Geoforum 32(1): 15–32.

Beaverstock, J.V., Smith, R.G. and Taylor, P.J. 2000: World-city network: a new metageogra- phy? Annals of the Association of American Geographers 90: 123–34.

Beavon, K.S.O. 1977: Central place theory: a reinterpretation. London: Longman.

Beazley, C.R. 1897–1906: The dawn of modern geography, 3 vols. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Bebbington, T., Guggenheim, S., Olson, E. and Woolcock, M., 2004: Exploring social capital debates at the World Bank. Journal of Devel- opment Studies 40(5): 33–64.

Beck, U. 1992: Risk society: towards a new mod- ernity, trans. M. Ritter. London: Sage.

Beck, U. 1995: Ecological politics in the age of risk. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Beck, U. 1997: The reinvention of politics: rethink- ing modernity in the global social order. Cam- bridge, UK: Polity Press.

Beck, U. 1998: World risk society. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 827 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

827

Beck, U. 2004: Cosmopolitan realism: on the distinction between cosmopolitanism in phil- osophy and the social sciences. Global Networks 4(2): 131–56.

Beck, U. and Grande, E. 2007: Cosmopolitan Europe. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Beck, U., Bonss, W. and Lau, C. 2003: The the- ory of reflexive modernization: problematic, hypotheses and research programme. Theory, Culture & Society 20(2): 1–33.

Beck, U., Giddens, A. and Lash, S. 1994: Reflexive modernization. Stanford, CA: Stanford Univer- sity Press.

Becker, B.K. and Egler, C. 1992: Brazil: a new regional power in the world-economy: a regional geography. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Uni- versity Press.

Becker, G.S. 1976: The economic approach to human behavior. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Becker, J. 1997: Hungry ghosts. London: John Murray.

Beckinsale, R., Chorley, R.J. and Dunn, A. 1964/ 1973/1991: The history of the study of landforms, 3 vols. London: Taylor & Francis.

Bednarz, S.W., Downs, R.M. and Vender, J.C. 2003: Geography education. In G.L. Gaile and C.J. Willmott, eds, 2003: Geography in America at the dawn of the 21st century. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Béguin, F. 1995: Le paysage. Paris: Flammarion. Behar, R. and Gordon, D.A., eds, 1995: Women

writing culture: the poetics and politics of ethnog- raphy. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Beinart, W. 2001: Twentieth-century South Africa. Oxford and New York: Oxford University Press.

Beinart, W. and Coates, P. 1995: Environment and history: the taming of nature in the USA and South Africa. London: Routledge.

Bell, D. 1973: The coming of post-industrial society. New York: Basic Books.

Bell, D. 1978: The cultural consequences of capital- ism. New York: Basic Books.

Bell, D. 1999 [1973]: The coming of post-industrial society. New York: Basic Books.

Bell, D. and Binnie, J. 2000: The sexual citizen: queer politics and beyond. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Bell, D. and Binnie, J. 2004: Authenticating queer space: citizenship, urbanism and govern- ance. Urban Studies 41(9): 1807–20.

Bell, D. and Valentine, G., eds, 1995: Mapping desire: geographies of sexualities. London: Routledge.

Bell, D. and Valentine, G. 1997: Consuming geographies: we are where we eat. London: Routledge.

Bell, D., Binnie, J., Cream, J. and Valentine, G. 1994: All hyped up and no place to go. Gender,

Place and Culture: a Journal of Feminist Geography 1: 31–48.

Bell, J.E. and Staeheli, L. 1998: Discourses of diffusion and democratization. Political Geography 20: 175–95.

Bell, M. 1993: ‘The pestilence that walketh in darkness’: imperial health, gender and images of South Africa, c.1880–1910. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 18: 327–41.

Bell, M. 2004: Farming for us all: practical agri- culture and the cultivation of sustainability. University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State Uni- versity Press.

Bell, M., Butlin, R. and Heffernan, M., eds, 1995: Geography and imperialism, 1820–1920. Manchester: Manchester University Press.

Bellah, R., Madsen, R., Sullivan, W., Swidler, A. and Tipton, S. 1985: Habits of the heart: indi- vidualism and commitment in American life. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Bello, W. 1994: Dark victory: the United States, structural adjustment and global poverty. London: Pluto Press.

Bender, T. 1978: Community and social change in America. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Benenson, A.S., ed., 1995: Control of communic- able diseases manual, 16th edn. Washington, DC: American Public Health Association.

Benevolo, L. 1980: The history of the city. Cam- bridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Benhabib, S. 1986: Critique, norm and utopia: a study of the foundations of critical theory. New York: Columbia University Press.

Benjamin, W. 1973: Theses on the philosophy of history. In Illuminations, trans. H. Zohn. London: Collins/Fontana, 255–66.

Benjamin, W. 1978: The work of art in the age of mechanical reproduction. In Illuminations, trans. L. Zohn, ed. H. Arendt. New York: Schocken Books, 217–42.

Benjamin, W. 1999: The Arcades Project, trans. H. Leiland and K. McLaughlin. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Benko, G. and Strohmayer, U., eds, 1997: Space and social theory: interpreting modernity and post- modernity. Oxford: Blackwell.

Bennett, J. 1987: The divided circle: a history of instruments for astronomy, navigation and survey- ing. Oxford: Phaidon Christie’s.

Bennett, R.J. 1979: Spatial time series: analysis – forecasting – control. London: Pion.

Bennett, R.J. 1980: The geography of public finance. London: Methuen.

Bennett, R.J. 1985: Central grants for local govern- ments. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Bennett, R.J., ed., 1990: Decentralisation, local gov- ernment and markets. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 828 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

828

Bennett, R.J. and Chorley, R.J. 1978: Environmen- tal systems: philosophy, analysis and control. London: Methuen.

Bennett, T. 1998: Culture: a reformer’s science. London. Sage.

Bentham, J. 1995: The Panopticon writings. London: Verso.

Benton, G. and Gomez, E.T. 2003: Essentiali- zing Chinese identity: transnationalism and the Chinese in Europe and Southeast Asia. In B.S.A. Yeoh, M.W. Charney and C.K. Tong, eds, Approaching transnationalism. Dordrecht: Kluwer.

Benton, T. 1989: Marxism and natural limits: An ecological critique and reconstruction. New Left Review 178: 51–86.

Benton, T. 1994: Biology and social theory in the environmental debate. In M.R. Redclift and T. Benton, eds, Social theory and the global envi- ronment. London: Routledge: 28–50.

Benton-Short, L. 2006: Politics, public space and memorials: the brawl on the Mall. Urban Geography 27: 297–329.

Benvenisti, E. 2004: The international law of occu- pation. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Berdahl, D. 1999: Where the world ended: re- unification and identity in the German border- land. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Berdoulay, V. 1976: French possibilism as a form of Neo-Kantian philosophy. Proceedings of the Association of American Geographers 8: 176–9.

Berg, L. 2002: Gender equity as boundary object: or the same old sex and power in geog- raphy all over again? Canadian Geographer 46(3): 248–56.

Berg, L. and Kearns, R. 1998: America unlim- ited. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 16: 128–32.

Berg, L. and Longhurst, R. 2003: Placing mas- culinities and geography. Gender, Place and Culture 10: 351–60.

Berg, L. and Mansvelt, J., 2000: Writing in, speaking out: communicating qualitative research findings. In I. Hay, ed., Qualitative research methods in human geography. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 161–82.

Berg, M. 1994: The age of manufactures, 1700– 1820: industry, innovation and work, 2nd edn. London: Routledge.

Berg, M. and Hudson, P. 1992: Rehabilitating the industrial revolution. Economic History Review, 45: 4–50.

Berg, M., Hudson, P. and Sonenscher, M., eds, 1983: Manufacture in town and country before the factory. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Berger, J. 1972: Ways of seeing. London: Penguin. Berger, M.T. 1995: Under Northern Eyes: Latin American studies and U.S. hegemony in the

Americas: 1898–1990. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Berger, P.L. and Luckmann, T. 1966: The social construction of reality: a treatise in the sociology of knowledge. New York: Doubleday.

Bergson, H. 1983 [1907]: Creative evolution, trans. A. Mitchell. Lanham, MD: University Press of America.

Berkes, F., ed., 1989: Common property resources: ecology and community-based sustainable develop- ment. London: Belhaven Press.

Berking, H. 2003: ‘Ethnicity is everywhere’: on globalization and the transformation of cul- tural identity. Current Sociology 51: 248–64.

Berlant, L. 1997: The Queen of America goes to Washington City. Durham, NC: Duke Univer- sity Press.

Berlant, L., ed., 2004: Compassion. London: Routledge.

Berman, M. 1983: All that is solid melts into air: the experience of modernity. London: Verso.

Berman, M. 1984: On being a woman in American geography: a personal perspective. Antipode 16: 61–6.

Berman, M. 1996: Falling towers: city life after urbicide. In D. Crow, ed., Geography and iden- tity. Washington, DC: Maisonneuve Press, 172–92.

Bernard, M. and Ravenhill, J. 1995: Beyond product cycles and flying geese: regionaliza- tion, hierarchy, and the industrialization of East Asia. World Politics 47: 171–209.

Bernstein, H. 1995a: Notes on capital and peas- antry. In Harriss, J. ed., Rural development: the- ories on peasant economy and agrarian change. London: Hutchinson University Library, 160–77.

Bernstein, H. 1996: Agrarian questions then and now. Journal of Peasant Studies 24(1/2): 22–49.

Bernstein, J. 1995b: Recovering ethical life: Jürgen Habermas and the future of critical theory. London: Routledge.

Bernstein, J.M. 2004: Bare life, bearing witness: Auschwitz and the pornography of horror. par- allax 10(1): 2–16.

Bernstein, R. 1983: Beyond objectivism and relativism: science, hermeneutics, and praxis. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.

Bernstein, R.J. 1992a: The resurgence of prag- matism. Social Research 59: 813–40.

Bernstein, R.J. 1992b: The new constellation: the ethical political horizons of modernity/postmodern- ity. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Berry, B. and Kasarda, J. 1977: Contemporary urban ecology. New York: Macmillan.

Berry, B.J.L. 1964: Cities as systems within systems of cities. Papers of the Regional Science Association 13: 147–63.

Berry, B.J.L. 1970: The geography of the US in the year 2000. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 51: 21–53.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 829 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

829

Berry, B.J.L. and Baker, A.M. 1968: Methods of spatial sampling. In B.J.L. Berry and D.F. Marble, eds, Spatial analysis: a reader in statis- tical geography. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice- Hall, 91–100.

Berry, B.J.L. and Parr, J.B. 1988: Geography of retailing and market centers (second edition). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Berry, M. and Linoff, G. 1997: Data mining tech- niques for marketing, sales and customer support. New York: Wiley.

Bertin, J. 1983: Semiology of graphics: diagrams, networks, maps, trans. W.J. Berg. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.

Besio, K. and Butz, D. 2004: Autoethnography: a limited endorsement. Professional Geographer 56: 432–38.

Besse, J.-M. 2003: Les grandeurs de la terre: aspects du savoir géographique à la Renaissance. Lyon: ENS Editions.

Best, S. and Kellner, D. 1991: Postmodern theory: critical interrogations. New York: Guilford Press.

Bhabha, H.K. 1984: Of mimicry and man: the ambivalence of colonial discourse. October 28: 125–33.

Bhabha, H.K. 1985: Signs taken for wonders: question of ambivalence about authority under a tree outside Delhi. Critical Inquiry 12: 144–65.

Bhabha, H.K. 1990a: Interview with Homi Bhabha: the third space. In J. Rutherford, ed., Identity: community, culture, difference. London: Lawrence and Wishart, 207–21.

Bhabha, H.K. 1990b: The third space. In J. Rutherford, ed., Identity. London: Lawrence and Wishart.

Bhabha, H.K. 1992: Double visions. Artforum 30(5): 82–90.

Bhabha, H.K. 1994: The location of culture. London: Routledge.

Bhagwati, J. 2004: In defense of globalization. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Bhandar, D. 2004: Renormalizing citizenship and life inFortress North America. Citizenship Studies 8(3): 261–78.

Bhaskar, R. 1979: The possibility of naturalism: a philosophical critique of the contemporary human sciences. Brighton: Harvester / Atlantic High- lands, NJ: Humanities Press.

Bhaskar, R. 1986: Scientific realism and human emancipation. London: Verso.

Bhaskar, R. 1989: Reclaiming reality: an introduc- tion to contemporary philosophy. London: Verso.

Bhaskar, R. 1998 [1979]: The possibility of natur- alism, 3rd edn. London: Routledge.

Bhuta, N. 2005: The antinomies of transforma- tive occupation. European Journal of Interna- tional Law 16: 721–40.

Bialasiewicz, L. 2003: The many wor(l)ds of dif- ference and dissent. Antipode 35: 14–23.

Bialasiewicz, L., Elden, S. and Painter, J. 2005: The constitution of EU territory Comparative European Politics 3: 333–63.

Bialasiewicz, L., Campbell, D., Elden, S., Graham, S., Jeffrey, A. and Williams, A. 2007: Performing security: the imaginative geographies of current US strategy. Political Geography 26: 405–22.

Bickerstaff, K. and Walker, G. 2002: Risk, respon- sibility, and blame: an analysis of vocabularies of motive in air pollution(ing) discourses. Environment and Planning A 34(12): 2175–92.

Biddick, K. 1990: People and things: people and power in early English development. Compa- rative Studies in Society and History 32: 3–23.

Biger, G. 2004: Boundaries of modern Palestine. London: Routledge.

Biggs, N., Lloyd, E. and Wilson, R. 1986: Graph theory, 1736–1936. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Bijker, W. 2005: The politics of water: a Dutch thing to keep the water out or not? In B. Latour and P. Wiebe, eds, Making things public. Karlsruhe: ZKM/Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press, 512–29.

Billig, M. 1996: Arguing and thinking: a rhetorical approach to social psychology, rev. edn. Cam- bridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Billinge, M., Gregory, D. and Martin, R.L. 1984a: Reconstructions. In M. Billinge, D. Gregory and R. Martin, eds, Recollections of a revolution: geog- raphy as spatial science. London: Macmillan, 1–24.

Billinge, M., Gregory, D. and Martin, R., eds, 1984b: Recollections of a revolution: geography as spatial science. London: Macmillan.

Bin Jiang and Claramunt, C. 2002: Integration of space syntax into GIS: new perspectives on urban morphology. Transactions in GIS 6: 295–309.

Bingham, N. 1996: Object-ions: from techno- logical determinism towards geographies of relations. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 14(6): 635–57.

Bingham, N. 2006: Bees, butterflies, and bac- teria: biotechnology and the politics of nonhu- man friendship. Environment and Planning A 38: 483–98.

Bingham, N. and Blackmore, R. 2003: What to do? How risk and uncertainty affect environ- mental responses. In S. Hinchliffe, A. Blowers and J. Freeland, eds. Understanding environ- mental issues. Chichester: Wiley, 127–64.

Bingley, A. 2003: In here and out there: sensa- tions between self and landscape. Social and Cultural Geography 4: 329–45.

Binnie, J. 1997: Coming out of geography: towards a queer epistemology. Society and Space 15: 223–37.

Binnie, J. 2004: The globalisation of sexuality. London: Sage.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 830 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

830

Bird, J.H. 1975: Methodological implications for geography from the philosophy of K.R. Popper. Scottish Geographical Magazine 91: 153–63.

Bird, J.H. 1989: The changing worlds of geography. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Black, D. 1958: The theory of committees and elec- tions. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Black, J. 1997: Maps and history: constructing images of the past. New Haven, CT: Yale Uni- versity Press.

Black, R. 1998: Refugees, environment and devel- opment. London: Longman.

Black, R. and Koser, K., eds, 1999: The end of the refugee cycle? Refugee repatriation and reconstruc- tion. New York: Berghahn Books.

Black, W. 2003: Transportation: a geographical analysis. New York: Guilford Press.

Blackburn, R. 1998: The making of New World slavery: From the Baroque to the modern 1492– 1800. London: Verso.

Blaikie, P.M. 1971: Spatial organization of agri- culture in some North Indian villages. Trans- actions of the Institute of British Geographers 52: 1–40; 53: 15–30.

Blaikie, P.M. 1975: Family planning in India: a socio-geographical approach. London: Edward Arnold/New York: Holmes and Meier.

Blaikie, P.M. 1978: The theory of the spatial diffusion of innovations: a spacious cul-de- sac. Progress in Human Geography 2: 268–95.

Blaikie, P.M. 1985: The political economy of soil erosion in developing countries. London: Long- man Development Studies.

Blaikie, P.M. and Brookfield, H.C. 1987: Land degradation and society. London: Methuen.

Blaikie, P.M., Cannon, T., Davis, I. and Wisner, B. 1994: At risk: natural hazards, people’s vulnerabil- ity, and disasters. London: Routledge.

Blainey, G. 1966: The tyranny of distance. How distance shaped Australia’s history. Melbourne: Sun Books (also Sydney: Macmillan, 2001).

Blake, M. and Hanson, S. 2005: Rethinking innovation: context and gender. Environment and Planning A 37: 381–401.

Blakely, E.J. and Snyder, M.G. 1997: Fortress America: gated communities in the United States. Washington, DC: Brookings Institution Press.

Blakemore, M.J. and Harley, J.B. 1980: Concepts in the history of cartography: a review and per- spective. Cartographica Monograph 26. Carto- graphica 17, no. 4. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Blalock, H.M. 1970: Social statistics. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Blanchot, M. 1993 [1969]: Everyday speech. In Blanchot, The infinite conversation, trans. S. Hanson. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 238–45.

Blanchot, M. 1995: The writing of the disaster. Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska Press.

Blanqui, J.A. 1837: Histoire de l’économie politique en Europe, depuis les anciens jusqu’à nos jours, suivie d’une bibliographie raisonnée des principaux ouvrages d’économie politique. Paris: Guillemain.

Blaug, M. 1979: The German hegemony of location theory: a puzzle in the history of eco- nomic thought. History of Political Economy 11: 21–9.

Blaug, M. 1990: The economics of Johann von Thünen. In Economic theories, true or false? Essays in the history and methodology of econom- ics. Aldershot: Edward Elgar, 121–43.

Blaut, J.M. 1961: Space and process. Professional Geographer 13: 1–7.

Blaut, J.M. 1977: Two views of diffusion. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 67: 343–9.

Blaut, J.M. 1987: The national question. London: Zed Books.

Blaut, J.M. 1993: The colonizer’s model of the world: geographical diffusionism and eurocentric history. New York: Guilford Press.

Blaut, J.M. 1997: The mapping abilities of young children: children can. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 87: 152–8.

Blaut, J.M. 1999: Environmentalism and Euro- centrism. Geographical Review 89: 391–408.

Blaut, J.M. and Stea, D. 1971: Studies of geo- graphic learning. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 61: 387–93.

Block, D. and DuPuis, E.M. 2001: Making the country work for the city: von Thünen’s ideas in geography, agricultural economics and the sociology of agriculture. American Journal of Economics and Sociology 60: 79–98.

Blomley, N.K. 1994a: Activism and the acad- emy. Society and Space 12: 383–5.

Blomley, N.K. 1994b: Law, space and the geog- raphies of power. New York: Guilford Press.

Blomley, N.K. 1994c: Mobility, empowerment and the rights revolution. Political Geography 13(5): 407–22.

Blomley, N.K. 1996: I’d like to dress her all over: masculinity, power and retail space. In N. Wrigley and M. Lowe, eds, Retailing, con- sumption and capital: towards the new retail geog- raphy. London: Longman, 238–57.

Blomley, N.K. 2002: Mud for the land. Public Culture 14: 557–82.

Blomley, N.K. 2003: Law, property, and the geography of violence: the frontier, the survey and the grid. Annals of the Association of American Geography 93: 121–41.

Blomley, N.K. 2004a: Unsettling the city: urban land and the politics of property. New York: Routledge.

Blomley, N.K. 2004b: The boundaries of prop- erty: lessons from Beatrix Potter. Canadian Geographer 48: 91–100.

Blomley, N.K. 2005: Remember property? Progress in Human Geography 29: 125–7.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 831 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

831

Blomley, N.K. 2006: Uncritical critical geogra- phy? Progress in Human Geography 30: 87–94.

Blomley, N.K. and Pratt, G. 2001: Canada and the political geographies of rights. The Canadian Geographer 45(1): 151–66.

Blomley, N.K., Delaney, D. and Ford, R.T., eds, 2001: The legal geographies reader. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Blossfeld, H.-P. and Rohwer, G. 2002: Techniques of event history modelling. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Bluestone, B. and Harrison, B. 1982: The deindus- trialization of America. New York: Basic Books.

Bluestone, B. and Harrison, B. 2001: Growing prosperity. Berkeley, CA: University of Cali- fornia Press.

Blumer, H. 1969: Symbolic interactionism. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Blunt, A. 1994: Travel, gender and imperialism: Mary Kingsley and West Africa. New York: Guilford Press.

Blunt, A. 2003: Collective memory and product- ive nostalgia: Anglo-Indian homemaking at McCluskieganj. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 21(6): 717–38.

Blunt, A. 2005: Domicile and diaspora: Anglo- Indian women and the spatial politics of home. Oxford: Blackwell.

Blunt, A. and Dowling, R. 2006: Home. London: Routledge.

Blunt, A. and McEwan, C., eds, 2002: Postco- lonial geographies. London: Continuum.

Blunt, A. and Wills, J. 2000: Dissident geographies: an introduction to radical ideas and practices. London: Prentice Hall.

Blunt, A., Gruffudd, P., May, J. and Ogborn, M. 2003: Cultural geography in practice. London: Arnold.

Boal, F.W. 1976: Ethnic residential segregation. In Herbert, D.T. and Johnston, R.J., eds, Social areas in cities, volume 1: spatial processes and form. Chichester: Wiley, 41–79.

Bobrow-Strain, A. 2007: Intimate enemies. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Bocker, A. 1994: Chain migration over legally closed borders: settled immigrants as bridge- heads and gatekeepers. The Netherland Journal of Social Sciences 30: 87–106.

Boden, D. 2000: Worlds in action: information, instantaneity and global futures trading. In B. Adam, U. Beck and J. Can Loon, eds, The risk society and beyond: critical issues in social theory. London: Sage, 183–97.

Boden, D. and Molotch, H. 1995: The compul- sion of proximity. In R. Friedland and D. Boden, eds, Now/here: time, space and mod- ernity. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 257–86.

Boeke, J.H. 1953: Economics and economic policy of dual societies, as exemplified by Indonesia. Haarlem: H.D.Tjeenk Willink and Zoon.

Bohle, H.G., Downing, T.E. and Watts, M. 1994: Climate change and social vulnerability. Global Environmental Change 4(1): 37–48.

Bolster, A., Burgess, S., Johnston, R., Jones, K., Propper, C. and Sarker, C. 2006: Neighbour- hoods, households and income dynamics: a semi-parametric investigation of neighbour- hood effects. Journal of Economic Geography 7: 1–38.

Bonacich, E. 1972: A theory of ethnic antagon- ism: the split labor market. American Socio- logical Review 37: 547–59.

Bonacich, E. 1994: Thoughts on urban unrest. In F.L. Pincus and H.J. Ehrlich, eds, Race and ethnic conflict. Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 404–7.

Bond, P. 2000: Elite transition: from apartheid to neoliberalism in South Africa. London: Pluto Press.

Bondi, L. 1999: Stages on journeys: some remarks about human geography and psycho- therapeutic practice. Professional Geographer 51: 11–24.

Bondi, L. 2003: Empathy and identification: conceptual resources for feminist fieldwork. ACME: an International E-Journal for Critical Geographies 2: 64–76.

Bondi, L. 2004: 10th Anniversary Address for a feminist geography of ambivalence. Gender, Place and Culture 11: 3–15.

Bondi, L. 2005: Making connections and think- ing through emotions: between geography and psychotherapy. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 30: 433–48.

Bondi, L. and Davidson, J. 2003: Troubling the place of gender. In K. Anderson, M. Domosh, S. Pile and N. Thrift, eds, Handbook of cultural geography. London: Sage, 325–43.

Bondi, L. and Davidson, J. 2005: Situating gen- der. In L. Nelson and J. Seager, eds, A com- panion to feminist geography. Oxford: Blackwell, 15–31.

Bondi, L. with Fewell, J. 2003: ‘Unlocking the cage door’: the spatiality of counselling. Social and Cultural Geography 4: 527–47.

Bongaarts, J. 1982: The fertility-inhibiting effects of the intermediate fertility variables. Studies in Family Planning 13: 179–89.

Bongaarts, J. 2002: The end of fertility transition in the developed world. Population and Development Review 28: 419–43.

Bongie, C. 2002: What’s literature got to do with it? Comparative Literature 54: 256–67.

Bonnemaison, J. 1996: Les fondements géographi- que d’une identité: l’arcipel du Vanuatu. Paris: Orstom.

Bonnet, A. 2007: What is geography? London: Sage.

Bonnett, A. 1996: The situationist legacy. In S. Horne, ed., What is situationism? A reader. Edinburgh: AK Press, 192–201.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 832 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

832

Bonnett, A. 2000: White identities: historical and international perspectives. London: Prentice Hall.

Bonnett, A. 2005: Occidentalism and plural modernities: or how Fukuzawa and Tagore invented the West. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 23: 505–25.

Bonta, M. and Protevi, J. 2004: Deleuze and geo- philosophy: a guide and glossary. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Boone, J. 1995: Vacation cruises, or the homo- erotics of Orientalism. PMLA 110: 89–107.

Boorstin, D. 1983: The discoverers. A history of man’s search to know his world and himself. New York: Random House.

Boot, M. 2003: American imperialism? No need to run away from the label. USA Today, 6 May: 15A.

Borjas, G.J. 1989: Economic theory and inter- national migration. International Migration Review 23: 457–85.

Bosco, F.J. 2006: The Madres de Plaza de Mayo and three decades of human rights’ activism: embeddedness, emotions and social move- ments. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 96: 342–65.

Bosco, F.J. 2007: Emotions that build networks: geographies of human rights movements in Argentina and beyond. Tijdschrift voor Econo- mische en Sociale Geografie 98: 545–63.

Bose, S. and Jalal, A. 1997: Modern South Asia: history, culture, political economy. Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Boserup, E. 1965: The condition of agricultural growth. London: George Allen and Unwin.

Boserup, E. 1981: Population and technological change. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Bosetti, V. and Pearce, D. 2003: A study of environmental conflict: the economic value of grey seals in southwest England. Biodiversity and Conservation 12(12): 2361–92.

Boslaugh, S. 2007: Secondary data sources for pub- lic health: a practical guide. Cambridge: Cam- bridge University Press.

Botkin, D.B. 1990: Discordant harmonies: a new ecology for the twenty-first century. New York: Oxford University Press.

Boudeville, J.R. 1966: Problems of regional eco- nomic planning. Edinburgh: Edinburgh Uni- versity Press.

Bourdieu, P. 1977: Outline of a theory of prac- tice. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Bourdieu, P. 1984: Distinction: a social critique of the judgement of taste. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Bourdieu, P. 1985: The forms of capital. In J. Richardson, ed., Handbook of theory and research for the sociology of education. New York: Greenwood Press, 241–58. [Originally

published as Ökonomisches Kapital, kulturelles capital, soziales Kapital: 1983. In Kreckel, R. ed., Soziale Ungleichheiten (Soziale Welt, Sonderhelt 2). Goettingen: Otto Schartz and Co., 183–98.]

Bourdieu, P. 1990a: Photography: a middlebrow art. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Bourdieu, P. 1990b: The logic of practice, trans. R. Nice. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Bourdieu, P. 1995: The field of cultural production. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Bourdieu, P. 2000: Pascalian meditations. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Bourdieu, P. 2002: Distinction. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Bourguet, M.-N., Licoppe, C. and Sibum, H.O., eds, 2002: Instruments, travel and science: itiner- aries of precision from the seventeenth to the twen- tieth century. London: Routledge.

Bourne, L. 1996: Reinventing the suburbs: old myths and new realities. Progress in Planning 46(3): 163–84.

Bovaird, T. 2004: Public–private partnerships: for contested concepts to prevalent practice. International Review of Administrative Sciences 70: 199–215.

Bowd, G. and Clayton, D. 2005a: French tropical geographies: editors’ introduction. Singapore Journal of Tropical Geography 26: 271–88.

Bowd, G. and Clayton, D. 2005b: Tropicality, Orientalism and French colonialism in Indochina: the work of Pierre Gourou 1927– 1982. French Historical Studies 28: 297–327.

Bowden, R.J. and Turkington, D.A. 1990: Instru- mental variables. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Bowen, M. 1981: Empiricism and geographical thought: from Francis Bacon to Alexander von Humboldt. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Bowker, G. 2000: Biodiversity datadiversity. Social Studies of Science 30(5): 643–83.

Bowlby, S., Lewis, J., McDowell, L. and Foord, J., 1989: The geography of gender. In R. Peet and N. Thrift, eds, New models in geography. London: Unwin and Hyman, 157–75.

Bowler, P.J. 1983: The eclipse of Darwinism: anti- Darwinian evolution theories in the decades around 1900. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Bowler, P.J. 1989: Evolution: the history of an idea, rev. edn. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Bowler, P.J. 1992: The Fontana history of the envir- onmental sciences. London: Fontana.

Boyd, W. and Prudham, S. 2003: Manufacturing green gold: industrial tree improvement and the power of heredity in the post-war United States. In S. Schrepfer and P. Scranton, eds, Industrializing organisms: introducing evolution- ary history. New York: Routledge, 107–42.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 833 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

833

Boyd,W.,Prudham,W.S.andSchurman,R.2001: Industrial dynamics and the problem of nature. Society and Natural Resources 14(7): 555–70.

Boyer, M.C. 1992: Cities for sale: merchandising history at South Street Seaport. In M. Sorkin, ed., Variations on a theme park: the new American city and the end of public space. New York: Hill and Wang, 181–204.

Boyer, R. 1990: The regulation school: a critical intro- duction. New York: Columbia University Press.

Boyer, R. and Saillard, Y., eds, 2002: Regulation theory: the state of the art. London: Routledge.

Boyle, P. 2003: Population geography: does geography matter in fertility research? Progress in Human Geography 27: 615–26.

Bracken, L.J. and Oughton, E.A. 2006: ‘What do youmean?’Theimportanceoflanguageindevel- oping interdisciplinary research. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 31: 371–82.

Bradshaw, M., Dymond, J., White, G. and Chacko, E. 2006: Contemporary world regional geography. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Brah, A. 1996: Cartographies of diaspora: contest- ing identities. London: Routledge.

Braidotti, R. 1994: Nomadic subjects. New York: Columbia University Press.

Brandom, R., ed., 2000: Rorty and his critics. Oxford: Blackwell.

Brandt Commission 1980: North–South: a pro- gramme for survival. London: Pan Books.

Brandt Commission 1983: Common crisis: North– South cooperation for world recovery. London: Pan Books.

Brantlinger, P. 1985: Victorians and Africans: the genealogy of the myth of the dark continent. Critical Inquiry 12: 166–203.

Braudel, F. 1979–84: Civilization and capitalism 15th–18th century. 3 vols. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Braudel, F. 1985: Civilization and capitalism. Vol. III: The perspective of the world. London: Fontana.

Braudel, F. and Reynolds, S. 1975: The Mediterranean and the mediterranean world in the age of Philip II. London: Fontana.

Braun, B. 1997: Buried epistemologies: the polit- ics of nature in (post)colonial British Columbia. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 87(1): 3–31.

Braun, B. 2000: Producing vertical territory: geology and governmentality in late-Victorian Canada. Ecumene 7, 1: 7–46.

Braun, B. 2002: The intemperate rainforest: nature, culture, and power on Canada’s west coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Braun, B. 2003: Introduction: tracking the power geometries of international critical geography. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 21: 131–3.

Braun, B. 2004a: Modalities of posthumanism. Environment and Planning A 36: 1352–5.

Braun, B. 2004b: Querying posthumanism. Geoforum 35: 269–73.

Braun, B. 2005: SARS and the posthuman city. Paper presented at the SARS and the Global City Workshop, York University, 29 April (www.yorku.ca/sars2003).

Braun, B. 2006: Towards a new Earth and a new humanity: nature, ontology, politics. In N. Castree and D. Gregory, eds, David Harvey: a critical reader. Oxford: Blackwell, 191–222.

Braun, B. and Castree, N., eds, 1998: Remaking reality: nature at the millennium. London: Routledge.

Braun, B. and Disch, L. 2002: Radical democ- racy’s ‘modern constitution’. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 20(5): 505–11.

Braun, B. and McCarthy, J. 2005: Hurricane Katrina and abandoned being. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 23: 802–9.

Braun, B., Vaiou, D., Yiftachel, O., Sakho, H., Chaturvedi, S., Timar, J. and Minca, C. 2003: Guest editorials. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 21: 131–68.

Braverman, H. 1974: Labor and monopoly capital: the degradation of work in the twentieth century. New York: Monthly Review Press.

Brecher, J., Costello, T. and Smith, B. 2000: Globalization from below. Boston: South End Press.

Brechin, S.R., Wilhusen, P.R., Fortwangler, C L. and West, P.C., eds, 2003: Contested nature: promoting international biodiversity with social justice in the twenty-first century. New York: State University of New York Press.

Breheny, M. 1995: The compact city and transport energy-consumption. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 20(1): 81–101.

Breman, J. and Agarwal, R. 2002: Down and out: labouring under global capitalism. Critical Asian Studies 34: 116–28.

Brennan, T. 2000: The illusion of a future: Orientalism as traveling theory. Critical Inquiry 26: 558–83.

Brenner, N. 2002: Decoding the newest ‘metro- politan regionalism’ in the USA: a critical over- view. Cities 19: 3–21.

Brenner, N. 2003: Glocalization as a state spatial strategy: urban entrepreneurialism and the new politics of scale. In J. Peck and H. Yeung, eds, Remaking the global economy: economic- geographical perspectives. London: Sage, 197– 215.

Brenner, N. 2004: New state spaces: urban govern- ance and the rescaling of statehood. Oxford and New York: Oxford University Press.

Brenner, N. and Keil, R. 2006: The global cities reader. London: Routledge.

Brenner, N., Jessop, B., Jones, M. and Macleod, G., eds, 2003: State/space: a reader. Oxford: Blackwell.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 834 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

834

Brenner, R. 1976: Agrarian class structure and economic development in pre-industrial England, Past and Present 70: 30–75.

Brenner, R. 1986: The social basis of economic development. In J. Roemer, ed., Analytical Marxism. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Breuste, J., Feldman, H. and Uhlmann, O., eds, 1998: Urban ecology. Berlin: Springer- Verlag.

Brewer, C.A. 1997: Spectral schemes: controver- sial color use on maps. Cartography and Geographic Information Science 24: 203–20.

Brewer, C.A. 2005: Designing better maps: a guide for GIS users. Redlands, CA: ESRI Press.

Brewer, C.A. and Pickle, L.W. 2002: Evaluation of methods for classifying epidemiological data on choropleth maps in series. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 92: 662–81.

Brewer, J. 1987: Exploitation in the new Marxism of collective action. Sociological Review 35: 84–96.

Bridge, G. 1997: Mapping the terrain of time- space compression: power networks in every- day life. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 15: 611–26.

Bridge, G. 2001: Bourdieu, rational action and the time–space strategy of gentrification. Tran- sactions of the Institute of British Geographers 26(2): 205–16.

Bridge, G. 2004: Mapping the bonanza: geog- raphies of mining investment in an era of neo- liberal reform. Professional Geographer 56(3): 406–21.

Bridge, G. 2008: City senses: on the radical pos- sibilities of pragmatism in geography. Geoforum 39(4): 1570–84.

Bridge, G. and Watson, S., eds, 2000: A compan- ion to the city. Oxford: Blackwell.

Bridge, G., Marsden, T.K. and McManus, P. 2003: Guest editorial: ‘The next new thing?’ Biotechnology and its discontents. Geoforum 34: 165–75.

Briggs, J. 2005: The use of indigenous knowledge in development: problems and challenges. Progress in Development Studies 5(2): 99–114.

Briggs, J. and Sharp, J. 2004: Indigenous know- ledge and development: a postcolonial caution. Third World Quarterly 25(4): 661–76.

Bright, C. 1999: Life out of bounds: bio-invasions in a borderless world. London: Earthscan.

Brimicombe, A. 2006: Location-based services & geo-information engineering. Chichester: Wiley.

Britnell, R.H. 1993: The commercialisation of English society 1000–1500. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Britnell, R.H. and Campbell, B.M.S., eds, 1995: A commercializing economy: England 1086 to c.1300. Manchester: Manchester University Press.

Brock, W. and Durlauf, S. 2000: Interactions- based models. Washington, DC: National Bureau of Economic Research, Working Paper 258.

Broek, J.M. 1932: The Santa Clara Valley, California: a study in landscape changes. Utrecht: Oosthock.

Bromley, R.F. 1980: Trader mobility as systems of periodic daily markets. In D.T. Herbert and R.J. Johnston, eds, Geography and the urban environment, vol. 3. Chichester: Wiley, 133–74.

Brooker, P. and Thacker, A., eds, 2005: Geographies of modernism: literatures, cultures, spaces. London: Routledge.

Brookfield, H. 1969: On the environment as per- ceived. Progress in Geography 1: 51–80.

Brooks Green, D., ed., 1991: Historical geog- raphy: a methodological portrayal. Savage, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Brosius, J.P. 1999: Analyses and Interventions: anthropological engagements with environ- mentalism. Current Anthropology 40: 277–309.

Brosseau, M. 1995: The city in textual form: Manhattan Transfer’s New York. Ecumene 2: 89–114.

Brotton, J. 1997: Trading territories: mapping and the early modern world. London: Reaktion Books.

Brown, A., Fleetwood, S. and Roberts, J., eds, 2002: Critical realism and Marxism. London: Routledge.

Brown, E.A.R. 1974: The tyranny of a construct: feudalism and historians of medieval Europe. American Historical Review 79: 1063–88.

Brown, E.H., ed., 1980: The Royal Geographical Society – yesterday and tomorrow. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Brown, L.A. and Moore, E.G. 1970: The intra- urban migration process: a perspectice. Geo- grafiska Annaler 52B: 1–13.

Brown, M. 1995: Ironies of distance: an ongoing critique of the geographies of AIDS. Environ- ment and Planning D: Society and Space 13: 159–83.

Brown, M. 1997a: Replacing citizenship: AIDS activism and radical democracy. New York: Guilford Press.

Brown, M. 2003: Hospice and the spatial para- doxes of terminal care. Environment and Planning A 35: 833–51.

Brown, M. 2004: Between neoliberalism and cul- tural conservatism: spatial divisions and multi- plications of hospice labor in the United States. Gender, Place, and Culture 11: 67–82.

Brown, M.F. 2003: Who owns native culture? Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Brown, M.J. 2000: Closet space: geographies of metaphor from the body to the globe. London: Routledge.

Brown, W. 1997b: Rights and identity in late modernity: revisiting the ‘Jewish Question’. In A. Sarat and T.R. Kearns, eds, Identities,

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 835 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

835

politics and rights. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 85–130.

Browne, J. 1983: The secular ark: studies in the history of biogeography. New Haven: Yale University Press.

Browne, K., Brown, G. and Lim, J., eds, 2006: Sexy spaces. London: Ashgate.

Brückner, M. 1999: Lessons in geography: maps, spellers and other grammars of nationalism in the Early Republic. American Quarterly 51(2): 311–43.

Brun, C. 2003: Finding a place: local integration and protracted displacement in Sri Lanka. PhD Thesis, Department of Geography, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Trondheim.

Brunhes, J. 1910: La géographie humaine. Paris: Alcan.

Brunhes, J. 1952: Principles of human geography. London: Harrap.

Brunn, S. 2006: Wal-Mart world. New York: Routledge.

Brunn, S. and Leinbach, T., eds, 1991: Collap- sing space and time: geographic aspects of communications and information. London: HarperCollins.

Brunn, S. and Waterman, S., eds, 2006: Geojournal (special edition on Geography and Music) 65 (1 and 2).

Brunn, S., Watkins, J.F., Fargo, T., Lepawsky, J. and Jones, J.A. 2005: Towards a geopolitics of life and living: where boundaries still matter. In H. Nicol and I. Townsend-Gault, eds, Holding the line: borders in a global world. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press, 381–99.

Brunotte, E., Gebhardt, H., Meurer, M., Meusburger, P. and Nipper, J., eds, 2002: Lexicon der Geographie. Heidelberg: Spektrum.

Brunsdon, C. 2001: A Bayesian approach to schools’ catchment-based performance model- ling. Geographical and Environmental Modelling 5: 9–22.

Brunsdon, C., Fotheringham, S. and Charlton, M. 1996: Geographically weighted regression – modelling spatial non-stationarity. Geographical Analysis 28: 281–9.

Bryant, R. and Bailey, S. 1997: Third World pol- itical ecology. London: Routledge.

Brydon,L.andChant,S.1989:WomenintheThird World: gender issues in rural and urban areas. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.

Bryson, J., Daniels, P.W. and Warf, B. 2004: Service worlds. London: Routledge.

Bryson, N. 1983: Vision and painting. London: Macmillan.

Brzinsky-Fay, U.K. and Luniak, M. 2006: Sequence analysis with STATA. Stata Journal 6: 435–60.

Buchanan, A. and Moore, M., eds, 2003: States, nations, and borders: the ethics of making

boundaries. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Buchanan, J.M. and Tullock, G. 1962: The cal- culus of consent: logical foundations of constitu- tional democracy. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.

Büche, F. and Frick, J.R. 2005: Immigrants’ eco- nomic performance across Europe – does immigration policy matter? Population Research and Development Review 24: 175–212.

Buck, S. 1998: The global commons: an introduc- tion. Washington, DC: Island Press.

Buck-Morss, S. 1989: The dialectics of seeing: Walter Benjamin and the Arcades Project. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Bud, R. 1993: The uses of life: a history of biotech- nology. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univer- sity Press.

Bulkeley, H. and Betsill, M. 2005: Rethinking sustainable cities: multilevel governance and the ‘urban’ politics of climate change. Environ- mental Politics 14: 42–63.

Bullard, R. 1994: Dumping in Dixie: race, class and environmental quality. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Bullard, R. 2000: Sprawl city: race, politics, and plan- ning in Atlanta. Washington, DC: Island Press.

Bulmer, M. 1986: The Chicago School of sociology: institutionalization, diversity and the rise of socio- logical research. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Bunge, W. 1966: Theoretical geography. Depart- ment of Geography, University of Lund and Gleerup.

Bunge, W. 1968: Fred K. Schaefer and the science of geography. Harvard Papers in Theoretical Geography, Special Papers Series A. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, Laboratory for Computer Graphics and Spatial Analysis.

Bunge, W. 1969: The first years of the Detroit Geographical Expedition: a personal report. Detroit: Society for Human Exploration.

Bunge, W. 1973: Spatial prediction. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 63: 566–8.

Bunge, W. et al. 1971: Geography of the children of Detroit, field notes 1–3. Detroit, MI: Detroit Geographical Expedition.

Bunkše, E. 2004: Geography and the art of life. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins Univer- sity Press.

Bunnell, T. 2002: Kampung rules: landscape and the contested government of urban(e) Malayness. Urban Studies 39(9): 1685–701.

Bunnell, T. 2004: Re-viewing the entrapment controversy: megaprojection, (mis)representa- tion and postcolonial performance. GeoJournal 59: 297–305.

Burawoy, M. 1979: Manufacturing consent. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Burawoy, M. 2000: Marxism after communism. Theory and Society 29(2): 151–74.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 836 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

836

Burawoy, M. 2003: For a sociological Marxism. Politics and Society 31(2): 162–83 (available at: http//sociology.berkeley.edu/faculty/ BURAWOY/).

Burawoy, M. 2005: For public sociology. American Sociological Review 70: 4–28.

Burawoy, M., Burton, A., Ferguson, A.A. and Fox, K.J. 1991: Ethnography unbound: power and resistance in the modern metropolis. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Burawoy, M., Blum, J.A., George, S., Gille, Z., Gowan, T., Haney., L., Klawiter, M., Lopez, S. H., Ó Rian, S. and Thayer, M. 2000: Global ethnography: forces, connections, and imagin- ations in a postmodern world. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Burchell, G., Gordon, C. and Miller, P., eds, 1991: The Foucault effect: studies in governmental- ity. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Burchill, S., Devetak, R., Linklater, A., Paterson, M., Reus-Smit, C. and True, J. 2001: Theories of international relations. London: Palgrave.

Bürger, P. 1984: Theory of the avant-garde. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Burgess, E.W. 1924: The growth of a city: an introduction to a research project. Publications of the American Sociological Society 18: 85–97.

Burgess, E.W. 1967 [1925]: The growth of the city: an introduction to a research project. In R. Park, E.W. Burgess and R. McKenzie, eds, The city. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 47–62.

Burgess, J. 1996: Focusing on fear: the use of focus groups in a project for the Community Forest Unit, Countryside Commission. Area 28(2): 130–5.

Burgess, J. and Gold, J., eds, 1982: Valued envir- onments. London: George Allen and Unwin.

Burgess, J., Limb, M. and Harrison, C.M. 1988: Exploring environmental values through small groups. Part one: theory and practice. Environment and Planning A 20: 457–76.

Burgess, S., Wilson, D. and Lupton, R. 2005: Par- allel lives? Ethnic segregation in schools and neighbourhoods. Urban Studies 42: 1027–56.

Burk, A. 2003: A politics of visibility: public space, monuments and social memory. PhD thesis, Simon Fraser University, Burnaby.

Burk, A. forthcoming: Speaking for a long time: public space, monuments, and social memory. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press.

Burke, E. 1906: Philosophical inquiry into the origin of our ideas of the sublime and the beautiful. In The works of Edmund Burke, vol. 1. London: Oxford University Press.

Burke, P. 1995: America and the rewriting of world history. In K.O. Kupperman, ed., America in European consciousness, 1493–1750. Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press.

Burkhardt, R.W. 1977: The spirit of system: Lamarck and evolutionary biology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Burling, R. 1962: Maximization theory and the study of economic anthropology. American Anthropologist 64: 802–21.

Burnett, A.D and Taylor, P.J., eds, 1981: Political studies from spatial perspectives. Chichester: Wiley.

Burnett, D.G. 2000: Masters of all they surveyed: exploration, geography and a British El Dorado. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Burnett, D.G. 2005: Matthew Fontaine Maury’s ‘Sea of Fire’: hydrography, biogeography, and providence in the Tropics. In F. Driver and L. Martins, eds, Tropical visions in an age of empire. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Burris, R. and Canter, L. 1997: Cumulative impacts are not properly addressed in Environmental Assessments. Environmental Impact Assessment Review 17: 5–18.

Burrough, P.A. and McDonnell, R.A. 1998: Creating continuous surfaces from point data. In their Principles of Geographical Information Systems, 2nd edn. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 98–131.

Burrow, R., Ellison, N. and Woods, B. 2005: Neighbourhoods on the net: the nature and impact of Internet-based neighbourhood information sys- tems. Bristol: The Policy Press (or view online at www.jrf.org.uk/bookshop/).

Burrows, R. 1997: Virtual culture, urban social polarisation and social science fiction. In B. Loader, ed., The governance of cyberspace. London: Routledge, 38–45.

Burt, T. 2006: General/particular. In N. Castree, A. Rogers and D. Sherman, eds, Questioning geography: fundamental debates. Oxford: Blackwell, 117–30.

Burton, A. 1998: At the heart of empire: Indians and the colonial encounter in late Victorian Britain. Berkeley, CA: University of Califor- nia Press.

Burton, I. 1963: The quantitative revolution and human geography. The Canadian Geographer 7: 151–62.

Burton, I., Kates, R. and White, G. 1993: The environment as hazard, 2nd edn. New York: Guilford Press.

Buruma, I. and Margalit, A. 2004: Occidentalism: the West in the eyes of its enemies. New York: Penguin.

Butler, J. 1990: Gender trouble: feminism and the subversion of identity. New York: Routledge.

Butler, J. 1993a: Bodies that matter: on the discur- sive limits of ‘sex’. New York: Routledge.

Butler, J. 1993b: Critically queer. GLQ: a Journal of Lesbian and Gay Studies 1: 17–32.

Butler, J. 1997: The psychic life of power: theories of subjection. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 837 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

837

Butler, J. 1998: Merely cultural. New Left Review 227: 33–44.

Butler, J. 2004: Precarious life: the powers of mourn- ing and violence. London: Verso.

Butler, J. 2008: Sexual politics, torture and secu- lar time. The British Journal of Sociology 59(1): 1–23.

Butler, J., Rotberg, R. and Adams, J. 1977: The black homelands of South Africa. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Butler, R. and Parr, H., eds, 1999: Mind and body spaces: geographies of illness, impairment and dis- ability. London: Routledge.

Butler, R.E. and Bowlby, S. 1997: Bodies and spaces: an exploration of disabled people’s experiences of public space. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 15: 411–33.

Butler, R.W. 1980: The concept of a tourist area cycle of evolution – implications for manage- ment of resources. Canadian Geographer – Geographe Canadien 24(1): 5–12.

Butlin, R.A. 1993: Historical geography: through the gates of space and time. London: Arnold.

Butlin, R.A. 1995: Historical geography. New York: Wiley.

Buttel, F.H. and Newby, H., eds, 1980: The rural sociology of the advanced societies: critical perspec- tives. Montclair, NJ: Allanheld, Osmun.

Buttenfield, B.P. and McMaster, R.B., eds, 1991: Map generalization: making rules for knowledge representation. London: Longman.

Buttigieg, J. 1995: Gramsci on civil society. Boundary 2 22(3): 1–32.

Buttimer, A. 1971. Society and milieu in the French geographic tradition. Chicago: Rand McNally.

Buttimer, A. 1974: Values in geography. Washing- ton, DC: Association of American Geogra- phers, Commission on College Geography, resource paper 24.

Buttimer, A. 1976: Grasping the dynamism of lifeworld. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 66: 277–92.

Buttimer, A. 1982: Musing on Helicon: root metaphors and geography. Geografiska Annaler 64B: 89–96.

Buttimer, A. 1990: Geography, humanism and global concern. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 80: 1–33.

Buttimer, A. 1993: Geography and the human spirit. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Buttimer, A. 1996: Classics in human geography revisited: values in geography. Progress in Human Geography 20: 513–19.

Buttimer, A. and Seamon, D., eds, 1980: The human experience of space and place. London: Croom Helm.

Buttler, F.A. 1975: Growth pole theory and eco- nomic development. Farnborough: Saxon House/Lexington, MA: Lexington Press.

Büttner, M. and Hoheisel, K. 1980: Immanuel Kant. Geographers: Bio-bibliographical Studies 4: 55–67.

Butz, D. and Besio, K. 2004: The value of auto- ethnography for field research in transcultural settings. Professional Geographer 56: 350–60.

Butzer, K.W. 1980: Civilizations: organisms or systems? American Scientist 68: 517–23 (re- printed 1996 in J. Agnew, D. Livingstone and A. Rogers, eds, Human geography: an essential anthology. Cambridge UK: Blackwell, 268–81).

Butzer, K.W. 2002: The rising cost of contest- ation: commentary/response: Turner’s ‘con- tested identities’. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 92: 75–86.

Buzard, J. 1993: The beaten track: European tour- ism, literature and the ways to ‘culture’ 1800– 1918. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Byles, J. 2001: Maps and chaps: the new geog- raphy reaches critical mass. Village Voice 1–7 August. Available at http://www.villagevoice. com/2001-07-31/art/maps-and-chaps/1

Byres, T. 1996: Capitalism from above and below. London: Macmillan.

Cadwallader, M. 1996: Urban geography: an ana- lytical approach. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Cain, P. and Hopkins, A. 2001: British imperial- ism, 1688–2000, 2nd edn. London: Longman.

Caldeira, T.P.R. 2000: City of walls: crime, segre- gation, and citizenship in São Paulo. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Calhoun, C. 2003: The class consciousness of frequenttravellers:towardsacritiqueofactually existing cosmopolitanism. In D. Archibugi, ed., Debating cosmopolitics. New York: Verso, 86– 116.

Calimani, R. 1987: The ghetto of Venice. New York: Evans.

Callard, F.J. 1998: The body in theory. Environ- ment and Planning D: Society and Space 16: 387–400.

Callard, F.J. 2003: The taming of psychoanalysis in geography. Social and Cultural Geography 4: 296–312.

Callari, A. and Ruccio, D.F., eds, 1996: Post- modern materialism and the future of Marxist theory. Hanover, NH: Wesleyan University Press.

Callinicos, A. 1999: Social theory: a historical introduction. Cambridge: London.

Callinicos, A. 2003: An anti-capitalist manifesto. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Callon, M. 1986: Some elements of a sociology of translation: domestication of the scallops and the fishermen of St Brieuc Bay. In J. Law, ed., Power, action and belief: a new sociology of know- ledge. London: Routledge, 196–233.

Callon, M., ed., 1999: The laws of the markets. Oxford: Blackwell.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 838 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

838

Cameron, J. and Gibson-Graham, J.-K. 2003: Feminising the economy: metaphors, strategies, politics. Gender, Place and Culture 10: 145–57.

Cameron, K. 1980: The meaning and significance of Old English walh in English place-names. English Place Names Society Journal 12: 1–53.

Cameron, L. 2006: Science, nature, and hatred: ‘finding out’ at the Malting House Garden School, 1924–29. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 24: 851–72.

Cameron, S. 2003: Gentrification, housing redif- ferentiation and urban regeneration. Urban Studies 40: 2367–82.

Campbell, B.M.S. 1983: Agrarian progress in medieval England: some evidence from eastern Norfolk. Economic History Review 36: 26–46.

Campbell, B.M.S. 1990: People and land in the Middle Ages 1066–1500. In R.A. Butlin and R.A. Dodgshon, eds, An historical geography of England and Wales, 2nd edn. London: Academic Press, 69–122.

Campbell, B.M.S. 1991: Land, labour, livestock and productivity trends in English seignorial agriculture 1208–1450. In B.M.S. Campbell and M. Overton, eds, Land, labour and live- stock: historical studies in European agricultural productivity. Manchester: Manchester Univer- sity Press, 144–82.

Campbell, B.M.S. 1995: Progressiveness and backwardness in thirteenth and early four- teenth century English agriculture: the verdict of recent research. In J.-M. Duvosquel and E. Thoen, eds, Peasants and townsmen in medieval Europe. Gent: Snoeck-Ducaju and Zoon, 541–9.

Campbell, B.M.S. 2000: English seigneurial agri- culture, 1250–1450. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Campbell, B.M.S. 2005: The agrarian problem in the early fourteenth century. Past and Present 188: 3–71.

Campbell, B.M.S. and Bartley, K. 2006: England on the eve of the Black Death: an atlas of lay lordship, land and wealth, 1300–1349. Manchester: Manchester University Press.

Campbell, B.M.S. and Overton, M. 1993: A new perspective on medieval and early modern agriculture: six centuries of Norfolk farming c.1250–c.1850. Past and Present 141: 38–105.

Campbell, D. 1998: Writing security: United States foreign policy and the politics of identity, rev. edn. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Campbell, D. 2004: Construction site: architec- ture and politics in Israel/Palestine. Theory and Event 7.4, http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/ theory_and_event/

Campbell, D., Graham, S. and Monk, D.B., eds., 2007: Symposium on urbicide. Theory and Event 10(2).

Campbell, J. 1982: The lost centuries: 400–600. In J. Campbell, ed., The Anglo-Saxons, London: Phaidon, 20–44.

Campbell, J.A. and Livingstone, D.N. 1983: Neo-Lamarckism and the development of geography in the United States and Great Britain. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 8: 267–94.

Campbell, J.B. 2002: Introduction to remote sens- ing, 3rd edn. New York: Guilford Press.

Cañizares-Esguerra, J. 2001: How to write the history of the new world: histories, epistemologies, and iden- tities in the eighteenth-century Atlantic world. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Cannon, S.F. 1978: Science in culture: the early Victorian period. New York: Dawson and Science History Publications.

Canovan, M. 1981: Populism. London: Junction Books.

Cant, S. and Morris, N., eds, 2006: Special issue: ‘Geographies of art and the environment’. Social and Cultural Geographies 7(6): 860–993.

Canters, F. 2002: Small-scale map projection design. London: Taylor & Francis.

Capel, H. 1981: Institutionalisation of geography and strategies of change. In D.R. Stoddart, ed., Geography, ideology and social concern. Oxford: Blackwell, 37–69.

Caputo, J.D. 1997: The prayers and tears of Jacques Derrida: religion without religion. Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.

Caputo, J.D. and Scanlon, M. 1999: God, the gift, and postmodernism. Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.

Caratti, P., Dalkmann, H. and Jiliberto, R., eds, 2004: Analysing strategic environmental assessment towards better decision-making. Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar.

Carens, J.H. 1987: Aliens and citizens: the case for open borders. The Review of Politics 49: 251–73.

Carey, D. 1997: Compiling nature’s history: travelers and travel narratives in the early royal society. Annals of Science 54: 269–92.

Carey, D. 2006: Travel, geography, and the problem of belief: Locke as a reader of travel literature. In Rudolph, J., ed., History and nation. Lewisburg, PA: Bucknell University Press, 97–136.

Carey, H.C. 1858: Principles of social science. Philadelphia: J.B. Lippincott.

Carey, R., ed., 2001: The new intifada. London: Verso.

Carl, P., Kemp, B., Laurence, R., Coningham, R., Higham, C. and Cowgill, G.C. 2000: Were cities built as images? Cambridge Archaeological Journal 10: 327–65.

Carlstein, T., Parkes, D. and Thrift, N.J. 1978: Timing space and spacing time, 2 vols. London: Edward Arnold.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 839 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

839

Carney, G., ed., 2003: The sounds of people and places: a geography of American music from coun- try to classical and blues to bop, 4th edn. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Carney, J. 1996: Converting the wetlands, engendering the environment: the intersection of gender with agrarian change in Gambia. In R. Peet and M. Watts, eds, Liberation ecologies: environment, development, social movements. New York: Routledge.

Carney, J. and Watts, M. 1990: Disciplining women? Signs 16(4): 654–81.

Carrier, J., ed., 1995: Occidentalism: images of the West. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Carroll, G.R. 1982: National city-size distribu- tions:whatdoweknowafter67yearsofresearch? Progress in Human Geography 16: 1–43.

Carson, R. 1962: Silent spring. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Carter, B. and New, C., eds, 2004: Making real- ism work: realist social theory and empirical research. London: Routledge.

Carter, H. 1977: Urban origins: a review. Progress in Human Geography 1: 12–32.

Carter, H. 1983: An introduction to urban historical geography. London: Edward Arnold.

Carter, H. 1995: The study of urban geography, 4th edn. London: Arnold.

Carter, P. 1987: The road to Botany Bay: an essay in spatial history. London: Faber and Faber.

Carter, S. 2006: Mobilising generosity, framing geopolitics: narrating crisis in the homeland through diasporic media. Geoforum 6: 1102–12.

Cartier, C. and Lew, A., eds, 2005: Seductions of place: geographical perspectives on globalization and touristed landscapes. London: Routledge.

Carver, T. and Thomas, P., eds, 1995: Rational choice Marxism. London: Macmillan/ University Park, PA: The Pennsylvania University Press.

Casanova, P. 2005: The world republic of letters. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Case, A. and Paxson, C. 2005: Sex differences in morbidity and mortality. Demography 42: 189–215.

Caselli, F. and Coleman, W.J. 2001: The U.S. structural transformation and regional conver- gence: a reinterpretation. Journal of Political Economy 109: 584–616.

Casetti, E.1972:Generating modelsby theexpan- sion method. Geographical Analysis 4: 81–91.

Casey, E. 1993: Getting back into place: toward a renewed understanding of the place-world. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Casey, E. 1998: The fate of place: a philosophical history. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Casey, E. 2001: Between geography and philoso- phy: what does it mean to be in the place- world? Annals of the Association of American Geographers 91: 683–93.

Castells, M. 1972: La question urbaine. Paris: François Maspero.

Castells, M. 1977: The urban question: a Marxist approach, trans. A. Sheridan. London: Edward Arnold/Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Castells, M. 1983: The city and the grassroots: a cross-cultural theory of urban social movements. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Castells, M. 1989: The informational city: informa- tion technology, economic restructuring and the urban-regional process. Oxford: Blackwell.

Castells, M. 1996a: The information age: economy, society and culture. Vol. 1: The rise of the network society (1996, 2nd edn 2000); Vol. 2: The power of identity (1997, 2nd edn. 2004); Vol. 3: End of millennium (1998; 2nd edn. 2000). Oxford: Blackwell.

Castells, M. 1996b: The rise of the network society. Vol. 1 of The information age: economy, society and culture. Oxford: Blackwell.

Castells, M. 1997: The power of identity. Vol. 2 of The information age: economy, society and culture. Oxford: Blackwell.

Castells, M. 1998: End of millennium. Vol. 3 of The information age: economy, society and culture. Oxford: Blackwell.

Castells, M. and Hall, P. 1994: Technopoles of the world: the making of twenty-first century indus- trial complexes. London: Routledge.

Castles, S. and Davidson, A. 2000: Citizenship and migration: globalization and the politics of belonging. London: Macmillan.

Castles, S. and Miller, M.J. 2003: The age of migration: international population movements in the modern world, 3rd edn. New York: Guilford Press.

Castoriadis, C. 1997: World in fragments. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Castree, N. 1995: The nature of produced nature: materiality and knowledge construc- tion in Marxism. Antipode 27(1): 12–48.

Castree, N. 1996: Birds, mice and geography: Marxism and dialectics. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 21: 342–62.

Castree, N. 1999a: ‘Out there’? ‘In here’? Domesticating critical geography. Area 31(1): 81–6.

Castree, N. 1999b: Envisioning capitalism: geog- raphy and the renewal of Marxian political economy. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 24: 137–58.

Castree, N. 1999c: Synthesis and engagement: critical geography and the biotechnology cen- tury. Environment and Planning A 31: 763–6.

Castree, N. 2000: Professionalization, activism, and the university: whither ‘critical geog- raphy’? Environment and Planning A 32(6): 955–70.

Castree, N. 2003a: Bioprospecting: from theory to practice (and back again). Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 28(1): 35–55.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 840 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

840

Castree, N. 2003b: Geographies of nature in the making. In K. Anderson, M. Domosh, S. Pile and N. Thrift, eds, Handbook of cultural geog- raphy. London: Sage, 168–83.

Castree, N. 2005a: Nature. London: Routledge. Castree, N. 2005b: The epistemology of particu- lars: human geography, case studies and ‘con- text’. Geoforum 36: 541–4.

Castree, N. 2006a: David Harvey’s symptomatic silence. Historical Materialism 14: 35–57.

Castree, N. 2006b: Geography’s new public intellectuals? Antipode 38: 396–412.

Castree, N. 2007: David Harvey: Marxism, cap- italism and the geographical imagination. New Political Economy 12(1): 97–115.

Castree, N. and Braun, B., eds, 2001: Social nature: theory, practice and politics. Oxford: Blackwell.

Castree, N. and Gregory, D., eds, 2006: David Harvey: a critical reader. Oxford: Blackwell.

Castree, N. and Nash, C., eds, 2004: Mapping posthumanism: an exchange. Environment and Planning A 36: 1341–63.

Castree, N. and Wright, M.W. 2005: Home truths. Antipode 37(1): 1–8.

Castree, N., Rogers, A. and Sherman, D., eds, 2005: Questioning geography: fundamental debates. Oxford: Blackwell.

Castree, N., Coe, N., Ward, M. and Samers, M. 2004: Spaces of work: global capitalism and geog- raphies of labour. London: Sage.

Chainey, S. and Ratcliffe, J. 2005: GIS and crime mapping. New York: Wiley.

Chakravorty, S. 2000: From colonial city to glob- alizing city? The far-from-complete spatial transformation of Calcutta. In P. Marcuse and R. van Kempen, eds, Globalizing cities: a new spatial order? Oxford: Blackwell, 56–77.

Chamberlain, M. 1985: Decolonization. Oxford: Blackwell.

Chamberlain, P.G. 2001: The Shakespearian globe: geometry, optics, spectacle. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 19: 317–33.

Chambers, J.D. and Mingay, G.E. 1966: The agricultural revolution 1750–1880. London: Batsford.

Chambers, R. 1983: Rural development: putting the last first. London: Longman.

Champion, A.G., ed., 1991: Counterurbanization: the changing pace and nature of population con- centration. London: Edward Arnold.

Champion, A.G. and Hugo, G.J., eds, 2004: New forms of urbanization: beyond the urban-rural dichotomy. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Chang, H.-J. 2002: Kicking away the ladder: development strategies in historical perspective. London: Anthem.

Chang, K.-S. 1971: The Ming maritime enter- prise and China’s knowledge of Africa prior to the age of great discoverers. Terrae Incognitae 3: 33–4.

Chang, W.-Y. 2005: The Internet, alternative public sphere and political dynamism: Korea’s non-gaek (polemist) websites. The Pacific Review 18(3): 393–415.

Chant, S. 2006: Gender, generation and poverty: exploring the ‘feminisation of poverty’ in Africa, Asia and Latin America. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar.

Chapman, G.P. and Baker, K.M. 1992: The chan- ging geography of Asia. London: Routledge.

Chapman, K. and Walker, D. 1991: Industrial location: principles and policies, 2nd edn. Oxford: Blackwell.

Chari, S. 2003: Marxism, sarcasm, ethnography: geographical fieldnotes from South India. Singapore Journal of Tropical Geography 24: 169–83.

Chari, S. 2004: Fraternal capital: peasant-workers, self-made men, and globalization in provincial India. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Charlesworth, A. 1992: Towards a geography of the Shoah. Journal of Historical Geography 18: 464–9.

Charlesworth, A. 1994: Contesting places of memory: the case of Auschwitz. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 12: 579–93.

Charlesworth, A. 2004: A corner of a foreign field that is forever Spielberg’s: understanding the moral landscapes of the sites of the former KL Plaszow, Kraków, Poland. Cultural Geog- raphies 11: 291–312.

Charlton, M., Openshaw, S. and Wymer, C. 1985: Some new classifications of census enu- meration districts in Britain: a poor man’s ACORN. Journal of Economic and Social Measurement 13, 69–96.

Chase-Dunn, C. 1985: The system of cities, AD 800–1975. In M. Timberlake, ed., Urbani- zation in the world-economy. New York: Academic Press, 269–92.

Chase-Dunn, C. and Jorgenson, A. 2002: Settlement systems: past and present. Research Bulletin 73, Globalization and World Cities Study Group and Network. Available online at http://www.lboro.ac.uk/gawc/rb/rb73.html.

Chatterjee, P. 1986: Nationalist thought and the colonial world: a derivative discourse? London: Zed Books.

Chatterjee, P. 1994: Whose imagined commu- nity? In G. Balakhrishnan, ed., Mapping the nation. London: Verso, 214–25.

Chatterjee, P. 2004: The politics of the governed. New York: Columbia University Press.

Chatterjee, P. and Finger, M. 1994: The Earth brokers: power, politics and world development. London: Routledge.

Chatterton, P. 2005: Making autonomous geog- raphies: Argentina’s popular uprising and the Movimiento de Trabajadores Desocupades (Unemployed Workers Movement). Geoforum 36: 545–61.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 841 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

841

Chaturvedi, S. 2000: Ocean governance and the polar regions: geopolitics, law and sustain- ability. In A. Chircop, E. Mann Borgese and M.L. McConnell, eds, Ocean yearbook 15. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 475–522.

Chaturvedi, V., ed., 2000: Mapping subaltern studies and the postcolonial. London: Verso.

Chavis, B. 1991: The historical significance and challenges of the First National People of Color Environmental Leadership Summit. In C. Lee, ed., Proceedings of the First National People of Color Environmental Leadership Summit. Washington, DC: United Church of Christ Commission for Racial Justice, 1992.

Chayanov, A.V. 1966: The theory of peasant econ- omy, trans. R.E.F. Smith; eds D. Thorner, B. Kerblay and R.E.F. Smith. Homewood, IL: American Economic Association (first Russian edition, 1912).

Chen, H.S. 1992: Chinatown no more: Taiwan immigrants in contemporary New York. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Chidester, D. and Linenthal, E.T. 1995: Intro- duction. In D. Chidester and E.T. Linenthal, eds, American sacred space. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1–42.

Childe, V. Gordon 1946: What happened in his- tory. London: Penguin.

Childe, V. Gordon 1950: The urban revolution. Town Planning Review 23: 3–17.

Chisholm, G.G. 1889: Handbook of commercial geography. London: Longman.

Chisholm, M. 1967: General systems theory and geography. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 42: 45–52.

Chisholm,M.1979:Ruralsettlement andlanduse:an essay in location, 3rd edn. London: Hutchinson.

Chomsky, N. 1999: The new military humanism: lessons from Kosovo. London: Pluto Press.

Chomsky, N. 2000: Rogue states: the rule of force in world affairs. Cambridge, MA: South End Press.

Chorley, R.J. 1964: Geography and analogue theory. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 54: 127–37.

Chorley, R.J. 1971: The role and relations of physical geography. Progress in Geography 3, 87–109.

Chorley, R.J., ed., 1973: Directions in geography. London: Methuen.

Chorley, R.J. and Haggett, P. 1965: Trend surface mapping in geographical research. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 37: 47–67.

Chorley, R.J. and Haggett, P., eds, 1967: Models in geography. London: Methuen.

Chorley, R.J. and Kennedy, B.A. 1971: Physical geography: a systems approach. London: Prentice Hall.

Chouinard, V. 1994a: Geography, law and legal struggles: which ways ahead? Progress in Human Geography 11(5): 415–40.

Chouinard, V. 1994b: Reinventing radical geog- raphy: is all that’s Left Right? Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 12: 2–6.

Chouinard, V. 1997: Making space for disabling difference: challenging ableist geographies. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 15: 379–87.

Chouinard, V. 2001: Legal peripheries: struggles over disabled Canadians’ place in law, society and space. The Canadian Geographer 45: 187–93.

Chouinard, V., Fincher, R. and Webber, M. 1984: Empirical research in scientific human geography. Progress in Human Geography 8: 346–80.

Chow, R. 2002: The protestant ethnic and the spirit of capitalism. New York: Columbia University Press.

Chow, R. 2006: The age of the world target: atomic bombs, alterity, area studies. In The age of the world target: self-referentiality in war, theory and comparative work. Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 25–43.

Chrisman, N. 1988: The risks of software innov- ation: a case study of the Harvard Lab. The American Cartographer 15(3): 291–9.

Christaller, W. 1933: Die zentralen Orte in Süddeutschland. Jena: G. Fischer. Translated by C.W. Baskin as Central Places in Southern Germany. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1966.

Christiansen, F. 2003: Chinatown, Europe: an exploration of overseas Chinese identity in the 1990s. London: Routledge Curzon.

Christie, N. 1994: Environment and race: geog- raphy’s search for a Darwinian synthesis. In R. MacLeod and P.E. Rehbock, eds, Darwin’s laboratory: evolutionary theory and natural his- tory in the Pacific. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.

Christopherson, S. and Storper, M. 1986: The city as a studio; the world as a back lot: the impact of vertical disintegration on the loca- tion of the motion picture industry. Enviro- nment and Planning D: Society and Space 4: 305–20.

Church, M. and Mark, D.M. 1980: On size and scale in physical geography. Physical Geography 4: 342–90.

Ciriacy-Wantrup, S.V. 1952: Resource conserva- tion, economics and policies. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Cirincione, C., Darling, T.A. and O’Rourke, T. G. 2000: Assessing South Carolina’s congres- sional districting. Political Geography 19: 189– 212.

Clanchy, M. 1993: From memory to written record: England 1066–1307. London: Edward Arnold.

Clark, A.H. 1949: The invasion of New Zealand by people, plants and animals: the South Island. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 842 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

842

Clark, E. 1995: The rent gap re-examined. Urban Studies 32: 489–503.

Clark, G.L. 1981: The employment relation and the spatial division of labor. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 71: 412–24.

Clark, G.L. 1989: The geography of law. In R. Peet and N. Thrift, eds, The new models in human geography. London: Unwin Hyman, 310–37.

Clark, G.L. 1999a: The retreat of the state and the rise of pension fund capitalism. In R. Martin, ed., Money and the space economy. Chichester: Wiley, 241–60.

Clark, G.L. 2005a: Money flows like mercury: the geography of global finance. Geografiska Annaler 87B: 99–112.

Clark, G.L. and Dear, M.J. 1984: State apparatus: structures and language of legitimacy. Boston: Allen and Unwin.

Clark, G.L. and Wojcik, D. 2001: The city of London in the Asian crisis. Journal of Economic Geography 1: 107–30.

Clark, G.L. and Wrigley, N. 1995: Sunk costs: a framework for economic geography. Transac- tions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 20: 204–23.

Clark, G.L. and Wrigley, N. 1997: Exit, the firm and sunk costs: reconceptualising the corpor- ate geography of disinvestment and plant clos- ure. Progress in Human Geography 21: 338–58.

Clark, G.L., Feldman, M.P. and Gertler, M.S., eds, 2000: The Oxford handbook of economic geography. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Clark, J., Burgess, J. and Harrison, C. 2000: ‘I struggled with this money business’: respond- ents’ perspectives on contingent valuation. Ecological Economics 33: 45–62.

Clark, M., ed., 1984: Planning and analysis in health care systems. London: Pion.

Clark, N. 2002: The demon seed: bioinvasion as the unsettling of environmental cosmopolitan- ism. Theory, Culture & Society 19: 101–25.

Clark, N. 2005b: Ex-orbitant globality. Theory, Culture & Society 22(5): 165–85.

Clark, S., ed., 1999b: The Annales school, 4 vols. London: Routledge.

Clark, W., Golinski, J. and Schaffer, S., eds, 1999: The sciences in enlightened Europe. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Clark, W.A.V. 1986: Human migration. Beverly Hills: Sage.

Clark, W.A.V. 1998: The California cauldron: immigration and the fortunes of local communities. New York: Guilford Press.

Clark, W.A.V. 2005c: Intervening in the residential mobility process: neighborhood outcomes for low-income people. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 102(43): 15299–300.

Clark, W.A.V. and Blue, S.A. 2004: Race, class, and segregation patterns in U.S. immigrant

gateway cities. Urban Affairs Review 39: 667– 88.

Clark,W.A.V.,Deurloo,M.C.andDieleman,F.M. 2003: Housing careers in the United States, 1968–93: modelling the sequencing of housing states. Urban Studies 40(1): 143–60.

Clarke, C., Ley, D. and Peach, C., eds, 1984: Geography and ethnic pluralism. London: George Allen & Unwin.

Clarke, D.B. 2003: The consumer society and the postmodern city. London: Routledge.

Clarke, D.B., Doel, M. and McDonough, F.X. 1996: Holocaust topologies: singularity, polit- ics, space. Political Geography 15: 457–89.

Clarke, D.B., Doel, M.A. and Housiaux, K.M.L. 2003: The consumption reader. London: Routledge.

Clarke, I. 2007: Empire of oil. Exmouth: Profile Books.

Clarke, J. 2005: Class. In T. Bennett, L. Grossberg and Morris, M., eds, New keywords: a revised vocabulary of culture and society. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Clarke, K.C. 2003: Getting started with Geogra- phic Information Systems, 4th edn. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Clarke, R. 1993: Water: the international crisis. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Claval, P. 1984: The coherence of political geog- raphy: perspectives on its past evolution and its future relevance. In P.J. Taylor and J.W. House, eds, Political geography: recent advances and future directions. London: Croom Helm, 8–24.

Claval, P. 1993: Initiation á la géographie régionale. Paris: Editions Nathan (English translation by Ian Thomson, published by Blackwell: Oxford, 1998).

Clawson, D. 2005: Latin America and the Caribbean: lands and peoples, 3rd edn. New York: McGraw Hill.

Clawson, P. 2006: The Andean cocaine industry. London: Palgrave.

Clayton, D. 2000: Islands of truth: the imperial fashioning of Vancouver Island. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press.

Clayton, D. 2004: Imperial geographies. In J. Duncan, N. Johnson and R. Schein, eds, A companion to cultural geography: Oxford: Blackwell, 449–68.

Clement, W. and Myles, J. 1994: Relations of ruling: class and gender in postindustrial societies. Montreal: McGill-Queen’s University Press.

Clements, F.E. 1936: Nature and structure of the climax. Journal of Ecology 24(1): 252–84.

Cliff, A.D. and Haggett, P. 1988: Atlas of disease distributions: analytic approaches to epidemiolo- gical data. Oxford: Blackwell.

Cliff, A.D. and Ord, J.K. 1973: Spatial autocorre- lation. London: Pion.

Cliff, A.D. and Ord, J.K. 1981: Spatial processes: models and applications. London: Pion.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 843 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

843

Cliff, A.D., Haggett, P. and Smallman-Raynor, M. 1993: Measles: an historical geography of a major human viral disease, from global expansion to local retreat 1840–1990. Oxford: Blackwell.

Cliff, A.D., Haggett, P. and Smallman-Raynor, M., 2004: World atlas of epidemic diseases. London: Arnold.

Cliff, A.D., Martin, R.L. and Ord, J.K. 1975–6: Map pattern and friction of distance param- eters. Regional Studies 9: 285–8; 10: 341–2.

Cliff, A.D., Haggett, P., Ord, J.K. and Versey, G.R. 1981: Spatial diffusion: an historical geography of epidemics in an island community. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Clifford, J. 1988: On Orientalism. In Clifford, The predicament of culture: twentieth-century eth- nography, literature and art. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Clifford, J. 1997: Routes: travel and translation in the late twentieth century. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Clifford, J. and Marcus, G.E., eds, 1986: Writing culture: the poetics and politics of ethnography. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Cloke, P.J. 2002: Deliver us from evil? Prospects for living ethically and acting politically in human geography. Progress in Human Geography 26: 587–604.

Cloke, P.J., ed., 2003: Country visions. London: Pearson.

Cloke, P.J. and Johnston, R.J., eds, 2005: Spaces of geographical thought: deconstructing human geography’s binaries. London: Sage.

Cloke, P.J. and Little, J. 1990: The rural state? Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Cloke, P.J. and Little, J., eds, 1997: Contested countryside cultures: otherness, marginalisation and rurality. London: Routledge.

Cloke, P.J., Marsden, T. and Mooney, P., eds, 2006: Handbook of rural studies. Sage, London.

Cloke, P.J., Milbourne, P. and Widdowfield, R. 2001: The geographies of homelessness in rural England. Regional Studies 35(1): 23–37.

Cloke, P.J., Philo, C. and Sadler, D. 1991: Ap- proaching human geography: an introduction to con- temporary debates. London: Paul Chapman.

Cloud, J. 2002: American cartographic trans- formations during the Cold War. Cartography and Geographic Information Science 29: 261–82.

Clout, H.C. and Gosme, C. 2003: The Naval Intelligence Handbooks: a monument in geo- graphical writing. Progress in Human Geography 27: 153–73.

Clutton-Brock, J. 1999: A natural history of domesticated mammals (2nd edition). Cam- bridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Coaffee, J. 2004: Rings of steel, rings of concrete and rings of confidence: designing out terror- ism in central London pre and post September 11th. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 28: 201–11.

Coates, P. 1998: Nature: Western attitudes since ancient times. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Cobia, D.W., ed., 1989: Cooperatives in agricul- ture. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Cockburn, C. 1977: The local state: management of cities and people. London: Pluto Press.

Coe, N., Kelly, P. and Yeung, H.W.-C. 2007: Economic geography: a contemporary introduc- tion. Oxford: Blackwell.

Coe, N.M., Hess, M., Yeung, H.W.-C., Dicken, P. and Henderson, J. 2004: Globali- sing regional development: a global production networks perspective. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 29: 468–84.

Coffey, W.J. 1981: Geography: towards a general spatial systems approach. London: Methuen.

Cohen, G.A. 1978: Karl Marx’s theory of history: a defence. Oxford: The Clarendon Press/ Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Cohen, J. 1988: Statistical power analysis for the behavioural sciences. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Cohen, J. 1999: How many people can the Earth support? New York: W.W. Norton.

Cohen, J.L. and Arato, A. 1992: Civil society and political theory. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Cohen, R. 1997: Global diasporas: an introduction. London: UCL Press.

Cohen, S. 2003: Geopolitics of the world system. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Cohen, S. and Kliot, N. 1992: Place-names in Israel’s ideological struggle over the Adminis- tered Territories. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 82: 653–80.

Cohn, B. 1996: Colonialism and its forms of know- ledge: the British in India. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Coker, C. 2004: The future of war: the re- enchantment of war in the twenty-first century. Oxford: Blackwell.

Colby, C.C. 1932: Centripetal and centrifugal forces in urban geography. Annals of the Asso- ciation of American Geographers 23: 1–20.

Cole, J. 2007: Napoleon’s Egypt: invading the Middle East. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Cole, J.P. 1969: Mathematics and geography. Geography 54: 152–63.

Cole, L.W. and Foster, S.R. 2001: From the ground up: environmental racism and the rise of the environmental justice movement. New York: New York University Press.

Cole, T. 2003: Holocaust city: the making of a Jewish ghetto. London: Routledge.

Cole, T. and Smith, G. 1995: Ghettoization and the Holocaust: Budapest 1944. Journal of Historical Geography 22: 300–16.

Coleman, A., with the Design Disadvantagement Team of the Land Use Research Unit King’s College London 1985: Utopia on trial: vision and reality in planned housing. London: Shipman.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 844 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

844

Coleman, D.A. 2002: Populations of the indus- trial world – a convergent demographic com- munity? International Journal of Population Geography 8: 319–44.

Coleman, J. 1988: Social capital in the creation of human capital. American Journal of Sociology 94 (Supplement): S95–S120.

Coleman, M. 2004: The naming of ‘terrorism’ and evil ‘outlaws’: geopolitical place-making after 11 September. Geopolitics 8: 87–104.

Coleman, M. 2005: US statecraft and the US– Mexico border as security/economy nexus. Political Geography 24: 1–25.

Coleman, W. 1966: Science and symbol in the Turner frontier hypothesis. American Historical Review 72: 22–49.

Colley, L. 2002: Captives: Britain, empire and the world. London: Cape.

Collier, P. and Inkpen, R. 2003: The Royal Geographical Society and the development of surveying 1870–1914. Journal of Historical Geography 29: 93–108.

Collier, P., Forrest, D. and Pearson, A. 2003: The representation of topographic information on maps: the depiction of relief. Cartographic Journal 40: 17–26.

Collier, P., Elliott, V.L., Hegre, H., Hoeffler, A., Reynal-Querol, M. and Sambanis, N. 2003: Breaking the conflict trap. Washington, DC: The World Bank.

Collins, L., Drewett, R. and Ferguson, R. 1974: Markov models in geography. The Statistician 23: 179–210.

Comaroff, J. and Comaroff J.L., 1991: Of revela- tion and revolution. Vol. 1: Christianity, colonial- ism, and consciousness in South Africa. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Comaroff, J. and Comaroff, J.L. 1992: Ethno- graphy and the historical imagination. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Congdon, P. 2001: Bayesian statistical modeling. Chichester: Wiley.

Conklin, H. 1962: An ethnoecological approach to shifting cultivation. In P. Wagner and M. Mikesell, eds, Readings in cultural geog- raphy. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 457–64.

Connell, J. and Gibson, C. 2002: Sound tracks: popular music, identity and place. London: Routledge.

Conrad, J. 2007 [1902]: The heart of darkness. London: Penguin.

Conradson, D., ed., 2003a: Geographies of care. Special issue of Social and Cultural Geography 4: 451–547.

Conradson, D. 2003b: Spaces of care in the city: the place of a community drop-in centre. Social and Cultural Geography 4: 507–48.

Conradson, D. 2005a: Focus groups. In R. Flowerdew and D. Martin, eds, Methods in human geography: a guide for students doing a

research project, 2nd edn. Harlow: Pearson Education, 128–43.

Conradson, D. 2005b: Freedom, space and per- spective: moving encounters with other ecol- ogies. In J. Davidson, L. Bondi and M. Smith, eds, Emotional geographies. Aldershot: Ashgate, 103–34.

Conway, D. 2004: On being part of population geography’s future: population–environment relationships and inter-science initiatives. Population Space and Place 10: 295–302.

Conway, J.H. 1970: The game of life. Scientific American 223: 120–3.

Conzen, M.P. 1960: Alnwick, Northumberland: a study in town plan analysis. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 27.

Conzen, M.P. 1975: Capital flows and the devel- oping urban hierarchy: state bank capital in Wisconsin, 1854–1895. Economic Geography 51: 321–38.

Conzen, M.P. 1977: The maturing urban system in the United States, 1840–1910. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 67: 88–108.

Conzen, M.R.G. 1969: Alnwick, Northumber- land: a study in townplan analysis. London: Institute of British Geographers, Publication 27.

Cook, I. 1990: Anarchist alternatives: an intro- duction. In I. Cook and D. Pepper, eds, special issue: ‘Anarchism and geography.’ Contemporary issues in geography and education 3: 9–21.

Cook, I. 2001a: You want to be careful you don’t end up like Ian. He’s all over the place: auto- biography in/of an expanded field (the director’s cut). http://www.gees.bham.ac.uk/downloads/ gesdraftpapers/iancook-directorscut.htm

Cook, I. 2001b: You want to be careful you don’t end up like Ian. He’s all over the place. In P. Moss, ed., Placing autobiography in geog- raphy. Syracuse, NY: Syracuse University Press, 99–120.

Cook, I. 2004: Follow the thing: papaya. Antipode 36: 642–64.

Cook, I. and Crang, P. 1996: The world on a plate: culinary culture, displacement and geographical knowledges. Journal of Material Culture 1(2): 131–54.

Cooke, P. 1988: Flexible integration, scope econ- omies, and strategic alliances: social and spa- tial mediations. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 6: 281–300.

Cooke, P. 1989: Localities: the changing face of urban Britain. London: Unwin Hyman.

Coombe, R. 1998: The cultural life of intellec- tual properties. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Cooper, D. 1998: Governing out of order: space, law and the politics of belonging. London: Rivers Oram Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 845 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

845

Cooper, F. 1981: Africa and the world economy. African Studies Review 14: 1–86.

Cooper, F. 1994: Conflict and connection: rethinking colonial African history. American Historical Review 99(5): 1516–45.

Cooper, F. 1997: Decolonization and African soci- ety. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Cooper, F. 2003: Africa since 1940. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Cooper, F. 2005: Colonialism in question: theory, knowledge, history. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Cooper, F. and Packard, R., eds, 1997: International development and the social sciences: essays on the history and politics of knowledge. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Cooper, F. and Stoler, A., eds, 1997a: Between metropole and colony: rethinking a research agenda. In Cooper and Stoler, eds, Tensions of empire: colonial cultures in a bourgeois world. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 1–56.

Cooper, F. and Stoler, A., eds, 1997b: Tensions of empire: colonial cultures in a bourgeois world. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Cooper, M. 2004: Insecure times, tough decisions: the nomos of neo-liberalism, Alter- natives 29(5): 515–34.

Copjec, J. 1994: Read my desire: Lacan against the historicists. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Coppock, J.T. 1974: Geography and public pol- icy: challenges, opportunities and implications. Transactions of the Institute of British Geogra- phers 63: 1–16.

Corbridge, S. 1986: Capitalist world develop- ment: a critique of radical development geography. London: Macmillan.

Corbridge, S. 1993a: Debt and development. Oxford: Blackwell.

Corbridge, S. 1993b: Marxisms, modernities, and moralities: development praxis and the claims of distant strangers. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 11: 449–72.

Corbridge, S. 1994: Bretton Woods revisited: hegemony, stability and territory. Environment and Planning A 26(12): 1829–59.

Corbridge, S. 1995: Development studies: a reader. London: Arnold.

Corbridge, S. 1998: ‘Beneath the pavement only soil’: the poverty of post-development. Journal of Development Studies 34: 138–48.

Corbridge, S., Thrift, N. and Martin, R., eds, 1994: Money, power and space. Oxford: Blackwell.

Corbridge, S., Williams, G., Srivastava, M. and Véron, R. 2005: Seeing the state: governance and governmentality in India. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Cormack, L.B. 1997: Charting an empire: geography at the English universities, 1580–

1620. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Cormack, R.M. 1989: Log-linear models for capture–recapture. Biometrics 45: 395–413.

Cornell, D. 1995: What is ethical feminism? In S. Benhabib, J. Butler, D. Cornell, and N. Fraser, eds, Feminist contentions: a philosoph- ical exchange. London: Routledge, 75–106.

Coronil, F. 1995: Transculturation and the pol- itics of theory: countering the center, Cuban counterpoint. Introduction to Ortiz, F. 1995 [1940]: Cuban counterpoint: tobacco and sugar, trans. H. de Onı́s. Durham, NC: Duke University Press, ix–lv.

Coronil, F. 1996: Beyond Occidentalism: toward nonimperial geohistorical categories. Cultural Anthropology 11: 51–87.

Coronil, F. 1997: The magical state. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Coronil, F. 2000: Towards a critique of global- centrism: speculations on capitalism’s nature. Public Culture 12(2): 351–74.

Corr, A. 1999: No trespassing! Squatting, rent strikes and land struggles worldwide. Cambridge: South End Press.

Cortesi, G., Cristaldi, F. and Fortuijn, J.D., eds, 2004: Gendered cities: identities, activities, net- works: a life-course approach. Rome: Società geografica italiana.

Cosgrove, D. 1984: Prospect, perspective and the evolution of the landscape idea. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 10(1): 45–62.

Cosgrove, D. 1989: Geography is everywhere: culture and symbolism in human landscapes. In D. Gregory and R. Walford, eds, Horizons in human geography. London: Macmillan, 118–35.

Cosgrove, D. 1993: The Palladian landscape: geo- graphical change and its cultural representation in sixteenth-century Italy. Leicester: Leicester University Press.

Cosgrove, D. 1998 [1984]: Social formation and symbolic landscape. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.

Cosgrove, D., ed., 1999: Mappings. London: Reaktion Press.

Cosgrove, D. 2001: Apollo’s eye: a cartographic genealogy of the earth in the Western imagination. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Cosgrove, D. 2003: Cosmopolitanism and toler- ance in early modern geography. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 93: 852–70.

Cosgrove, D. 2006a: Cosmographic mapping. In D. Woodward, ed., The history of cartography, vol. 3, Cartography in the European Renaissance. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Cosgrove, D. 2006b: Geographical imagination and the authority of images. Hettner Lectures (9), Department of Geography, University of Heidelberg.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 846 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

846

Cosgrove, D. and Daniels, S., eds, 1988: The iconography of landscape: essays on the symbolic representation, design and use of past environ- ments. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univer- sity Press.

Cosgrove, D. and Domosh, M. 1993: Author and authority: writing the new cultural geography. In J. Duncan and D. Ley, eds, Place/culture/ representation. London: Routledge, 25–38.

Cosgrove, D.E. and della Dora, V. 2005: Mapping global war: Los Angeles, the Pacific, and Charles Owens’s pictorial cartography. Annals of the Association of American Geogra- phers 95: 373–90.

Costanza, R. 2003: A vision of the future of science: reintegrating the study of humans and the rest of nature. Futures 35: 651–71.

Costanza, R., d’Arge, R., de Groot, R., Farber, S., Grasso, M., Hannon, B., Limburg, K., Naeem, S., O’Neill, R.V., Paruelo, J., Raskin, R.G., Sutton, P. and van den Belt, M. 1997: The value of the world’s ecosystem services and natural capital. Nature 387: 253–60.

Couclelis, H. 1998: Geocomputation in context. In P.A. Longley, S.M. Brooks, R. McDonnell and B. Macmillan, eds, Geocomputation: a primer. Chichester: Wiley, 17–29.

Couldry, N. 2006: Listening beyond the echoes: media, ethics and agency in an uncertain world. Boulder, CO: Paradigm Books.

Couldry, N. and McCarthy, A., eds, 2004: Mediaspace: place, scale and culture in a media age. London: Routledge.

Coutin, S. 2003: Legalizing moves: Salvadoran immigrants’ struggle for U.S. residency. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press.

Coverley, M. 2006: Psychogeography. Harpenden, Herts: Pocket Essentials.

Coward, M. 2004: Urbicide in Bosnia. In S. Graham, ed., Cities, war and terrorism: towards an urban geopolitics. Oxford: Blackwell, 154–71.

Coward, M. 2006: Against anthropocentrism: the destruction of the built environment as a distinct form of political violence. Review of International Studies 32: 419–37.

Coward, M. 2007: Urbicide revisited. Theory and Event 10:2.

Cowen, D. and Gilbert, E., eds, 2008: War, citi- zenship, territory. London: Routledge.

Cowen, M.P. and Shenton, R.W. 1996: Doctrines of development. London: Routledge.

Cox, K.R. 1969: The voting decision in spatial context. In C. Board, R. J. Chorley, P. Haggett and D. R. Stoddart, eds, Progress in Geo- graphy, Volume 1. London: Edward Arnold, 81–118.

Cox, K.R. 1973: Conflict, power and politics in the city: a geographic view. New York: McGraw- Hill.

Cox, K.R. 1976: American geography: social sci- ence emergent. Social Science Quarterly 57: 182–207.

Cox, K.R., ed., 1997: Spaces of globalization: reas- serting the power of the local. New York: Guilford Press.

Cox, K.R. 2002: Political geography: territory, state, and society. Oxford: Blackwell.

Cox, K.R. and Johnston, R.J., eds, 1982: Conflict, politics and the urban scene. New York: St Martin’s Press.

Cox, K.R. and Low, M. 2003: Political geography in question. Political Geography 22: 599–602.

Cox, K.R. and McCarthy, J.J. 1982: Neighbor- hood activism as a politics of turf. In K.R. Cox and R.J. Johnston, eds, Conflict politics and the urban scene. London: Longman, 196–219.

Cox, K.R. and Mair, A. 1989: Levels of abstrac- tion in locality studies. Antipode 21: 121–32.

Cox, N.J. and Jones, K. 1981: Exploratory data analysis. In N. Wrigley and R.J. Bennett, eds, Quantitative geography. London: Routledge, 135–43.

Craddock, S. 2000a: City of plagues: disease, poverty and deviance in San Francisco. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Craddock, S. 2000b: Disease, social identity and risk: rethinking the geography of AIDS. Transactions of the Institute of British Geogra- phers 25: 153–68.

Craddock, S., Oppong, J., Ghosh, J. and Kalipeni, E., eds, 2003: HIV and AIDS in Africa: beyond epidemiology. Oxford: Blackwell.

Craib, I. 1990: Psychoanalysis and social theory. Amherst: The University of Massachusetts Press.

Crampton, J. 2003: The political mapping of cyber- space. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Crampton, J. and Krygier, H. 2006: An introduc- tion to critical cartography. ACME: an International E-Journal for Critical Geographies 4(1): 11–33.

Crampton, J.W. 2004: GIS and geographic gov- ernance: reconstructing the choropleth map. Cartographica 39(1): 41–54.

Crampton, J.W. and Elden, S., eds, 2007: Space, knowledge and power: Foucault and geography. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Crang, M. 1998: Cultural geography. London: Routledge.

Crang, M. 2000: Between academy and popular geographies: cartographic imaginations and the cultural landscape of Sweden. In I. Cook, D. Crouch, S. Naylor and J. Ryan, eds, Cultural turns/geographical turns: perspectives on cultural geography. London: Prentice Hall, 88–108.

Crang, M. 2002: Qualitative methods: the new orthodoxy? Progress in Human Geography 26: 647–55.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 847 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

847

Crang, M. 2003: Qualitative methods: touchy, feely, look-see? Progress in Human Geography 27: 494–504.

Crang, M. 2005: Analyzing qualitative materials In R. Flowerdew and D. Martin, eds, Methods in human geography: A guide for students doing a research project. London: Pearson Educational, 218–32.

Crang, M. and Coleman, S., eds, 2002: Tourism: between place and performance. Oxford: Berghahn.

Crang, M. and Thrift, N., eds, 2000: Thinking space. London: Routledge.

Crang, M., Crang, P. and May, J. 1999: Virtual geographies: bodies, space and relations. London: Routledge.

Crang, M.A., Hudson, A.C., Reimer, S.M. and Hinchliffe, S.J. 1997: Software for qualitative research. Environment and Planning A 29: 771– 87, 1109–24.

Crang, P. 1992: The politics of polyphony: reconfigurations in geographical authority. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 10: 527–50.

Crapanzo, V. 1986: Hermes’ dilemma: the mask- ing of subversion in ethnographic description. In J. Clifford and G. Marcus, eds, Writing culture: the poetics and politics of ethnography. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 51–76.

Crary, J. 1989: Spectacle, attention, counter- memory. October 50: 97–107.

Crary, J. 1990a: Modernity and the problem of the observer. In Crary, Techniques of the obser- ver. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Crary, J. 1990b: Suspensions of perception: atten- tion, spectacle and modern culture. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Cresswell, T. 1996: In place/out of place: geog- raphy, ideology and transgression. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Cresswell, T. 1997: Imagining the nomad: mobility and the postmodern primitive. In G. Benko and U. Strohmayer, eds, Space and social theory. Oxford: Blackwell, 360–79.

Cresswell, T. 2000: Falling down: resistance as diagnostic. In J. Sharp, P. Routledge, C. Philo and R. Paddison, eds, Entanglements of power: geographies of domination/resistance. London: Routledge, 256–68.

Cresswell, T. 2003: Landscape and the obliter- ation of practice. In K. Anderson, D. Domosh, S. Pile and N. Thrift, eds, Handbook of cultural geography. London: Sage.

Cresswell, T. 2004: Place: a short introduction. Oxford: Blackwell.

Cresswell, T. 2006: On the move: mobility in the modern Western world. London: Routledge.

Cresswell, T. and Dixon, D., eds, 2002: Engaging film: geographies of mobility and identity. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Crewe, L. 2000: Geographies of retailing and consumption. Progress in Human Geography 24(2): 275–90.

Crewe, L. 2001: The besieged body: geographies of retailing and consumption. Progress in Human Geography 25(4): 629–40.

Crewe, L. 2003: Geographies of retailing and consumption: markets in motion. Progress in Human Geography 27(3): 352–62.

Crewe, L. and Gregson, N. 1998: Tales of the unexpected: exploring car boot sales as mar- ginal spaces of contemporary consumption. Transactions of the Institute of British Geogra- phers 23: 39–53.

Crissman, L. 1967: The segmentary structure of urban Chinese communities. Man 2: 185–204.

Critchley, S. 1999: The ethics of deconstruction, 2nd edn. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Cronin, M. and Bale, J. 2002: Sport and postcolo- nialism. Oxford: Berg.

Cronon, W. 1983: Changes in the land. New York: Hill and Wang.

Cronon, W. 1987: Revisiting the vanishing fron- tier: the legacy of Frederick Jackson Turner. Western Historical Quarterly 18: 157–76.

Cronon, W. 1991: Nature’s metropolis: Chicago and the great West. New York: W.W. Norton.

Cronon, W. 1995: The trouble with wilderness: or getting back to the wrong nature. In W. Cronon, ed., Uncommon ground: toward reinventing nature. New York: W.W. Norton, 69–90.

Crosby, A. 1986: Ecological imperialism: the biological expansion of Europe 900–1900. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Crosland, A. 1970: The transitions from capital- ism. In R. Crossman, ed., New Fabian essays. London: Dent, 33–68.

Crouch, D. and Toogood, M. 1999: Everyday abstraction: geographical knowledge in the art of Peter Lanyon. Ecumene 6(1): 72–89.

Crouch, S. 1990: Notes of a hanging judge. New York: Random House.

Crush, J. 1991: The discourse of progressive human geography. Progress in Human Geography 15: 395–414.

Crush, J. 1994: Post-colonialism, de-colonization, and geography, In A. Godlewska and N. Smith, eds, Geography and empire. Oxford: Blackwell, 333–50.

Crystal, D. 2003: English as a global language. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Cuff, D. 2003: Immanent domain: pervasive computing and the public realm. Journal of Architectural Education 57(1): 43–9.

Cullen, M.J. 1975: The statistical movement in early Victorian Britain: the foundations of empirical social research. New York: Barnes and Noble.

Culler, J. 1997: Literary theory: a very short intro- duction. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 848 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

848

Cumbers, A. and Routledge, P. 2004: Alternative geographical imaginations: introduction. Antipode 36(5): 818–28.

Cumings, B. 1984: The origins and development of the Northeast Asian political economy: industrial sectors, product cycles, and politi- cal consequences. International Organization 38(1): 1–40.

Cumings, B. 1998: Boundary displacement: area studies and international studies during and after the Cold War. In C. Simpson, ed., Universities and empire: money and politics in the social sciences during the Cold War. New York: New Press.

Curry, M. 1998: Digital places: living with geo- graphic information technologies. New York: Routledge.

Curry, M. 2006: Meta-theory/many theories. In N. Castree, A. Rogers and D. Sherman, eds, Questioning geography: fundamental debates. Oxford: Blackwell, 167–86.

Curtis, S. 2004: Health and inequality: geograph- ical perspectives. London: Sage.

Curzon, G.N. 1888: The ‘scientific frontier’ an accomplished fact. Nineteenth Century 23: 901–17.

Cushing, D.H. 1988: The provident sea. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Cutter, S. and Renwick, W. 2004: Exploitation, con- servation, preservation: a geographic perspective on naturalresourceuse,4thedn.Hoboken,NJ:Wiley.

Cutter, S., Richardson, D. and Wilbanks, T., eds, 2003: Geographical dimensions of terrorisms. New York: Routledge.

Cuyvers, L. and De Beule, F. 2005: Transnational corporations and economic develop- ment. London: Palgrave Macmillan.

Cypher, J. and Dietz, J. 1997: The process of eco- nomic development. London: Routledge.

D’Souza, A. and McDonough, T., eds, 2006: The invisible flâneuse? Gender, public space, and visual culture in nineteenth-century Paris. Manchester: Manchester University Press.

Dædalus 2005: On imperialism. Theme Issue, no. 134.

Dahl, R. 1963: Modern political analysis. Engle- wood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Dahl, R. 1989: Democracy and its critics. New Haven: Yale University Press.

Dahlberg, R.E., Luman, D.E. and Vaupel, R.P. 1990: Development of the satellite image map genre in the United States. International Yearbook of Cartography 30: 165–88.

Dahlman, C. and Ó Tuathail, G. 2005a: The legacy of ethnic cleansing: the international community and the returns process in post- Dayton Bosnia-Herzegovina. Political Geogra- phy 24: 569–99.

Dahlman, C.T. and Ó Tuathail, G. 2005b: Broken Bosnia: the local geopolitics of

displacement and return in two Bosnian places. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 95(3): 644–62.

Dalby, S. 1990: Creating the second cold war: the discourse of politics. New York: Guilford Press.

Dalby, S. 1991: Critical geopolitics: discourse, difference, and dissent. Environment and Plan- ning D: Society and Space 9: 261–83.

Dalby, S. 1994: Gender and critical geopolitics: reading security discourse in the new world order. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 12: 595–612.

Dalby, S. 2002: Environmental security. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Dalby, S. 2004: Exorcising Malthus’ ghost: resources and security in global politics. Geopolitics 9(1): 242–54.

Dalby, S. 2006: Geopolitics, grand strategy and the Bush doctrine: the strategic dimensions of U.S. hegemony under George W. Bush. In C.P. David and D. Grondin, eds, Hegemony or empire? The redefinition of American power under George W. Bush. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Dalby, S. and Ó Tuathail, G., eds, 1998: Rethin- king geopolitics. London: Routledge.

Dale, A. and Davies, R.B., eds, 1994: Analyzing social and political change: a casebook of methods. London: Sage.

Dalla Costa, M. and Dalla Costa, G.F., eds, 1999: Women, development and labor of repro- duction: struggles and movements. Trenton, NJ: Africa World Press.

Danermark, B., Ekström, M., Jakobsen, L. and Karlsson, J.C. 2001: Explaining society: an introduction to critical realism in the social sci- ences. London: Taylor & Francis.

Danermark, B., Ekström, M., Jakobsen, L. and Karlsson, J.C. 2002: Explaining society: critical realism in the social science. London: Routledge.

Daniels, P., Bradshaw, M., Shaw, D. and Sidaway, J. 2005: An introduction to human geography: issues for the 21st century, 2nd edn. London: Pearson.

Daniels, P.W. 1993: Service industries in the world economy. Oxford: Blackwell.

Daniels, S. 1982: Humphry Repton and the mor- ality of landscape. In J. Gold and J. Burgess, eds, Valued environments. London: George Allen and Unwin, 124–44.

Daniels, S. 1989: Marxism, culture and the duplicity of landscape. In R. Peet and N. Thrift, eds, New models in geography, vol. 2. London: Unwin Hyman.

Daniels, S. 1993: Fields of vision: landscape imagery and national identity in England and the United States. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Daniels, S. 1999: Humphry Repton: landscape gar- dening and the geography of Georgian England. New Haven: Yale University Press.

Daniels, S. and Cosgrove, D. 1988: Introduc- tion: iconography and landscape. In Cosgrove

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 849 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

849

and Daniels, eds, The iconography of landscape: essays on the representation design and use of past environments. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 1–10.

Daniels, S. and Nash, C. 2004: Lifepaths: geog- raphy and biography. Journal of Historical Geography 30: 449–58.

Dann, G. 1999: Writing out the tourist in space and time. Annals of Tourism Research 26(1): 159–87.

Darby, H.C. 1940: The draining of the Fens. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Darby, H.C. 1948: The regional geography of Thomas Hardy’s Wessex. Geographical Review 38: 426–43.

Darby, H.C. 1951: The changing English land- scape. Geographical Journal 117: 377–94.

Darby, H.C. 1953: On the relations of geography and history. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 19: 1–11.

Darby, H.C. 1962: The problem of geographical description. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 30: 1–14.

Darby, H.C., ed., 1973: A new historical geog- raphy of England and Wales. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Darby, H.C. 1977: Domesday England. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Darby, H.C. 2002: The relations of history and geography: studies in England, France and the United States. Exeter: Exeter University Press.

Darden, J.T. 1980: Lending practices and pol- icies affecting the American metropolitan sys- tem. In S.D. Brunn and J.O. Wheeler, eds, The American metropolitan system: present and future. New York: Wiley, 93–110.

Darden, J.T. 1995: Black residential segregation since the 1948 Shelly v. Kraemer decision. Journal of Black Studies 25: 680–91.

Darder, A. and Torres, R.D. 2004: After race: racism after multiculturalism. New York: New York University Press.

Darian-Smith, E. 1999: Bridging divides: the Channel Tunnel and English legal identity in the new Europe. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Darling, E. 2005: The city in the country: wilderness gentrification and the rent gap. Environment and Planning A 37: 1015–32.

Darnton, R. 1985: The Great Cat Massacre and other episodes in French cultural history. New York: A.A. Knopf.

Darnton, R. 2003: George Washington’s false teeth: an unconventional guide to the eighteenth century. New York: W.W. Norton.

Darwent, D. 1969: Growth poles and growth centers in regional planning – a review. Environment and Planning 1: 5–32.

Darwin, C. 1998 [1868]: The variation of animals and plants under domestication. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Das Gupta, P. 1993: An inquiry into well being and destitution. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Dasmann, R.F., Milton, J.P. and Freeman, P.H. 1973: Ecological principles for economic develop- ment. Chichester: Wiley.

Dauphinee, E. and Masters, C., eds, 2007: The logics of biopower and the war on terror: living, dying, surviving. London: Palgrave.

Davidson, J. 2001: Fear and trembling in the mall: women, agoraphobia and body boun- daries. In I. Dyck, N. Davis Lewis and S. McLafferty, eds, Geographies of women’s health. London: Routledge, 213–30.

Davidson, J. 2003: ‘Putting on a face’: Sartre, Goffman, and agoraphobic anxiety in social space Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 21: 107–22.

Davidson, J. Bondi, L. and Smith, M., eds, 2005: Emotional geographies. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Davies, G.L. 1969: The Earth in decay: a history of British geomorphology 1578 to 1878. London: MacDonald.

Davies, H. 1982: Fiscal migration and the London boroughs. Urban Studies 19: 143–54.

Davies, H.T.O., Nutley, S.M. and Smith, P.C. 2000: What works: evidence-based policy and practice in public services. Bristol: Policy Press.

Davies, R.B. and Pickles, A. 1985: Longitudinal vs. cross-sectional methods for behavioural research: a first round knockout. Environment & Planning A 17: 1315–29.

Davies, W.K.D. 1984: Factorial ecology. Aldershot: Gower.

Davies-Withers, S. 2002: Quantitative methods: Bayesian inference, Bayesian thinking Progress in Human Geography 26: 553–66.

Davis, J. 1992: Exchange. Minneapolis: Univer- sity of Minnesota Press.

Davis, J. and Goldberg, R. 1957: A concept of agribusiness. Boston: Harvard Business School.

Davis, J.A. 1986: The logic of causal order. Sage. QASS No. 55. New York: Sage.

Davis, M. 1990: City of quartz: excavating the future in Los Angeles. London: Verso.

Davis, M. 1998: Ecology of fear: Los Angeles and the imagination of disaster. New York: Metropolitan Books.

Davis, M. 2000: Late Victorian holocausts: El Niño famines and the making of the Third World. London: Verso.

Davis, M. 2004a: Planet of slums. New Left Review 26, March–April: 5–34.

Davis, M. 2004b: The urbanization of empire: megacities and the laws of chaos. Social Text 81(4): 9–15.

Davis, M. 2005: The monster at our door: the global threat of avian flu. New York: The New Press.

Davis, M. 2006: Planet of slums. London: Verso. Davis, W.M. 1899a: The geographical cycle.

Geographical Journal 14: 481–504.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 850 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

850

Davis, W.M., with W.H. Snyder 1899b: Physical geography. Boston: Ginn.

De Angelis, M. 2006: The beginning of history. London: Pluto Press.

de Blij, H.J. and Muller, P. 2007: The world today: concepts and regions in Geography. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.

De Caro, M. and Macarthur, D., eds, 2004: Naturalism in question. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

de Certeau, M. 1984 [1980]: The practice of everyday life, trans. S. Rendell. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

De Floriani, L. and Magillo, P. 2003: Algorithms for visibility computation on terrains: a survey. Environment and Planning B: Planning and Design 30: 709–28.

De Goede, M. 2003: Hawala discourses and the war on terrorist finance. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 21: 513–32.

De Goede, M. 2007: Underground money. Cultural Critique 65: 140–63.

de las Casas, B. 1992 [1552]: In defense of the Indians, trans. S. Poole. DeKalb, IL: Northern Illinois Press.

de Lauretis, T. 1991: Queer theory: lesbian and gay sexualities an introduction. Differences 4: 1–10.

De Moor, M., Shaw-Taylor, L. and Warde, P., eds, 2002: The management of common land in north-west Europe, c.1500–1850. Turnhout: Brepols.

de Moor, P. and de Beelde, I. 2005: Environ- mental auditing and the role of the accoun- tancy profession: a literature review. Environmental Management 36(2): 205–19.

De Soto, H. 1989: The other path: the invisible revolution in the Third World. London: I.B. Tauris/ New York: Harper & Row.

de Vries, J. 1994: The industrial revolution and the industrious revolution. Journal of Economic History, 54: 249–71.

de Waal, A. 1997: Famine crimes. London: Heinemann.

de Waal, A. 2005: Defining genocide. Index on Censorship 34(1): 6–13.

Dean, M. 1994: Critical and effective histories: Foucault’s methods and historical sociology. London: Routledge.

Dean, M. 1999: Governmentality: power and rule in modern society. London: Sage.

Dean, M. 2006: A political mythology of world order: Carl Schmitt’s Nomos. Theory, Culture & Society 23(5): 1–22.

Dear, I.C.B., ed., 1995: The Oxford companion to World War II. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Dear, M.J. 1975: The nature of socialist geog- raphy. Antipode 7(1), February: 87.

Dear, M.J. 1986: Postmodernism and planning. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 4: 367–84.

Dear, M.J. 1988: The postmodern challenge: reconstructing human geography. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 13: 262– 74.

Dear, M.J. 1997: Postmodern bloodlines. In G. Benko and U. Strohmayer, eds, Space and social theory: interpreting modernity and postmod- ernity, Oxford: Blackwell, 49–71.

Dear, M.J. 2000: The postmodern urban condition. Blackwell: Oxford.

Dear, M.J. and Dahmann, N. 2008: Urban pol- itics and the Los Angeles School of Urbanism. Urban Affairs Review 44(2): 266–79.

Dear, M.J. and Dishman, J.D., eds, 2001: From Chicago to L.A.: making sense of urban theory. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Dear, M.J. and Flusty, S. 1998: Postmodern urbanism. Annals of the Association of Ameri- can Geographers 88: 50–72.

Dear, M.J. and Flusty, S., eds, 2002: The spaces of postmodernity: readings in human geography. Oxford: Blackwell.

Dear, M.J. and Wolch, J. 1993: Landscapes of des- pair: from deinstitutionalization to homelessness. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Dear, M.J., Wilton, R., Gaber, S.L. and Takahashi, L. 1997: Seeing people differently: the sociospatial construction of disability. En- vironment and Planning D: Society and Space 15: 455–80.

Debord, G. 1981 [1955]: An introduction to the critique of urban geography. In K. Knabb, ed. and trans., Situationist international anthology. Berkeley, CA: Bureau of Public Secrets, 5–8.

Debord, G. 1994 [1967]: The society of the spec- tacle, trans. D. Nicholson-Smith. New York: Zone Books.

Deffeyes, K. 2001: Hubbert’s peak: the impending world oil shortage. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

DeFilippis, J. 2004: Unmaking Goliath: commu- nity control in the face of global capital. New York: Routledge.

Delaney, D. 1998: Race, place and the law: 1836– 1948. Austin: University of Texas Press.

Delaney, D. 2001: Running with the land: legal– historical imagination and the spaces of mod- ernity. Journal of Historical Geography 27(4): 493–506.

Delaney, D. 2003: Law and nature. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Delaney, D. and Leitner, H. 1997: The political construction of scale. Political Geography 16: 93–7.

Delanty, G. 1995: Inventing Europe: idea, identity, reality. London: Macmillan.

Delanty, G. 2005a: Rethinking Europe: social the- ory and the implications of Europeanization. London: Routledge.

Delanty, G. 2005b: The idea of a cosmopolitan Europe: on the cultural significance of

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 851 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

851

Europeanization. International Review of Sociology 15(3): 405–21.

Deleuze, G. 1994: Difference and repetition, trans. P Patton. New York: Columbia University Press.

Deleuze, G. 1995: Negotiations. New York: Columbia University Press.

Deleuze, G. 2001 [1983]: Beyond the move- ment-image. In J. Orr and O. Taxidou, eds, Post-war cinema and modernity: a film reader. New York: New York University Press, 89– 102. Original translation by H. Tomlinson and R. Galeta, from Deleuze, Cinema 2: The time-image. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Deleuze, G. and Guattari, F. 1972: L’anti- Oedipe. Paris: Minuit.

Deleuze, G. and Guattari, F. 1983: Anti-Oedipus: capitalism and schizophrenia, translated from the French by R. Hurley, M. Seem and H.R. Lane; preface by M. Foucault. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Deleuze, G. and Guattari, F. 1986: Kafka toward a minor literature. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Deleuze, G. and Guattari, F. 1987: A thousand plateaus, trans. B. Massumi. Minneapolis: Uni- versity of Minnesota Press.

Deleuze, G. and Guattari, F. 1988: A thousand plateaus. London: Athlone Press.

Deleuze, G. and Guattari, F. 2004: Anti-Oedipus. London: Continuum.

Delgado, R. and Stefancic, J., eds, 1997: Critical white studies: looking behind the mirror. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.

Della Porta, D. and Diani, M. 1999: Social move- ments: an introduction. London: Blackwell.

DeLyser, D. 2005: Ramona memories: tourism and the shaping of southern California. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

DeLyser, D. and Starrs, P.F. 2001: Doing field- work: editors’ introduction, Geographical Review 91(1–2): 4–8.

Demangeon, A. 1942: Problèmes de géographie humaine. Paris: A. Colin.

Demeritt, D. 1994a: Ecology, objectivity and critique in writings on nature and human societies. Journal of Historical Geography 20(1): 22–37.

Demeritt, D. 1994b: The nature of metaphors in cultural geography and environmental history. Progress in Human Geography 18: 163–85.

Demeritt, D. 1996: Social theory and the recon- struction of science and geography. Trans- actions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 21: 483–504.

Demeritt, D. 1998: Science, social constructiv- ism and nature. In B. Braun and N. Castree, eds, Remaking reality: nature at the millennium. London: Routledge, 173–93.

Demeritt, D. 2001a: Being constructive about nature. In N. Castree and B. Braun, eds, 2001: Social nature: theory, practice and politics. Oxford: Blackwell, 22–40.

Demeritt, D. 2001b: Scientific forest conserva- tion and the statistical picturing of nature’s limits in the progressive-era United States. Environment and Planning 19: 431–59.

Demeritt, D. 2005: Hybrid geographies, rela- tional ontologies and situated knowledges. Antipode 37: 818–23.

DeMers, M.N. 2000: Fundamentals of Geographic Information Systems, 2nd edn. Toronto: Wiley.

DeMers, M.N. 2001: GIS modeling in raster. New York: Wiley.

Dennis, R. 1984: English industrial cities in the nineteenth century: a social geography. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Dennis, R. 1994: Interpreting the apartment house: modernity and metropolitanism in Toronto, 1900–1930. Journal of Historical Geography 20(3): 305–22.

Denoon, D. 1983: Settler capitalism: the dynamics of dependent development in the southern hemi- sphere. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Denoon, D. 2003: Re-membering Australasia: a repressed memory. Australian Historical Studies 34(122): 290–304.

Denton, N. 1996: The persistence of segrega- tion: links between residential segregation and school segregation. Minnesota Law Review 80: 795–824.

Department of Communities and Local Government 2006: Green and public space research: mapping and priorities. London: HMSO.

DePastino, T. 2003: Citizen Hobo: how a century of homelessness shaped America. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Derrida, J. 1976: Of grammatology, trans. Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Derrida, J. 1978: Writing and difference, trans. A. Bass. London: Routledge.

Derrida, J. 1979: Limited Inc. Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press.

Derrida, J. 1981: The double session. In Disseminations. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Derrida, J. 1982a: Margins of philosophy. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Derrida, J. 1982b: The ends of man. In Margins of philosophy. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 109–36.

Derrida, J. 1994: Specters of Marx: the state of the debt, the work of mourning, and the New International. New York: Routledge.

Derrida, J. 2002: Negotiations: interventions and interviews 1971–2001. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 852 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

852

Derrida, J. 2003: And say the animal responded. In C. Wolfe, ed., Zoontologies: the question of the animal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 121–46.

Desbiens, C. and Ruddick, S. 2006: Speaking of geography: language, power and the spaces of Ango-Saxon ‘hegemony’. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 24: 1–8.

Desbiens, C. and Smith, N. 1999: The International Critical Geography Group: for- bidden optimism? Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 18: 379–82.

Desfor, G. and Keil, R. 2004: Nature and the city: making environmental policy in Toronto and Los Angeles. Tucson: University of Arizona Press.

Desmond, J. 1999: Staging tourism: bodies on dis- play from Waikiki to Sea World. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Dettelbach, M. 1996: Humboldtian science. In N. Jardine, J.A. Secord and E.C. Spary, eds, Cultures of natural history. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 287–304.

Dettelbach, M. 1999: The face of nature: precise measurement, mapping and sensibility in the work of Alexander von Humboldt. Studies in History and Philosophy of Biological and Biomedical Sciences 30: 473–504.

Deudney, D. 2004: Publius before Kant: federal- republican security and democratic peace. European Journal of International Relations 10: 315–56.

Deutsche, D. 1991: Boys town. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 9: 5–30.

Deutsche, R. 1995: Surprising geography. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 85: 168–75.

Deutsche, R. 1996a: Boys town. In Deutsche, Evictions: art and spatial politics. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press, 203–44.

Deutsche, R. 1996b: Evictions: art and spatial politics. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Deutsche, R. 1996c: Men in space. Reprinted in Deutsche, Evictions: art and spatial politics. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press, 195–202.

Devall, B. and Sessions, G. 1985: Deep ecology: living as if nature mattered. Salt Lake City: Peregrine Smith.

DeVerteuil, G. 2003: Homeless mobility, insti- tutional settings, and the new poverty man- agement. Environment and Planning A 35(2): 361–79.

DeVerteuil, G., Lee, W. and Wolch, J. 2002: New spaces for the local welfare state? The case of general relief in Los Angeles county. Social and Cultural Geography 3: 229–46.

Devezas, T., ed., 2006: Kondratieff waves, warfare and world security. Amsterdam: IOS Press.

Devji, F. 2005: Landscapes of the jihad: militancy, morality, modernity. Ithaca, NY: Cornell Uni- versity Press.

Dewsbury, J.-D. 2000: Performativity and the event: enacting a philosophy of difference. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 18: 473–96.

Dewsbury, J.-D. 2003: Witnessing space: ‘know- ledge without contemplation’. Environment and Planning A 35: 1907–32.

Dewsbury, J.-D. 2007: Alain Badiou and the event of thought in thinking politics. Transactions of the Institute of British Geogra- phers 32: 443–59.

Dewsbury, J.-D. and Thrift, N. 2005: ‘Genesis eternal’: after Paul Klee. In I. Buchanan and G. Lambert, eds, Deleuze and space. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, 89–108.

Dewsbury, J.-D., Harrison, P., Rose, M. and Wylie, J. 2002: Enacting geographies. Geo- forum 33: 437–40.

Dexter, H. 2007: New war, good war and the war on terror: explaining, excusing and creating Western neo-interventionism. Development and Change 38: 1055–71.

Dexter, H. 2008: The ‘new war’ on terror, cosmopolitanism and the just war revival. Government and Opposition 43: 55–78.

Dhareshwar, V. 1990: The predicament of the- ory, in M. Kreiswirth and M. Cheetham, eds, Theory between the disciplines: authority/vision/ politics. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 231–50.

Diamond, J. 1997: Guns, germs, and steel: the fates of human societies. New York: W.W. Norton.

Diamond, J. and LeCroy, M. 1979: Birds of Karkar and Bagabag Islands, New Guinea. Bulletin of American Natural History 164: 469– 531.

DiBiase, D., MacEachren, A.M., Krygier, J.B. and Reeves, C. 1992: Animation and the role of map design in scientific visualization. Cartography and Geographic Information Systems 19: 201–14.

Dicken, P. 2007: Global shift: mapping the chan- ging contours of the world economy, 5th edn. New York: Guilford Press/London: Sage.

Dicken, P., Kelly, P.F., Olds, K. and Yeung, H.W.-C. 2000: Chains and networks, territor- ies and scales: towards a relational framework for analysing the global economy. Global Networks 1: 89–112.

Dickinson, R. 1969: The makers of modern geog- raphy. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul/ New York: Prager.

Dickinson, R.E. 1947: City region and regionalism: a contribution to human ecology. London: Kegan Paul, Trench Trübner.

Dickinson, R.E. and Howarth, O.J.R. 1933: The making of geography. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Dietz, M.G. 1987: Context is all: feminism and theories of citizenship. Daedalus 4: 1–24.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 853 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

853

Dietz, T., Ostrom, E. and Stern, P. 2003: The struggle to govern the commons. Science 302: 1907–12.

DiGaetano, A. 2002: The changing nature of the local state: a comparative perspective. Policy and Politics 30: 61–77.

Dillon, M. 2002: Network society, network-cen- tric warfare and the state of emergency. Theory, Culture & Society 19: 71–9.

Dillon, M. 2007: Governing terror: the state of emergency of biopolitical emergence. International Political Sociology 1: 7–28.

Dillon, M. 2008: Underwriting security. Security Dialogue 39: 309–32.

Dillon, M. and Lobo-Guerrero, L. 2008: Biopolitics of security in the 21st century. Review of International Studies 34: 265–92.

Dillon, M. and Reid, J. 2006: The liberal way of war: the martial face of global biopolitics. London: Taylor & Francis.

Dillon, M. and Reid, J. 2009: The liberal way of war: killing to make life live. London: Routledge.

Dion, R. 1949: La géographie humaine rétro- spective. Cahiers Internationaux de Sociologie 6: 3–27.

Dirlik, A., ed., 1993: What is in a rim? Critical perspectives on the Pacific region idea. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Ditt, K. 2001: The idea of German cultural regions in the Third Reich: the work of Franz Petri. Journal of Historical Geography 27(2): 241–58.

Dixon, C. 1991: South-East Asia in the world- economy: a regional geography. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Dixon, C.J. and Leach, B. 1977: Sampling methods for geographical research. Concepts and Techniques in Modern Geography 17. Norwich: Geo Books.

Dixon, D.P. and Jones, J.P. III 1998: My dinner with Derrida, or spatial analysis and poststruc- turalism do lunch. Environment and Planning A 30: 247–60.

Dobson, A. 1998: Justice and the environment: conceptions of environmental sustainability and theories of distributive justice. New York: Oxford University Press.

Dobson, J. 1993: Automated geography. Professional Geographer 35: 135–43.

Dobson, J. and Fisher, P.F. 2003: GeoSlavery. IEEE Society and Technology 22, 47–52.

Dobson, J.E. and Fisher, P.F. 2007: The Panopticon’s changing geography. Geographical Review 97: 307–23.

Dodds, F. and Pippard, T., eds, 2005: Human and environmental security: an agenda for change. London: Earthscan.

Dodds, K. 1999: Taking the Cold War to the Third World. In D. Slater and P. Taylor, eds, The American century. Oxford: Blackwell.

Dodge, M. and Kitchin, R. 2001a: Atlas of cyber- space. London: Routledge.

Dodge, M. and Kitchin, R. 2001b: Mapping cyberspace. London: Routledge.

Dodgshon, R.A. 1980: The origins of British field systems: an interpretation. London: Academic Press.

Dodgshon, R.A. 1987: The European past: social evolution and spatial order. London: Macmillan.

Dodgshon, R.A. 1998: Society in time and space: a geographical perspective on change. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Dodgson, J.M. 1966: The significance of the distribution of English place-names in -ingas, -inga in south-east England. Medieval Archaeology 10: 1–29.

Dodgson, J.M. 1973: Place-names from ham, distinguished from hamm names, in relation to the settlement of Kent, Surrey and Sussex. Anglo-Saxon England 11: 1–50.

Doel, M. 1992: In stalling deconstruction: striking out the postmodern. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 10: 163–79.

Doel, M.A. 1999: Poststructuralist geographies: the diabolical art of spatial science. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Doel, M.A. 2006: Dialectical materialism: stran- ger than friction. In N. Castree and D. Gregory, eds, David Harvey: a critical reader. Oxford: Blackwell, 55–79.

Doel, M.A. 1996: A hundred thousand lines of flight: a machinic introduction to the nomad thought and scrumpled geography of Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 14: 421–40.

Doel, M.A. and Clarke, D.B. 1998: Figuring the Holocaust: singularity and the purification of space. In G. Ó Tuathail and S. Dalby, eds, Rethinking geopolitics. London and New York: Routledge, 39–61.

Doel, M.A. and Segrott, J. 2004: Materialising complementary and alternative medicines: aromatherapy, chiropractic and Chinese herbal medicines in the UK. Geoforum 35: 727–38.

Doezema, J. and Kempadoo, K., eds, 1998: Global sex workers: rights, resistance, and redefin- ition. London: Routledge.

Domosh, M. 1991: Towards a feminist historiog- raphy of geography. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 16: 95–104.

Domosh, M. 2003: Toward a more fully recipro- cal feminist geography. ACME: an International E-Journal for Critical Geographies 2: 107–11.

Domosh, M. and Seager, J. 2001: Putting women in place: feminist geographers make sense of the world. New York: Guilford Press.

Donald, J. 1999: Imagining the modern city. London: The Athlone Press.

Donaldson, A. and Wood, D. 2004: Surveilling strange materialities: categorisation in the

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 854 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

854

evolving geographies of FMD biosecurity. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 22: 373–91.

Donkin, R.A. 1999: Dragon’s brain perfume: an his- torical geography of camphor. Leiden: E.J. Brill.

Dorling, D. 1993: Map design for census map- ping. Cartographic Journal 30: 167–83.

Dorling, D. 2005: Counting and measuring: happy Valentine’s Day. In N. Castree, A. Rogers and D. Sherman, eds, Questioning geography: funda- mental debates. Oxford: Blackwell, 241–57.

Dorling, D. and Fairbairn, D. 1997: Mapping: ways of representing the world. London: Longman.

Dorling, D. and Thomas, B. 2004: People and places: a 2001 census atlas of the UK. Bristol: The Policy Press.

Dorn, M. and Laws, G. 1994: Social theory, body politics and medical geography: extend- ing Kearns’s invitation. The Professional Geographer 46: 106–10.

Douglas, M. 1992: Risk and blame: essays in cul- tural theory. London: Routledge.

Douzinas, C. 2003: Humanity, military human- ism and the new moral order. Economy & Society 32: 159–83.

Dow, M. 2004: American Gulag: inside U.S. immigration prisons. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Downs, A. 1957: An economic theory of democracy. New York: Harper & Row.

Downs, R. and Stea, D. 1973: Image and envir- onment: cognitive mapping and spatial behavior. Chicago: Aldine.

Doyle, P. and Bennett, M. 1997: Military geog- raphy: terrain evaluation and the British Western Front 1914–1. Geographical Journal 163: 1–24.

Doyle, R., 1997: On beyond living: rhetorical trans- formation of the life sciences. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Drache, D. 1995: Celebrating Innis: the man, the legacy, and our future. In D. Drache, ed., Staples, markets, and cultural change: selected essays of Harold A. Innis. Montreal and Kingston: McGill Queen’s University Press, xiii–lix.

Drakakis-Smith, D. 1997: Third World cities: sustainable urban development III – basic needs and human rights. Urban Studies 34: 797–823.

Drescher, S. and Engerman S., eds, 1998: A historical guide to world slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Dreze, J. and Sen, A. 1990: Hunger and public action. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Dritsas, L. 2005: From Lake Nyassa to Philadelphia: a geography of the Zambesi expedition, 1858–64. British Journal for the History of Science 38: 35–52.

Driver, F. 1988: Moral geographies: social sci- ence and the urban environment in mid-

nineteenth century England. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 13: 275–87.

Driver, F. 1988: The historicity of human geog- raphy. Progress in Human Geography 12: 397– 506.

Driver, F. 1992a: Geography and power: the work of Michel Foucault. In P. Burke, ed., Critical essays on Michel Foucault. Aldershot: Scolar Press.

Driver, F. 1992b: Geography’s empire: histories of geographical knowledge. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 10: 23–40.

Driver, F. 1993: Power and pauperism: the work- house system 1834–1884. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Driver, F. 1996: Histories of the present? The history and philosophy of geography, part III. Progress in Human Geography 20(1): 100–9.

Driver, F. 2000: Editorial: fieldwork in geog- raphy, Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 25: 267–68.

Driver, F. 2001a: Geography militant: cultures of exploration and empire. Oxford: Blackwell.

Driver, F. 2001b: Hints to travellers: observation in the field. In Driver, ed., Geography militant: cultures of exploration and empire. Oxford: Blackwell, 49–67.

Driver, F. 2005: Imaginative geographies. In P. Cloke, P. Crang and M. Goodwin, eds, Introducing human geographies. London: Hodder Arnold.

Driver, F. and Gilbert, D., eds, 1999a: Imperial cities: landscape, display and identity. Manchester: Manchester University Press.

Driver, F. and Gilbert, D. 1999b: Imperial cities: overlapping territories, intertwined histories. In F. Driver and D. Gilbert, eds, Imperial cities: landscape, display and identity. Manchester: Manchester University Press, 1–17.

Driver, F. and Martins, L., eds, 2005: Tropical visions in an age of empire. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Driver, F. and Yeoh, B., eds, 2000: Constructing the tropics. Singapore Journal of Tropical Geog- raphy 21: 1–98.

Driver, F., Nash, C., Prendergast, K. and Swenson, I., eds, 2002: Landing: eight collab- orative projects between artists and geographers. Egham: Royal Holloway.

Drucker, P. 1969: The age of discontinuity: guide- lines to our changing society. New York: Harper & Row.

Drummond, I. and Marsden, T. 1999: The con- dition of sustainability. London: Routledge.

Dryzek, J.S. 2005: Deliberative democracy in divided societies: alternatives to agonism and analgesia. Political Theory 33, 218–42.

Du Bois, W.E.B. 1986 [1940]: Dusk of dawn: an essay towards an autobiography of a concept. In Du Bois, Writings. New York: Library of America.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 855 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

855

du Gay, P. and Pryke, M., eds, 1999: Cultural economy: cultural analysis and commercial life. London: Sage.

du Gay, P., Hall, S., Janes, J., McKay, H. and Negus, K., eds, 1997: Doing cultural studies. London: Sage.

Duany, A., Plater-Zyberk, E. and Speck, J. 2000: Suburban nation: the rise of sprawl and the decline of the American dream. New York: North Point Press.

Dubbini, R. 2002: Geography of the gaze. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Dubois, L. 2004: A colony of citizens: revolution and slave emancipation in the French Caribbean, 1787–1804. Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press.

Dubow, J. 2004: Outside of place and other than optical: Walter Benjamin and the geography of critical thought. Journal of Visual Culture 3: 259–74.

Dubow, J. 2007: Case interrupted: Sebald, Benjamin and the dialectical image. Critical Inquiry 33(4): 820–36.

Ducatel, K.J. and Blomley, N.K. 1990: Rethinking retail capital. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 14(2): 207–27.

Dudley, O. and Duncan, B. 1955: A methodo- logical analysis of segregation indexes. American Sociological Review 20: 210–17.

Dueck, D. 2000: Strabo of Amasia: a Greek man of letters in Augustan Rome. London: Routledge.

Duhem, P. 1962 [1906]: The aim and structure of physical theory. New York: Atheneum.

Duménil, G. and Lévy, D. 2004: Capital resur- gent: roots of the neoliberal revolution. Cam- bridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Dumont, L. 1977: From Mandeville to Marx. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Dunbar, G.S., ed., 2002: Geography: discipline, profession and subject since 1870. Dordrecht: Kluwer.

Duncan, C. 1996: The centrality of agriculture: between humankind and the rest of nature. Montreal: McGill/Queen’s University Press.

Duncan, J. and Rattansi, A., eds, 1992: ‘Race’, culture and difference. London: Sage.

Duncan, J.S. 1980: The superorganic in American cultural geography. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 70: 181–98.

Duncan, J.S. 1990: The city as text: the politics of landscape interpretation in the Kandyan king- dom. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Duncan, J.S. 2002: Embodying colonialism? Domination and resistance in nineteenth-cen- tury Ceylonese coffee plantations. Journal of Historical Geography 28(3): 317–38.

Duncan, J.S. 2003: Representing empire at the National Maritime Museum. In R.S. Peckham, ed., Rethinking heritage: culture and politics in Europe. London: I.B. Tauris, 17–28.

Duncan, J.S. 2004: The city as text: the politics of landscape interpretation in the Kandyan kingdom. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Duncan, J.S. and Duncan, N.G. 1988: (Re)read- ing the landscape. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 6: 117–26.

Duncan, J.S. and Duncan, N.G. 1992: Ideology and bliss: Roland Barthes and the secret his- tories of landscape. In T.J. Barnes and J.S. Duncan, eds, Writing worlds: discourse, text and metaphor in the representation of landscape. London: Routledge, 18–37.

Duncan, J.S. and Duncan, N.G. 1996: Reconceptualizing the idea of culture in geog- raphy: a reply to Don Mitchell. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 21(3): 576–9.

Duncan, J.S. and Duncan, N.G. 2004a: Culture unbound. Environment and Planning A 36: 391–403.

Duncan, J.S. and Duncan, N.G. 2004b: Landscapes of privilege: the politics of the aesthetic in an American suburb. New York: Routledge.

Duncan, J.S. and Gregory, D., eds, 1999: Writes of passage: reading travel writing. London: Routledge.

Duncan, J.S. and Lambert, D. 2004: Landscapes of home. In J.S. Duncan, N.C. Johnson and R. H. Schein, eds, A companion to cultural geog- raphy. Oxford: Blackwell, 382–403.

Duncan, J.S. and Ley, D. 1982: Structural Marxism and human geography. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 72: 30–59.

Duncan, J.S. and Ley, D., eds, 1993: Place/cul- ture/representation. London: Routledge.

Duncan, J.S., Johnson, N.C. and Schein, R.H., eds, 2004: Landscapes. In J.S. Duncan, N.C. Johnson and R.H. Schein, eds, A com- panion to cultural geography. Oxford: Blackwell, 329–446.

Duncan, S. 1974: The isolation of scientific dis- covery: indifference and resistance to a new idea. Science Studies 4: 109–34.

Duncan, S. 1989: What is locality? In R. Peet and N. Thrift, eds, New models in geography, vol. 2. London: Unwin Hyman, 221–52.

Duncan, S. and Goodwin, M. 1988: The local state and uneven development. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Duncan, S. and Smith, D.P. 2002: Geographies of partnering and parenting in Britain. Trans- actions of the Institute of British Geographers 27: 471–93.

Dunn, E. 2003a: Trojan pig: paradoxes of food safety regulation. Environment and Planning A 35(8): 1493–511.

Dunn, J. 2005a: Setting the people free: the story of democracy. London: Atlantic Books.

Dunn, K.M. 2003b: Using cultural geography to engage contested constructions of ethnicity and citizenship in Sydney. Social and Cultural Geography 4: 153–65.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 856 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

856

Dunn, K.M. 2005b: Repetitive and troubling discourses of nationalism in the local politics of mosque development in Sydney, Australia. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 23(1): 29–50.

Dunning, J. and Norman, G. 1987: Theory of multinational enterprise. Environment and Planning A 15: 675–92.

Dunning, J.H. 2000: Regions, globalization and the knowledge-based economy. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Dunning, J.H. 2002a: Global capitalism, FDI and competitiveness. Cheltenham, UK: Edward Elgar.

Dunning, J.H. 2002b: Theories and paradigms of international business activity. Cheltenham, UK: Edward Elgar.

Dunning, T. 2008: Improving causal inference: strengths and limitations of natural experi- ments. Political Research Quarterly 61: 282–93.

Dupré, J. 1993: The disorder of things: metaphysical foundations of the disunity of science. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Durand, M.-F., Lévy, J. and Retaillé, D. 1992: Le monde: espaces et systèmes. Paris: Presses de la Fondation Nationale des Sciences Politiques and Dalloz.

During, S. 1992: Postcolonialism and globaliza- tion. Meanjin 51: 339–53.

Dutfield, G. 2004: Intellectual property, biogenetic resources and traditional knowledge. London: Earthscan.

Dutton,G. 1999: Scale,sinuosity, and point selec- tion in digital line generalization. Cartography and Geographic Information Systems 26: 33–53.

Dyck, I. 1990: Space, time and renegotiating motherhood: an exploration of domestic work- place. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 8: 459–83.

Dyck, I. 1995: Hidden geographies: the changing lifeworlds of women with multiple sclerosis. Social Science and Medicine 40: 307–20.

Dyer, C. 1993: Standards of living in the later middle ages: social change in England, c.1200– 1520, 2nd edn. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Dyer, R. 1997: White. London: Routledge. Dymski, G. 2005: Financial globalization, social exclusion and financial crisis. International Review of Applied Economics 19(4): 439–57.

Dymski, G.A. 1999: The bank merger wave: the economic causes and social consequences of finan- cial consolidation. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe.

Eagleton, T. 1983: Literary theory: an introduc- tion. Oxford: Blackwell/Minneapolis: Univer- sity of Minnesota Press.

Eagleton, T. 1991: Ideology: an introduction. London: Verso.

Earle, C. 2003: The American way: a geographical history of crisis and recovery. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Eckler, A.R. 1972: The Bureau of the Census. New York: Praeger.

Economist, The 2006: Winds of change. The Economist, 2 November.

Ecumene (journal of cultural geography) 1991– 2004: London: Hodder and Stoughton.

Edelson, S.M. 2006: Plantation enterprise in colo- nial South Carolina. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Edensor, T. 2005: Industrial ruins: aesthetics, materiality and memory. Oxford: Berg.

Edkins, J. 2000: Sovereign power, zones of indis- tinction and the camp. Alternatives 25: 3–25.

Edkins, J. 2003: Trauma and the memory of polit- ics. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Edney, M.H. 1993: Cartography without ‘pro- gress’: reinterpreting the nature and historical development of mapmaking. Cartographica 30: 54–68.

Edney, M.H. 1997: Mapping an empire: the geo- graphical construction of British India, 1765– 1843. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Edney, M.H. 2005a: The origins and development of J.B. Harley’s cartographic theories. Cartogra- phica Monograph 54. Cartographica 40(1/2). Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Edney, M.H.2005b: Putting ‘cartography’ intothe history of cartography: Arthur H. Robinson, David Woodward, and the creation of a discip- line. Cartographic Perspectives no. 51: 14–29.

Edney, M.H. 2006: Recent trends in the history of cartography: a bibliographical guide, 3rd edn. Coordinates (journal of the Map and Geography Round Table of the American Library Association) Series B, no. 6, at http:// www.sunysb.edu/libmap/coordinates/seriesb/ no6/b6.pdf

Edwards, J. 2003: How to read an early modern map: between the particular and the general, the material and the abstract, words and math- ematics. Early Modern Literary Studies (http:// purl.oclc.org/emls/09–1/edwamaps.html) 9(1): 6.1–58.

Edwards, M. 2004: Civil society. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Edwards, T. 2005: Information geopolitics: blur- ring the lines of sovereignty. In H. Nicol and I. Townsend-Gault, eds, Holding the line: borders in a global world. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press, 26–49.

Ehlen, J., Caldwell, D.R. and Harding, S. 2002: GeoComputation: what is it? Computers, Environment and Urban Systems 26: 257–65.

Eichler, M. 1988: Nonsexist research methods: a prac- tical guide. Winchester, MA: Unwin Hyman.

Eisenstadt, N. and Witcher, S. 1998: Social exclusion and poverty. Outlook: The Quarterly Journal of the National Council of Voluntary Child Organisations 1: 6–7.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 857 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

857

Eisenstein, Z. 1981: The radical future of liberal feminism. New York: Longman.

Ek, R. 2000: A revolution in military geopolitics? Political Geography 19: 841–74.

El Fisgón, R.B.D. 2004: How to succeed at global- ization: a primer for the roadside vendor, trans. M. Fried. New York: Metropolitan Books.

Elden, S. 2001: Mapping the present: Heidegger, Foucault and the project of a spatial history. London: Continuum.

Elden, S. 2002: The war of the races and the constitution of the state: Foucault’s Il faut défendre la societé. boundary 2, 29: 125–51.

Elden, S. 2004: Understanding Henri Lefebvre: theory and the possible. London: Continuum.

Elden, S. 2005: Territorial integrity and the war on terror. Environment and Planning A 37(12): 2083–104.

Elden, S. 2006: Contingent sovereignty, territor- ial integrity and the sanctity of borders. SAIS Review 26: 11–24.

Elden, S. 2007a: Blair, neo-conservatism, and the war on territorial integrity. International Politics 44: 37–51.

Elden, S. 2007b: Governmentality, calculation, territory. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 25: 562–80.

Elden, S. 2007c: Terror and territory. Antipode 39: 821–45.

Elden, S. and Bialasiewicz, L. 2006: The new geopolitics of division and the problem of a Kantian Europe. Review of International Studies 32: 623–44.

Eliade, M. 1959: The sacred and the profane: the nature of religion, trans. W.R. Trask. San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

Elins, P. 2000: Economic growth and environmental sustainability: the prospects for green growth. London: Routledge.

Elkins, J. 2002: Visual studies: a skeptical introduc- tion. New York: Routledge.

Ellaway, A., Macintyre, S. and Kearns, A. 2001: Perceptions of place and health in socially con- trasting neighbourhoods. Urban Studies 14: 2299–316.

Elliott, J.H. 1972: The discovery of America and the discovery of man. Proceedings of the British Academy LVIII: 101–25.

Elliott, P. and Wartenburg, D. 2004: Spatial epi- demiology: current approaches and future challenges. Environmental Health Perspectives 112: 998–1006.

Ellis, F. and Harris, N. 2004: New thinking about rural and urban development. Mimeo, paper pre- pared for DFID, UK (see also a commentary, online at www.new-agri.co.uk/04–5/develop/ dev01.html).

Ellis, M. and Wright, R. 1998: The Balkanization metaphor in the analysis of US immigration. Annals of the Association of American Geogra- phers 88: 686–98.

Eloundou-Enyegue, P.M. 2004: Pregnancy- related dropouts and gender inequality in edu- cation: a life table approach and application to Cameroon. Demography 41: 509–29.

Elson, D. 1979: The value theory of labour. In D. Elson, ed., Value. London: New Left Books, 115–80.

Elson, M.J. 1986: Green belts. London: Heinemann.

Elster, J. 1982a: An introduction to Karl Marx. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Elster, J. 1982b: The case for methodological individualism. Theory and Society 11: 453–82.

Elster, J., ed., 1986: Karl Marx: a reader. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Elwood, S. and Leitner, H. 2003: GIS and spatial knowledge production for neighborhood revi- talization: negotiating state priorities and neighborhood visions. Journal of Urban Affairs 25(2): 139–57.

Elyachar, J. 2005: Markets of dispossession. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Emel, J. and Peet, R. 1989: Resource manage- ment and natural hazards. In R. Peet and N. Thrift, eds, New models in geography: the political-economy perspective, vol. 1. London: Unwin Hyman, 49–76.

Emel, J. and Wolch, J., eds, 1998: Animal geog- raphies: place, politics and identity in the nature– culture borderlands. London: Verso.

Emel, J., Bridge, G. and Krueger, R. 2002: The Earth as input: resources. In R.J. Johnston, P.J. Taylor and M. Watts, eds, Geographies of global change: remapping the world. Oxford: Blackwell, 377–90.

Emerson, F.V. 1909: Manual of physical geog- raphy. New York: Macmillan.

Enders, W. and Sandler, T. 2006: Distribution of transnational terrorism among countries by income class and geography after 9/11. International Studies Quarterly 50: 367–93.

Endfield, G.H. and Nash, D.J. 2002: Drought, desiccation and discourse: missionary corres- pondence and nineteenth-century climate change in central southern Africa. The Geo- graphical Journal 168: 33–47.

Engardio, P. 2006: The future of outsourcing: how it’s transforming whole industries and changing the way we work. Business Week 3969: 50–53.

Engels, F. 1978 [1884]: Preface. In K. Marx, Capital, vol. 2. London: Penguin, 83–102.

Engels, F. 1987 [1845]: The condition of the work- ing class in England. London: Penguin.

England, K. 1993: Suburban pink collar ghettos: the spatial entrapment of women? Annals of the Association of American Geographers 83: 225–42.

England, K. 1994: Getting personal: reflexivity, positionality and feminist research. Professional Geographer 46: 80–9.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 858 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

858

England, K. 2002: Interviewing elites: cautionary tales about researching women managers in Canada’s banking industry. In P. Moss, ed., Feminist geography in practice: research and methods. Oxford: Blackwell, 200–13.

England, K. and Lawson, V. 2005: Feminist analyses of work: rethinking the boundaries, gendering, and spatiality of work. In L. Nelson and J. Seager, eds, A companion to feminist geog- raphy. Oxford: Blackwell, 77–92.

Enslin, E. 1994: Feminist practice and the limi- tations of ethnography. Cultural Anthropology 9: 537–68.

Entrikin, J.N. 1976: Contemporary humanism in geography. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 66(4): 615–32.

Entrikin, J.N. 1977: Geography’s spatial per- spective and the philosophy of Ernst Cassirer. Canadian Geographer 21: 209–22.

Entrikin, J.N. 1980: Robert Park’s human ecology and human geography. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 70(1): 43–58.

Entrikin, J.N. 1981: Philosophic issues in the scientific studies of regions. In D.T. Herbert and R.J. Johnston, eds, Geography and the urban environment: progress in research and appli- cations, vol. 4. Chichester: Wiley, 1–27.

Entrikin, J.N. 1991: The betweenness of place: towards a geography of modernity. London: Macmillan/Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Entrikin, J.N. and Brunn, S.D., eds, 1989: Reflections on Richard Hartshorne’s The nature of geography. Washington, DC: Association of American Geographers.

Environment and Planning A 1991: Special issue on ‘New perspectives on the locality debate’. Environment and Planning A 23: 155–308.

Epstein, K. 2006: The new global slave trade. Foreign Affairs 85(6): 103–15.

Erb, S. and Harriss-White, B. 2002: Outcast from social welfare: adult disability, incapacity and development in rural south India. Bangalore: Books for Change.

Ermarth, E. Deeds 1992: Sequel to history: post- modernism and the crisis of representational time. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Escobar, A. 1995: Encountering development: the making and unmaking of the Third World. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Eskelinen, H., Liikanen, I. and Oksa, J. 1999: Curtains of iron and gold: reconstructing borders and scales of interaction. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Esposito, R. 2006: Bios: biopolitics and philosophy, trans. T. Campbell. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Essed, P. and Goldberg, D.T. 2002: Race critical theories: text and context. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Esteva, G. and Prakash, M.S. 1998: Grassroots post-modernism: remaking the soil of cultures. London and New York: Zed Books.

Ettlinger, N. and Bosco, F. 2004: Thinking through networks and their spatiality: a critique of the US (public) War on Terrorism and its geographic discourse. Antipode 36: 249–71.

Etzioni, A. 1993: The spirit of community: rights, responsibilities, and the communitarian agenda. New York: Crown.

Etzioni, A. 1994: The spirit of the community. London: Simon and Schuster.

EU Committee of the Regions 2003: The process of decentralization in the European Union and the candidate countries. Brussels: Committee of the Regions; www.cor.europa.eu/document/ documents/decentralisationEN.pdf (updated 2005).

Evans, E.E. 1960: The peasant and the past. Advancement of Science 17: 293–302.

Evans, I.S. 1977: The selection of class intervals. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 2: 98–124.

Evans, J. and Hall, S., eds, 1998: Visual culture: the reader. London: Routledge.

Evans, J.R. and Vickers, W.E. 1995: Map produc- tion using print-on-demand capabilities. US Geological Survey Open File Report 95–0653.

Evans, P. 1979: Dependent development: the alli- ance of multinational, state, and local capital in Brazil. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Evans, P. 2004: Development as institutional change: the pitfalls of monocropping and poten- tials of deliberation. Studies in Comparative International Development 38: 30–53.

Evans, T. 2003: The PRC’s relationship with the ASEAN Regional Forum: Realpolitik, regime theory or a continuation of the sinic zone of influence system? Modern Asian Studies 37: 737–63.

Evenden, M. 2004: Locating science, locating salmon: institutions, linkages, and spatial prac- tices in early British Columbia fisheries sci- ence. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 22, 355–72.

Evenden, M. and Wynn, G. 2009: 54:40 or fight: writing within and across borders in North American environmental history. In S. Sorlin and P. Warde, eds, Nature’s end: history and the environment. London: Palgrave Macmillan.

Everitt, A. 1986: Continuity and colonization: the evolution of Kentish settlement. Leicester: Leicester University Press.

Eyles, J. and Woods, K. 1983: The social geog- raphy of medicine and health. London: Croom Helm.

Eyles, J., ed., 1986: Social geography in inter- national perspective. London: Croom Helm.

Faber, D., ed., 1998: The struggle for ecological democracy. New York: Guilford Press.

Fagan, J. 2004: Crime, law and the community: dynamics of incarceration in New York City.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 859 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

859

In M. Tonry, ed., The future of imprisonment. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 27–59.

Fairchild, J. and Leach, M. 1998: Reframing deforestation. London: Routledge.

Fairclough, N. 2001: Language and power, 2nd edn. London: Longman.

Fairclough, N. 2003: Analysing discourse: textual analysis for social research. London: Routledge.

Falah, G. 1996: The 1948 Israeli–Palestinian War and its aftermath: the transformation and de-signification of Palestine’s cultural land- scape. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 86: 256–85.

Falah, G. and Newman, D. 1995: The spatial manifestation of threat: Israelis and Pales- tinians seek a ‘good’ border. Political Geogra- phy 14(8): 689–706.

Falah, G.-W., Flint, C. and Mamadouh, V. 2006: Just war and extra-territoriality: the popular geopolitics of the United States’ war on Iraq as reflected in newspapers of the Arab World. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 96: 142–64.

Falk,T. and Abler,R.1980: Intercommunications, distance and geographical theory. Geografiska Annaler 62B: 59–67.

Fall, J. 2005: Drawing the line: nature, hybridity, and politics in transboundary spaces. Burlington, VT: Ashgate.

Fanon, F. 1963 [1961]: The wretched of the Earth, trans. C. Farrington. New York: Grove Press.

Fanon, F. 1967 [1961]: The wretched of the Earth. London: Penguin.

Fanon, F. 1967 [1952]: Black skin, white masks, trans. C.L. Markmann. NewYork: GrovePress.

FAO 1996: Sixth world food survey. Rome: Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations.

FAO 2006: The state of food insecurity in the world 2006. Rome: Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations.

Fara, P. 2005: Mapping magnetism. In Fara, Fatal attraction: magnetic mysteries of the Enlightenment. Cambridge: Icon Books, ch. 4.

Farinelli, F. 2000: Friedrich Ratzel and the nature of (political) geography. Political Geography 19: 943–55.

Farinelli, F., Olsson, G. and Reichert, D., eds, 1996: Limits of representation. Munich: Accedo.

Farish, M. 2001: Modest witnesses: foreign cor- respondents, geopolitical vision and the First World War. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 26: 273–87.

Farish, M. 2005: Cities in shade: urban geog- raphy and the uses of noir. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 23(1): 95–118.

Farmer, P. 1992: AIDS and accusation: Haiti and the geography of blame. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Farmer, P. 2006: The uses of Haiti. Monroe, ME: Common Courage Press.

Farrow, H., Moss, P. and Shaw, B. 1995: Symposium on feminist participatory research. Antipode 27(1): 71–101.

Fawcett, C. 1918: Frontiers: a study in political geography. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Fawcett, L. and Sayigh, J., eds, 2005: The Third World beyond the Cold War: continuity and change. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Fay, B. 1987: Critical social science: liberation and its limits. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Featherstone, D. 2003: Spatialities of trans- national resistance to globalization: the maps of grievance of the Inter-Continental Caravan. Transactions of the Institute of British Geogra- phers 28(4): 404–21.

Featherstone, D. 2005a: Atlantic networks, ant- agonisms and the formation of subaltern polit- ical identities. Social and Cultural Geography 6: 387–404.

Featherstone, D. 2005b: Towards the relational construction of militant particularisms: or why the geographies of past struggles matter for resistance to neoliberal globalisation. Antipode 37: 250–71.

Featherstone, M. 1995: Undoing culture: global- ization, postmoderism and identity, Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Featherstone, M. and Burrows, R. 1997: Cyberspace/cyberbodies/cyberpunk: cultures of tech- nological embodiment. London: Sage, 135–55.

Febvre, L. 1932: A geographical introduction to history. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner (originally published in 1922 as La terre et l’évolution humaine).

Febvre, L. and Martin, H.J. 1984 [1958]: The coming of the book: the impact of printing, 1450– 1800. London: Verso.

Feeny, D., Berkes, F., McCay, B. and Acheson, J. 1990: The tragedy of the commons – 22 years later. Human Ecology 18(1): 1–19.

Feld, S. and Basso, K., eds, 1998: Senses of place. Washington, DC: University of Washington Press.

Feldman, T.S. 1990: Late enlightenment meteorology. In T. Frängsmyr, J.L. Heilbron and R.E. Rider, eds, The quantifying spirit in the eighteenth century. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 143–78.

Feldmann, M.P. 2000: Location and innovation: the new economic geography of innovation spillovers and agglomeration. In G.L. Clark, M.P. Feldman, M.S. Gertler and K. Williams, eds, The Oxford handbook of economic geography. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 373–94.

Fellmann, J.D. 1986: Myth and reality in the origin of American economic geography. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 76: 313–30.

Fellows-Jensen, G. 1975: The Vikings in England: a review. Anglo-Saxon England 4: 181–206.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 860 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

860

Fennell, R. 1997: The Common Agricultural Policy. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Fenneman, N.M. 1919: The circumference of geography. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 9: 3–11.

Ferguson, A. 1995 [1767]: An essay on the history of civil society, ed. F. Oz-Salzberger. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Ferguson, J. 1990: The anti-politics machine: ‘development’, depoliticisation and bureaucratic power in Lesotho. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Ferguson, J. 2006: Global shadows: Africa in the neoliberal world order. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Ferguson, N. 1998: The pity of war: explaining World War I. New York: Basic Books.

Ferguson, N., ed., 1999: Virtual history: alterna- tives and counterfactuals. London: Papermac.

Ferguson, N. 2004: Colossus: the rise and fall of the American empire. London: Penguin.

Ferguson, P.P. 1994: The flâneur on and off the streets of Paris. In K. Tester, ed., The flâneur. London: Routledge, 22–42.

Fernandez-Armesto, F. 2006: Pathfinders: a global history of exploration. New York: W.W. Norton.

Fernandez-Kelly, M.P. 1994: Towanda’s tri- umph: social and cultural capital in the tran- sition to adulthood in the urban ghetto. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 18: 88–111.

Fincher, R. 1987: Defining and explaining urban social movements. Urban Geography 8: 152–60.

Fincher, R. 2004: From dualisms to multiplici- ties: gendered political practices. In L.A. Staeheli, E. Kofman and L.J. Peake, eds, Mapping women, making politics. New York: Routledge, 49–69.

Fincher, R. and Jacobs, J.M., eds, 1998: Cities of difference. New York: Guilford Press.

Findlay, A.M. 2004: Population geographies for the 21st century. Scottish Geographical Journal 119: 177–90.

Fine, B. and Leopold, E. 1993: The world of consumption. New York: Routledge.

Fine, B., Heasman, M. and Wright, J. 1996: Consumption in the age of affluence: the world of food. New York: Routledge.

Finkelstein, N. 2000: The Holocaust industry: reflections on the exploitation of Jewish suffering. London: Verso.

Finnegan, D. 2004: The work of ice: glacial the- ory and scientific culture in early Victorian Edinburgh. British Journal for the History of Science 37: 29–52.

Fiorani, F. 2005: The marvel of map: art, cartog- raphy and politics in Renaissance Italy. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Fireside, D. and Miller, J. 2005: Real world macro: a macroeconomics reader from dollars and sense. Boston: Capital City Press.

Firey, W. 1947: Land use in central Boston. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Fish, S. 1995: Rhetoric. In F. Lentricchia and T. McLaughlin, eds, Critical terms for literary study, 2nd edn. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 203–22.

Fisher, W.F. and Ponniah, T., eds, 2003: Another world is possible. London: Zed Books.

Fishman, R. 2005: The fifth migration. Journal of the American Planning Association 71(4): 357–66.

Fitzmaurice, G., Laird, N. and Ware, J. 2004: Applied longitudinal analysis. New York: Wiley, http://biosun1.harvard.edu/~fitzmaur/ala/

Fitzpatrick, P. 2005: Bare sovereignty: homo sacer and the insistence of law. In A. Norris, ed., Politics, metaphysics and death: essays on Giorgio Agamben’s homo sacer. Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 49–73.

Fitzsimmons, M. 1989: The matter of nature. Antipode 21(2): 106–20.

Flake, W.G. 2001: The computational beauty of nature: computer explorations of fractals, chaos, complex systems and adaptation. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Fleming, J.R. 1998: Historical perspectives on climate change. New York: Oxford University Press.

Fleure, H.J. 1951: A natural history of man in Britain, conceived as a study of changing relations between men and environments. London: Collins.

Fleury, M. and Henry, L. 1965: Nouveau manuel de dépouillement et d’exploitation de l’état civil ancien. Paris: Institut National d’Etudes Démographiques.

Flint, C. 1999: Changing times, changing scales: world politics and political geography since 1890. In G.J. Demko and W.B. Wood, eds, Reordering the world: geopolitical perspectives on the 21st century, 2nd edn. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Flint, C. 2001: A TimeSpace for electoral geog- raphy: economic restructuring, political agency and the rise of the Nazi party. Political Geography 20: 301–29.

Flint, C. 2003a: Dying for a ‘P’? Some questions facing contemporary political geography. Political Geography 22: 617–20.

Flint, C. 2003b: Terrorism and counter-terror- ism: geographic research questions and agen- das. Professional Geographer 55, 161–9.

Flint, C. 2004: Spaces of hate: geographies of dis- crimination and intolerance in the U.S.A. New York: Routledge.

Flint, C., ed., 2005: The geography of war and peace: from death camps to diplomats. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Flint, C. and Falah, G.-W. 2004: How the United States justified its war on terrorism: prime morality and the construction of a ‘just war’. Third World Quarterly 25: 1379–99.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 861 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

861

Flint, C. and Shelley, F.M. 1996: Structure, agency and context: the contributions of geog- raphy to world-systems analysis. Sociological Inquiry 66: 494–508.

Flint, C. and Taylor, P. 2007 [1985]: Political geography: world economy, nation-state and local- ity, 5th edn. New York: Prentice Hall.

Flitner, M. 2003: Genetic geographies: a histor- ical comparison of agrarian modernization and eugenic thought in Germany, the Soviet Union, and the United States. Geoforum 34: 175–86.

Florida, R. 2002: The rise of the creative class: and how it’s transforming work, leisure, community and everyday life. New York: Basic Books.

Flusty, S. 2003: De-Coca-Colonization. New York: Routledge.

Folbre, N. 1986: Hearts and spades: paradigms of household economics. World Development 14(2): 245–55.

Folch-Serra, M. 1990: Place, voice, space: Mikhail Bakhtin’s dialogical landscape. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 8: 255–74.

Fold, N. and Pritchard, B., eds, 2005: Cross- continental food chains. London: Routledge.

Foody, G. 1996: Approaches for the production and evaluation of fuzzy land cover classifica- tions from remotely-sensed data. International Journal of Remote Sensing 17: 1317–40.

Foord, J. and Gregson, N. 1986: Patriarchy: towards a reconceptualisation. Antipode 18(2): 186–211.

Foote, K. 2003: Shadowed ground: America’s landscapes of violence and tragedy, 2nd edn. Austin: University of Texas Press.

Forbes, D.K. 2005: Asia. In Microsoft Encarta online encyclopedia: http://encarta.msn.com

Forbes, S.A. 1887: The lake as microcosm. Bulletin of the Peoria Scientific Association 1887: 77–87.

Ford, R.T. 1999: Law’s territory (a history of jurisdiction). Michigan Law Review 97(4): 843–930.

Forer, P. 1974: Space through time. In E.L. Cripps, ed., Space–time concepts in urban and regional models. London: Pion, 22–45.

Forer, P. 1978: A place for plastic space? Progress in Human Geography 2: 230–67.

Foresman, T., ed., 1998: The history of geo- graphic information systems: perspectives from the pioneers. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Forest, B. 2001: Mapping democracy: racial identity and the quandary of political represen- tation Annals of the Association of American Geographers 91(1): 143–66.

Forest, B. 2005: The changing demographic, legal and technological contexts of political representation. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 102(43): 15331–6.

Forman, G. and Kedar, A. 2004: From Arab land to ‘Israel lands’: the legal dispossession of the Palestinians displaced by Israel in the wake of 1948. Environment and Planning, A: Society and Space 22: 809–30.

Forrest, D. and Kinninment, E. 2001: Experiments in the design of 1 : 100 000 scale topographic mapping for Great Britain. Cartographic Journal 38: 25–40.

Forsyth, T. 2003: Critical political ecology: the politics of environmental science. London: Routledge.

Fortun, K. 2001: Advocacy after Bhopal: environ- mentalism, disaster, new global orders. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Fossett, M. 2006: Ethnic preferences, social dis- tance dynamics and residential segregation: theoretical explorations using simulation analysis. Journal of Mathematical Sociology 20: 185–273.

Foster, J. 2000: Marx’s ecology. New York: Monthly Review Press.

Foster, J.B. 2006: The new geopolitics of empire. Monthly Review 57(8): 1–18.

Foster, J.B. and McChesney, R.W. 2004: The American empire: Pax Americana or Pox Americana? Monthly Review 56(4): accessed at http://www.monthlyreview.org/0904jbfrwm. htm

Fotheringham, A.S. 1983: A new set of spatial interaction models: the theory of competing destinations. Environment and Planning A, 15: 15–36.

Fotheringham, A.S. 2006: Quantification, evi- dence and positivism. In S. Aitken and G. Valentine, eds, Approaches to human geog- raphy. London: Sage, 237–50.

Fotheringham, A.S. and O’Kelly, M.E. 1989: Spatial interaction models: formulations and applications. Dordrecht: Kluwer.

Fotheringham, A.S., Brunsdon, C. and Charlton, M. 2000: Quantitative geography: perspectives on spatial data analysis. London: Sage.

Fotheringham, A.S., Brunsdon, C. and Charlton, M.E. 2002: Geographically weighted regression: the analysis of spatially varying rela- tionships. Chichester: Wiley.

Foucault, M. 1970 [1966]: The order of things: an archaeology of the human sciences, trans. A. Sheridan. London: Tavistock/New York: Random House.

Foucault, M. 1972a [1966]: The order of things. New York: Random House.

Foucault, M. 1972b [1969]: The archaeology of knowledge, trans. A. Sheridan. London: Tavistock/New York: Barnes & Noble.

Foucault, M. 1976a [1975]: Discipline and pun- ish: the birth of the prison, trans. A. Sheridan. London: Tavistock.

Foucault, M. 1976b: Questions à Michel Foucault sur la géographie. Hérodote 1:

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 862 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

862

71–85. Translated as Foucault, M. 1980: Questions on geography. In Power/knowledge, ed. C. Gordon. Brighton: Harvester, 63–77.

Foucault, M. 1977a [1975]: Discipline and punish. London: Penguin (also New York: Pantheon, 1978).

Foucault, M. 1977b [1963]: Preface to trans- gression. In Foucault, Language, counter- memory, practice, ed. D. Bouchard. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Foucault, M. 1977c [1963]: Nietzsche, geneal- ogy, history. In Foucault, Language, counter- memory, practice, ed. D. Bouchard. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Foucault, M. 1978 [1976]: The history of sexual- ity, vol. 1: An introduction, trans. R. Hurley. London: Penguin/New York: Random House.

Foucault, M. 1980a [1976]: The history of sexual- ity, vol. 1. New York: Vintage.

Foucault, M. 1980b: Power/knowledge: selected interviews and other writings, 1972–1977, ed. C. Gordon. New York: Pantheon.

Foucault, M. 1980c: The confession of the flesh. In Power/knowledge: selected interviews and other writings, 1972–1977, ed. C. Gordon. Brighton: Harvester Wheatsheaf.

Foucault, M. 1980d: The eye of power. In Power/ knowledge: selected interviews and other writings, 1972–1977, ed. C. Gordon. Brighton: Harvester Wheatsheaf.

Foucault, M. 1981a [1976]: The history of sexual- ity, vol. 1. London: Penguin.

Foucault, M. 1981b [1971]: The order of dis- course, trans. I. McLeod, In R. Young, ed., 1981: Untying the text: a poststructuralist reader. London: Routledge, 48–78.

Foucault, M. 1983: This is not a pipe, trans. J. Harkess. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Foucault, M. 1986 [1984]: Of other spaces. Diacritics 16(1): 22–7. Also available in Power, ed. J. Faubion. Essential works of Foucault 1954–1984, vol. 3, series ed. P. Rabinow. New York: New Press, 2000; London: Allen Lane, 2001.

Foucault, M. 1988: Politics and reason. In Politics, philosophy, culture: interview and other writings, ed. L. Kritzman. New York: Routledge, 57–85.

Foucault, M. 1990 [1976]: The history of sexual- ity, vol. 1: An introduction, trans. R. Hurley. New York: Vintage.

Foucault, M. 1991: Governmentality. In G. Burchell, C. Gordon and P. Miller, eds, The Foucault effect: studies in governmentality. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 87–104.

Foucault, M. 1995 [1975]: Discipline and punish. New York: Vintage.

Foucault, M. 2001: Power: essential works of Foucault, vol. 3. New York: New Press.

Foucault, M. 2003 [1997]: ‘Society must be defended’: lectures at the Collège de France 1975–76, trans. D. Macey. London: Allen Lane/New York: Picador.

Foucault, M. 2003 [1999]: Abnormal: lectures at the Collège de France 1975–75, trans. G. Burchell. London: Verso.

Foucault, M. 2006 [2003]: Psychiatric power: lec- tures at the Collège de France 1973–1974, trans. C. Burchell. London: Palgrave Macmillan.

Foucault, M. 2007 [2004]: Security, territory, population: lectures at the Collège de France 1977–1978, trans. G. Burchell. London: Palgrave Macmillan.

Foucault, M. 2008 [2004]: Birth of biopolitics: lectures at the Collège de France 1978–1979, trans. G. Burchell. London: Palgrave Macmillan.

Fowler, C.S. 2007: Taking geographical eco- nomics out of equilibrium: implications for theory and policy. Journal of Economic Geography 7: 265–84.

Fox, J. 1995: Government and rural develop- ment in rural Mexico. Journal of Development Studies 29: 610–44.

Fox-Genovese, E. 1986: The claims of a com- mon culture: gender, race, class and the canon. Salmagundi 72: 119–32.

Frampton, K. 1992: Modern architecture: a critical history. London: Thames & Hudson.

Frank, A.G. 1966: The development of under- development. Monthly Review (September): 27–37.

Frank, A.G. 1967: Capitalism and under- development in Latin America: historical studies of Chile and Brazil. New York: Monthly Review Press.

Fraser, N. 1989: Unruly practices: power, discourse and gender in contemporary social theory. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Fraser, N. 1997: Justice interruptus: critical reflec- tions of the ‘postsocialist’ condition. New York: Routledge.

Fraser, N. 2000: Rethinking recognition: over- coming displacements and reification in cul- tural politics. New Left Review 3: 107–20.

Fraser, N. and Honneth, A. 2003: Redistribution or recognition? A political–philosophical exchange. London: Verso.

Frazier, E.F. 1937: Negro Harlem: an ecolo- gical study. American Journal of Sociology 43: 72–88.

Fredrickson, G.M. 2002: Racism: a short history. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Freeman, C. 2001: Is local: global as feminine: masculine? Rethinking the gender of globaliza- tion. Signs 26(4): 1007–23.

Fregoso, R.L. 2003: MeXicana encounters: the making of social identities on the Borderlands. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 863 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

863

Freidberg, S. 2004: French beans and food scares: culture and commerce in an anxious age. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Frey, W.H. 1996: Immigration, domestic migra- tion, and demographic balkanization in America: new evidence for the 1990s. Popu- lation and Development Review 22: 741–63.

Friedberg, S. 2004: The ethical complex of cor- porate food power. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 22: 513–31.

Friedheim, R.L. 1993: Negotiating the new ocean regime. Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina Press.

Friedland, W., Barton, A. and Thomas, R. 1981: Manufacturing green gold. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Friedlander, S., ed., 1992: Probing the limits of representation: Nazism and the ‘Final Solution’. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Friedlander, S. 1997: Nazi Germany and the Jews, vol. 1: The years of persecution, 1933–1939. New York: Harper.

Friedlander, S. 2007: Nazi Germany and the Jews, vol. 2: The years of extermination, 1939–1945. New York: Harper.

Friedman, M. 2002 [1962]: Capitalism and freedom, special 40th anniversary edition. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Friedman, M., Andrew, D. and Silk, M. 2004: Sport and the façade of redevelopment in the postindustrial city. Sociology of Sport Journal 21: 119–39.

Friedman, S.S. 1998: Mappings: feminism and the cultural geographies of encounter. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Friedman, S.W. 1996: Marc Bloch, sociology and geography: encountering disciplines. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Friedman, T.L. 2000 [1999]: The lexus and the olive tree: understanding globalization. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux.

Friedman, T.L. 2005: The world is flat: a brief history of the twenty-first century. New York: Farrar, Strauss and Giroux.

Friedmann, H. 1993: The political economy of food. New Left Review 197: 29–57.

Friedmann, H. and McMichael, P. 1989: Agriculture and the state system: the rise and decline of national agricultures, 1870 to the present. Sociologia Ruralis, 29(2): 93–117.

Friedmann, J. 1986: The world city hypothesis, Development and Change 17: 69–83.

Friedmann, J. 1992: Empowerment: the politics of alternative development. Oxford: Blackwell.

Friedmann, J. 1996: Where we stand: a decade of world-city research. In P.L. Knox and P.J. Taylor, eds, World cities in a world-system. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Friedmann, J. 2002: The prospect of cities. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Friedmann, J. and Wolff, G. 1982: World city formation: an agenda for research and action. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 6(3): 309–44.

Friere, P. 1993: Pedagogy of the oppressed. New York: Continuum.

Frisby, D. 2001: Cityscapes of modernity. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Fröbel, F., Heinrichs, J. and Kreye, O. 1980: The New International Division of Labor. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Froot, K.A., O’Connell, P.G.J. and Seasholes, M.S. 2001: The portfolio flows of inter- national investors. Journal of Financial Economics 59: 151–93.

Frost, A. 1988: Science for political purposes: European explorations of the Pacific Ocean, 1764–1806. In R. MacLeod and P.E. Rehbock, eds, Nature in its greatest extent: Western science in the Pacific. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 27–44.

Froud, J., Sukhdev, J., Leaver, A. and Williams, K. 2006: Financialization and strategy: narrative and numbers. London: Routledge.

Frow, J. 1997: Cultural studies and cultural value. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Frynas, J. and Pegg, S., eds, 2003: Transnational corporations and human rights. London: Palgrave Macmillan.

Fujita, M., Krugman, P.R. and Venables, A.J. 1999: The spatial economy: cities, regions and international trade. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Fukuyama, F. 2002: Our posthuman future: conse- quences of the biotechnology revolution. London: Profile Books.

Fulford, T., Lee, D. and Kitson, P.J. 2004: Literature, science and exploration in the romantic era: bodies of knowledge. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Fuller, D. 1999: Part of the action, or ‘going native’? Learning to cope with the ‘politics of integration’. Area 31(3): 221–8.

Fuller, D. and Kitchin, R. 2004a: Radical theory/ critical praxis: academic geography beyond the academy? In Fuller and Kitchen, eds, Critical theory/radical praxis: making a difference beyond the academy? Vernon and Victoria, BC, Canada: Praxis (e)Press. http://www.praxis- epress.org/rtcp/contents.html

Fuller, D. and Kitchin R., eds, 2004b: Radical theory/critical praxis: making a difference beyond the academy? Vernon and Victoria, BC: Praxis (e)Press. http://www.praxis-epress.org/rtcp/ contents.html

Funtowicz, S.O. and Ravetz, J.R. 1993: Science for the post-normal age. Futures 2: 735–55.

Furnivall, J.S. 1948: Colonial policy and practice. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Fuss, D. 1989: Essentially speaking: feminism, nature and difference. London: Routledge.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 864 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

864

Fyfe, N.R. 1992: Space, time and policing: towards a contextual understanding of police work. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 10: 469–86.

Fyfe, N.R. and Bannister, J. 1998: The ‘eyes upon the street’: closed circuit television surveillance and the city. In N.R. Fyfe, ed., Images of the street: representation, experience and control in public space. London: Routledge, 254–67.

Fyfe, N.R. and Kenny, J., eds, 2005: The urban geography reader. London: Routledge.

Gaard, G., ed., 1993: Ecofeminism: women, ani- mals, nature. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press.

Gabel, M. and Bruner, H. 2003: Global Inc.: an atlas of the multinational corporation. New York: New Press.

Gaddis, J.L. 2006: The Cold War. London: Allen Lane.

Gadgil, M. and Guha, R. 1995: Ecology and equity: the use and abuse of nature in contempor- ary India. London: Routledge.

Gahegan, M. 1999: What is geocomputation? Transactions in GIS 3: 203–6.

Galaty, J.G. and Johnson, D.L., eds, 1990: The world of pastoralism: herding systems in compara- tive perspective. New York: Guilford Press.

Gale, S. and Olsson, G., eds, 1979: Philosophy in geography. Boston, MA: D. Reidel.

Gallagher, C. and Greenblatt, S. 2001: Practicing new historicism. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Gallaher, C. 2003: On the fault line: race, class, and the American patriot. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Gallie, W.B. 1964: Essentially contested con- cepts. In Gallie, Philosophy and the historical understanding. London: Chatto and Windus.

Gallop, J. 2002: Anecdotal theory. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Galloway, A. 2004: Intimations of everyday life: ubiquitous computing and the city. Cultural Studies 18(2/3): 384–408.

Galloway, J.H. 2005: The modernization of sugar production in Southeast Asia, 1880– 1940. Geographical Review 95(1): 1–23.

Galster, G. 1996: William Grigsby and the analy- sis of housing sub-markets and filtering. Urban Studies 33(10): 1797–805.

Galtung, J. 1969: Violence, peace and peace research. Journal of Peace Research 6(3): 167–91.

Galtung, J. 1990: Cultural violence. Journal of Peace Research 27(3): 291–305.

Gamble, A. 1996: Hayek: the iron cage of liberty. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Gamble, C. 1992: Archaeology, history and the uttermost ends of the Earth – Tasmania, Tierra del Fuego and the Cape. Antiquity 66: 712–20.

Gandy, M. 2002: Concrete and clay: reworking nature in New York City. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Gandy, M. 2005: Learning from Lagos. New Left Review 33, May/June: 37–52.

Gandy, M. 2006a: Urban nature and the ecological imaginary. In E. Swyngedouw, N. Heynan and M. Kalka, eds, The nature of cities: urban political ecology and the politics of urban metabolism. London: Routledge, 63–74.

Gandy, M. 2006b: Zones of indistinction: bio- political contestations in the urban arena. Cultural Geographies 13: 497–516.

Gandy, M. 2006c: Zones of indistinction: some thoughts on the bio-politics of urban space. Cultural Geographies 13: 1–20.

Gandhi, M.K. 1997 [1908]: Hind Swaraj and other essays, edited and introduced by A. Parel. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Gans, H.J. 1962: The urban villagers: group and class in the life of Italian-Americans. New York: The Free Press of Glencoe.

Gans, H.J. 1995: The war against the poor: the ‘underclass’ and antipoverty policy. New York: Basic Books.

Gaonkar, D.P., ed., 2001: Alternative modernities. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Garber, M. 2001: Academic instincts. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Garcia-Ramon, M.D. 2003: Globalization and international geography: the questions of lan- guages and scholarly traditions. Progress in Human Geography 27: 1–5.

Garfinkel, H. 1967: Studies in ethnomethodology. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Garfinkel, H. and Wieder, D.L. 1992: Two incom- mensurable, asymmetrically alternate technolo- gies of social analysis. In G. Watson and R.M. Seiler, eds, Text in context: contributions to ethno- methodology. London: Sage, 175–206.

Garnham, N. 2000: Emancipation, the media, and modernity: arguments about the media and social theory. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Garreau, J. 1991: Edge city: life on the new frontier. New York: Doubleday.

Garrison, W.L., Berry, B.J.L., Marble, D.F., Nystuen, J. and Morrill, R.L. 1959: Studies of highway development and geographic change. Seattle: University of Washington Press.

Gastner, M.T. and Newman, M.E.J. 2004: Diffusion-based method for producing dens- ity-equalizing maps. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 101: 7499–504.

Gates, C. 2003: Ancient cities: the archaeology of urban life in the ancient Near East and Egypt, Greece and Rome. London and New York: Routledge.

Gatrell, A.C. 2002: Geographies of health: an introduction. Oxford: Blackwell.

Gatrell, A.C. 1983: Distance and space: a geogra- phical perspective. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 865 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

865

Gautier, E. and Henry, L. 1958: La population de Crulai, paroisse normande: etude historique. Institut National d’Etudes Démographiques, Travaux et documents, Cahier no. 33. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.

Gavron, D. 2000: The kibbutz: awakening from Utopia. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Geddes, M. 2006: Partnership and the limits to local governance in England: institutionalist analysis and neoliberalism. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 30: 76–97.

Geddes, P. 1915: Cities in evolution: an introduc- tion to the town planning movement and the study of civics. London: Ernest Benn.

Geertz, C. 1963: Agricultural involution: the pro- cess of ecological change in Indonesia. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press

Geertz, C. 1973a: Deep play: notes on the Balinese cock fight. In Geertz, The interpretation of cultures. New York: Basic Books, 412–54.

Geertz, C. 1973b: Thick description: towards an interpretive theory of culture. In Geertz, The interpretation of cultures. New York: Basic Books, 3–30.

Geertz, C. 1983: Local knowledge: further essays in interpretive anthropology. New York: Basic Books.

Geertz, C. 1984: Anti anti-relativism. American Anthropologist 86: 263–78.

Geertz, C. 1988: Works and lives: the anthro- pologist as author. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Gegeo, D.W. 2001: Cultural rupture and indi- geneity: the challenge of (re)visioning ‘place’ in the Pacific. The Contemporary Pacific 13(2): 491–507.

Gehlke, C.E. and Biehl, H. 1934: Certain effects of grouping upon the size of the correlation coefficient in census tract material. Journal of the American Statistical Association, Supplement 29: 169–70.

Geisler, C. and Daneker, G., eds, 2000: Property and values: alternatives to public and private own- ership. Washington, DC: Island Press.

Gelling, M. 1997: Signposts to the past, 3rd edn. Chichester: Phillimore.

Gellner, E. 1983: Nations and nationalism. Oxford: Blackwell.

Gelobter, M., Dorsey, M., Fields, L., Goldtooth, T., Mendiratta, A., Moore, R., Morelo- Frosch, R., Shepard, P.M. and Torres, G. 2005: The soul of environmentalism: rediscovering transformational politics in the 21st century. Oakland, CA: Redefining Progress, http:// www.soulofenvironmentalism.org/

Gendzier, I. 1985: Managing political change: social scientists and the Third World. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Geoforum 2004: Themed section: ‘The spaces of critical geography’, ed. L. Berg. Geoforum 35(5): 523–58.

Geographical Review 2001: Special issue: ‘Doing fieldwork’. Geographical Review 91(1–2).

Geras, N. and Wokler, R., eds, 2000: Enlightenment and modernity. London: Macmillan.

Gereffi, G. and Korzeniewicz, M. eds, 1994: Commodity chains and global capitalism. London: Praeger.

Gereffi, G., Humphrey, J. and Sturgeon, T. 2005: The governance of global value chains. Review of International Political Economy 12(1): 78–104.

Germain, A. 1997: Montréal: An experiment in cosmopolitanism within a dual society. Utrecht: ERCOMER.

Gerschenkron, A. 1968: Continuity in history. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Gershuny, J.I. 2000: Changing times: work and leisure in postindustrial society. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Gertler, M.S. 1988: The limits to flexibility: comments on the post-Fordist vision of pro- duction and its geography. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 13: 419–32.

Gesler, W.M. 1991: The cultural geography of health care. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press.

Gesler, W.M. 1992: Therapeutic landscapes: medical issues in the light of the new cultural geography. Social Science and Medicine 34: 735–46.

Gesler, W.M. and Kearns, R.A. 2002: Culture/ place/health. London: Routledge.

Getis, A. and Boots, B. 1978: Models of spatial processes: an approach to the study of point, line and area patterns. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Gettys, W.E. 1940: Human ecology and social theory. Social Forces 18(4): 469–76.

Ghanem, A., Rouhana, N.N. and Yiftachel, O. 1998: Questioning ‘ethnic democracy’: a response to Sammy Smooha. Israel Studies 3(2): 253–67.

Gibbs, D. and Jonas, A.E.G. 2000: Governance and regulation in local environmental policy: the utility of a regime approach. Geoforum 31: 299–313.

Gibbs, G.R. 2002: Qualitative data analysis: explorations with NVivo. Buckingham: Open University Press.

Gibson, C.C., Andersson, K., Ostrom, E. and Shivakumar, S. 2005: The Samaritan’s dilemma: the political economy of development aid. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Gibson, J.J. 1979: The ecological approach to visual perception. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Gibson, K., Law, L. and McKay, D. 2001: Beyond heroes and victims: Filipina contract migrants, economic activism and class trans- formations. International Feminist Journal of Politics 3: 365–86.

Gibson, W. 1986: Neuromancer. New York: Ace Books.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 866 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

866

Gibson-Graham, J.-K. 1994: ‘Stuffed if I know!’: Reflections on post-modern feminist social research. Gender, Place and Culture: A Journal of Feminist Geography 1: 205–24.

Gibson-Graham, J.-K. 2003: An ethics of the local. Rethinking Marxism 15: 49–74.

Gibson-Graham, J.-K. 2006a [1996]: Querying globalization.InGibson-Graham,Theendofcap- italism (as we knew it): a feminist critique of political economy. Oxford: Blackwell/Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 120–47.

Gibson-Graham, J.-K. 2006b [1996]: The end of capitalism (as we knew it): a feminist critique of political economy. Oxford: Blackwell/ Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press.

Gibson-Graham, J.-K. 2006c: Postcapitalist politics. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Giddens, A. 1977: Studies in social and political theory. London: Hutchinson.

Giddens, A. 1979: Central problems in social the- ory: action, structure and contradiction in social analysis. London: Macmillan.

Giddens, A. 1981: A contemporary critique of his- torical materialism, vol. 1: Power, property and the state. London: Macmillan.

Giddens, A. 1982: Class division, class conflict, and citizenship rights. In A. Giddens, ed., Profiles and critiques in social theory. London: Macmillan.

Giddens, A. 1984: The constitution of society: out- line of the theory of structuration. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Giddens, A. 1985: A contemporary critique of his- torical materialism, vol. 2: The nation-state and violence. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Giddens, A. 1990: The consequences of modernity. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Giddens, A. 1991: Modernity and self-identity. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Giddens, A. 1999: Runaway world: how globaliza- tion is shaping our lives. London: Profile Books.

Gidwani, V. 2002: New theory or new dogma? A tale of social capital and economic develop- ment from Gujarat, India. Journal of Asian and African Studies 37(2): 83–112.

Gidwani, V. 2006: Subaltern cosmopolitanism and politics. Antipode 38: 7–21.

Gidwani, V. 2008: Capital interrupted. University of Minnesota Press.

Gidwani, V. and Sivaramakrishnan, K. 2003: Circular migration and the spaces of cultural assertion. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 93(1): 186–213.

Giere, R.N. and Richardson, A.W., eds, 1996: Origins of logical empiricism. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Gieryn, T.F. 2002: What buildings do. Theory and Society 31: 35–74.

Gieryn, T.F. 2006: City as truth-spot: laborator- ies and field-sites in urban studies. Social Studies of Science 36: 5–38.

Gigerenzer, G. and Selten, R., eds, 2001: Bounded rationality: the adaptive toolbox. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Gigerenzer, G. and Todd, P.M. 1999: Simple heuristics that make us smart. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Giggs, J.A. 1973: The distribution of schizo- phrenics in Nottingham. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 59: 55–76.

Gilbert, A. 1988: The new regional geography in French- and English-speaking countries. Progress in Human Geography 12: 208–28.

Gilbert, E. 2005: The inevitability of integration? Neoliberal discourse and the proposals for a new North American economic space after September 11. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 95: 202–22.

Gilbert, E. 2007: Leaky borders and solid cit- izens: governing security, prosperity and qual- ity of life in a North American partnership. Antipode 39(1): 77–98.

Gilbert, M. 2009: The Routledge atlas of the Holocaust. London: Routledge.

Gilbert, N. and Troitzsch, K.G. 2005: Simulation for the social scientist. Maidenhead: Open Uni- versity Press.

Giles, W. and Hyndman, J. 2004a: Introduction: women in conflict zones. In W. Giles and J. Hyndman, eds, Sites of violence: gender and conflict zones. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 3–23.

Giles, W. and Hyndman, J., eds, 2004b: Sites of violence: gender and conflict zones. Berkeley, CA: California University Press.

Gilks, W.R., Richardson, S. and Spiegelhalter, D.J., eds, 1996: Markov chain Monte Carlo in practice. London: Chapman & Hall.

Gill, J. 2002: Bayesian methods for the social and behavioral sciences. Chapman & Hall.

Gill, S. 2003: Power and resistance in the new world order. London: Palgrave Macmillan.

Gilleard, C. and Higgs, P. 2000: Cultures of age- ing: self, citizen and the body. London: Pearson.

Gillies, J. 1994: Shakespeare and the geography of difference. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Gillies, J. and Cailliau, R., 2002: How the Web was born: the story of the World Wide Web. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Gilman, N. 2003: Mandarins of the future: modern- ization theory in Cold War America. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Gilmore, R. 1998: Globalisation and US prison growth: from military Keynesianism to post- Keynesian militarism. Race & Class 40: 171–87.

Gilmore, R. 2007: Golden Gulag: prisons, surplus, crisis and opposition in globalizing California. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Gilroy, P. 1987: ‘There ain’t no black in the Union Jack’: the cultural politics of race and nation. London: Hutchinson.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 867 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

867

Gilroy, P. 1993: The Black Atlantic: modernity and double consciousness. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Gilroy, P. 2000a: Against race: imaging political culture beyond the color line. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Gilroy, P. 2000b: Between camps: nations, cultures and the allure of race. London: Penguin.

Giordano, B. 1999: A place called Padania? The Lega Nord and the political representation of northern Italy. European Urban and Regional Studies 6: 215–30.

Glacken, C. 1967: Traces on the Rhodian shore: nature and culture in Western thought from ancient times to the end of the eighteenth century. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Glasmeier, A.K. 2005: An atlas of poverty in America: one nation, pulling apart, 1960–2003. New York: Routledge.

Glassman, J. 2002: From Seattle (and Ubon) to Bangkok: the scales of resistance to corporate globalization. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 20: 513–33.

Glassman, J. 2005: On the borders of Southeast Asia: Cold War geography and the construction of the other. Political Geography 24: 784–807.

Glassman, J. 2006: Primitive accumulation, accumulation by dispossession, accumulation by ‘extra-economic’ means. Progress in Human Geography 30: 608–25.

Glasson, J., Therivel, R. and Chadwick, A. 2005: Introduction to Environmental Impact Assessment, 3rd edn. London: Routledge.

Glazer, N. and Moynihan, D.P. 1970: Beyond the melting pot. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Gleeson, B. 1999: Geographies of disability. London: Routledge.

Gleeson, B. 2000: Reflexive modernisation: the re-enlightenment of planning? International Planning Studies 5(1): 117–35.

Glennie, P. 1987: The transition from feudalism to capitalism as a problem for historical geography. Journal of Historical Geography 13: 296–302.

Glennie, P. 1988: In search of agrarian capital- ism: manorial land markets and the acquisition of land in the Lea valley, c.1450–c.1560. Continuity and Change 3: 11–40.

Glennie, P. 1991: Measuring crop yields in early modern England, in M. Overton and B.M.S. Campbell, eds, Land, labour and livestock: his- torical studies in European agricultural productiv- ity. Manchester: Manchester University Press, 255–83.

Glennie, P. and Thrift, N.J. 1992: Modernity, urbanism and modern consumption Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 10: 423–43.

Glennie, P. and Thrift, N.J. 2005: Revolutions in the times: clocks and the temporal structure

of everyday life. In D.N. Livingstone and C.W.J. Withers, eds, Geography and revolution. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Glennie, P. and Thrift, N.J. 2009: Shaping the day: a history of timekeeping in England and Wales 1300–1800. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Glick Schiller, N. and Fouron, G. 2001: Georges woke up laughing: long-distance nationalism and the search for home. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Glickman, N.J. 1997: Econometric analysis of regional systems: explorations in model building and policy analysis. New York: Academic Press.

Global Commission on International Migration (GCIM) 2005: Migration in an interconnected world: New directions for action. Report of the Global Commission on International Migration. Geneva: GCIM.

Global Witness n.d.: The Kimberly process, http:// www.globalwitness.org/pages/en/the_kimber ley_process.html

Glyn, A., Hughes, A., Lipietz, A. and Singh, A. 1991: The rise and fall of the golden age. In S. Marglin and J.B. Schor, eds, The golden age of capitalism. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Godlewska, A. 1999: From Enlightenment vision to modern science? Humboldt’s visual think- ing. In D.N. Livingstone and C.W.J. Withers, eds, Geography and Enlightenment. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 236–75.

Godlewska, A. 1999: Geography unbound: French geographic science from Cassini to Humboldt. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Godlewska, A. and Smith, N., eds, 1994: Geography and empire. Oxford: Blackwell.

Goering, J.M., ed., 1989: The ‘explosiveness’ of chain migration: research and policy issues. International Migration Review 23: 797–888.

Goin, P. 2003: Where the pavement ends. Geographical Review 92: 545–54.

Golant, S.M. 1979: Rationale for geographic perspectives on aging and the aged. In Golant, ed., Location and environment of elderly population. Chichester: Wiley, 1–14.

Golant, S.M. 1984: A place to grow old: the mean- ing of the environment in old age. New York: Columbia University Press.

Gold, J. 1980: An introduction to behavioural geog- raphy. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Gold, J.R. and Gold, M. 2005: Cities of culture. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Goldberg, D. and Quayson, A., eds, 2002: Relocating postcolonialism. Oxford: Blackwell.

Goldberg, D.T. 1993: Racist culture: philosophy and the politics of meaning. Oxford: Blackwell.

Goldberg, D.T. 2002: The racial state. Oxford: Blackwell.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 868 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

868

Goldhagen, D.J. 1996: Hitler’s willing execution- ers: ordinary Germans and the Holocaust. New York: A.A. Knopf.

Goldman, M., ed., 1998: Privatizing nature: pol- itical struggles for the global commons. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.

Goldstein, J. 1988: Long cycles, prosperity and war in the modern age. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Golinski, J. 1998: Making natural knowledge: con- structivism and the history of science. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Golledge, R.G. 1993: Geography and the dis- abled: a survey with special reference to vision impaired and blind populations. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 18: 63–85.

Golledge, R.G. 1997: On reassembling one’s life: overcoming disability in its academic environ- ment. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 15: 391–409.

Golledge, R.G. and Amedeo, D. 1968: On laws in geography. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 58: 760–74.

Golledge, R.G. and Stimson, R. 1997: Spatial behavior: a geographic perspective. New York: Guilford Press.

Golledge, R.G. and Timmermans, H. 1990: Applications of behavioural research on spatial problems I: cognition; and II: preference and choice. Progress in Human Geography 14: 57– 100, 311–44.

Gonzalez de la Rocha, M., Perlman, J., Safa, H. Jelin, E., Roberts, B.R. and Ward, P.M. 2004: From the marginality of the 1960s to the ‘new poverty’ of today: a LARR research forum. Latin American Research Review 39: 183–203.

Goodchild, M.F. 1992: Geographical informa- tion science. International Journal of Geogra- phical Information Systems 6(1): 31–45.

Goodchild, M.F. 1995: Geographic systems information and research. In J. Pickles, ed., Ground truth. New York: Guilford Press, 31– 50.

Goodchild, M.F. and Longley, P.A. 2005: The future of GIS and spatial analysis. In P.A. Longley, M.F. Goodchild, D.J. Maguire and D.W. Rhind, eds, Geographical Information Systems, abridged edn. Chichester: Wiley, 235–48.

Goodchild, M.F. and Proctor, J. 1997: Scale in a digital world. Geographical and Environmental Modelling 1: 5–23.

Goodin, R. 2003: Representing mute interests. In Goodin, Reflective democracy. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 209–26.

Goodman, D. 1991: Iberian science: navigation, empire and Counter-Reformation. In D. Goodman and C.A. Russell, eds, The rise of

scientific Europe, 1500–1800. Sevenoaks, Kent: Hodder & Stoughton, 117–44.

Goodman, D. and Redclift, M. 1991: Refashioning nature. London: Routledge.

Goodman, D. and Watts, M., eds, 1997: Globalising food: agrarian questions and global restructuring. London: Routledge.

Goodman, D., Sorj, B. and Wilkinson, J. 1987: From farming to biotechnology. Oxford: Blackwell.

Goodman, M. 2004: Reading fair trade: political ecological imaginary and the moral economy of fair trade foods. Political Geography 23(7): 891–915.

Goodwin, M. 1998: The governance of rural areas: some emerging research issues and agendas. Journal of Rural Studies 14: 5–12.

Goody, J. 1962: Death, property and the ancestors. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Goody, J. 1978: Production and reproduction: a comparative study of the domestic domain. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Goody, J., Thirsk, J. and Thompson, E.P. 1976: Family and inheritance: rural society in Western Europe. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univer- sity Press.

Goonewardena, K. and Kipfer, S. 2006: Post- colonial urbicide: new imperialism, global cities and the damned of the Earth. New Formations 59: 23–33.

Gordon, D. and Spicker, P., eds, 1999: The inter- national glossary on poverty. London: Zed Books.

Gordon, H. 1954: The economic theory of a common property resource: the fishery. Journal of Political Economy 62(2): 124–42.

Gordon, M. 1964: Assimilation in American life. New York: Oxford University Press.

Gore, C. 1993: Entitlement relations and ‘unruly’ social practices: a comment on the work of Amartya Sen. Journal of Development 29: 429–60.

Gosepath, S. 2005: Equality. In E.N. Zalta, ed., Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Goss, J. 1993: The ‘magic of the mall’: an analy- sis of form, function, and meaning in the con- temporary retail built environment. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 83: 18–47.

Gottdiener, M. 1985: The social production of urban space. Austin: The University of Texas Press.

Gottlieb, R. 2001: Environmentalism unbound: exploring new pathways for change. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Gottlieb, R. and Fitzsimmons, M. 1991: Thirst for growth: water agencies as hidden government in California. Tuscon, AZ: University of Arizona Press.

Gottmann, J. 1952: La politique des états et leur géographie. Paris: Armand Colin.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 869 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

869

Gottmann, J. 1964: Megalopolis: the urbanized northeastern seaboard of the United States. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Goudie, A.S. 1977: Environmental change. Oxford: Oxford University Press (see also many later editions).

Goudie, A.S. 1981: The human impact: man’s role in environmental change. Oxford: Blackwell (see also many later editions).

Gough, J., Eisenschitz, A. and McCulloch, A. 2005: Spaces of social exclusion. London: Routledge.

Gouinlock, J. 1972: John Dewey’s philosophy of value. New York: Humanities Press.

Gould, J.D. 1969: Hypothetical history. Economic History Review 22: 195–207.

Gould, P. 1963: Man against his environment: a game-theoretical framework. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 53: 290–7.

Gould, P. 1969a: Methodological developments since the fifties. Progress in Geography 1: 1–49.

Gould, P. 1969b: Spatial diffusion. AAG Resource Paper, No. 4. Washington, DC: Association of American Geographers.

Gould, P. 1972: Pedagogic review [of Wilson, 1970]. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 62: 689–700.

Gould, P. 1978: The Augean period. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 69: 139–51.

Gould, P. 1985: Geography and medicine: an old partnership. In Gould, The geographer at work. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 225–38.

Gould, P. 1993: The slow plague: a geography of the AIDS pandemic. Oxford: Blackwell.

Gould, P. and White R. 1993 [1974]: Mental maps. London: Penguin/New York: Routledge.

Gould, W.T.S. 2005: Vulnerability and HIV/AIDS in Africa – from demography to development. Population Space and Place 11: 473–84.

Gould, W.T.S. and Brown, M.S. 1996: A fertility transition in sub-Saharan Africa? International Journal of Population Geography 2: 1–22.

Gouldner, A. 1979: The future of intellectuals and the rise of the new class. New York: Seabury Press.

Gouldner, A. 1980: The two Marxisms. London: Macmillan.

Government Statistical Service 2003: Harmonised concepts and questions for governmental social surveys. London: Office for National Statistics.

Gowan, P. 1999: The global gamble: Washington’s faustian bid for world dominance. London: Verso.

Gowan, P. 2003: The American campaign for global sovereignty. In L. Panitch and C. Leys, eds, Fighting identities: race, religion and ethno- nationalism [Socialist Register 2003] London: Merlin Press.

Grabher, G. and Stark, D., eds, 1997: Restructuring networks in post-socialism. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Graff, G. 1992: Beyond the culture wars. New York: W.W. Norton.

Grafton, A. and Jardine, L. 1986: From human- ism to the humanities: education and the liberal arts in fifteenth- and sixteenth-century Europe. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Grafton, A., with Shelford, A. and Siraisis, N. 1992: New worlds, ancient texts: the power of tradition and the shock of discovery. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Graham, B. and Nash, C., eds, 1999: Modern historical geographies. London: Longman.

Graham, B., Ashworth, G. and Tunbridge, J. 2000: A geography of heritage: power, culture and economy. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Graham, J., Gibson, K., Horvath, R. and Shakow, D. 1988: Restructuring in US manu- facturing: the decline of monopoly capitalism. Annals of the Association of American Geogra- phers 78: 473–90.

Graham, S. 1998: The end of geography or the explosion of place? Conceptualising space, place and information technology. Progress in Human Geography 22(2): 165–85.

Graham, S. 2003: Lessons in urbicide. New Left Review 19, January/February: 63–78.

Graham, S., ed., 2004a: Cities, war and terrorism: towards an urban geopolitics. Oxford: Blackwell.

Graham, S. 2004b: Vertical geopolitics: Baghdad and after. Antipode 36: 12–23.

Graham, S. 2005: Software-sorted geographies. Progress in Human Geography 29: 1–19.

Graham, S. 2006: Cities and the war on terror. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 30: 255–76.

Graham, S. 2007: War and the city. New Left Review 44: 121–32.

Graham, S. 2008a: Imagining urban warfare: urbanization and US military technoscience. In D. Cowen and E. Gilbert, eds, War, citizen- ship, territory. London: Routledge, 33–56.

Graham, S. 2008b: Robo-warTM dreams: US military technophilia and global south urban- isation. City 12: 25–49.

Graham, S. 2008c: War play: practising urban annihilation. In F. von Borries, S. Walz and M. Bötther, eds, Space time play: on the synergy between computer games, architecture and urban- ism. Basel: Birkhauser.

Graham, S. 2009a: Cities under siege: the new military urbanism. London: Verso.

Graham, S. 2009b: Interrupting the algorithmic gaze? Urban warfare and US military technol- ogy. In F. MacDonald, K. Dodds and R. Hughes, eds, Observant states: geopolitics and visual culture. London: I.B. Tauris.

Grahber, G. 2001: Ecologies of creativity: the village, the group and the heterarchic

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 870 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

870

organization of the British advertising industry. Environment and Planning A 33: 351–74.

Gramsci, A. 1971 [1929–35]: Selections from the prison notebooks, ed. Q. Hoare and G.N. Smith. London: Lawrence and Wishart and New York: International.

Granö, J.G. 1997 [1929]: Pure geography, trans. M. Hicks. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Granovetter, M. 1982: The strength of weak ties: a network theory revisited. In P.V. Marsden and N. Lin, eds, Social structure and network analysis. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage, 105–30.

Granovetter, M.S. 1973: The strength of weak ties. American Journal of Sociology 78: 1360–80.

Grant, R. and Nijman, J. 2006: Globalization and the corporate geography of cities in the less-developed world. In N. Brenner and R. Keil, eds, The global cities reader. London: Routledge, 224–37.

Gray, C., ed., 1995: The cyborg handbook. London: Routledge

Gray, C. 2003: Posthuman soldiers in postmod- ern war. Body & Society 9(4): 215–26.

Gray, F. and Boddy, M. 1979: The origins and use of theory in urban geography: household mobility in filtering theory. Geoforum 10: 117–27.

Gray, H.L. 1915: English field systems. Cambridge: MA: Harvard University Press

Gray, J. 1995: Liberalism, 2nd edn. Buckingham: Open University Press.

Gray, J. 1996: Post-liberalism: studies in political thought. London: Routledge.

Gray, M. and Wyly, E. 2007: The terror city hypothesis. In D. Gregory and A. Pred, eds, Violent geographies: fear, terror and political vio- lence. London: Routledge, 329–48.

Greenberg, M.R. 1978: Applied linear program- ming for the socioeconomic and environmental sci- ences. New York: Academic Press.

Greenblatt, S. 1991: Marvellous possessions: the wonder of the New World. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Greene, J.C. 1977: Darwin as a social evolution- ist. Journal of the History of Biology 10: 1–27.

Greenhalgh, S. 1995: Anthropology and demo- graphic inquiry. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Greenhalgh, S. 1996: The social construction of population science: an intellectual, insti- tutional, and political history of twentieth century demography. Comparative Studies in Society and History 38: 26–66.

Greenhough, B. and Roe, E., eds, 2006: Theme issue on ‘Towards a geography of bodily tech- nologies’. Environment and Planning A 38(5): 416–98.

Gregersen, B. and Johnson, B. 1997: Learning economies, innovation systems and European integration. Regional Studies 31(5): 479–90.

Gregory, D. 1978a: Ideology, science and human geography. London: Hutchinson.

Gregory, D. 1978b: The discourse of the past: phenomenology, structuralism and historical geography. Journal of Historical Geography 4: 161–73.

Gregory, D. 1981: Human agency and human geography. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 6: 1–18.

Gregory, D. 1982: Regional transformation and Industrial Revolution: a geography of the Yorkshire woollen industry. London: Macmillan and Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Gregory, D. 1985: Suspended animation: the stasis of diffusion theory. In D. Gregory and J. Urry, eds, Social relations and spatial struc- tures. London: Macmillan, 293–336.

Gregory, D. 1990: ‘A new and different face in many places’: three geographies of industriali- zation. In R.A. Dodgshon and R.A. Butlin, eds, An historical geography of England and Wales, 2nd edn. London: Academic Press, 351–99.

Gregory, D. 1994: Geographical imaginations. Oxford: Blackwell.

Gregory, D. 1995a: Between the book and the lamp: imaginative geographies of Egypt, 1849– 1850. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 20: 29–57.

Gregory, D. 1995b: Imaginative geographies. Progress in Human Geography 19: 477–85.

Gregory, D. 1997a: Lacan and geography: the Production of space revisited. In G. Benko and U. Strohmeyer, eds, Space and social theory: interpreting modernity and postmodernity. Oxford: Blackwell, 203–31.

Gregory, D. 1997b: Lefebvre, Lacan and the production of space. In G. Benko and U. Strohmayer, eds, Space and social theory: interpreting modernity and postmodernity. Oxford: Blackwell, 203–31.

Gregory, D. 1998a: Power, knowledge and geog- raphy. Geographisches Zeitschrift 86: 70–93.

Gregory, D. 1998b: Power, knowledge and geog- raphy. In Gregory, Explorations in critical human geography. Heidelberg: Karl-Ruprechts Universität.

Gregory, D. 1999: Scripting Egypt: Orientalism and cultures of travel. In J. Duncan and D. Gregory, eds, Writes of passage: reading travel writing. London and New York: Routledge, 114–50.

Gregory, D. 2000: Postcolonialism. In R.J. Johnston, D. Gregory, G. Pratt and M. Watts, eds, The Dictionary of Human Geography, 4th edn. Oxford: Blackwell, 612–5.

Gregory, D. 2001a: Cultures of travel and spatial formations of knowledge. Erdkunde 54: 297–319.

Gregory, D. 2001b: (Post)colonialism and the production of nature. In N. Castree and

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 871 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

871

B. Braun, eds, Social nature: theory, practice and politics. Oxford: Blackwell, 84–111.

Gregory, D. 2004a: Defiled cities. In Gregory, The colonial present: Afghanistan, Palestine, Iraq. Oxford: Blackwell, 107–43.

Gregory, D. 2004b: The colonial present: Afghanistan, Palestine, Iraq. Oxford: Blackwell.

Gregory, D. 2004c: Palestine under siege. Antipode 36: 601–6.

Gregory, D. 2005a: Colonial precedents and sov- ereign powers: a response Progress in Human Geography 29: 367–79.

Gregory, D. 2005b: Geographies, publics and politics. Progress in Human Geography 29: 182–9.

Gregory, D. 2006a: ‘In another time-zone, the bombs fall unsafely’: targets, civilians and late modern war. Arab World Geographer 9(2): 88–111.

Gregory, D. 2006b: The black flag: Guantánamo Bay and the space of exception. Geografiska Annaler 89B: 405–27.

Gregory, D. 2007: Vanishing points: law, vio- lence and exception in the global war prison. In D. Gregory and A. Pred, eds, Violent geog- raphies: fear, terror and political violence. New York: Routledge, 205–36.

Gregory, D. 2008a: The biopolitics of Baghdad: counterinsurgency and the counter-city. Human Geography 1: 6–27.

Gregory, D. 2008b: The rush to the intimate: counterinsurgency and the cultural turn in late modern war. Radical Philosophy 150: 8–23.

Gregory, D. 2009a: American military imagin- aries and Iraqi cities: the visual economies of globalizing war. In C. Lindner, ed., Globali- zation, violence and the visual culture of cities. New York: Routledge.

Gregory, D. 2009b: War and peace. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, in press.

Gregory, D. 2009c: War cultures. New York: Routledge.

Gregory, D. and Pred, A., eds, 2007: Violent geographies: fear, terror and political violence. New York: Routledge.

Gregory, D. and Urry, J., eds, 1985: Social rela- tions and spatial structures. London: Macmillan.

Gregory, I. and Ell, P. 2007: Historical GIS: technologies, methodologies and scholarship. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Gregory, K.J., ed., 2005c: Physical geography. London: Sage.

Gregory, S. 1962: Statistical methods and the geog- rapher (first edition). London: Longman.

Gregory, S. 1971: The quantitative approach in geography. In H.M. French and J.-B. Racine, eds, Quantitative and qualitative geography: la nécessité d’un dialogue. Ottawa, University of Ottawa Press, 25–33.

Gregson, N. 1989: On the (ir)relevance of struc- turation theory to empirical research. In D. Held and J.B. Thompson, Social theory of the

modern societies: Anthony Giddens and his critics. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 235–48.

Gregson, N. 2003: Discipline games, disciplinary games and the need for a post-disciplinary practice. Geoforum 34: 5–7.

Gregson, N. 2005: Agency: structure. In P. Cloke and R. Johnston, eds, Spaces of geographical thought: deconstructing human geography’s binar- ies. London: Sage, 21–41.

Gregson, N. and Crewe, L. 2003: Second-hand cultures. London: Berg.

Gregson, N. and Lowe, M. 1994: Servicing the middle classes. London: Macmillan.

Gregson, N. and Rose, G. 2000: Taking Butler elsewhere: performativities, spatialities and subjectivities. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 18: 433–52.

Gregson, N., Simonsen, K. and Vaiou, D. 2003: Writing (across) Europe: on writing spaces and writing practices. European Urban and Regional Studies 10: 5–22.

Gregson, S. 1994: Will HIV become a major determinant of fertility in sub-Saharan Africa? Journal of Development Studies 30: 650–79.

Grewal, I. and Kaplan, C., eds, 1994: Scattered hegemonies: postmodernity and transnational feminist practices. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Griffin, K. 1974: The political economy of agrarian change. London: Macmillan.

Griffith, D.A. 2006: Beyond the bell-shaped curve: Poisson models in spatial data analysis. Geographical Analysis 38: iii–iv.

Griffith, D.A. and Haining, R.P. 2006: Beyond mule kicks: the Poisson distribution in geo- graphical analysis. Geographical Analysis 38: 123–39.

Grigg, D. 1965: The logic of regional systems. Annals of the Association of American Geogra- phers 55: 465–91.

Grigg, D. 1967: Regions, models and classes. In R. Chorley and P. Haggett, eds, Models in geog- raphy. London: Methuen, 461–509.

Grigg, D.B. 1977: E.G. Ravenstein and the laws of migration. Journal of Historical Geography 3: 41–54.

Grigg, D.B. 1980: Population and agrarian change. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Grigg, D.B. 1989: The world food problem. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Grimes, S. 1999: From population control to ‘reproductive rights’: ideological influences in population policy. Third World Quarterly 19: 373–93.

Griswold del Castillo, R. 1979: The Los Angeles barrio, 1850–1890: a social history. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Grossberg, L. 1993: Cultural studies and/in New Worlds. Critical Studies in Mass Communication 10: 1–22.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 872 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

872

Grossman, L. 1984: Peasants, subsistence ecology and development in the highlands of Papua New Guinea. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Grosz, E. 1994: Volatile bodies: toward a corporeal feminism. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Grosz, E. 2005: Time travels: feminism, nature, power. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Grove, R. 1995: Green imperialism: colonial expan- sion, tropical island Edens and the origins of envir- onmentalism, 1600–1860. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Grove, R. 2003: Green imperialism. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Groves, R., Fowler, F., Couper, M., Lepkowski, J., Singer, E. and Tourangeau, R. 2004: Survey methodology. New York: Wiley.

Guarrasi, V. 2001: Paradoxes of modern and postmodern geography: heterotopia of land- scape and cartographic logic. In C. Minca, ed., Postmodern geography: theory and praxis. Oxford: Blackwell, 226–37.

Guba, E. and Lincoln, Y. 2005: Paradigmatic controversies, contradictions and emerging confluences. In N. Denzin and Y. Loncoln, eds, The Sage handbook of qualitative research, 3rd edn. London: Sage, 191–216.

Gudgin, G. and Taylor, P.J. 1979: Seats, votes and the spatial organization of elections. London: Pion.

Guelke, L. 1974: An idealist alternative in human geography. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 55: 465–91.

Guelke, L. 1978: Geography and logical positiv- ism. In D.T. Herbert and R.J. Johnston, eds, Geography and the urban environment, vol. 1. Chichester: Wiley, 35–61.

Guha, R. 1989: Radical American environmental- ism and wilderness preservation: a Third World critique. Environmental Ethics 11: 71–83.

Guha, R. and Martinez-Alier, J. 1998: Varieties of environmentalism: essays North and South. London: Earthscan.

Guha, R. and Martinez-Alier, J. 2000: Varieties of environmentalism. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Guha, S. and Spivak, G., eds, 1988: Selected sub- altern studies. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Guibernau, M. 1999: Nations without states: pol- itical communities in a global age. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Guillory, J. 1993: Cultural capital: the problem of literary canon formation. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Gunewardena, K., Kipfer, S., Milgrom, R. and Schmid, C., eds, 2008: Space, difference, everyday life: reading Henri Lefebvre. London: Routledge.

Gupta, A. and Ferguson, J., eds, 1997: Culture, power, place: explorations in critical anthropology. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Guthman, J. 2004: Agrarian dreams: the paradox of organic farming in California. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Guthman, J. 2004: Back to the land: the paradox of organic food standards. Environment and Planning A 36: 511–28.

Gutman, G., Janetos, A.C., Justice, C.O., Moran, E.F., Mustard, J.F., Rindfuss, R.R., Skole, D., Turner II, B.L. and Cochrane, M.A., eds, 2005: Land change science: observing, monitoring and understanding trajectories of change on the Earth’s surface. Dordrecht: Kluwer

Gutting, G. 1989: Michel Foucault’s archaeology of scientific reason. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Guy, C.M. 1987: Recent advances in spatial interaction modelling: an application to the forecasting of shopping travel. Environment and Planning A 19: 173–86.

Guyer, J. 1997: An African niche economy. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Guyot, A. 1850: Comparative physical geography, or the Earth in relation to man. London: Edward Gover (rev. edn, trans. C.C. Felton).

Gwynne, R.N., Klak, T. and Shaw, J.B. 2003: Alternative capitalisms: geographies of emerging regions. London: Arnold.

Habermas, J. 1984 [1981]: The theory of commu- nicative action, vol. 1: Reason and the rational- ization of society, trans. T. McCarthy. Boston: Beacon Press/Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Habermas, J. 1987a [1968]: Knowledge and human interests, 3rd edn. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Habermas, J. 1987b [1981]: The theory of commu- nicative action, vol. 2: Lifeworld and system: a critique of functionalist reason, trans. T. McCarthy. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Habermas, J. 1989 [1962]: The structural trans- formation of the public sphere: an inquiry into a category of bourgeois society, trans. T. Burger. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Habermas, J. 1990 [1985]: The philosophical dis- course of modernity, trans. F.G. Lawrence. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Hacking, I. 1983: Representing and intervening: intro- ductory topics in the philosophy of natural science. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Hacking, I. 1999: The social construction of what? Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Hackworth, J. 2000: State devolution, urban regimes, and the production of geographic scale: the case of New Brunswick, New Jersey. Urban Geography 21: 450–8.

Hackworth, J. 2006: The neoliberal city: govern- ance, ideology and development in American urbanism. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Haddad, Y.Y. and Balz, M.J. 2006: The October riots in France: a failed immigration policy of the empire strikes back? International Migration 44: 22–34.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 873 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

873

Hage, G. 1998: White nation: fantasies of white supremacy in a multicultural society. Sydney, NSW: Pluto Press (also London: Taylor and Francis, 2000).

Hägerstrand, T. 1967: Innovation diffusion as a spatial process, trans. A. Pred. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Hägerstrand, T. 1970: What about people in regional science? Papers of the Regional Science Association 24: 7–21.

Hägerstrand, T. 1974: Tidsgeografisk beskrivn- ing. Syfte och postulat. Svensk geografisk årsbok 50: 86–94.

Hägerstrand, T. 1982: Diorama, Path and Project. Tijdschrift voor Economische en Sociale Geografie 73: 323–39.

Hägerstrand, T. 1984: Presence and absence: a look at conceptual choices and bodily neces- sities. Regional Studies 8: 373–9.

Hägerstrand, T. 1985: Time-geography: focus on the corporeality of man, society and envir- onment. In S. Aida, ed., The science and praxis of complexity. Tokyo: The United Nations University, 193–216.

Hägerstrand, T. and Lenntorp, B. 1974: Samhälls-organisation i tidsgeografiskt per- spektiv (Social organization in a time geograph- ical perspective). SOU (Swedish Government Offical Reports) 2: 221–32.

Haggett, P. 1965: Locational analysis in human geography. London: Edward Arnold.

Haggett, P. 1990: The geographer’s art. Oxford: Blackwell.

Haggett,P.1992:Sauer’s‘OriginsandDispersals’: its implications for the geography of disease. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 17: 387–98.

Haggett, P. 2000: The geographical structure of epidemics. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Haggett, P. and Chorley, R.J. 1967: Models, paradigms and the new geography. In Haggett and Chorley, eds, Models in geography. London: Methuen, 19–41.

Haggett, P. and Chorley, R.J. 1969: Network models in geography. London: Edward Arnold.

Haggett, P., Cliff A. and Frey, A. 1977: Locational analysis in human geography, 2nd edn. London: Edward Arnold.

Hahn, F. and Hollis, M., eds, 1979: Introduction. In Philosophy and economic theory. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1–17.

Hahn, H. 1989: Disability and the reproduction of bodily images: the dynamics of human appearances. In J. Wolch and M. Dear, eds, The power of geography: how territory shapes social life. London: Unwin Hyman, 370–88.

Haigh, M. 2002: Land reclamation and deep ecology: in search of a more meaningful phys- ical geography. Area 34(3): 242–52.

Haining, R., Wise, S. and Ma, J. 1998: Exploratory spatial data analysis in a

Geographic Information System environment. The Statistician 47: 457–69.

Haining, R.P. 1990: Spatial data analysis in the social and environmental sciences. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Hajer, M.A. 1995: The politics of environmental discourse: ecological modernization and the policy process. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Hajnal, J. 1965: European marriage patterns in perspective. In D.V. Glass and D.E.C. Eversley, eds, Population in history. London: Edward Arnold, 101–45.

Halberstram, J. 2005: In a queer time and place. New York: State University of New York Press.

Halbwachs, M. 1992 [1941]: On collective mem- ory. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Haldrup, M., Koefoed, L. and Simonsen, K. 2006: Practical Orientalism: bodies, everyday life and the construction of otherness. Geogra- fiska Annaler 88B: 173–84.

Hale, A. and Wills, J., eds, 2005: Threads of labour: garment industry supply chains from the workers’ perspective. Oxford: Blackwell.

Hale, H.E. 2004: Explaining ethnicity. Compara- tive Political Studies 37: 458–85.

Hale, J.R. 1967: A world elsewhere. In D. Hay, ed., The age of renaissance. London: Thames and Hudson.

Halford, S. and Savage, M. 1995: Restructuring organisations, changing people: gender and restructuring in banking and local government. Work, Employment and Society 9(1): 97–122.

Hall, C., ed., 2000a: Cultures of empire: a reader. Manchester: Manchester University Press.

Hall, C. 2002a: Civilising subjects: metropole and colony in the English imagination, 1830–67. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Hall, C.M. and Page, S. 1999: The geography of tourism and recreation: environment, place and space. London: Routledge.

Hall, E. 2000b: ‘Blood, brain and bone’: taking the body seriously in the geographies of health and impairment. Area 32: 21–9.

Hall, E. 2003: Reading the maps of genes: inter- preting the spatiality of genetic knowledge. Health and Place 9: 151–61.

Hall, P. 1984 [1966]: The world cities, 3rd edn. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Hall, P. 2002b [1988]: Cities of tomorrow: an intel- lectual history of urban planning and design in the twentieth century, 3rd edn. Oxford: Blackwell.

Hall, P. 2002c [1975]: Urban and regional plan- ning, 4th edn. London: Routledge.

Hall, P. and Pain, K., eds, 2006: The polycentric megalopolis: learning from mega-city regions in Europe. London: Earthscan.

Hall, P. and Preston, P. 1988: The carrier wave: information technology and the geography of innov- ation 1846–2003. London: Unwin Hyman.

Hall, P. and Ward, C. 1998: Sociable cities: the legacy of Ebenezer Howard. Chichester: Wiley.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 874 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

874

Hall, S. 1980: Race, articulation, and societies structured in dominance. In Sociological theories: race and colonialism. Paris: UNESCO, 305–45.

Hall, S. 1986: Gramsci’s relevance for the study of race and ethnicity. Journal of Communica- tions Inquiry 10(2): 5–27.

Hall, S. 1990: Cultural identity and diaspora. In J. Rutherford, ed., Identity: community, culture and difference. London: Lawrence and Wishart, 222–38.

Hall, S. 1992a: The question of cultural identity. In Hall, D. Held, and T. McGrew, eds, Modernity and its futures. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Hall, S. 1992b: The West and the rest: discourse and power. In Hall and B. Gieben, eds, Formations of modernity. Oxford: Polity Press.

Hall, S. 1996a: Introduction: who needs iden- tity? In Hall and P. du Gay, eds, Questions of cultural identity. London: Sage, 1–17.

Hall, S. 1996b: What was ‘the post-colonial’? Thinking at the limit. In I. Chambers and L. Curti, eds, The post-colonial question: common skies, divided horizons. London: Routledge, 242–60.

Hall, S. and du Gay, P., eds, 1996: Questions of cultural identity. London: Sage.

Hall, S. and Held, D. 1989: Citizens and citizen- ship. In S. Hall and M. Jacques, eds, New times: the changing face of politics in the 1990s. London: Lawrence and Wishart.

Hall, T. 2000c: Urban geography, 2nd edn. London: Routledge.

Hall, T. and Hubbard, P., eds, 1998: The entre- preneurial city: geographies of politics, regime, and representation. New York: Wiley.

Hall, T.D., ed., 2000d: Aworld-systems reader: new perspectives on gender, urbanism, cultures, indigen- ous peoples, and ecology. Oxford: Rowman & Littlefield.

Hallam, H.E., ed., 1989: The agrarian history of England and Wales, vol. II: 1042–1350. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Halle, L. 1991: The Cold War as history, revised edn. New York: Harper & Row.

Hamilton, C. 2001: Running from the storm: the development of climate change policy in Australia. Sydney: University of New South Wales Press.

Hamilton, P. 1996: Historicism. London: Routledge.

Hammersley, M. 1995: The politics of social research. London: Sage.

Hamnett, C. 1991: The blind men and the ele- phant: the explanation of gentrification. Trans- actions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 16: 173–89.

Hamnett, C. 1994: Social polarisation in global cities: theory and evidence. Urban Studies 30: 401–24.

Hamnett, C. 2003: Unequal city: London in the global arena. London: Routledge.

Han, B. 2002: Foucault’s critical project, trans. E. Pile. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Han, S.S. and Pannell, C.W. 1999: The geog- raphy of privatization in China, 1978–1996. Economic Geography 75: 272–96.

Handley, L.R., ed., n.d.: Administration and cost of elections project. http://www.aceproject.org/ main/english/index.htm

Handy, S. and Niemeier, D.A. 1997: Measur- ing accessibility: an exploration of issues and alternatives. Environment and Planning A 29: 1175–94.

Hanke, L., ed., 1964: Do the Americas have a common history? New York: A.A. Knopf.

Hann, C., ed., 2002: Postsocialism. London: Routledge.

Hann, C.M., ed., 1998: Property relations: renew- ing the anthropological tradition. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Hannah, M. 1997: Imperfect panopticism: envi- sioning the construction of normal lives. In G. Benko and U. Strohmayer, eds, Space and social theory: interpreting modernity and postmod- ernity. Oxford: Blackwell, 344–59.

Hannah, M. 2000: Governmentality and the mas- tery of territory in nineteenth-century America. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Hannah, M. 2001: Sampling and the politics of re- presentation in US Census 2000. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 19: 515–34.

Hannah, M. 2006a: Politics in suspenso. ACME: an International E-journal for Critical Geogra- phies 4: 240–8.

Hannah, M. 2006b: Torture and the ticking bomb: the War on Terrorism as a geographical imagination of power/knowledge. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 96(3): 622–40.

Hannerz, U. 1996: Transnational connections: cul- ture, people, places. London: Routledge.

Hansen, M. 1995: Early cinema, late cinema: transformations of the public sphere. In L. Williams, ed., Viewing positions: ways of see- ing film. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 134–52.

Hansen, T.B. 2005: Sovereigns beyond the state: on legality and public authority in India. In R. Kaur, ed., Religion, violence and political mobil- isation in South Asia. London: Sage, 109–44.

Hanson, S. 1992: Feminism and geography: worlds in collision? Annals of the Association of American Geographers 82(4): 569–86.

Hanson, S., ed., 1995: The geography of urban transportation, 2nd edn. New York: Guilford Press.

Hanson, S. 2000: Transportation: hooked on speed, eyeing sustainability. In E. Sheppard and T. Barnes, eds, A companion to economic geography. Oxford: Blackwell, 468–83.

Hanson, S. and Pratt, G. 1991: Job search and the occupational segregation of women. Annals

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 875 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

875

of the Association of American Geographers 81: 229–53.

Hanson, S. and Pratt, G. 1995: Gender, work, and space. London: Routledge.

Hanson, S. and Schwab, M. 1987: Accessibility and intraurban travel. Environment and Planning A 19: 735–48.

Hanssen, B. 2000: Critique of violence: between poststructuralism and critical theory. London: Routledge.

Haraway, D. 1985: A manifesto for cyborgs: sci- ence, technology, and social feminism in the 1980s. Socialist Review 80: 65–107.

Haraway, D. 1988: Situated knowledges: the sci- ence question in feminism and the privilege of partial perspective. Feminist Studies 14: 575–99.

Haraway, D. 1989: Primate visions: gender, race, and nature in the world of modern science. New York: Routledge.

Haraway, D. 1991a: A cyborg manifesto: science, technology, and socialist-feminism in the late twentieth century. In Haraway, Simians, cyborgs and women: the reinvention of nature. London: Free Association Books, 149–81.

Haraway, D. 1991b: ‘Gender’ for a Marxist dic- tionary: the sexual politics of a word. In Hara- way, Simians, cyborgs, and women: the rein- vention of nature. London: Free Association Books, 127–48.

Haraway, D. 1991c: Simians, cyborgs and women: the reinvention of nature. London: Free Association Books.

Haraway, D. 1991d: Situated knowledges: the science question in feminism and the privilege of partial perspective. In Haraway, Simians, cyborgs and women: the reinvention of nature. New York: Routledge, 183–201.

Haraway, D. 1992: Promises of monsters: a regen- erative politics for ‘inappropriate/d others’. In L. Grossberg, C. Nelson and P. Treichler, eds, Cultural studies. New York: Routledge, 295–337.

Haraway, D. 1997: Modest_Witness@Second_ Millennium. FemaleMan© Meets_OncoMouse2. Feminism and Technoscience. London: Routledge.

Haraway, D. 2003: The companion species mani- festo: dogs, people and significant otherness. Chicago: Prickly Paradigm Press.

Harcourt, B. 2001: The illusion of order: the false promise of broken windows policing. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Hardin, G. 1968: The tragedy of the commons. Science 162: 1243–8.

Harding, S., ed., 2004: The feminist standpoint theory reader: intellectual and political controver- sies. New York: Routledge.

Hardt, M. 2002: Porto Alegre: today’s Bandung? New Left Review 14: 29–45.

Hardt, M. and Negri, A. 2000: Empire. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Hardt, M. and Negri, A. 2004: Multitude: war and democracy in the age of empire. New York: Penguin and London: Hamish Hamilton.

Hardy, D. 1991: From garden cities to new towns. London: E.F. & N. Spon.

Hargreaves, M.M. 1992: Dry farming in the northern Great Plains: years of readjustment 1920–1990. Lawrence, KS: University Press of Kansas.

Harlan, J. 1995: The living fields: our agricultural heritage. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Harley, J.B. 1986: Imago mundi: the first fifty years and the next ten. Cartographica 23(3): 1–15.

Harley, J.B. 1987: The map and the development of the history of cartography. In J.B. Harley and D. Woodward, eds, The history of cartog- raphy, vol. 1. Chicago: The University of Chicago, 1–42.

Harley, J.B. 1989: Deconstructing the map. Cartographica 26 1–20. Reprinted in T. Barnes and J. Duncan, eds, Writing worlds: discourse, text and metaphor in the representation of land- scape. London: Routledge, 1991, 231–47.

Harley, J.B. 1990: Maps and the Columbian encounter. Milwaukee: The Golda Meir Library.

Harley, J.B. 2001a: Silences and secrecy: the hid- den agenda of cartography in early modern Europe. In his The new nature of maps: essays in the history of cartography. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press. 83–107.

Harley, J.B. 2001b: The new nature of maps: essays in the history of cartography, ed. P. Laxton. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Harley, J.B. and Woodward, D. 1989: Why cartography needs its history. The American Cartographer 16: 5–15.

Harley, J.B. and Woodward, D., 1987: Preface. In Harley and Woodward, founding eds, The history of cartography, vol. 1. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, xv–xxi.

Harley, J.B. and Woodward, D., founding eds, 1987– : The history of cartography. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Vol. 1, Cartography in prehistoric, ancient, and medieval Europe and the Mediterranean, ed. Harley and Woodward (1987); vol. 2.1, Cartography in the traditional Islamic and South Asian societies, ed. Harley and Woodward (1992); vol. 2.2, Cartography in the traditional East and Southeast Asian societies, ed. Harley and Woodward (1994); vol. 2.3, Cartography in the traditional African, American, Arctic, Australian, and Pacific societies, ed. Woodward and G.M. Lewis (1998); vol. 3, Cartography in the European Renaissance, ed. Woodward (2007); vol. 4, Cartography in the European Enlightenment, eds M.H. Edney and M.S. Pedley (forthcoming); vol. 5, Cartography in

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 876 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

876

the nineteenth century (forthcoming); vol. 6, Cartography in the twentieth century, ed. M. Monmonier (forthcoming).

Harootunian, H. 2000: History’s disquiet: modern- ity, cultural practice, and the question of everyday life. New York: Columbia University Press.

Harper, C.L. 2004: Environment and society: human perspectives on environmental issues, 3rd edn. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Harper, S. and Laws, G. 1995: Rethinking the geography of ageing. Progress in Human Geography 19: 199–221.

Harris, C.D. 1997: ‘The nature of cities’ and urban geography in the last half-century. Urban Geography 18: 15–35.

Harris, C.D. and Ullman, E.L. 1945: The nature of cities. Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 242: 7–17.

Harris, L. 1988: The UK economy at the cross- roads. In J. Allen and D. Massey, eds, The economy in question. London: Sage in associ- ation with the Open University, 7–44.

Harris, R.C. 1971: Theory and synthesis in his- torical geography. Canadian Geographer 15: 157–72.

Harris, R.C. 1991: Power, modernity and histor- ical geography. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 81(4): 671–83.

Harris, R.C. 1997: The resettlement of British Columbia: essays on colonialism and geographical change. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press.

Harris, R.C. 2004: How did colonialism dispos- sess? Comments from an edge of empire. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 94(1): 165–82.

Harris, R.C., Sleight, P. and Webber, R. 2005: Geodemographics, GIS and neighbourhood target- ing. Chichester: Wiley.

Harrison, B. 1992: Industrial districts: old wine in new bottles? Regional Studies 26: 469–83.

Harrison, B. 1997: Lean and mean. New York: Guilford Press.

Harrison, P. 2000: Making sense: embodiment and the sensibilities of the everyday. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 18: 497–517.

Harrison, P. 2006: Post-structuralist theories. In S. Aitken and G. Valentine, eds, Approaches to human geography. London: Sage, 122–35.

Harrison, P. 2007a: ‘How shall I say it . . . ?’ Relating the nonrelational. Environment & Planning A 39: 590–608.

Harrison, P. 2007b: The space between us: open- ing remarks on the concept of dwelling. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 25: 625–47.

Harrison, R.T. and Livingstone, D.N. 1980: Philosophy and problems in human geog- raphy: a presuppositional approach. Area 12: 25–31.

Harrison, S. 2001: On reductionism and emer- gence in geomorphology. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 26: 327–39.

Harrison, S. and Dunham, P. 1998: Decoherence, quantum theory and their impli- cations for the philosophy of geomorphology. Transactions of the Institute of British Geogra- phers, NS 23: 501–14.

Harrison, S., Pile, S. and Thrift, N., eds, 2004: Patterned ground. London: Reaktion Books.

Harrison, S., Massey, D., Richards, K., Magilligan, F., Thrift, N. and Bender, B. 2004: Thinking across the divide: perspectives on the conversations between physical and human geography. Area 36: 435–42.

Harriss, J. 1982: Capitalism and peasant farming. Bombay: Oxford University Press.

Harriss, J., ed., 1982: Rural development: theories of peasant economy and agrarian change. London: Hutchinson Library for Africa.

Harriss, J. 2001: Depoliticising development: the World Bank and social capital. New Delhi: Leftword.

Harriss-White, B. 2003: India working: essays on society and economy. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Harrower, M.2004: A look at the history andfuture of animated maps. Cartographica 39(3): 33–42.

Hart, G. 1991: Engendering everyday resistance: gender, patronage and production politics in rural Malaysia. Journal of Peasant Studies 19: 93–121.

Hart, G. 2001: Development critiques in the 1990s: culs de sacs and promising paths. Pro- gress in Human Geography 35(4): 649–58.

Hart, G. 2003: Disabling globalization: places of power in post-apartheid South Africa. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Hart, G. 2006: Denaturalizing dispossession: critical ethnography in the age of resurgent imperialism. Antipode 38(5): 977–1004.

Hart, J.F. 1982: The highest form of the geog- rapher’s art. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 72: 1–29.

Hart, K. 1973: Informal income opportunities and urban employment in Ghana. In R. Jolly, E. de Kadt, H. Singer and F. Wilson, eds, Third World employment. London: Penguin.

Hart, R. 1997: Children’s participation: the theory and practice of involving young citizens in com- munity development and environmental care. London: Earthscan.

Hart, R.A. 1979: Children’s experience of place. New York: Irvington.

Hart-Landsberg, M. and Burkett, P. 1998: Contradictions of capitalist industrialization in East Asia: A critique of ‘flying geese’ theor- ies of development. Economic Geography 74(2): 87–110.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 877 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

877

Hartshorne, R. 1939: The nature of geography: a critical survey of current thought in light of the past. Lancaster, PA: Association of American Geographers.

Hartshorne, R. 1950: The functional approach to political geography. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 40: 95–130.

Hartshorne, R. 1955: ‘Exceptionalism in geog- raphy’ re-examined. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 45: 205–44.

Hartshorne, R. 1958: The concept of geography as a science of space: from Kant and Humboldt to Hettner. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 48: 97–108.

Hartshorne, R. 1959: Perspective on the nature of geography. Chicago: Rand & McNally.

Hartsock, N. 1983: Money, sex, and power: toward a feminist historical materialism. New York: Longman.

Hartwick, E. 1998: Geographies of consumption: a commodity-chain approach. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 16: 423–37.

Harvey, D. 1966: Justice, nature and the geography of difference. Oxford: Blackwell.

Harvey, D. 1967: Models of the evolution of spatial patterns in human geography. In R.J. Chorley and P. Haggett, eds, Models in geog- raphy. London: Methuen, 549–608.

Harvey, D. 1969: Explanation in geography. London: Edward Arnold.

Harvey, D. 1972: Revolutionary and counter- revolutionary theory in geography and the problem of ghetto formation. Antipode 4: 1–13.

Harvey, D. 1973: Social justice and the city. London: Edward Arnold.

Harvey, D. 1974a: Population, resources and the ideology of science. Economic Geography 50(3): 256–77.

Harvey, D. 1974b: What kind of geography for what kind of public policy? Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 63: 18–24.

Harvey, D. 1979: Monument and myth. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 69: 362–81.

Harvey, D. 1984: On the history and present condition of geography: an historical material- ist manifesto. Professional Geographer 36: 1–11.

Harvey, D. 1985a: Consciousness and the urban experience. Oxford: Blackwell.

Harvey, D. 1985b: The geopolitics of capitalism. In Gregory, D. and Urry, J., eds, Social relations and spatial structures. London: Macmillan, 128–63.

Harvey, D. 1988: The geographical and geopol- itical consequences of the transition from Fordist to flexible accumulation. In G. Sternlieb and J.W. Hughes, eds, America’s new market geography. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers Center for Urban Policy Research, 101–34.

Harvey, D. 1989a: From managerialism to entre- preneurialism: the transformation of urban

governance in late capitalism. Geografiska Annaler 71B: 3–17.

Harvey, D. 1989b: The condition of postmodernity: an enquiry into the origins of cultural change. Oxford: Blackwell.

Harvey, D. 1989c: The urban experience. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Harvey, D. 1990: Between space and time: reflections on the geographical imagination. Annals of the Association of American Geogra- phers 80: 418–34.

Harvey, D. 1992: Postmodern morality plays. Antipode 24: 300–26.

Harvey, D. 1996: Justice, nature and the geography of difference. Oxford: Blackwell.

Harvey, D. 1999 [1982]: Limits to capital, 2nd edn. London: Verso.

Harvey, D. 2000a: Cosmopolitanism and the banality of geographical evils. Public Culture 12: 529–64.

Harvey, D. 2000b: Spaces of hope. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press/Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Harvey, D. 2001: The geography of capitalist accumulation. In Harvey, Spaces of capital. New York: Routledge, 237–66.

Harvey, D. 2003a: Paris, capital of modernity. London and New York: Routledge.

Harvey, D. 2003b: The new imperialism. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Harvey, D. 2004a: Geographical knowledges/ political powers. Proceedings of the British Academy 122: 87–115.

Harvey, D. 2004b: The new imperialism. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Harvey, D. 2005: A brief history of neoliberalism. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Harvey, D. 2006a: Space as a keyword. In N. Castree and D. Gregory, eds, David Harvey: a critical reader. Oxford: Blackwell, 270–93.

Harvey, D. 2006b: Spaces of global capitalism: a theory of uneven geographical development. New York: Verso.

Harvey, D. 2006c: The geographies of critical geography. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 31: 409–12.

Harvey, D. and Scott, A. 1989: The practice of human geography: theory and empirical speci- ficity in the transition from Fordism to flexible accumulation. In B. Macmillan, ed., Remodelling geography. Oxford: Blackwell, 217–29.

Harvey, D.C. 2003: Territoriality, parochial development and the place of ‘community’ in later medieval Cornwall. Journal of Historical Geography 29: 151–65.

Harvey, D.W. 1974: Population, resources and the ideology of science. Economic Geography 50: 256–77.

Harvey, F., Kwan, M.-P. and Pavovska, M., eds, 2005: Theme issue: ‘Critical GIS’. Cartogra- phica 40(4).

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 878 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

878

Hassink, R. 2007: It’s the language, stupid! On emotions, strategies and consequences related to the use of one language to describe and explain a diverse world. Environment and Planning A 39: 1282–7.

Hastings, A. 1997: The construction of nationhood: ethnicity, religion and nationalism. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Hastings, J.V. 2008: Geography, globalization and terrorism: the plots of Jemaah Islamiyah. Security Studies 17: 505–30.

Hastrup, K. 2004: action: anthropology in the com- pany of Shakespeare. Copenhagen: Museum Tusculanum Press, University of Copenhagen.

Hatcher, J. 1981: English serfdom and villeinage: towards a reassessment. Past and Present 90: 4–39.

Hatcher, J. and Bailey, M. 2001: Modelling the Middle Ages: the history and theory of England’s economic development. Oxford: Oxford Univer- sity Press.

Haughton, G. and Counsell, D. 2004: Regions, spatial strategies, and sustainable development. London: Routledge.

Haughton, S. 1880: Six lectures on physical geog- raphy. London: Longmans, Green.

Hawley, J.C. 2001: Postcolonial queer. New York: State University of New York Press.

Hay, A.M. 1977: Linear programming: elementary applications of the transportation problem. Norwich: Geo Books CATMOG 11.

Hay, A.M. and Johnston, R.J. 1983: The study of process in human geography. L’espace géogra- phique 12: 69–76.

Hay, D. 1968: Europe: the emergence of an idea, 2nd edn. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Hay, I., ed., 2000: Qualitative research methods in human geography. Oxford/Melbourne: Oxford University Press.

Hayden, D. 1997: The power of place: urban land- scapes as public history. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Haydon, C. 2003: When nature goes public: the making and unmaking of bioprospecting in Mexico. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Hayek, F. 1944: The road to serfdom. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Hayek, F. 1981: The political order of a free people. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Hayles, N.K. 1999: How we became posthuman: consequences of the biotechnology revolution. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Hayles, N.K. 2002: Flesh and metal: reconfigur- ing the mindbody in virtual environments. Configurations 10: 297–320.

Hays, S.P. 1959: Conservation and the gospel of efficiency – the progressive conservation movement 1890–1920. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Hays-Mitchell, M. 2005: Women’s struggles for sustainable peace in post-conflict Peru: a femi- nist analysis of violence and change. In L. Nelson and J. Seager, eds, A companion to feminist geography. Oxford: Blackwell, 590–606.

Hayter, R. 1997: The dynamics of industrial loca- tion. New York: Wiley.

Hayter, R. and Watts, H.D. 1983: The geog- raphy of enterprise: a reappraisal. Progress in Human Geography 7: 157–81.

Hayter, R., Barnes, T.J. and Bradshaw, M.J. 2003: Relocating resource peripheries to the core of economic geography’s theorizing: rationale and agenda. Area 35: 15–23.

Hazell, P., ed., 1987: The Green Revolution recon- sidered. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Heater, D. 1992: The idea of European unity. Leicester: Leicester University Press.

Heath, J. 2005: Methodological Individualism. In E.N. Zalta, ed., The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy; available at http://plato.stanford. edu/archives/spr2005/entries/methodological- individualism/

Heath, S. 1972: The nouveau roman. London: Paul Elek, 13.

Heathcote, R. 1983: The arid lands: their use and abuse. London: Longman.

Heaton, J. 1998: Secondary analysis of qualita- tive data. Social Research Update 22; available at http://sru.soc.surrey.ac.uk/SRU22.html

Heaton, J. 2004: Reworking qualitative data: the possibility of secondary analysis. London: Sage.

Hebbert, M. 2005: The street as a locus of col- lective memory. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 23: 581–96.

Hecht, S. 1985: Environment, development and politics. World Development 13: 663–84.

Hecht, S. and Cockburn, A. 1989: The fate of the forest. London: Verso.

Hechter, M. 1975: Internal colonialism. London: Routledge.

Heelas, P., ed., 1998: Religion, modernity and postmodernity, Oxford: Blackwell.

Heffernan, M. 1995: For ever England: the Western Front and the politics of remem- brance in Britain. Ecumene 2: 293–324.

Heffernan, M. 1996: Geography, cartography and military intelligence: the Royal Geographical Society and the First World War. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 21: 504–33.

Heffernan, M. 1998: The meaning of Europe: geog- raphy and geopolitics. London: Arnold.

Heffernan, M. 2007: The European geographical imagination. Stuttgart: Franz Steiner.

Heffernan, W.D. and Constance, D.H. 1994: Transnational corporations and the globaliza- tion of the food system. In A. Bonanno, L. Busch, W. Friedland, L. Gouveia and E. Mingione, eds, From Columbus to ConAgra.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 879 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

879

Kansas City: University Press of Kansas, 29–51.

Heidegger, M. 1962 [1927]: Being and time. New York: Harper & Row and Oxford: Blackwell.

Heidegger, M. 1991 [1947]: Letter on human- ism. In D.F. Krell, ed., Basic writings. London: Routledge, 189–242.

Heilbron, J. 1995: The rise of social theory. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Held, D. 1996: Models of democracy. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Held, D. and Koenig-Archibugi, M., eds, 2003: Taming globalization. Cambridge: Polity Press.

Held, D., McGrew, A., Goldblatt, D. and Perraton, J. 1999: Global transformations: polit- ics, economics and culture. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Helgerson, R. 1992: Forms of nationhood: the Elizabethan writing of England. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Helmfrid, S. 1961: Morphogenesis of the agrar- ian landscape. Geografiska Annaler 43: 1–328.

Hempel, C.G. and Oppenheim, P. 1948: Studies in the logic of explanation. Philosophy of Science 15: 135–75.

Henderson, G. 1999: California and the fictions of capital. New York: Oxford University Press.

Henderson, J., Dicken, P., Hess, M., Coe, N. and Yeung, H.W.-C. 2001: Global production networks and the analysis of economic devel- opment. Review of International Political Economy 9: 436–64.

Henderson-Sellers, A. and McGuffie, K. 1987: A climate modelling primer. Chichester: Wiley.

Henke, C.R. 2000: Making a place for science: the field trial. Social Studies of Science 30: 483–511.

Henry, L. 1956: Anciennes familles genevoises: etude démographiques XVIe–XXe siècles. Travaux et Documents, Cahier no. 26. Paris: Institut National d’Etudes Démographiques.

Henry, L. 1956: Anciennes familles genevoises: Etude démographiques XVIe-XXe siècles. Institut National d’Etudes Demographiques. Travaux et documents, Cahier No. 26. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.

Henry, N. and Pinch, S. 1997: A regional formula for success? Birmingham, UK: University of Birmingham.

Henry, N. and Pinch, S. 2000: Spatialising knowledge: placing the knowledge community of Motor Sport Valley. Geoforum 31: 191–208.

Hensher, D.A. and Greene, W.H. 2004: The mixed logit model; the state of practice. Transportation 30: 133–76.

Hepple, L.W. 1974: The impact of stochastic process theory upon spatial analysis in human geography. Progress in Geography 5: 89–142.

Hepple, L.W. 1995: Bayesian techniques in spa- tial and network econometrics: 2. Compu- tational methods and algorithms. Environment and Planning A 27: 615–44.

Hepple, L.W. 1999: Socialist geography in England: J.F. Horrabin and a workers’ eco- nomic and political geography. Antipode 31(1): 80–109.

Hepworth, M. 1989: The geography of the infor- mation economy, London: Frances Pinter.

Herb, G.H. 1997: Under the map of Germany: nationalism and propaganda, 1918–1945. London: Routledge.

Herbert, D. and Smith, D., eds, 1989: Social problems and the city: new perspectives. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Herbert, S. 1997: Policing space: territoriality and the Los Angeles Police Department. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Herbert, S. 2000: For ethnography. Progress in Human Geography 24: 550–68.

Herbert, S. 2005: The trapdoor of community. Annals of the Association of American Geogra- phers 95: 850–65.

Herbert, S. 2006: Citizens, cops and power: recog- nizing the limits of community. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Herbertson, A.J. 1915: Regional environment, heredity and consciousness. The Geography Teacher 8: 147–53.

Herbst, J. 1961: Social Darwinism and the his- tory of American Geography. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 105: 538–44.

Herman, R.D.K. 1999: The Aloha State: place names and the anti-conquest of Hawai’i. Annals of the Association of American Geogra- phers 89: 76–102.

Herod, A., ed., 1998: Organizing the landscape: geographical perspectives on labor unionism. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Herod, A. 2002: Labour geographies: workers and the landscapes of capitalism. New York: Guilford Press.

Herod, A. and Wright, M., eds, 2002: Geogra- phies of power: placing scale. Oxford: Blackwell.

Herod, A., Peck, J. and Wills, J. 2003: Geography and industrial relations. In P. Ackers and A. Wilkinson, eds, Reworking industrial relations: new perspectives on employment and society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 176–94.

Hess, D.J. 1997: Science studies: an advanced intro- duction. New York: New York University Press.

Hesse, B., ed., 2000: Un/settled multiculturalisms: diaspora, entanglements, transruptions. London: Zed Books.

Hesse, M.B. 1980: Revolutions and reconstructions in the philosophy of science. Brighton: Harvester.

Hetherington, K. 1997a: In place of geometry: the materiality of place. In K. Hetherington and R. Munro, eds, Ideas of difference: social spaces and the labour of division. Oxford: Blackwell, 183–99.

Hetherington, K. 1997b: The badlands of modern- ity: heterotopia and social ordering. London: Routledge.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 880 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

880

Hetherington, K. and Law, J., eds, 2000: After networks. Theme issue of Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 18(2).

Hettner, A. 1907: Grundzüge der Länderkunde, Band 1. Leipzig: Europa.

Heubusch, K. 1997: The new rating guide to life in American small cities. Amherst NY: Promoetheus Books.

Hewitt, K., ed., 1983: Interpretations of calamity. London: George Allen & Unwin.

Hewitt, K. 1987: The social space of terror: towards a civil interpretation of total war. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 5: 445–74.

Hewitt, K. 2001: Between Pinochet and Kropotkin: state terror, human rights and the geographers. Canadian Geographer 45: 338–55.

Heynen, H. 1999: Architecture and modernity: a critique. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Heynen, N., Kaika, M. and Swyngedouw, E., eds, 2006: In the nature of cities: urban political ecology and the politics of urban metabolism. London: Routledge.

Heynen, N., McCarthy, J., Prudham, S. and Robbins, P., eds, 2007: Neoliberal environments: false promises and unnatural consequences. New York: Routledge.

Hickman, H., Higgins, V., Hope, V., Bellis, M., Tilling, K., Walker, A. and Henry, J. 2004: Injecting drug use in Brighton, Liverpool, and London: best estimates of prevalence and cover- age of public health indicators. Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health 58: 766–71.

Hiebert, D. 1999: Localgeographies of labour mar- ket segmentation: Montréal, Toronto and Van- couver, 1991. Economic Geography 75: 339–69.

Hiebert, D. and Ley, D. 2003: Assimilation, cul- tural pluralism and social exclusion among ethno-cultural groups in Vancouver. Urban Geography 24: 16–44.

Highmore, B. 2002: Everyday life and cultural theory: an introduction. London: Routledge.

Hilberg, R. 2003 [1961]: The destruction of the European Jews. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Hill, J. 2006a: Globe-trotting medicine chests: tracing geographies of collecting and pharma- ceuticals. Social and Cultural Geography 7: 365–84.

Hill, J. 2006b: Travelling objects: the Wellcome collection in Los Angeles, London and beyond. Cultural Geographies 13: 340–66.

Hiller, B. 1996: Space is the machine: a configur- ational theory of architecture. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Hillier, B. and Hanson, J. 1989: The social logic of space. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Hillis, K. 1999: Digital sensations: space, identity and embodiment in virtual reality. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Hilton, R. 1973: Bond men made free: medieval peasant movements and the English rising of 1381. London: Temple Smith.

Hilton, R., ed., 1976: The transition from feudal- ism to capitalism. London: Verso.

Hilton, R., ed., 1985: Class conflict and the crisis of feudalism: essays in medieval social history. London: Hambledon Press.

Hinchcliffe, S. 2003: Inhabiting – landscapes and natures. In K. Anderson, M. Domosh, S. Pile and N. Thrift, eds, Handbook of cultural geog- raphy. London: Sage.

Hinchliffe, S. 2004: Viruses. In S. Harrison, S. Pile and N.Thrift, eds, Patterned ground: entanglements of nature and culture. London: Reaktion Books, 228–30.

Hinchliffe, S. 2007: Geographies of nature: soci- eties, environments, ecologies. London: Sage.

Hinchliffe, S., Kearnes, M., Degen, M. and Whatmore, S. 2005: Urban wild things: a cos- mopolitical experiment. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 23: 643–58.

Hindess, B. 2006: Terrortory. Alternatives 31: 243–57.

Hines, C. 2000: Localization: a global manifesto. London: Earthscan.

Hirsch, A. 1983: Making the second ghetto: race and housing in Chicago, 1940–1960. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Hirschman, A.O. 1970: Exit, voice and loyalty. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Hirschman, A.O. 1977: The passions and the interest. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Hirschmann, A. 1958: The strategy of economic development. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Hirst, P. 2005: Space and power: politics, war and architecture. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Hirst, P. and Thompson, G. 1996: Globalization in question: the international economy and possi- bilities of governance. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Ho, K. 2005: Situating global capitalisms: a view from Wall Street investment banks. Cultural Anthropology 20: 68–96.

Hobbes, T. 1968 [1651]: Leviathan, ed. C.B. Macpherson. London: Penguin.

Hobbs, J. 2005: The geographical dimensions of al-Qa’ida rhetoric. Geographical Review 25: 301–27.

Hobbs, J. and Salter, K. 2006: Essentials of world regional geography. Wadsworth, CA: Brooks/ Cole.

Hodder, I. 2006: The leopard’s tail: revealing the mysteries of Çatalhoyük. London: Thames and Hudson.

Hodge, D., ed., 1995. Focus: Should women count? The role of quantitative methodology in feminist geographic research. The Professional Geographer 47: 426–66.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 881 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

881

Hodges, R. and Whitehouse, D. 1983: Mohammed, Charlemagne and the origins of Europe: archaeology and the Pirenne thesis. London: Duckworth.

Hodgson, G. 1988: Economics and institutions. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Hoelscher, S. 2003: Making place, making race: performances of whiteness in the Jim Crow South. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 93: 657–86.

Hoggart, K., Lees, L. and Davies, A. 2002: Researching human geography. London: Arnold.

Holborn, L., ed., 1948: War and peace aims of the United Nations: from Casablanca to Tokio Bay, January 1, 1943–September 1, 1945. Boston: World Peace Foundation.

Holder, J. and Harrison, C., eds, 2003: Law and geography. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Holdich, T.H. 1916: Political frontiers and bound- ary making. London: Macmillan.

Holdsworth, C. and Elliot, J. 2001: The timing of family formation in Britain and Spain. Sociological Research Online 6: U49–U72.

Holland, J.H. 1995: Hidden order: how adaptation builds complexity. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Holland, P. and Huggan, G. 1999: Tourists with typewriters: critical reflections on contemporary travel writing. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.

Holling, C. 1973: Resilience and stability in eco- logical systems. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 4: 1–23.

Hollingsworth, T. 1969: Historical demography. London: Hodder and Stoughton

Hollis, M. and Lukes, S., eds, 1982: Rationality and relativism. Oxford: Blackwell.

Holloway, J. and Kneale, J. 1999: Bakhtin’s geographies. In M. Crang and N.J. Thrift, eds, Thinking space. London: Routledge.

Holloway, J. and Valins, O. 2002: Placing reli- gion and spirituality in geography. Social and Cultural Geography 3(1): 5–10.

Holloway, L. and Hubbard, P. 2001: People and place: the extraordinary geographies of everyday life. London: Longman.

Holloway, S., Rice, S. and Valentine, G., eds, 2003: Key concepts in Geography. London: Sage.

Holloway, S.L. 1998: Geographies of justice: preschool childcare provision and the concep- tualisation of social justice. Environment and Planning C: Government and Policy 16(1); 85–104.

Holloway, S.L. and Valentine, G., eds, 2000: Children’s geographies: playing, living, learning. London: Routledge.

Holloway, S.R. 1998: Exploring the neighbor- hood contingency of race discrimination in mortgage lending in Columbus, Ohio. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 88 (2): 252–76.

Holmberg, S.C. 1992: Geoinformatics for urban and regional planning. Environment and Planning B: Planning and Design 21: 5–19.

Holmen, H. 1995: What’s new and what’s regional in the ‘new regional geography’? Geografiska Annaler 77B: 47–63.

Holsti, K.J. 2004: Taming the sovereigns: institu- tional change in international politics. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Holt, T., Steel, D., Tranmer, M. and Wrigley, N. 1996: Aggregation and ecological effects in geographically-based data. Geographical Analysis 28: 244–61.

Holyoake, G.J. 1860: The principles of secularism. London: IDEM.

Holzer, H.J. 1991: The spatial mismatch hypoth- esis: What has the evidence shown? Urban Studies 28(1): 105–22.

Homer-Dixon, T. 1999: Environment, scarcity and violence. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Honig, B. 1998: Immigrant America? How for- eignness ‘solves’ democracy’s problems. Social Text 16: 1027.

Hönnighausen, L., Frey, M., Peacock, J. and Steiner, N. 2005: Regionalism in the age of glo- balism, vol. 1: Concepts of regionalism. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press.

hooks, b. 1991: Yearning: race, gender and cultural politics. London: Turnaround.

Hooykaas, R. 1979: Humanism and the voyages of discovery in 16th century Portuguese science and letters. Amsterdam: North Holland.

Hopkins, K. and Beard, M. 2005: The Colosseum. London: Profile Books.

Hopkins, T. and Wallerstein, I. 1977: Patterns of development of the modern world-system. Review 1(2): 11–145.

Horkheimer, M. 1975: Critical theory. New York: Continuum.

Horton, J. and Kraftl, P. 2006: What else? Some more ways of thinking about and doing chil- dren’s geographies. Children’s Geographies 4: 69–95.

Hoselitz, B.F. 1952: The progress of underdeveloped areas. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Hosmer, D.W. and Lemshow, S. 2000: Applied logistic regression, 2nd edn. New York: Wiley.

Hotelling, H. 1929: Stability in competition. The Economic Journal 39: 40–7.

Hough, M. 2004: Cities and natural process, 2nd rev. edn. London: Routledge.

House, J.W. 1973: Geographers, decision takers and policy makers. In M. Chisholm and B. Rodgers, eds, Studies in human geography. London: Heinemann, 272–301.

House, J.W., ed., 1983: United States public policy: a geographical view. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Houston, D. and Pulido, L. 2002: The work of performativity: staging social justice at the

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 882 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

882

University of Southern California Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 20: 401–24.

Houston, R. and Snell, K. 1984: Protoindustri- alisation? Cottage industry, social change and industrial revolution. Historical Journal 27: 473–92.

Howarth, D. 2000: Discourse. Milton Keynes: Open University Press.

Howarth, D., Norval, A.J. and Stavrakakis, Y., eds, 2000: Discourse theory and political analysis: identities, hegemonies and social change. Manchester: Manchester University Press.

Howe, G.M., ed., 1977: A world geography of human diseases. London: Academic Press.

Howe, N. 2008: Thou shalt not misinterpret: landscape as legal performance. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 98: 435–60.

Howe, S. 2002: Empire: a very short introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Howell, P. 1993: Public space and the public sphere: political theory and the historical geog- raphy of modernity. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 11(3): 303–22.

Howell, P.M.R. 2000: Prostitution and racialised sexuality: the regulation of prostitution in Britain and the British Empire before the Contagious Diseases Acts. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 18: 321–39.

Howitt, R. 2001a: Frontiers, borders, edges: limi- nal challenges to the hegemony of exclusion. Australian Geographical Studies 39: 233–45.

Howitt, R. 2001b: Rethinking resource manage- ment: justice, sustainability and indigenous peoples. London: Routledge.

Howitt, R. 2003: Scale. In J. Agnew, K. Mitchell K, and G. Ó Tuathail, eds, A companion to political geography. Oxford: Blackwell, 138–57.

Hoy, D. and McCarthy, T. 1994: Critical theory. Oxford: Blackwell.

Hoyle, R. 1990: Tenure and the land market in early modern England. Or a late contribution to the Brenner debate. Economic History Review 43: 1–20.

Hoyt, H. 1939: The structure and growth of residential neighborhoods in American cities. Washington, DC: Federal Housing Administration.

Hoyt, P.D. 2000: The ‘rogue state’ image in American foreign policy. Global Society 14: 297–310.

Hubbard, P. 1999: Sex and the city: geographies of prostitution in the urban West. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Hubbard, P. 2000: Desire/disgust: mapping the moral contours of heterosexuality. Progress in Human Geography 24: 191–217.

Hubbard, P. 2004: Revenge and injustice in the revanchist city: uncovering masculinist agen- das Antipode 36: 665–86.

Hubbard, P., Kitchin, R. and Valentine, G., eds, 2004: Key thinkers on space and place. London: Sage.

Hubbard, P., Kitchin, R. and Valentine, G., eds, 2008: Key texts in human geography. London: Sage.

Hubbard, P., Kitchin, R., Bartley, B. and Fuller, D. 2002: Thinking geographically: space, theory and contemporary human geography. London: Continuum.

Huckfeldt, R. and Sprague, J. 1995: Citizens, politics and social communication: information and influence in an election campaign. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Hudson, A. 1998: Placing trust, trusting place: on the social construction of offshore financial centres. Political Geography 17: 915–37.

Hudson, J.C. 1969: Diffusion in a central place system. Geographical Analysis 1: 45–58.

Hudson, P., ed., 1989: Regions and industries: a perspective in the Industrial Revolution in Britain. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Hudson, P. 1992: The Industrial Revolution. London: Edward Arnold.

Hudson, R. 2001: Producing places. New York: Guilford Press.

Hudson, R. 2005: Economic geographies. London: Sage.

Hudson, R. 2005: Rethinking change in old industrial regions: reflecting on the experi- ences of North East England. Environment and Planning A 37: 581–96.

Hudson, R. 2007: Regions and regional uneven development forever? Regional Studies 41(9): 1149–60.

Hudson-Rodd, N. and Hunt, M. 2005: The military occupation of Burma. Geopolitics 10: 500–21.

Huggett, R.J. 1980: Systems analysis in geography. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Hughes, A. 2005: Geographies of exchange and circulation I: alternative trading spaces Progress in Human Geography 29(4): 496–504.

Hughes, A. and Reimer, S., eds, 2004: Geographies of commodity chains. London: Routledge.

Hughes, R. 2007: Through the looking blast: geopolitics and visual culture. Geography Compass 1: 976–94.

Hugo, G. 1994: Migration and the family. Occasional Papers Series for the International Year of the Family, Number 12. Vienna: United Nations.

Hugo, G., Champion, T. and Lattes, A. 2003: Toward a new conceptualization of settlements for demography. Population and Development Review 29: 277–97.

Hulme, D. and Murphree, M., eds, 2001: African wildlife and livelihoods: the promise and performance of community conservation. Oxford: James Currey.

Human Security Brief 2007, available at http:// www.humansecuritybrief.info

Human Security Report 2005, available at http:// www.humansecurityreport.info

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 883 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

883

Hume, P. and Youngs, T., eds, 2002: The Cambridge companion to travel writing. Cam- bridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Humphries, J. 1990: Enclosure, common rights and women: the proletarianization of families in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth cen- tury. Journal of Economic History 50(1): 17–42.

Hunter, A. 1979: The urban neighborhood: its analytical and social contexts. Urban Affairs Quarterly 14: 267–88.

Hunter, J.M. 1974: The challenge of medical geography. In J.M. Hunter, ed., The geography of health and disease: papers of the first Carolina Geographical Symposium. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Department of Geography, Studies in Geography No. 6.

Huntington, S. 1993: The clash of civilizations? Foreign Affairs 72: 22–49.

Huntington, S. 1997: The clash of civilizations and the remaking of the world order. New York: Touchstone/Simon and Schuster.

Huntington, S.P. 2004: Who are we? The chal- lenges to America’s national identity. New York: Simon and Schuster.

Huxley, M. 2007: Geographies of governmental- ity. In J. Crampton and S. Elden, eds, Space, knowledge and power: Foucault and geography. London: Ashgate, 185–204.

Huxley, T.H. 1877: Physiography: an introduction to the study of nature. London: Macmillan.

Huxtable, A.L. 1970: Will they ever finish Bruckner Boulevard? Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Huyssen, A. 2007: Geographies of modernism in a globalizing world. New German Critique 34: 189–207.

Hymer, S. 1979: The multinational corporation: a radical approach, ed. R. Cohen. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Hyndman, J. 1997: Border crossings. Antipode 29: 149–76.

Hyndman, J. 2000: Managing displacement: refu- gees and the politics of humanitarianism. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Hyndman, J. 2003: Beyond either/or: a feminist analysis of September 11th. ACME: an Inter- national E-Journal for Critical Geographies 2(1).

Hyndman, J. 2004: Mind the gap: bridging femi- nist and political geography through geopolit- ics. Political Geography 23: 307–22.

Hyndman, J. 2005: Feminist geopolitics and September 11. In L. Nelson and J. Seager, eds, A companion to feminist geography. Oxford: Blackwell, 565–77.

Hyndman, J. 2007: Feminist geopolitics revis- ited: body counts in Iraq. Professional Geographer 59: 35–46.

Hyndman, J. and Mountz, A. 2008: Another brick in the wall? Neo-refoulement and the exter- nalization of asylum by Europe and Australia. Government and Opposition 43: 249–69.

Ietto-Gillies, G. 2005: Transnational corporations and international production. London: Edward Elgar.

Ignatieff, M. 2003: The burden? With a military of unrivalled might, the United States rules a new kind of empire. The New York Times Magazine, 5 January: 22–54.

Ikporukpo, C. 2004: Petroleum, fiscal federal- ism, and environmental justice in Nigeria. Space and Polity 8: 321–54.

Imrie, R. 1996: Disability and the city: inter- national perspectives. London: Paul Chapman.

Inglehart, R. 1977: The silent revolution: changing values and political styles. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Ingold, T. 1980: Hunters, pastoralists, and ranchers: reindeer economies and their transform- ations. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Ingold, T. 1993: The temporality of the land- scape. World Archaeology 25(2): 152–71.

Ingold, T. 2000: The perception of the environment: essays in livelihood, dwelling and skill. London: Routledge.

Ingram, D. 1987: Habermas and the dialectic of reason. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Innis, H. 1927: The fur-trade of Canada. Toronto: University of Toronto Library.

Innis, H.A. 1956 [1929]: The teaching of eco- nomic history in Canada. In M.Q. Innis, ed., Essays in Canadian economic history. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 3–16.

Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) 2001: Climate change 2001. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) 2003: Glossary of terms; available at http://www.ipcc.ch/pub/gloss.htm

International Commission on Intervention and State Sovereignty 2001: The responsibility to protect. Ottawa: International Development Research Corporation.

Ipbuker, C. 2004: Numerical evaluation of the Robinson projection. Cartography and Geographic Information Science 31: 79–88.

Irwin, R. 2006: For lust of knowing: the Orientalists and their enemies. London: Allen Lane.

Isard, W. 1956: Location and space economy. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Isard, W. 1979: Notes on the origins, develop- ment, and future of regional science, Papers and Proceedings of the Regional Science Association 43: 9–22.

Isin, E.F. 2002: Being political. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Isin, E.F. and Wood, P.K. 1999: Citizenship and identity. London: Sage.

Isserman, A. 1996: ‘It’s obvious, it’s wrong, and anyway they said it years ago.’ Paul Krugman on large cities. International Regional Science Review 19: 37–48.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 884 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

884

IWCO 1998: The ocean: our future. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Iyer, P. 1989: Video night in Kathmandu. London: Abacus.

Jackson, C., Best, N. and Richardson, S. 2008: Hierarchical related regression for combining aggregate and survey data in studies of socio- economic disease risk factors. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A 171: 159–78.

Jackson, J.B. 1970: Landscapes: selected writings of J.B. Jackson, ed. E.H. Zube. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press.

Jackson, J.B. 1984: Discovering the vernacular landscape. Princeton, NJ: Yale University Press.

Jackson, K. 1985: Crabgrass frontier. New York: Oxford University Press.

Jackson, P. 1984: Social disorganization and moral order in the city. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 9: 168–80.

Jackson, P. 1989: Maps of meaning: an introduction to cultural geography. London: Unwin Hyman.

Jackson, P. 1999: Commodity cultures: the traffic in things. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 24: 95–108.

Jackson, P. 2000: Rematerializing social and cul- tural geography, Social & Cultural Geography 1: 9–14.

Jackson, P., Crang, P. and Dwyer, C., eds, 2004: Transnational spaces. London: Routledge.

Jackson, P. and Jacobs, J.M. 1996: Editorial: post- colonialism and the politics of race, Environ- ment and Planning D: Society and Space 14: 1–3.

Jackson, P. and Smith, S. 1984: Exploring social geography. London: George Allen and Unwin.

Jackson, R.H. 1990: Quasi-states: sovereignty, international relations, and the Third World. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Jacob, C. 2006: The sovereign map: theoretical approaches in cartography throughout history, trans. T. Conley; ed. E.H. Dahl. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Jacobs, J. and Nash, C. 2003: Too little, too much: cultural feminist geographies. Gender, Place and Culture 10: 265–79.

Jacobs, J.M. 1992 [1961]: The death and life of great American cities. New York: Vintage Books.

Jacobs, J.M. 1996: Edge of empire: postcolonialism and the city. London and New York: Routledge.

Jacobsen, J.L. 1988: Environmental refugees: a yard- stick of habitability. Washington, DC: World- watch Institute Worldwatch Paper no. 86.

Jacobson, D. 1996: Rights across borders: immigra- tion and the decline of citizenship. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Jagose, A. 1996: Queer theory: an introduction. New York: State University of New York Press.

James, C.L.R. 2005 [1963]: Beyond a boundary. London: Random House/Yellow Jersey Press.

James, P. 1972: All possible worlds: a history of geographical ideas. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.

James, W. 1977: A pluralistic universe. Cam- bridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

James, W. 1987: Writings, 1902–1910, ed. B. Kuklick. New York: Library of America.

Jameson, F. 1984: Postmodernism, or the cul- tural logic of late capitalism. New Left Review 146: 53–92.

Jameson, F. 1991: Postmodernism, or the cultural logic of late capitalism. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Janelle, D. 1968: Central-place development in a time–space framework. Professional Geographer 20: 5–10.

Janelle, D. 1969: Spatial reorganization: a model and concept. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 59: 348–64.

Janelle, D. 2004: Impact of information tech- nologies. In S. Hanson and G. Giuliano, eds, The geography of urban transportation, 3rd edn. New York: Guilford Press.

Jankovic�, V. 2000: Reading the skies: a cultural history of English weather, 1650–1820. Manchester: Manchester University Press.

Jardine, A. 1985: Gynesis: configurations of women and modernity. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Jasso, G. and Rosenzweig, M.R. 1986: Family reunification and the immigration multiplier: United States immigration law, origin country conditions and the reproduction of immigrants. Demography 23: 291–311.

Jay, M. 1993: Downcast eyes: the denigration of vision in 20th century French thought. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Jefferson, M. 1939: The law of the primate city. Geographical Review 29: 226–32.

Jeffres, G.A. 2003: The value of cadastral survey- ing to efficient land administration. Surveying and Land Information Science 63: 253–58.

Jeffreys, H. 1998 [1939]: Theory of probability, 3rd edn. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Jeffries, M. 1997: Biodiversity and conservation. London: Routledge.

Jencks, C. and Mayer, S. 1990: The social con- sequences of growing up in a poor neighbor- hood. In L. Lynn and M. McGeary, editors, Inner-city poverty in the United States. Washington, DC: National Academy Press, 111–86.

Jenkins, M. 2003: Prospects for biodiversity. Science 302: 1175–7.

Jenkins, R. 1996: Ethnicity etcetera: social anthropological points of view. Ethnic and Racial Studies 19: 807–22.

Jenks, C. 2003: Transgression. London: Routledge. Jessop, B. 1997: A neo-Gramscian approach to the regulation of urban regimes: accumulation strategies, hegemonic projects, and govern- ance. In M. Lauria, ed., Reconstructing urban

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 885 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

885

regime theory: regulating urban politics in a global economy. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage, 51–73.

Jessop, B. 1998: The narrative of enterprise and the enterprise of narrative: place marketing and the entrepreneurial city. In T. Hall and P. Hubbard, eds, The entrepreneurial city: geog- raphies of politics, regime, and representation. New York: Wiley, 77–99.

Jessop, B. 2000: Governance failure. In G. Stoker, ed., The new politics of British local gov- ernance. London: Macmillan, 11–32.

Jessop, B. 2002: The future of the capitalist state. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Jessop, B. 2006: Spatial fixes, temporal fixes and spatio-temporal fixes. In N. Castree and D. Gregory, eds, David Harvey: a critical reader. Oxford: Blackwell, 142–66.

Jessop, B. and Sum, N.-L. 2006: Beyond the regu- lation approach: putting capitalist economies in their place. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar.

Jewitt, S. 2002: Environment, knowledge and gen- der: local development in India’s Jharkhand. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Jirstrom, M. 1996: In the wake of the Green Revolution. Lund: Lund University Press.

Johnson, C. 2003a: The sorrows of empire: militar- ism, secrecy and the end of the republic. New York: Henry Holt.

Johnson, N.C. 2003b: Ireland, the Great War and the geography of remembrance. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Johnson, N.C. 2005: Locating memory: tracing the trajectories of remembrance. Historical Geography 33: 165–79.

Johnson, N.C. 2006: Cultivating science and planting beauty: the spaces of display in Cambridge’s botanical gardens. Interdisciplinary Science Reviews 31: 42–57.

Johnson, R., Chambers, D., Raghuram, P. and Tincknell, E. 2004: The practice of cultural stud- ies. London: Sage.

Johnston, L. 2001: (Other) bodies and tourism studies. Annals of Tourism Research 28: 180–201.

Johnston, R.J. 1969: Urban residential patterns: an introductory review. London: George Bell/New York: Praeger (also London: George Bell, 1971; New York: Praeger, 1972).

Johnston, R.J. 1978: Multivariate statistical analy- sis in geography. London: Longman.

Johnston, R.J. 1983: Resource analysis, resource management and the integration of physical and human geography. Progress in Physical Geography 7: 127–46.

Johnston, R.J. 1984: Residential segregation, the state and constitutional conflict in American urban areas. Institute of British Geographers, Special Publication 17. London: Academic Press.

Johnston, R.J., ed., 1985: The future of geography. London: Methuen.

Johnston, R.J. 1986a: On human geography. Oxford: Blackwell.

Johnston, R.J. 1986b [1983]: Philosophy and human geography: an introduction to contempor- ary approaches. London: Edward Arnold.

Johnston, R.J. 1994: The ‘quality industry’ in British higher education and the AAG’s publi- cations. The Professional Geographer 46: 491–7.

Johnston, R.J. 1999: Geography, fairness and liberal democracy. In J. Proctor and D.M. Smith, eds, Geography and ethics. London: Routledge, 44–58.

Johnston, R.J. 2002: Census counts and appor- tionment: the politics of representation in the United States . . . continued. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 20: 619–28.

Johnston, R.J. 2003: The institutionalisation of geography as an academic discipline. In R.J. Johnston and M. Williams, eds, A century of British geography. Oxford: Oxford University Press for the British Academy, 45–91.

Johnston, R.J. 2005a: Anglo-American electoral geography: same roots and same goals but dif- ferent means and ends? The Professional Geographer 57: 580–7.

Johnston, R.J. 2005b: Geography – coming apart at the seams? In N. Castree, A. Rogers and D. Sherman, eds, Questioning geography: funda- mental debates. Oxford: Blackwell, 9–25.

Johnston, R.J. 2005c: Regionalization and classi- fication. In K. Kempf-Leonard, J. Heckman, G. King and P. Tracy, eds, Encyclopaedia of social measurement. New York: Elsevier, 337–50.

Johnston, R.J. 2005d: Review of D. Gregory, The colonial present: Afghanistan, Palestine, Iraq. Annals of the Association of American Geogra- phers 95(3): 719–23.

Johnston, R.J. and Pattie, C.J. 2006: Putting voters in their place: geography and elections in Great Britain. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Johnston, R.J. and Rossiter, D.J. 1982: Constituency building, political representation and electoral bias in urban England. In D.T. Herbert and R.J. Johnston, eds, Geography and the urban environment, vol. 5. Chichester: Wiley, 113–56.

Johnston, R.J. and Sidaway, J. 2004a: Geography and geographers: Anglo-American human geog- raphy since 1945, 6th edn. London: Hodder Arnold (R.J. Johnston was sole author of the first five editions).

Johnston, R.J. and Sidaway, J. 2004b: The trans- Atlantic connection: ‘Anglo-American’ geog- raphy reconsidered. GeoJournal, 59: 15–22.

Johnston, R.J., Forrest, J. and Poulson, M. 2001: The geography of an EthniCity: residential seg- regation of birthplace and language groups in Sydney, 1996. Housing Studies 16: 569–94.

Johnston, R.J., Burgess, S., Wilson, D. and Harris, R. 2006: School and residential segregation: an analysis of variations across England’s Local Education Authorities. Regional Studies 40: 973–90.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 886 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

886

Johnston, R.J., Pattie, C.J., Dorling, D.F.L. and Rossiter, D.J. 2001: From votes to seats: the operation of the UK electoral system since 1945. Manchester: Manchester University Press.

Johnston, R.J., Fairbrother, M., Hoare, T., Hayes, D. and Jones, K. 2008: The Cold War and geography’s quantitative revolution: some messy reflections on Barnes’ geographical underworld. Geoforum 39: 1802–6.

Johnston, R.J., Jones, K., Sarker, R., Burgess, S., Propper, C. and Bolster, A. 2005: A missing level in the analysis of British voting behaviour: the household as context as shown by analyses of a 1992–1997 longitudinal survey. Electoral Studies 24: 201–25.

Jonas, A.E.G. and Wilson, D., eds, 1999: The urban growth machine: critical perspectives two decades later. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

Jones, A. 1998: (Re)producing gender cultures: theorizing gender in investment banking recruitment. Geoforum 29: 451–74.

Jones, A. 2006: Genocide: a comprehensive intro- duction. London: Routledge.

Jones, C.F. 1935: Economic geography. New York: Henry Holt.

Jones, E. 1951–2: Some aspects of the study of settlement in Britain. Advancement of Science 8: 59–65.

Jones, E. 1956: Cause and effect in human geog- raphy. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 46: 369–77.

Jones, E. 1960: A social geography of Belfast. London: Oxford University Press.

Jones, E.L. 1965: Agriculture and economic growth in England 1660–1750: agricultural change. Journal of Economic History XXV: 1– 18.

Jones, G. 1980: Social Darwinism and English thought: the interaction between biological and social theory. London: Harvester Press/Atlantic Highlands, NJ: Humanities Press.

Jones, G.R.J. 1976: Multiple estates and early settlement. In P.H. Sawyer, ed., Medieval settle- ment: continuity and change. London: Edward Arnold, 15–40.

Jones, G.S. 2004a: An end to poverty? A historical debate. London: Profile.

Jones, H.R. 1981: A population geography. London: Harper & Row.

Jones, J.P. and Kodras, J. 1990: Restructured regions and families: the feminization of poverty in the United States. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 80: 163– 83.

Jones, J.P. III, Nast, H. and Roberts, S. 1997: Thresholds in feminist geography. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Jones, J.P. III, Natter, W. and Schatzki, T., eds, 1995: Postmodern contentions: epochs, politics, space. New York: Guilford Press.

Jones, J.P. III, Woodward, K. and Marston, S.A. 2007: Situating flatness. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 32: 264–76.

Jones, K. 1991: Multilevel models for geographical research. Concepts and Techniques in Modern Geography 54. Norwich: Environmental Publications.

Jones, K. 1997: Multilevel approaches to model- ling contextuality: from nuisance to substance in the analysis of voting behaviour, in G.P. Westert and R.N. Verhoeff, eds, Places and people: multilevel modelling in geographical research. Utrecht: KNAG/Netherlands Geo- graphical Studies.

Jones, K. and Duncan, C. 1998: Modelling con- text and heterogeneity: applying multilevel models, in E. Scarbrough and E. Tanenbaum, eds, Research strategies in the social sciences. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Jones, K. and Moon, G. 1987: Health, disease and society: an introduction to medical geography. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.

Jones, K. and Simmons, J. 1993: Location, loca- tion, location: analyzing the retail environment. Toronto: Methuen.

Jones, K., Johnston, R.J. and Pattie, C.J. 1992: People, places and regions: exploring the use of multi-level modelling in the analysis of elect- oral data. British Journal of Political Science 22: 343–80.

Jones, M. 2001: The rise of the regional state in economic governance: ‘partnerships for prosperity’ or new scales of state power? Environment and Planning A 33: 1185–211.

Jones, M. and MacLeod, G. 2004: Regional spaces, spaces of regionalism: territory, insur- gent politics and the English question. Trans- actions of the Institute of British Geographers 29: 433–52.

Jones, M., Goodwin, M. and Jones, R., eds, 2005: Special issue on devolution. Regional Studies 39: 397–553.

Jones, M., Jones, R. and Woods, M. 2004: An introduction to political geography: space, place and politics. London: Routledge.

Jones, O. 2008: Stepping from the wreckage: geography, pragmatism and anti-representa- tional theory. Geoforum 39, 1600–12.

Jones, P. 1995. Rights. London: Macmillan. Jones, R. 2004b: What time human geogra- phy? Progress in Human Geography 28(3): 287–304.

Joppke, C. 2004: The retreat of multiculturalism in the liberal state: theory and practice. British Journal of Sociology 55: 237–57.

Jordan, A. 2000: The politics of multilevel envir- onmental governance: subsidiarity and en- vironmental policy in the European Union. Environment and Planning A 32: 1307–24.

Jordan, T. 1993: North American cattle ranching frontiers: origins, diffusion and differentiation.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 887 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

887

Albuquerque, NM: University of New Mexico Press.

Joseph, A. and Phillips, D. 1984: Accessibility and utilisation: geographic perspectives on health care delivery. London: Longman.

Joseph, M. 2002: Against the romance of community. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Judkins, G., Smith, M. and Keys, E. 2008: Determinism within human–environment research and the rediscovery of environmental causation. Geographical Journal 174: 17–29.

Judt, T. 1996: A grand illusion: an essay on Europe. New York: Hill and Wang.

Judt, T. 2005: Postwar: a history of Europe since 1945. London: Heinemann.

Juhasz, A. 2008: The tyranny of oil. New York: William Morrow.

Kabeer, N. and Subrahmanian, R., eds, 1999: Institutions, relations and outcomes: a framework and case studies for gender-aware planning. New Delhi: Kali for Women.

Kadmon, N. 2000: Toponymy: the lore, laws and language of geographical names. New York: Vantage Press.

Kaika, M. 2004: Interrogating the geographies of the familiar: domesticating nature and con- structing the autonomy of the modern home. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 28: 265–86.

Kaika, M. 2005: City of flows: modernity, nature and the city. London: Routledge.

Kain, J. 1968: Housing segregation, negro employ- ment, and metropolitan decentralization. Quarterly Journal of Economics 82(2): 175–97.

Kain, J. 2004: A pioneer’s perspective on the spatial mismatch literature. Urban Studies: 41(1): 7–32.

Kain, R.J.P. and Baigent, E. 1992: The cadastral map in the service of the state: a history of property mapping. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Kaldor, M. 2003: Global civil society. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Kaldor, M. 2006: New and old wars: organized violence in a global era, 2nd edn. Cambridge UK: Polity Press.

Kaldor, M. and Karl, T. 2007: Oil wars. London: Pluto Press.

Kalipeni, E., Craddock, S., Oppong, J.R. and Ghosh, J., eds, 2004: HIV and AIDS in Africa: beyond epidemiology. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Kalra, V.S., Kaur, R. and Hutnyk, J. 2005: Diaspora and hybridity. London: Sage.

Kanzaka, J. 2002: Villein rents in thirteenth- century England: an analysis of the Hundred Rolls of 1279–80. Economic History Review 55: 593–618.

Kaplan, A. 2002: The anarchy of empire in the making of US culture. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Kaplan, A. 2003: Homeland insecurities: reflec- tions on language and space. Radical History Review 85: 82–93.

Kaplan, A. 2005: Where is Guantánamo? American Quarterly 57(3): 831–58.

Kaplan, A. and Ross, K. 1987: Introduction. Yale French Studies, issue on Everyday Life 73 (Fall): 1–4.

Kaplan, D.H. 2005: Research in ethnic segrega- tion II: measurements, categories and mean- ings. Urban Geography 26: 737–45.

Kaplinsky, R. 2004: Spreading the gains from globalization: what can be learned from value chain analysis? Problems of Economic Transition 47(2): 74–115.

Kariel, H.G. and Kariel, P.E. 1972: Explorations in social geography. Reading, MA: Addison- Wesley.

Karl, T. 1999: The paradox of plenty. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Kasarda, J.D. 2000: Aerotropolis: airport-driven urban development. In Urban Land Institute, ULI on the future: cities in the 21st century. Washington, DC: Urban Land Institute.

Kasarda, J.D., Appold, S.J., Sweeney, S.H. and Sieff, E. 1997: Central-city and suburban migration patterns: is a turnaround on the horizon? Housing Policy Debate 8(2): 307–58.

Kates, R. 1995: Labnotes from the Jeremiah Experiment: hope for a sustainable transition (Presidential Address). Annals of the Association of American Geographers 85(4): 623–40.

Kates, R.W. 1962: Hazard and choice perception in flood plain management. Department of Geography, Research Paper 78. Chicago: The University of Chicago.

Kates, R.W. and Katz, C. 1977: The hydrologic cycle and the wisdom of the child. The Geographical Review 67: 51–62.

Kates, R.W., Clark, W.C., Corell, R., Hall, J.M., Jaeger, C.C., Lowe, I., McCarthy, J.J., Shellnhuber, H.J., Bolin, B., Dickson, N.M., Faucheux, S., Gallopin, G.C., Grübler, A., Huntley, B., Jäger, J., Jodha, N.S., Kasperson, R.E., Mabogunje, A., Matson, P., Mooney, H., Moore III, B., O’Riordan, T. and Svedin, U. 2001: Sustainability science. Science 292: 641–2.

Katodrytis, G. 2005: Metropolitan Dubai and the rise of architectural fantasy. Bidoun Magazine 4, http://www.bidoun.com/ 4_metropolitan.ph

Katodrytis, G. and Powers, R. 1988: Dubai: growing through architecture. London: Thames and Hudson.

Katz, C. 1992: All the world is staged: Intel- lectuals and the process of ethnography. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 10: 495–510.

Katz, C. 1994: Playing the field: questions of fieldwork in geography. The Professional Geographer 46(1): 67–72.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 888 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

888

Katz, C. 1996: Towards minor theory. Environ- ment and Planning D: Society and Space 14: 487–99.

Katz, C. 1998: Whose nature, whose culture? Private productions of space and the ‘preser- vation’ of nature. In B. Braun and N. Castree, eds, Remaking reality: nature at the millennium. London: Routledge, 46–63.

Katz, C. 2001a: On the grounds of globalization: a topography for feminist political engage- ment. Signs: Journal of Women in Culture and Society 26(4): 1213–34.

Katz, C. 2001b: Vagabond capitalism and the necessity of social reproduction. Antipode 33(4): 709–28.

Katz, C. 2004: Growing up global: economic restructuring and children’s everyday lives. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Katz, C. 2005: The terrors of hypervigilance: security and the compromised spaces of contemporary childhood. In J. Qvortrup, ed., Studies in modern childhood: society, agency, cul- ture. London: Palgrave, 99–114.

Katz, C. 2007: Banal terrorism: spatial fetishism and everyday insecurity. In D. Gregory and A. Pred, eds, Violent geographies: fear, terror and political violence. London: Routledge, 349–61.

Katz, C. and Kirby, A. 1991: In the nature of things: the environment and everyday life. Transactions of the Institute of British Geogra- phers 16: 259–71.

Katz, C. and Monk, J. 1993: Full circles: geograph- ies of women over the life course. London: Routledge.

Katzenstein, P., ed., 1996: The culture of national security: norms and identity in world politics. New York: Columbia University Press.

Kaur, R. 2005: Mythology of communal vio- lence: an introduction. In R. Kaur, ed., Religion, violence and political mobilisation in South Asia. London: Sage, 19–45.

Kautsky, K. 1988 [1899]: The agrarian question, trans. P. Burgess. 2 vols. London: Zwan.

Kavanagh, B.F. 2002: Geomatics. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Kay, C. 1989: Latin American theories of develop- ment and underdevelopment. London and New York: Routledge.

Kearney, M. 1995: The local and the global: the anthropology of globalization and transna- tionalism. Annual Review of Anthropology 24: 547–65.

Kearns, G. 1993: Fin-de-siècle geopolitics: Mackinder, Hobson and theories of global closure. In P. Taylor, ed., Political geography of the twentieth century. London: Belhaven Press, 9–30.

Kearns, G. 1998: The virtuous circle of facts and values in the New Western History. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 88: 377–409.

Kearns, G. 2004: The political pivot of geog- raphy. Geographical Journal 170: 337–46.

Kearns, G. 2006a: Naturalising empire: echoes of Mackinder for the next American century? Geopolitics 11: 74–98.

Kearns, G. 2006b: The spatial poetics of James Joyce. New Formations 57: 107–25.

Kearns, G. 2009: Geopolitics and empire: the legacy of Halford Mackinder. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Kearns, R.A. 1993: Place and health: towards a reformed medical geography. The Professional Geographer 45: 139–47.

Kearns, R.A. and Barnett, J.R. 1999: To boldly go? Place, metaphor and marketing of Auckland’s Starship hospital. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 17: 201–26.

Kearns, R.A. and Gesler, W.M., eds, 1998: Putting health into place: landscape, identity and well-being. Syracuse: Syracuse University Press.

Keating, M. 1998: The new regionalism in Western Europe: territorial restructuring and political change. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar.

Kedar, S. 2003: On the legal geography of ethno- cratic settler states: towards a research agenda. Current Legal Issues 5: 401–41.

Kedourie, E. 1960: Nationalism. New York: Blackwell.

Keeble, D.E. 1967: Models of economic develop- ment. In R.J. Chorley and P. Haggett, eds, Models in geography. London: Methuen, 248–54.

Keighren, I. 2005: Geosophy, imagination and terrae incognitae: exploring the intellectual history of John Kirtland Wright. Journal of Historical Geography 31: 546–62.

Keil, R. 1998: Los Angeles: globalization, urban- ization and social struggles. Chichester: Wiley.

Keil, R. 2003: Progress report – urban political ecology. Urban Geography 24(8): 723–38.

Keil, R. 2005: Progress report – urban political ecology. Urban Geography 26(7): 640–51.

Keil, R., Bell, D.V.J., Penz, P. and Fawcett, L., eds, 1998: Political ecology. London: Routledge.

Keith, M. 1993: Race, riots and policing: lore and disorder in a multi-racist society. London: Routledge.

Keith, M. and Pile, S., eds, 1993: Place and the politics of identity. London: Routledge.

Kelly, M.J. 2005: Pulling at the threads of Westphalia: involuntary sovereignty waiver – revolutionary international legal theory or return to rule by the great powers? UCLA Journal of International Law & Foreign Affairs 10(2): 101–39.

Kelly, P. 2002: Canadian–Asian transnational- ism. The Canadian Geographer 47: 209–18.

Kelly, P. 2005: Liberalism. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Kennedy, B. 2005: Inventing the Earth: ideas on landscape development since 1740. Oxford: Blackwell.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 889 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

889

Kennedy, B.A. 1979: A naughty world. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 4: 550–8.

Kennedy, P. 1988: The rise and fall of the great powers. New York: Random House.

Kennedy, P. 2003: Guide to econometrics, 5th rev. edn. Oxford: Blackwell.

Kent, M.M. and Haub, C. 2005: Global demo- graphic divide. Washington, DC: Population Reference Bureau, December.

Kenzer, M.S. 1986: Carl O. Sauer, a tribute. Corvallis, OR: Oregon State University Press.

Kern, S. 1983: The culture of time and space, 1880– 1918. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Kerridge, E. 1967: The agricultural revolution. London: George Allen & Unwin.

Kesby, M. 1999: Locating and dislocating gen- der in rural Zimbabwe: the making of space and the texturing of bodies. Gender, Place, and Culture 6: 27–47.

Key, V.O. Jr 1949: Southern politics in state and nation. New York: A.A. Knopf.

Keyder, C. 2005: Globalization and social exclu- sion in Istanbul. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 29: 124–34.

Keynes, J.N. 1930: The scope and method of polit- ical economy, 4th edn. London: Macmillan.

Khalidi, R. 1998: The ‘Middle East’ as a frame- work for analysis: re-mapping a region in the era of globalization. Comparative Studies of South Asia, Africa and the Middle East 18(2): 1–8.

Khazanov, A.M. 1994: Nomads and the outside world. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.

Kiely, R. 1999: The last refuge of the noble sav- age: a critical assessment of post-development theory. European Journal of Development Research 11: 30–55.

Kiernan, B. 2007: Blood and soil: a world history of genocide and extermination from Sparta to Darfur. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Killen, J.E. 1979: Linear programming: the simplex method with geographical applications. Norwich: Geobooks (CATMOG).

Killen, J.E. 1983: Mathematical programming methods for geographers and planners. London: Croom Helm.

Kimble, G.H.T. 1951: The inadequacy of the regional concept. In L.D. Stamp and S.W. Wooldridge, eds, London essays in geography. London: Longman.

Kimbrell, A., ed., 2002: The fatal harvest reader: the tragedy of industrial agriculture. Washington, DC: Island Press.

King, A. 1991: Urbanism, colonialism and the world-economy. New York: Routledge.

King, A.D. 1993: Identity and difference: the internationalization of capital and the global- ization of culture. In Knox, P. The restless landscape. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall, 83–110.

King, G. 1995: Replication, replication. Political Science and Politics 28: 443–99.

King, G. 1997: A solution to the ecological inference problem. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

King, G. and Wand, J. 2007: Comparing incom- parable survey responses: new tools for anchoring vignettes. Political Analysis 15(1): 46–66.

King, G., Keohane, R.O. and Verba, S. 1994: Designing social inquiry. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

King, G., Rosen, O. and Tanner, M.A., eds, 2004: Ecological inference: new methodological strategies. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

King, G., Honaker, J., Joseph, A. and Scheve, K. 2001: Analyzing incomplete political science data: an alternative algorithm for multiple imputation. American Political Science Review 95 (March): 49–69.

King, G., Murray, C.J.L., Salomon, J.A. and Tandon, A. 2004: Enhancing the validity and cross-cultural comparability of survey research. American Political Science Review 98(1): 191–205.

King, L.J. 1979: On neoclassicism in economic geography theory. In Hamelin, L.-E. and Beauregard, L., eds, Retrospective 1951–76. Montreal: Canadian Association of Geogra- phers, 31–44.

King, L.J. and Clark, G.L. 1978: Regional unemployment patterns and spatial dimen- sions of macro-economic policy: the Canadian experience 1966–1975. Regional Studies 12: 283–96.

Kingsbury, P. 2003: Psychoanalysis, a gay spatial science? Social and Cultural Geography 4: 347– 367.

Kirby, A. 1993: Power/resistance: local politics and the chaotic state. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.

Kirk, D. 1996: Demographic transition theory. Population Studies 50: 361–87.

Kirsch, S. 2003: Empire and the Bush doctrine. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 21(1): 1–6.

Kirsch, S., ed., 2003: Critical forum on Empire. ACME: an International E-Journal for Critical Geographies 2(2): 221–53.

Kish, L.T. 1995: Survey sampling. New York: Wiley.

Kitchin, R. 1994: Cognitive maps: what they are and why study them? Journal of Environmental Psychology 14: 1–19.

Kitchin, R. 1998: Cyberspace: the world in the wires. Chichester: Wiley.

Kitchin, R. 1999: Ethics and morals in geograph- ical studies of disability. In J. Proctor and D. Smith, eds, Geography and ethics: journeys through a moral terrain. London: Routledge.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 890 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

890

Kitchin, R. and Blades, M. 2001: The cognition of geographic space. London: I.B. Tauris.

Kitchin, R. and Kneale, J., eds, 2002: Lost in space: geographies of science fiction. London: Continuum.

Kitchin, R., Blades, M. and Golledge, R. 1997: Relations between geography and psychology. Environment and Behavior 29: 554–73.

Kitching, G. 1982: Development and underdevelop- ment in historical perspective. London: Methuen.

Klare, M. 1995: Rogue states and nuclear outlaws: America’s search for a new foreign policy. New York: Hill and Wang.

Klare, M. 2002: Resource wars: the new landscape of global conflict. New York: Owl Books.

Klare, M. 2004: Blood and oil: the dangers and consequences of America’s growing dependence on imported petroleum. New York: Metropolitan.

Klare, M. 2008: Rising powers, shrinking planet. New York: Metropolitan Books.

Klein, N. 2002: Fences and windows: dispatches from the front lines of the globalization debate. New York: Picador USA.

Knaap, G. and Nelson, A. 1992: The regulated landscape: lessons in state land use planning from Oregon. Cambridge, MA: Lincoln Institute of Land Policy.

Knigge, L. and Cope, M. 2006: Grounded visu- alization: integrating the analysis of qualitative and quantitative data through grounded theory and visualization. Environment and Planning A 38(11): 2021–37.

Knodel, J. 1988: Demographic behaviour in the past: A study of 14 German village populations in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Knopp, L. 1992: Sexuality and the spatial dynamics of capitalism. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 10: 651–69.

Knopp, L. 2004: Ontologies of place, placeless- ness, and movement: queer quests for identity and their impacts on contemporary geogra- phic thought. Gender, Place, and Culture 11: 121–34.

Knopp, L. and Lauria, M. 1987: Gender rela- tions as a particular form of social relations. Antipode 19(1): 48–53.

Knorr-Cetina, K. 1999: Epistemic cultures. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Knox, P.L. 1975: Social well-being: a spatial per- spective. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Knox, P.L. 1991: The restless urban landscape: economic and sociocultural change and the transformation of Metropolitan, DC. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 81(2): 181–209.

Knox, P.L. 1994: Urbanization: an introduction to urban geography. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Knox, P.L. and Pinch, S. 2000: Urban social geog- raphy: an introduction. New York: Prentice Hall.

Knox, P.L. and Taylor, P.J., eds, 1995: World cities in a world-system. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Kobayashi, A. 1994: Coloring the field: gender, ‘race’, and the politics of fieldwork. The Professional Geographer 46: 73–80.

Kobayashi, A. 1997: Introduction to Part I: the paradox of difference and diversity (or, why the threshold keeps moving). In J.P. Jones III, H.J. Nast and S.M. Roberts, eds, Thresholds in feminist geography: difference, methodology, representation. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield, 3–10.

Kobayashi, A. 2001: Negotiating the personal and the political in critical qualitative research In M. Limb and C. Dwyer, eds, Qualitative methodologies for geographers: issues and debates. London: Arnold, 55–70.

Kobayashi, A. and Peake, L. 2000: Racism out of place: thoughts on whiteness and an antiracist geography in the new millennium. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 90: 392–403.

Kobayashi, A. and Proctor, J. 2003: Values, rights and justice. In G. Gaile and C. Willmott, eds, Geography in America at the dawn of the 21st century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 721–9.

Kobayashi, A. and Ray, B. 2000: Civil risk and landscapes of marginality in Canada: a plural- ist approach to social justice. The Canadian Geographer 44: 401–17.

Kockelmans, J., ed., 1967: Phenomenology: the philosophy of Edmund Husserl and its interpret- ation. Garden City, NY: Doubleday.

Koelsch, W. 2004: Squinting back at Strabo. Geographical Review 94: 502–18.

Koestler, A. 1967: The ghost in the machine. London: Picador.

Koestler, A. and Smythies, J.R., eds, 1969: Beyond reductionism: the Alpbach symposium. New perspectives in the life sciences. London: Hutchinson.

Kofman, E. 1996: Feminism, gender relations and geopolitics: problematic closures and opening strategies. In E. Kofman and G. Youngs, eds, Globalization: theory and practice. London: Frances Pinter, 209–24.

Kofman, E. 1998: Whose city? Gender, class and immigration in European globalizing cities. In R. Fincher and J.M. Jacobs, eds, Cities of dif- ference. New York: Guilford Press, 279–300.

Kofman, E. 2003: Rights and citizenship. In J. Agnew, K. Mitchell and G. Toal, eds, A companion to political geography. Oxford: Blackwell, 393–407.

Kofman, E. and Lebas, E. 1996: Lost in trans- position – time, space and the city. In H. Lefebvre, Writings on cities, trans. and ed. E. Kofman and E. Lebas. Oxford: Blackwell, 3–60.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 891 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

891

Kofman, E. and Peake, L. 1990: Into the 1990s: a gendered agenda for political geography. Political Geography Quarterly 9: 313–36.

Kofman, E. and Raghuram, P. 2006: Gender and global labour migrations: incorporating skilled workers. Antipode 38(2): 282–303.

Kohler, R. 2002: Place and practice in field biol- ogy. History of Science 40: 189–210.

Kohli, A. 1994: A democracy of economic ortho- doxy. Third World Quarterly 14: 671–89.

Kohli, A. 2004: State-directed development: polit- ical power and industrialization. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Kohn, G.C. 1998: Encyclopaedia of plague and pestilence. Ware, Hertfordshire: Wordsworth Reference.

Kohn, M. 2004: Brave new neighborhoods: the pri- vatization of public space. New York: Routledge.

Koláčný, A. 1969: Cartographic information – a fundamental concept and term in modern car- tography. Cartographic Journal 6: 47–9.

Kolakowski, L. 1972: Positivist philosophy: from Hume to the Vienna Circle. London: Penguin.

Kolko, J. 1988: Restructuring the world economy. New York: Pantheon.

Kolossov, V. 2005: Border studies: changing per- spectives and theoretical approaches. Geopoli- tics 10: 606–32.

Kong, L. 1990: Geography and religion: trends and prospects. Progress in Human Geography 14(3): 355–71.

Kong, L. 1993a: Negotiating conceptions of sac- red space: a case study of religious buildings in Singapore. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 18(3): 342–58.

Kong, L. 1993b: Ideological hegemony and the political symbolism of religious buildings in Singapore. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 11(1): 23–45.

Kong, L. 2001a: Mapping ‘new’ geographies of religion: politics and poetics of modernity. Progress in Human Geography 25(2): 211–33.

Kong, L. 2001b: Religion and technology: refi- guring place, space, identity and community. Area 33(4): 404–13.

Kong, L., ed., 2007: The promises and prospects of geography in higher education. Special issue of Journal of Geography in Higher Education 31(1).

Kong, L., Gibson, C., Khoo, L.-M. and Semple, A.-M. 2006: Knowledges of the creative econ- omy: towards a relational geography of diffu- sion and adaptation in Asia. Asia Pacific Viewpoint 47: 173–94.

Konig, H. 1994: The failure of agricultural capital- ism. London: Routledge.

Korf, B. 2007: Antinomies of generosity: moral geographies and post-tsunami aid in Southeast Asia. Geoforum 38: 366–78.

Kors, A.C. et al., eds, 2003: Encyclopedia of the Enlightenment, 4 vols. New York: Oxford University Press.

Kosek, J. 2003: Environmental anxieties: race, nature and political ecology. In R. Peet and M. Watts, eds, Liberation ecology. London: Routledge.

Kosek, J. 2004: Deep roots and long shadows: the cultural politics of memory and longing in northern New Mexico. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 22: 329–54.

Koshar, R. 2002: Histories of leisure. Oxford: Berg.

Kosiński, L. 1984: The roots of population geog- raphy. In J.I. Clarke, ed., 1984: Geography and population: approaches and applications. Oxford: Pergamon Press.

Koskela, H. 2000: ‘The gaze without eyes’: video surveillance and the changing nature of urban space. Progress in Human Geography 24: 243–65.

Koskela, H. and Pain, R. 2000: Revisiting fear and place: women’s fear of attack and the built environment. Geoforum 31: 269–80.

Kousser, J.M. 1999: Colorblind injustice: minority voting rights and the undoing of the Second Reconstruction. Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press.

Kramsch, O. 2002: Re-imagining the scalar topologies of cross-border governance: Euro regions in the postcolonial present. Space and Polity 6: 169–96.

Kreutzmann, H. 1998: From modernization the- ory towards the ‘clash of civilizations’: direc- tions and paradigm shifts in Samuel Huntington’s analysis and prognosis of global development. GeoJournal 46: 255–65.

Kriedte, P., Medick, H. and Schlumbohm, J. 1981: Industrialization before industrialization: rural industry in the genesis of capitalism. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Krishna, S. 1994: Cartographic anxiety: map- ping the body politic in India. Alternatives 19: 507–21.

Krog, A. 2000: Country of my skull: guilt, sorrow, and the limits of forgiveness in the new South Africa. New York: Three Rivers Press.

Krogt, P. van der 1997– : Koeman’s Atlantes Neerlandici, 2nd edn, many vols. ’t Goy- Houten, The Netherlands: HES Publishers.

Kropotkin, P. 1885: What geography ought to be. The Nineteenth Century 18: 940–56.

Krugman, P. 1991: Geography and trade. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Krugman, P.R. 1995a: Incidents from my career. In A. Heertje, ed., The makers of modern economics, vol. II. Aldershot: Edward Elgar, 29–46.

Krugman, P.R. 1995b: Development, geography, and economic theory. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Krugman, P.R. 2000: Where in the world is the ‘new economic geography’? In G.L. Clark, M.P. Feldman and M.S. Gertler, eds, The

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 892 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

892

Oxford handbook of economic geography. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 49–60.

Kuehn, M. 2001: Kant: a biography. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Kuhn, T.S. 1970 [1962]: The structure of scientific revolutions, 2nd edn. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Kula, W. 1976: An economic theory of the feudal system. London: New Left Books.

Kuletz, V. 1998: The tainted desert. London: Routledge.

Kuletz, V. 2001: Invisible spaces, violent places. In N. Peluso and M. Watts, eds, Violent envir- onments. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Kumar, A. 2003: World Bank literature, Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Kupperman, K.O. 1995: Introduction: the chan- ging definition of America. In K.O. Kupperman, ed., America in European con- sciousness, 1493–1750. Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press.

Kusno, A. 1998: Beyond the postcolonial: archi- tecture and political cultures in Indonesia. Public Culture 10: 549–75.

Kwan, M.-P. 1999: Gender, the home–work link,andspace–timepatternsofnonemployment activities. Economic Geography 75: 370–94.

Kwan, M.-P. 2002: Feminist visualization: re- envisioning GIS as a method in feminist geo- graphic research. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 92(4): 645–61.

Kwan, M.-P. 2004: Beyond difference: from canonical geography to hybrid geographies. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 94: 756–63.

Kwan, M.-P. 2007: Affecting geospatial tech- nologies: toward a feminist politics of emotion. Professional Geographer 59: 22–34.

Kwan, M.-P. and Weber, J. 2003: Individual accessibility revisited: implications for geo- graphical analysis in the twenty-first century. Geographical Analysis 35: 341–53.

Kwan, M.-P., Murray, A., O’Kelly, M. and Tiefelsdorf, M. 2003: Recent advances in accessibility research: representation, method- ology, and applications. Journal of Geographical Systems 5: 129–38.

Kwong, P. 2001: Chinatown, N.Y.: labor and politics, 1930–1950. New York: The New Press.

Lacan, J. 2002: Ecrits. New York: W.W. Norton. LaCapra, D. 2000: Trauma, absence, loss. In LaCapra, Writing history, writing trauma. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press, 43–85.

Laclau, E. 1977: Politics and ideology in Marxist theory. London: Verso.

Laclau, E. 1985: New social movements and the plurality of the social. In D. Slater, ed., New social movements and the state in Latin America. Amsterdam: CEDLA, 27–42.

Laclau, E. 2006: On populist reason: London: Verso.

Laclau, E. and Mouffe, C. 1985: Hegemony and socialist strategy: towards a radical democratic politics, trans. W. Moore and P. Cammack. London: Verso.

Lacoste, Y. 1973: An illustration of geographical warfare: bombing of the dikes on the Red River, North Vietnam. Antipode 5: 1–13.

Lacoste, Y. 1976: La géographie, ça sert, d’abord, à faire la guerre. Paris: Maspero; 2nd edn, La Découverte, 1988.

Lacoue-Labarthe, P. 1989: Typography: mimesis, philosophy, politics, ed. C. Fynsk. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

LaDuke, W. 1999: All our relations: native strug- gles for land and life. Boston: South End Press.

Lakatos, I. 1978: The methodology of scientific research programmes. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Lake, D.A. 2003: The new sovereignty in inter- national relations. International Studies Review 5: 303–23.

Lake, R. 2004: Geography Mark-up Language – foundation for the Geo-Web. New York: Wiley.

Lake, R.W. and Newman, K. 2002: Differential citizenship in the shadow state. Geojournal 58: 109–20.

Lakoff, G. and Johnson, M. 2003 [1980]: Metaphors we live by, 2nd edn. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Lal, D. 1985: The misconception of ‘develop- ment economics’. Finance and Development 22 (2): 10–13.

Lamar, H. and Thompson, L., eds, 1981: The frontier in history: North America and South Africa compared. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Lambert, D. 2005: White creole culture, politics and identity during the age of abolition. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Lambert, D. and Lester, A., eds, 2006: Colonial lives across the British Empire: imperial careering in the long nineteenth century. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Lane, J.F. 2000: Pierre Bourdieu: a critical intro- duction. London: Pluto Press.

Lang, T. and Heasman, M. 2004: Food wars: the global battle for mouths, minds and markets. London: Earthscan.

Langley, P. 2004: In the eye of the ‘perfect storm’: the final salary pensions crisis and financialisation of Anglo-American capitalism. New Political Economy 9(4): 539–58.

Langley, P. 2006: Securitising suburbia: the transformation of Anglo-American mortgage finance. Competition & Change 10(3): 283–99.

Langton, J. 1972: Potentialities and problems of adopting a systems approach to the study of change in human geography. Progress in Geography 4: 125–79.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 893 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

893

Langton, J. 1975: Residential patterns in pre- industrial cities. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 1: 1–27.

Langton, J. 1979: Geographical change and Industrial Revolution: coalmining in south-west Lancashire, 1590–1799. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Langton, J. 1984: The Industrial Revolution and the regional geography of England. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 9: 145–67.

Langton, J. 1988: The two traditions of geog- raphy: historical geography and the study of landscapes. Geografiska Annaler 70B: 17–25.

Langton, J. and Morris, R.J., eds, 1987: Atlas of industrializing Britain 1780–1914. London: Routledge.

Lapping, M. 2006: Rural policy and planning. In P. Cloke, T. Marsden and P. Mooney, eds, Handbook of rural studies. London: Sage, 104–22.

Laqueur, W. 1996: Fascism: past, present, and future. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Larner, W. 1995: Theorising ‘difference’ in Aotearoa/New Zealand. Gender, Place and Culture 2: 177–90.

Larner, W. 2007: Expatriate experts and global- ising governmentalities: the New Zealand dias- pora strategy. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 32(3): 331–45.

Larner, W. and Walters, W. 2005: Globalization as governmentality. Alternatives 29: 1–24.

Larsen, S.U., Hagtvet, B. and Myklebust, J.P., eds, 1980: Who were the Fascists: social roots of European fascism. Bergen: Universitetsforlaget.

Larson, E.J. 1995: Sex, race, and science. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Lash, S. and Urry, J. 1987: The end of organized capitalism. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press.

Latham, A. 1999: The power of distraction: dis- traction, tactility and habit in the work of Walter Benjamin. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 17: 451–73.

Latham, A. 2003: Research, performance, and doing human geography: some reflections on the diary–photograph, dairy–interview method. Environment and Planning A 35: 1993–2018.

Latham, A. and McCormack, D. 2004: Moving cities: rethinking the materialities of urban geographies. Progress in Human Geography 28 (6): 701–24.

Latham, R. 1997: The liberal moment: modernity, security, and the making of postwar international order. New York: Columbia University Press.

Latouche, S. 1992: Standard of living. In W. Sachs, ed., The development dictionary: a guide to knowledge as power. London: Zed Books, 250–63.

Latour, B. 1987: Science in action. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Latour, B. 1988: The pasteurization of France, trans. A. Sheridan and J. Law. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Latour, B. 1993: We have never been modern, trans. C. Porter. Brighton: Harvester Wheatsheaf/ Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Latour, B. 1999a: Circulating reference. In Latour, Pandora’s hope: essays on the reality of science studies. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 24–79.

Latour, B. 1999b: Give me a laboratory and I will raise the world. In M, Biagioli, ed., The science studies reader. New York: Routledge, 258–75.

Latour, B. 1999c: Pandora’s hope: essays on the reality of science studies. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Latour, B. 2003: Is re-modernization occurring – and if so, how to prove it? A commentary on Ulrich Beck. Theory, Culture & Society 20: 35–48.

Latour, B. 2004: Politics of nature: how to bring the sciences into democracy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Latour, B. 2005: Reassembling the social. Oxford: Blackwell.

Latour, B. and Woolgar, S. 1979: Laboratory life: the construction of scientific facts. London: Sage.

Laudan, L. 1988: The demise of the demarcation problem. In M. Ruse, ed., But is it science? Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books, 337–50.

Lauria, M., ed., 1997: Reconstructing urban regime theory: regulating urban politics in a global econ- omy. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Laurier, E. 1998: Geographies of talk: ‘Max left a message for you’. Area 31: 36–45.

Laurier, E. 2001: Why people say where they are during mobile phone calls. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 19: 485–504.

Laurier, E. 2004: The spectacular showing: Houdini and the wonder of ethnomethod- ology. Human Studies 27: 377–99.

Laurier, E. and Philo, C. 2004: Ethnoarchaeol- ogy and undefined investigations. Environment and Planning A 36: 421–36.

Laver, M. 1997: Private desires, political action: an invitation to the politics of rational choice. London: Sage.

Law, J. 1994: Organising modernity. Oxford: Blackwell.

Law, J. 2004: After method. London: Routledge. Law, J. and Hassard, J., eds, 1999: Actor network

theory and after. Oxford: Blackwell. Law, L. 1997: Dancing on the bar: sex, money

and the uneasy politics of third space. In S. Pile and M. Keith, eds, Geographies of resistance. London: Routledge.

Lawrence, R.J. 2003: Human ecology and its applications. Landscape and Urban Planning 65: 31–40.

Laws, G. 1993: ‘The land of old age’: society’s changing attitudes toward urban built

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 894 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

894

environments for elderly people. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 83: 672–93.

Lawson, A.B., Browne, W.J. and Vidal Rodeiro, C.L. 2003: Disease mapping using WinBUGS and MLwiN. Chichester: Wiley.

Lawson, V. 2000: Arguments within geographies of movement: the theoretical potential of migrant’s stories. Progress in Human Geography 24: 173–89.

Lawson, V. 2007: Geographies of care and responsibility. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 97: 1–11.

Layard, R. 2005: Happiness: lessons from a new science. London: Allen Lane.

Le Billon, P. 2004: The geopolitical economy of ‘resource wars’. Geopolitics 9: 1–28.

Le Billon, P. 2005: Fuelling war: natural resources and armed conflict. Adelphi Paper 373. London: Routledge for the International Institute for Strategic Studies.

Le Billon, P. 2008: Diamond wars? Conflict dia- monds and geographies of resource wars. Annals of the Assocation of American Geographers 98(2): 345–72.

le Goix, R. 2005: Gated communities: sprawl and social segregation in southern California. Housing Studies 20: 323–44.

Le Roy Ladurie, E. 1969 [1966]: Les paysans de Languedoc. Paris, Flammarion. English trans- lation by John Day, The peasants of Languedoc. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1974.

Leach, B. 1974: Race, problems and geography. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 63: 41–7.

Leach, M. and Mearns, M., eds, 1996: The lie of the land. London: Heinemann.

Leaf, M. 1984: Song of hope. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.

Learmouth, A. 1988: Disease ecology: an introduc- tion. Oxford: Blackwell.

Lears, T.J. 1985: The concept of cultural hegem- ony: problems and possibilities. American Historical Review 90: 567–93.

Lechner, F. 1991: Simmel on social space. Theory, Culture & Society 8: 195–201.

Lee, B.A. and Price-Spratlen, T. 2004: The geography of homelessness in American com- munities: concentration or dispersion? City and Community 3: 3–27.

Lee, G.B. and Lam, S.S.K. 1998: Wicked cities: cyberculture and the reimagining of identity in the ‘non-Western’ metropolis. Futures 30(10): 967–79.

Lee, J.Z. and Feng, W. 1999: A quarter of human- ity: Malthusian mythology and Chinese realities 1700–2000. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Lee, R. 1990: Making Europe: towards a geography of European integration. In M. Chisholm and D.M. Smith, eds, Shared

space: divided space. London: Unwin Hyman, 235–59.

Lee, R. 1996: Moral money? LETS and the social construction of local economic geo- graphics in southeast England. Environment and Planning A 28(8): 1377–94.

Lee, R. and Smith, D.M., eds, 2004: Geographies and moralities: international perspectives on devel- opment, justice, and place. Oxford: Blackwell.

Lee, R. and Wills, J., eds, 1997: Geographies of economies. London: Arnold.

Lee, R., Leyshon, A., Aldridge, T., Tooke, J., Williams, C. and Thrift, N. 2004: Making geographies and histories? Constructing local circuits of value. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 22(4): 595–617.

Lees, L. 2002: Rematerializing geography: the ‘new’ urban geography. Progress in Human Geography 26: 101–12.

Lees, L. 2003: Super-gentrification: the case of Brooklyn Heights, New York City. Urban Studies 40: 2487–510.

Lefebvre, H. 1970: Reflections on the politics of space. Antipode 8(2): 30–7.

Lefebvre, H. 1991a: Critique of everyday life, vol. 1, trans. J. Moore. London: Verso.

Lefebvre, H. 1991b [1974]: The production of space, trans. D. Nicholson-Smith. Oxford: Blackwell.

Lefebvre, H. 1996: Writings on cities, trans. and ed. E. Kofman and E. Lebas. Oxford: Blackwell.

Lefebvre, H. 2003 [1970]: The urban revolution, trans. R. Bononno. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Lefebvre, H. 2004 [1992]: Rhythmanalysis: space, time and everyday life, trans. S. Elden and G. Moore. London: Continuum.

Lefebvre, H. 2008 [1947, 1961, 1981]: Critique of everyday life, vols 1–3, trans. J. Moore and G. Elliott. London: Verso.

Leff, E. 1995: Green production. New York: Guilford Press.

LeGales, P. 2002: European cities: social conflicts and governance. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Legg, S. 2003: Gendered politics and national- ised homes: women and the anti-colonial struggle in Delhi, 1940–1947. Gender, Place and Culture 10: 7–28.

Legg, S. 2005: Contesting and surviving mem- ory: space, nation, and nostalgia and Les Lieux de Mémoire. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 23: 481–504.

Legg, S. 2007a: Reviewing geographies of mem- ory/forgetting. Environment and Planning A 39: 456–66.

Legg, S. 2007b: Spaces of colonialism: Delhi’s urban governmentalities. Oxford: Blackwell.

Lehman, K. 1998: Geography and gender in the narrative of Argentinean national origin: the ‘Pampa’ as chronotope. Revista de Estudios Hispánicos 32(1): 3–28.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 895 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

895

Lehrer, U. and Milgrom, R. 1996: New (sub) urbanism: countersprawl or repackaging the product. Capitalism, Nature, Socialism 7(2): 49–64.

Leib, J.I. 2002: Separate times, shared spaces: Arthur Ashe, Monument Avenue and the pol- itics of Richmond, Virginia’s symbolic land- scape. Cultural Geographies 9: 286–312.

Leighly, J.B. 1954: Innovation and area. Geographical Review 44: 439–41.

Leighly, J.B. 1955: What has happened to phys- ical geography? Annals of the Association of American Geographers 45: 309–18.

Leighly, J.B., ed., 1963: Land and life: selections from the writings of Carl Ortwin Sauer. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Leiris, M. 1938: The sacred in everyday life. Reprinted in translation in D. Hollier, ed., 1988, The College of Sociology 1937–39. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 24–31.

Leite, J. 2005: The World Social Forum. London: Haymarket Books.

Leitner, H. 1992: Urban geography: responding to new challenges. Progress in Human Geogra- phy 16: 105–18.

Leitner, H. and Miller, B. 2007: Scale and the limitations of ontological debate: a commen- tary on Marston, Jones and Woodward. Trans- actions of the Institute of British Geographers 32: 116–25.

Leitner, H., Pavlik, C. and Sheppard, E. 2002: Networks, governance, and the politics of scale: inter-urban networks and the European Union. In A. Herod and M.W. Wright, eds, Geographies of power: placing scale. Oxford: Blackwell, 274–303.

Leitner, H., Sheppard, E. and Sziarto, K. 2008: The spatialities of contentious politics. Transactions of the Institute of British Geogra- phers 33: 157–72.

Lemansky, C. 2006: Spaces of exclusivity or con- nection? Linkages between a gated community and its poorer neighbour in a Cape Town Master Plan development. Urban Studies 43 (2): 397–420.

Lemert, C. 1993: Social theory: its uses and pleasures. In C. Lemert, ed., Social theory: the multicultural and classic readings. Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 1–24.

Lemke, T. 2001: The birth of bio-politics – Michel Foucault’s lecture at the Collège de France on neo-liberal governmentality. Economy & Society 30(2): 190–207.

Lemkin, R. 1944: Axis rule in occupied Europe: laws of occupation, analysis of government, prop- osals for redress. Washington, DC: Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, Division of International Law.

Lenin, V. 1916: Imperialism. Moscow: Progress Publishers.

Lenin, V. 1964: The development of capitalism in Russia. Moscow: Progress Publishers.

Lenth, R.V. 2001: Some practical guidelines for effective sample size determination. The American Statistician 55: 187–93.

LeSage, J. 1997: Bayesian estimation of spatial autoregressive models. International Regional Science Review 20: 113–29.

Leslie, D. and Reimer, S. 1999: Spatializing com- modity chains. Progress in Human Geography 23(3): 401–20.

Lester, A.J. 1998: ‘Otherness’ and the frontiers of empire: the Eastern Cape Colony, 1806– c.1850. Journal of Historical Geography 24: 2–19.

Lester, A.J. 2000: Historical geographies of imperialism. In B. Graham and C. Nash, eds, Modern historical geographies. London: Pearson, 100–20.

Lester, A.J. 2001: Imperial networks: creating iden- tities in nineteenth-century South Africa and Britain. London: Routledge.

Lester, A.J. 2006: Empire. In M. Low, K. Cox and J. Robinson, eds, Handbook of political geography. London: Sage.

Lesthaeghe, R. and Willems, P. 1999: Is low fertility a temporary phenomenon in the European Union? Population and Development Review 25: 211–28.

Lestringant, F. 1994: Mapping the Renaissance world: the geographical imagination in the age of discovery, trans. D. Fausett. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Leung, Y., Mei, C.-L. and Zhang, W.-X. 2000: Statistical tests for spatial nonstationarity based on the geographically weighted regres- sion model. Environment and Planning A 32: 9–32.

Levene, M. 2000: Why is the 20th century the century of genocide? Journal of World History 11: 305–36.

Levin, T., ed., 2002: CTRL (Space): rhetorics of surveillance from Bentham to Big Brother. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Levine, N. 2006: GeoDa: an introduction to spatial data analysis. Geographical Analysis 38: 41–56.

Levitas, R. 1990: The concept of Utopia. Hemel Hempstead, Herts: Philip Allan.

Levitt, P. and Glick Schiller, N. 2004: Concep- tualizing simultaneity: a transnational social field perspective on society. International Migration Review 38: 1002–39.

Levy, D., Pensky, M. and Torpey, J., eds, 2005: Old Europe, new Europe, core Europe: transatlan- tic relations after the Iraq War. London: Verso.

Levy, J. and Lussault, M., eds, 2003: Dictionnaire de la géographie et de l’espace des sociétés. Paris: Belin.

Levy, S. 2003: The scandalous eye: the surrealism of Conroy Maddox. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 896 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

896

Lew, A.A., Hall, C.M. and Williams, A., eds, 2004: A companion to tourism. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Lewis, A. 1984: Development economics in the 1950s. In G. Meier and D. Seers, eds, Pioneers in development. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Lewis, B. 1999: The multiple identities of the Middle East. New York: Schocken.

Lewis, M.W. and Wigen, K.E. 1997: The myth of continents: a critique of metageography. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Lewis, N.D., Dyck, I. and McLafferty, S., eds, 2001: Geographies of women’s health: place, diversity and difference. London: Routledge.

Lewis, O. 1959: Five families: Mexican case studies in the culture of poverty. New York: Basic Books.

Lewis, O. 1969a: On understanding poverty: per- spectives from the social sciences. New York: Basic Books.

Lewis, O. 1969b: The possessions of the poor. Scientific American 221: 114–24.

Lewis, P. 1985: Beyond description. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 75: 465–78.

Lewis, W.A. 1954: Economic development with unlimited supplies of labour. Manchester School of Economics and Social Studies 22: 139–91.

Ley, D. 1974: The black inner city as frontier out- post: images and behavior of a Philadelphia neigh- bourhood. Washington, DC: Association of American Geographers.

Ley, D. 1977: Social geography and the taken- for-granted world. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 2: 498–512.

Ley, D. 1980: Liberal ideology and the post- industrial city. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 70: 238–58.

Ley, D. 1981: Behavioural geography and the philosophies of meaning. In K. Cox and R. Golledge, eds, Behavioral problems in geography revisited. London: Methuen, 209–30.

Ley, D. 1983: A social geography of the city. New York: Harper & Row.

Ley, D. 1987: Styles of the times: liberal and neo- conservative landscapes in inner Vancouver, 1968–1986. Journal of Historical Geography 30: 14–56.

Ley, D. 1989: Fragmentation, coherence and limits to theory in human geography. In A. Kobayashi and S. Mackenzie, eds, Remaking human geography. London: Unwin Hyman, 227–44.

Ley, D. 1993: Co-operative housing as a moral landscape: re-examining ‘the postmodern city’. In J. Duncan and D. Ley, eds, Place/culture/ representation. London: Routledge, 128–48.

Ley, D. 1995: Between Europe and Asia: the case of the missing sequoias. Ecumene 2: 185–219.

Ley, D. 1996: The new middle class and the remak- ing of the central city. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Ley, D. 2003a: Forgetting postmodernism? Recuperating a social history of local knowledge. Progress in Human Geography 27: 537–60.

Ley, D. 2003b: Seeking homo economicus: the Canadian state and the strange story of the Business Immigration Program. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 93: 426–41.

Ley, D. and Frost, H. 2006: The inner city. In T. Bunting and P. Filion, eds, Canadian cities in transition, 3rd edn. Toronto: Oxford University Press, 192–210.

Ley, D. and Samuels, M., eds, 1978: Humanistic geography: prospects and problems. London: Croom Helm/Chicago: Maaroufa Press.

Leyshon, A. and Thrift, N. 1997: Money/space: geographies of monetary transformation. London: Routledge.

Leyshon, A., Lee, R. and Williams, C., eds, 2003: Alternative economic spaces. London: Sage.

Leyshon, A., Matless, D. and Revill, G., eds, 1998: The place of music. London: Guilford Press/Longman.

Leyshon, A., Thrift, N. and Toomey, C. 1989: The rise of the British provincial financial cen- ter. Progress in Planning 31: 151–229.

Leyshon, A., Burton, D., Knights, D., Alferoff, C. and Signoretta, P. 2004: Towards an ecol- ogy of retail financial services: understand- ing the persistence of door-to-door credit and insurance providers. Environment and Planning A 36: 625–45.

Li, T. 2007: The will to improve: governmentality, development and the practice of politics. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Li, V. 2006: The neo-primitivist turn: critical reflec- tions on alterity, culture and modernity. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Li, W. 1998: Anatomy of a new ethnic settle- ment: the Chinese ethnoburb in Los Angeles. Urban Studies 35(3): 479–501.

Li, W., ed., 2006: From urban enclave to ethnic suburb: new Asian communities in Pacific Rim countries. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.

Li, Z. and Su, B. 1995: Algebraic models for feature displacement in the generalization of digital map data using morphological tech- niques. Cartographica 32(3): 39–56.

Liben, L.S. and Downs R.M. 1997: Can-ism and can’tianism: a straw child. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 87: 159–67.

Liddle, M. 1997: Recreation ecology: the ecological impact of outdoor recreation and ecotourism. London: Chapman & Hall.

Lieberson, S. 1981: An asymmetrical approach to segregation. In C. Peach, V. Robinson and S. Smith, eds, Ethnic segregation in cities. London: Croom Helm, 61–82.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 897 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

897

Lieven, D. 2005: Empire, history and the con- temporary global order. Proceedings of the British Academy 131: 127–56.

Lillesand, T.M., Kiefer, R.W. and Chipman, J.W. 2003: Remote sensing and image interpretation, 5th edn. Chichester: Wiley.

Lilley, K. 2004a: Cities of God? Medieval urban forms and their Christian symbolism. Trans- actions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 29: 296–313.

Lilley, K. 2004b: Mapping cosmopolis: moral topographies of the medieval city. Environ- ment and Planning D: Society and Space 22: 681–98.

Lilley, K., Lloyd, C., Trick, S. and Graham, C. 2005: Analysing and mapping medieval urban forms using GPS and GIS. Urban Morphology 9: 1–9.

Lim, J. 2007: Queer critique and the politics of affect. In K. Browne, G. Brown and J. Lim, eds, Geographies of sexualities. London: Ashgate, 53–67.

Limb, M. and Dwyer, C., eds, 2001: Qualitative methodologies for geographers: issues and debates. London: Arnold.

Limerick, P.N. 1987: The legacy of conquest: the unbroken past of the American West. New York: W.W. Norton.

Lindeborg, R.H. 1994: The ‘Asiatic’ and the boundaries of Victorian Englishness. Victorian Studies 38: 1–24.

Lindquist, J. 2004: Veils and ecstasy: negotiating shame in the Indonesian borderlands. Ethnos 69(4): 487–508.

Lipton, M. 1977: Why poor people stay poor: a study of urban bias in world development. London: Temple Smith.

Lipton, M. 1989: New seeds and poor people. London: Macmillan.

Lisle, D. 2006: The global politics of contemporary travel writing. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

List, P. 1993: Radical environmentalism: philoso- phy and tactics. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Little, J. and Leyshon, M. 2003: Embodied rural geographies: developing research agendas. Progress in Human Geography 27: 257–72.

Little, R.J.A. and Rubin, D.B. 2002: Statistical analysis with missing data. New York: Wiley.

Litva, A. and Eyles, J. 1995: Coming out: expos- ing social theory in medical geography. Health and Place 1: 5–14.

Livingstone, D.N. 1984: Natural theology and Neo-Lamarckism: the changing context of nineteenth century geography in the United States and Great Britain. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 74: 9–28.

Livingstone, D.N. 1987a: Human acclimati- zation: perspectives on a contested field of inquiry in science, medicine and geography. History of Science 25: 359–94.

Livingstone, D.N. 1987b: Nathaniel Southgate Shaler and the culture of American science. London: University of Alabama Press.

Livingstone, D.N. 1988: Science, magic and reli- gion: a contextual reassessment of geography in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. History of Science 26: 269–94.

Livingstone, D.N. 1991: The moral discourse of climate: historical considerations on race, place and virtue. Journal of Historical Geography 17: 413–34.

Livingstone, D.N. 1992: The geographical trad- ition: episodes in the history of a contested enter- prise. Oxford: Blackwell.

Livingstone, D.N. 1994: Climate’s moral econ- omy: science, race and place in post-Darwinian British and American geography. In N. Smith and A. Godlewska, eds, Geography and empire. Oxford: Blackwell, 132–54.

Livingstone, D.N. 1995: The spaces of know- ledge: contributions towards a historical geog- raphy of science. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 13: 5–34.

Livingstone, D.N. 1999: Tropical climate and moral hygiene: the anatomy of a Victorian debate. British Journal for the History of Science 32: 93–110.

Livingstone, D.N. 2002a: Race, space and moral climatology: notes toward a genealogy. Journal of Historical Geography 28: 159–80.

Livingstone, D.N. 2002b: Science, space and her- meneutics. University of Heidelberg, Hettner Lecture for 2001.

Livingstone, D.N. 2002c: Tropical hermeneutics and the climatic imagination. Geographische Zeitschrift 28: 65–88.

Livingstone, D.N. 2003a: British geography, 1500– 1900: An imprecise review. In M. Williams and R. Johnston, eds, A century of British geog- raphy. London: British Academy, 11–41.

Livingstone, D.N. 2003b: Circulation: movements of science. In his Putting science in its place: geographies of scientific knowledge. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 135–78.

Livingstone, D.N. 2003c: Putting science in its place: geographies of scientific knowledge. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Livingstone, D.N. 2004: Oriental travel, Arabian kinship and ritual sacrifice: William Robertson Smith and the fundamental institutions. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 22: 639–57.

Livingstone, D.N. 2005a: Science, text and space: thoughts on the geography of reading. Transactions of the Institute of British Geogra- phers, NS 30: 391–401.

Livingstone, D.N. 2005b: Scientific inquiry and the missionary enterprise. In R. Finnegan, ed., Participating in the knowledge society: researchers beyond the university walls. London: Palgrave, 50–64.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 898 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

898

Livingstone, D.N. 2006: The geography of Darwinism. Interdisciplinary Science Reviews 31: 32–41.

Livingstone, D.N. and Harrison, R.T. 1981a: Immanuel Kant, subjectivism and human geog- raphy: a preliminary investigation. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 6: 359–74.

Livingstone, D.N. and Harrison, R.T. 1981b: Meaning through metaphor: analogy as episte- mology. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 71: 95–107.

Livingstone, D.N. and Withers, C.W.J., eds, 1999: Geography and enlightenment. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Livingstone, D.N. and Withers, C.W.J., eds, 2005: Geography and revolution. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Lloyd, D. 1999: Ireland after history. Cork: Cork University Press.

Lloyd, G. and Gatens, M. 1999: Collective imaginings: Spinoza, past and present. London: Routledge.

Lloyd, P. 1979: Slums of hope? London: Penguin. Lobeck, A.K. 1939: Geomorphology: an intro- duction to the study of landscapes. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Lochhead, E. 1981: Scotland as the cradle of modern academic geography in Britain. Scottish Geographical Magazine 97: 98–109.

Locke, J. 1967 [1690]: An essay concerning human understanding. London: Fontana.

Locke, J. 1988 [1690]: Two treatises on government. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Locke, J. and Peardon, T.P. 1952 [1690]: The second treatise of government. New York: The Liberal Arts Press.

Lockman, Z. 2004: Contending visions of the Middle East. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Löfgren, O. 1999: On holiday: a history of vaca- tioning. Berkeley, CA, University of California Press.

Logan, J.R. and Molotch, H. 1987: Urban for- tunes: the political economy of place. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Logan, J.R., Alba, R. and Zhang, W. 2002: Immigrant enclaves and ethnic communities in New York and Los Angeles. American Sociological Review 67: 299–322.

Lohia, R. 1964: The caste system. Hyderabad: Rammanohar Lohia Samata Vidyalaya Nyas.

Long, J. 2006: Border anxiety in Palestine–Israel. Antipode 38: 107–27.

Longhurst, R. 2001: Bodies: exploring fluid bound- aries. London: Routledge.

Longhurst, R. 2005: Fat bodies: developing geo- graphical research agendas. Progress in Human Geography 29(3): 247–59.

Longley, P.A., Books, S.M., McDonnell, R. and Macmillan, B., eds, 1998: Geocomputation: a primer. Chichester: Wiley.

Longley, P.A., Goodchild, M.F., Maguire, D.J. and Rhind, D.W., eds, 1999. Geographic information systems: principles and techniques, vol. 1. New York: Wiley.

Longley, P.A., Goodchild, M.F., Maguire, D.J. and Rhind, D.W. 2005: Geographic infor- mation systems and science, 2nd edn. Chichester: Wiley.

Longworth, N. 2004: Learning cities, learning regions, learning communities. London: Routledge.

Loomba, A. 1998: Colonialism/postcolonialism. London: Routledge.

Lorimer, H. 2003: Telling small stories: spaces of knowledge and the practice of geography. Transactions of the Institute of British Geogra- phers 28: 197–217.

Lorimer, H. 2005: Cultural geography: the busy- ness of being ‘more-than-representational’. Progress in Human Geography 29: 83–94.

Lorimer, H. 2006: Herding memories of humans and animals. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 24(4): 497–518.

Lorimer, H. and Lund, K. 2003: Peak perform- ance: practising walking on Scotland’s moun- tains. In B. Szerszynski and C. Waterton, eds, Nature performed: environment, culture and per- formance. Oxford: Blackwell.

Lorimer, H. and Spedding, N. 2005: Locating field science: a geographical family expedition to Glen Roy, Scotland. British Journal for the History of Science 38: 13–33.

Lösch, A. 1940: Die räumliche Ordnung der Wirtschaft. Jena: G. Fischer. Translated by W.H. Woglom as The economics of location. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1954.

Lösch, A. 1954 [1940]: The economics of location. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Lott, E. 2006: The disappearing intellectual. New York: Basic Books.

Loukaki, A. 1997: Whose genius loci? Contrasting interpretations of the ‘Sacred rock of the Athenian Acropolis’. Annals of the Association of the American Geographers 87: 306–29.

Loury, G.C. 1977: A dynamic theory of racial income differences. In P.A. Wallace and A. Lamond, eds, Women, minorities and employ- ment discrimination. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books.

Lovering, J. 1999: Theory led by policy: the inad- equacies of the ‘new regionalism’ (illustrated from the case of Wales). International Journal of Urban and Regional Studies 23: 379–95.

Low, M. 1997: Representation unbound. In K. Cox, ed., Spaces of globalization. New York: Guilford Press.

Low, M. 2003: Political geography in question. Political Geography 22: 625–31.

Low, N. and Gleeson, B. 1998: Justice, society and nature: an exploration of political ecology. London: Routledge.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 899 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

899

Low, S. 2000: On the plaza: the politics of public space and culture. Austin, TX: University of Texas Press.

Low, S. 2004: Behind the gates: life, security, and the pursuit of happiness in Fortress America. New York: Routledge.

Lowe, L. 2001: Epistemological shifts: national ontology and the new Asian immigrant. In K. Chuh and K. Shimakawa, eds, Orientations. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Lowe, P., Clark, J., Seymour, S. and Ward, N. 1998: Moralising the environment. London: UCL Press.

Lowenthal, D. 1958: George Perkins Marsh: versatile Vermonter. New York: Columbia University Press.

Lowenthal, D. 1961: Geography, experience and imagination: toward a geographical epistemol- ogy. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 51: 241–60.

Lowenthal, D. 1985: The past is a foreign country. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Lowenthal, D. 1997: The heritage crusade and the spoils of history. London: Viking.

Lowenthal, D. 2000: George Perkins Marsh: prophet of conservation. Seattle: University of Washington Press.

Lozovsky, N. 2000: The earth is our book: geo- graphical knowledge in the Latin West ca. 400– 1000. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.

Luckin, B. 2006: Revisiting the idea of urban degeneration in Britain, 1830–1900. Urban History 33: 234–52.

Ludden, D. 2002: Reading subaltern studies: crit- ical history, contested meaning, and the globalisa- tion of South Asia. New Delhi: Permanent Black.

Luhmann, N. 1981: The differentiation of society. New York: Columbia University Press.

Luke, T. 2002: Deep ecology: living as if nature mattered: Devall and Sessions on defending the Earth. Organization and Environment 15(2): 178–86.

Luke, T. 2003: ‘Global cities’ vs. ‘global cities’: rethinking contemporary urbanism as public ecology. Studies in Political Economy 70: 11–33.

Luke, T. 2005: The system of sustainable deg- radation. Capitalism, Nature, Socialism 17(1): 99–112.

Lukermann, F. 1958: Towards a more geo- graphic economic geography. Professional Geographer 10: 2–10.

Lukermann, F. 1965: The ‘calcul des probabil- itiés’ and the École Française de Géographie. Canadian Geographer 9: 128–37.

Lukes, S. 2005: Power: a radical view, 2nd edn. London: Palgrave Macmillan.

Lund, J. 2001: Barbarian theorizing and the limits of Latin American exceptionalism. Cultural Critique 47: 54–90.

Lundvall, B.A. 1988: Innovation as an inter- active process: from user–producer interaction to the national system of integration. In G. Dosi, C. Freeman, R. Nelson, G. Silverberg and L. Soete, eds, Technical change and economic theory. London: Frances Pinter, 349–69.

Lunn, E. 1985: Marxism and modernism. London: Verso.

Lupton, D. 1999: Risk. London: Routledge. Lutz, C. and Collins, J. 1993: Reading National

Geographic. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Lutz, W., Sanderson, W.C. and Scherbov, S., eds, 2004: The end of world population growth in the 21st century: new challenges for human capital formation and sustainable development. London: Earthscan.

Lynch, K. 1960: The image of the city. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Lynn, W.S. and Pulido, L.,eds,2003: Act ofethics: a special section on ethics and global activism. Ethics, Place, and Environment 6: 43–78.

Lyon, D., ed., 2006: Theorizing surveillance: the Panopticon and beyond. Portland OR: Willan Publishing.

Lyon, J.G., Falkner, E. and Bergen, W. 1995: Estimating cost for photogrammetric mapping and aerial photography. Journal of Survey Engineering 121: 63–86.

Lyotard, J.-F. 1984: The postmodern condition: a report on knowledge, trans. G. Bennington and B. Massumi. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

M’charek, A. 2005: The Human Genome Diversity Project: an ethnography of scientific practice. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

MacCannell, D. 1976: The tourist: a new theory of the leisure class. London: Macmillan.

MacEachren, A.M. 1995: How maps work: repre- sentation, visualization and design. New York: Guilford Press.

MacEachren, A.M. and Brewer, I. 2004: Devel- oping a conceptual framework for visually- enabled geocollaboration. International Journal of Geographic Information Science 18: 1–34.

Macedo, S. and Buchanan, A., eds, 2003: Secession and self-determination. New York: New York University Press.

MacGillavry, E. 2003: Collaborative mapping: by the people, for the people. Society of Cartographers Bulletin 37(2): 43–5.

MacIntyre, A. 1990: Three rival versions of moral enquiry: encyclopaedia, genealogy, and tradition. Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame Press.

MacKenzie, S. and Rose, D. 1983: Industrial change, the domestic economy and home life. In J. Anderson, S. Duncan and R. Hudson, eds, Redundant spaces in cities and regions. New York: Academic Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 900 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

900

Mackinder, H.J. 1904: The geographical pivot of history and discussion. Geographical Journal 23: 421–37, 437–44.

Mackinder, H.J. 1919: Democratic ideals and real- ity: a study in the politics of reconstruction. London: Constable.

MacLaughlin, J. 1986: State-centered social sci- ence and the anarchist critique: ideology in political geography. Antipode 18: 11–38.

MacLeod, G. 2001: Beyond soft institutional- ism: accumulation, regulation, and their geo- graphical fixes. Environment and Planning A 33: 57–89.

Macleod, G. and Jones, M. 2007: Territorial, scalar, networked, connected: in what sense a ‘regional world’? Regional Studies 41(9): 1177–91.

MacLeod, R. and Rehbock, P.H., eds, 1994: Darwin’s laboratory: evolutionary theory and nat- ural history in the Pacific. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.

Macmillan, B., ed., 1989: Remodelling geography. Oxford: Blackwell.

Macmillan, W.D. 1998: On geocomputation. Computers, Environment and Urban Systems 22: 1–6.

Macnaghten, P. and Urry, J. 1998: Contested natures. London: Sage.

Macpherson, C.B. 1978a: The meaning of prop- erty. In C.B. Macpherson, ed., Property: main- stream and critical positions. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1–14.

Macpherson, C.B., ed., 1978b: Property: Main- stream and critical positions. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Madanipour, A., Cars, G. and Allen, J., eds, 1998: Social exclusion in European cities: pro- cesses, experiences, and responses. London: Regional Studies Association.

Maddison, A. 1982: Phases of capitalist develop- ment. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Maddrell, A.M.C. 1998: Discourses of race and gender and the comparative method in geo- graphical school texts 1830–1918. Environ- mental and Planning D: Society and Space 16: 81–103.

Maegraith, B. 1969: Jet age medical geography. In F. Gale and G.H. Lawton, eds, Settlement and encounter: geographical studies presented to Sir Grenfell Price. Melbourne: Oxford University Press, 149–71.

Maffesoli, M. 1996: The time of the tribes. London: Sage.

Magnusson, W. 1996: In search of political space. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Magnusson, W. 2005: Urbanism, cities and local self-government, Canadian Public Administra- tion 48(1): 96–124.

Maguire, D., Batty, M. and Goodchild, M., eds, 2005: GIS, spatial analysis and modeling. Redlands, CA: ESRI Press.

Mahan, A.T. 1902: The Persian Gulf and inter- national relations. National Review, September: 27–45.

Maharidge, D. 1996: The coming white minority: California’s eruptions and America’s future. New York: Times Books.

Mair, A. 1986: Thomas Kuhn and understand- ing geography. Progress in Human Geography 10: 345–69.

Mair, A. 2008: Contemporary state discourse and historical pastoral spatiality: contradic- tions in the land conflict between the Israeli Bedouin and the state. Ethnic and Racial Studies 31: 1–21.

Mäki, U. 2004: Realism and the nature of theory: a lesson from J.J. von Thünen for economists and geographers. Environment and Planning A 36: 1719–30.

Malecki, E.J. 1991: Technology and economic development: the dynamics of local, regional and national change. London: Longman.

Malecki, E.J. 1997: Entrepreneurs, networks, and economic development: a review of recent research. In J.A. Katz and R.H. Brockhaus, eds, Advances in entrepreneurship, firm emergence and growth, vol. 3. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 57–118.

Maling, D.H. 1989: Measurements from maps: principles and methods of cartometry. Oxford: Pergamon Press.

Malinowsky, B. 1961: Argonauts of the western Pacific. New York: Dutton.

Malmberg, A. 1996: Industrial geography: agglo- meration and local milieu. Progress in Human Geography 20: 392–403.

Malmberg, A. 1997: Industrial geography: loca- tion and learning. Progress in Human Geography 21: 573–82.

Malmberg, A. and Maskell, P. 2002: The elusive concept of localization economies: towards a knowledge-based theory of spatial clustering. Environment and Planning A 34: 429–49.

Malthus, T.R. 1970 [1798]: An essay on the principle of population, ed. A. Flew. London: Penguin.

Mamdani, M. 1996: Citizen and subject: contem- porary Africa and the legacy of late colonialism. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Mamdani, M. 2002: ‘Good Muslim, bad Muslim’: a political perspective on culture and terrorism. In E. Hershberg and K. Moore, eds, Critical views of September 11: analyses from around the world. New York: The New Press, 44–60.

Mamdani, M. 2004: Good Muslim, bad Muslim: America, the Cold War and the roots of terror. New York: Pantheon.

Mandanipour, A., Cars, G. and Allen, J., eds, 2000: Social exclusion in European cities. London: The Stationery Office and Regional Studies Association.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 901 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

901

Mandel, E. 1980: Long waves of capitalist develop- ment. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Mandelbrot, B. 1967: How long is the coast of Britain? Statistical self-similarity and. frac- tional dimension, Science 156: 636–8.

Mann, M. 1984a: The autonomous power of the state: its origins, mechanisms, and results. European Journal of Sociology 25: 185–213.

Mann, M. 1986: The sources of social power. Vol. 1: A history of power from the beginning to A.D. 1760. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Mann, M. 1987: Ruling class strategies and citi- zenship. Sociology 21(3): 339–54.

Mann, M. 2005: The dark side of democracy: explaining ethnic cleansing. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Mann, S. 1984b: Sharecropping in the cotton South: a case of uneven development in agri- culture. Rural Sociology 49: 412–29.

Mann, S. 1990: Agrarian capitalism. Durham, NC: University of North Carolina Press.

Manners, I.R. and Mikeswell, M.W., eds, 1974: Perspectives on environment. Washington, DC: Association of American Geographers.

Manovich, L. 2006: The poetics of augmented space. Visual Communication 5(2): 219–40.

Mansfield, B. 2004: Rules of privatization: con- tradictions in neoliberal regulation of North Pacific fisheries. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 94: 565–84.

Manski, C.F. 1995: Identification problems in the social sciences. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Manson, S. and O’Sullivan, D. 2006: Complexity theory in the study of space and place. Environment and Planning A 38: 677–92.

Manson, S.M. 2001: Simplifying complexity: a review of complexity theory. Geoforum 32: 405–14.

Mansvelt, J. 2005: Geographies of consumption. London: Sage.

Manzo, K. 2005: Exploiting West Africa’s chil- dren: trafficking, slavery and uneven develop- ment. Area 37: 393–401.

Marais, H. 2001: South Africa: limits to change. London and New York: Zed Books.

Marchand, B. 1978: A dialectic approach in geography. Geographical Analysis 10: 105–19.

Marcus, G. 1998: Ethnography through thick and thin. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Marcuse, H. 1972: Sartre’s existentialism, trans. J. de Bres. Studies in Critical Philosophy. London: New Left Books.

Marcuse, P. and van Kempen, R., eds, 2000: Globalizing cities: a new spatial order? Oxford: Blackwell.

Marcuse, P. and van Kempen, R., eds, 2003: Of states and cities. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Mares, D. 2005: Drug wars and coffeehouses. New York: CQ Press.

Margulis, L. and Sagan, D. 2000: What is life? Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Marks, J. 1995: A new image of thought. New Formations 25, 66–76.

Markusen, A.R. 1985: Profit cycles, oligopoly and regional development. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Markusen, A.R. 1987: Regions: the economics and politics of territory. Totowa, NJ: Rowman & Littlefield.

Markusen, A.R. 1999: Fuzzy concepts, scanty evidence, policy distance: the case for rigor and policy relevance in critical regional studies. Regional Studies 33: 869–84.

Marsden, R. 1999: The nature of capital: Marx after Foucault. London: Routledge.

Marsden, T. 1992: Exploring a rural sociology for the fordist transition. Sociologia Ruralis XXXII(2/3): 209–30.

Marsden, T. and Wrigley, N. 1995: Regulation, retailing and consumption. Environment and Planning A 27: 1899–912.

Marsden, T., Flynn, A. and Harrison, M. 2000: Consuming interests: the social provision of foods. London: UCL Press.

Marsden, T., Munton, R., Whatmore, S. and Little, J. 1986: Towards a political economy of capitalist agriculture. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4: 498–521.

Marsden, T., Murdoch, J., Lowe, P., Munton, R. and Flynn, A. 1993: Constructing the country- side. London: UCL Press.

Marsh, C. 1982: The survey method: the contribu- tion of surveys to sociological explanation. London: George Allen and Unwin.

Marsh, G.P. 1965 [1864]: Man and nature, or, physical geography as modified by human action. Reprint edition edited by David Lowenthal (Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press.

Marshall, A. 1890: Principles of economics. London: Macmillan.

Marshall, A. 1919: Industry and trade. London: Macmillan.

Marshall, J.N. 2004: Financial institutions in dis- advantaged areas: a comparative analysis of policies encouraging financial inclusion in Britain and the United States. Environment and Planning A 36: 241–61.

Marshall, J.N., with Wood, P., Daniels, P.W., McKinnon, A., Bachtler, J., Damesick, P., Thrift, N., Gillespie, A., Green, A. and Leyshon, A. 1988: Services and uneven develop- ment. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Marshall, M. 1987: Long waves of regional devel- opment. London: Macmillan.

Marshall, T.H. and Bottomore, T. 1992: Citizenship and social class. London: Pluto Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 902 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

902

Marston, S. 1990: Who are ‘the people’?: gender, citizenship, and the making of the American nation. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 8: 449–58.

Marston, S. and Mitchell, K. 2004: Citizens and the state: contextualizing citizenship formation in space and time. In M. Low and C. Barnett, eds, Spaces of democracy. London: Sage.

Marston, S.A. 2000: The social construction of scale. Progress in Human Geography 24(2): 219–42.

Marston, S.A. 2004a: A long way from home: domesticating the social production of scale. In E. Sheppard and R. McMaster, eds, Scale and geographic inquiry: nature, society and method. Oxford: Blackwell, 170–91.

Marston, S.A. 2004b: Space, culture, state: uneven developments in political geography. Political Geography 23: 1–16.

Marston, S.A., Jones, J.P. III and Woodward, K. 2005: Human geography without scale. Trans- actions of the Institute of British Geographers 30: 416–32.

Marston, S.A., Woodward, K. and Jones, J.P. III 2007: Flattening ontologies of globalization: the Nollywood case. Globalizations 4: 1–19.

Marston, S.A., Towers, G., Cadwallader, M. and Kirby, A. 1989: The urban problematic. In G. Gaile and C. Wilmott, eds, Geography in America. Columbus, OH: Merrill, 651–72.

Martin, D. 2002: Output areas for 2001. In P. Rees, D. Martin and P. Williamson, eds, The Census data system. Chichester: Wiley, 37–46.

Martin, D. 2003: Enacting neighborhood. Urban Geography 24: 361–85.

Martin, D. 2005: Socioeconomic GeoComputa- tion and e-social science. Transactions in GIS 9: 1–3.

Martin, D., Tate, N.J. and Langford, M. 2000: Refining population surface models: experi- ments with Northern Ireland census data. Transactions in GIS 4: 343–60.

Martin, D.G. 2000a: Constructing place: cul- tural hegemonies and media images of an inner-city neighborhood. Urban Geography 21: 380–405.

Martin, G.J. 2005: All possible worlds: a history of geographical ideas, 4th edn. New York: Oxford University Press.

Martin, J.E. 1983: Feudalism to capitalism: peas- ant and landlord in English agrarian development. London: Macmillan.

Martin, L.H., Gutman, F. and Hutton, P.H., eds, 1988: Technologies of the self: a seminar with Michel Foucault. London: Tavistock Press.

Martin, R.L. 1999a: The new economic geog- raphy of money. In R. Martin, ed., Money and the space economy. Chichester: Wiley, 3–27.

Martin, R.L. 1999b: The new ‘geographical turn’ in economics: some critical reflections. Cambridge Journal of Economics 23: 65–91.

Martin, R.L. 2000b: Local labour markets: their nature, performance and regulation. In G. Clark, M.P. Feldman and M.S. Gertler, eds, The Oxford handbook of economic geography. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Martin, R.L. 2001a: EMU versus the regions? Regional convergence and divergence in Euroland. Journal of Economic Geography 1: 51–80.

Martin, R.L. 2001b: Geography and public pol- icy: the case of the missing agenda. Progress in Human Geography 25: 189–209.

Martin, R.L. and Rowthorne, B., eds, 1986: The geography of deindustrialization. London: Macmillan.

Martin, R.L. and Sunley, P. 2001: Rethinking the ‘economic’ in economic geography: broad- ening our vision or losing our focus? Antipode 33(2): 148–61.

Martin, R.L. and Sunley, P. 2003: Decon- structing clusters: chaotic concept or policy panacea? Journal of Economic Geography 3: 5–35.

Martin, R.L. and Sunley, P. 2006: Path depend- ence and regional economic development. Journal of Economic Geography, 6: 395–437.

Martinez-Allier, J. 2002: The environmentalism of the poor: a study of ecological conflicts and valu- ation. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar.

Martins, L. 2000: A naturalist’s vision of the tropics: Charles Darwin and the Brazilian landscape. Singapore Journal of Tropical Geog- raphy 21: 19–33.

Martins, L.L. and Abreu, M.A. 2001: Paradoxes of modernity: imperial Rio de Janeiro, 1808– 1821. Geoforum 32(4): 533–50.

Marx, K. 1857: Introduction. In Marx, K. 1973 [1939]: Grundrisse: foundations of the critique of political economy (rough draft). London: Penguin, in association with New Left Review.

Marx, K. 1904: A contribution to the critique of political economy, trans. N.I. Stone (from 2nd German edn). Chicago: C.H. Kerr.

Marx, K. 1963 [1852]: The eighteenth brumaire of Louis Bonaparte. New York: International.

Marx, K. 1964: Pre-capitalist economic formations. London: Lawrence and Wishart.

Marx, K. 1967– : Capital, vols I–III. London: Penguin.

Marx, K. 1967 [1867]: Capital, vol. 1, trans. B. Fowkes. London: Penguin.

Marx, K. 1975: On the Jewish question. In L. Colletti, ed., Early writings. London: Penguin.

Marx, K. 1992 [1894]: Capital, vol. III, trans. D. Fenbach. London: Penguin.

Marx, K. 1988 [1844]: The economic and philo- sophic manuscripts of 1844 and the communist manifesto, trans. M. Milligan. Amherst, NY: Prometheus Books.

Marx, K. and Engels, F. 1972 [1845]: The German ideology. New York: International.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 903 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

903

Marx, K. and Engels, F. 2002 [1848]: The com- munist manifesto, trans. S. Moore; ed. G. Stedman Jones. London: Penguin.

Mascia-Lees, F., Sharp, P. and Cohen, C. 1989: The postmodern turn in anthropology: cautions from a feminist perspective. Signs 15: 7–33.

Mason, D. 1995: Race and ethnicity in modern Britain. New York: Oxford University Press.

Mason, P. 1990: Deconstructing America: represen- tations of the other. London: Routledge.

Masser, I. 1988: The Regional Research Labora- tory initiative: a progress report. International Journal of Geographical Information Systems 2(1): 11–22.

Massey, D. 1973: Towards a critique of indus- trial location theory. Antipode 5: 33–9.

Massey, D. 1991: A global sense of place. Marxism Today, June: 24–9.

Massey, D. 1993: Power-geometry and a pro- gressive sense of place. In J. Bird, B. Curtis, T. Putnam, G. Robertson and L. Tickner, eds, Mapping the futures: local cultures, global change. London: Routledge, 60–70.

Massey, D. 1994a: A global sense of place. In Massey, Space, place and gender. Cambridge, UK and Minneapolis: Polity Press and The University of Minnesota Press, 146–56.

Massey, D. 1994b: Space, place and gender. Cambridge, UK and Minneapolis: Polity Press and The University of Minnesota Press.

Massey, D. 1995a [1984]: Spatial divisions of labour: social structures and the geography of pro- duction, 2nd edn. London: Macmillan.

Massey, D. 1995b: Thinking radical democracy spatially. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 13: 283–8.

Massey, D. 1997: Spatial disruptions. In S. Golding, ed., The eight technologies of other- ness. London: Routledge, 218–25.

Massey, D. 1999: Space–time, ‘science’ and the relationship between physical and human geography. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 24: 261–76.

Massey, D. 2004: Geographies of responsibility. Geografiska Annaler 86B: 5–18.

Massey, D. 2005: For space. London: Sage. Massey,D.,Allen,J.andSarre,P.,eds,1999:Human

geography today. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press. Massey, D., Quintas, P. and Wield, D. 1991:

High-tech fantasies: science parks in society, sci- ence and space. London: Routledge.

Massey, D.B. 1979: A critical evaluation of industrial location theory. In F.E.I. Hamilton and G.J.R. Linge, eds, Spatial analysis, industry and the industrial environment, vol. I. Industrial systems. New York: Wiley, 57–72.

Massey, D.S. and Denton, N.A. 1986: The dimensions of residential segregation. Social Forces 67: 281–351.

Massey, D.S. and Denton, N.A. 1993: American apartheid: segregation and the making of the

underclass. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Massey, D.S. and Fischer, M.J. 2006: The effect of childhood segregation on minority academic performance at selective colleges. Ethnic and Racial Studies 29: 1–26.

Massey, D.S., Arango, J., Hugo, G., Kouaouci, A., Pellegrino, A. and Taylor, J.E. 1993: Theories of international migration: a review and appraisal. Population and Development Review 19: 431–66.

Masterman, M. 1970: The nature of a paradigm. In I. Lakatos and A. Musgrave, eds, Criticism and the growth of knowledge. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 59–89.

Matei, S. and Ball-Rokeach, S. 2005: Watts, the 1965 Los Angeles riots, and the communicative construction of the fear epicenter of Los Angeles. Communication Monographs 72: 301–23.

Matless, D. 1991: Nature, the modern and the mystic: tales from early twentieth century geography. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 16: 272–86.

Matless, D. 1992: An occasion for geography: landscape, representation and Foucault’s cor- pus. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 10(1): 41–56.

Matless, D. 1993: Regional surveys and local knowledges: the geographical imagination in Britain, 1918–39. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 17(4): 464–80.

Matless, D. 1994: Moral geography in Broadland. Ecumene 1: 127–55.

Matless, D. 1997: Moral geographies of English landscape. Landscape Research 22: 141–55.

Matless, D. 1998: Landscape and Englishness. London: Reaktion Books.

Mato, D. 1998: On the making of transnational identities in the age of globalization: the US Latina/o-‘Latin’ American case. Cultural Studies 12: 598–620.

Matthews, M.H. 1992: Making sense of place: chil- dren’s understanding of large-scale environments. Hemel Hempstead: Harvester Wheatsheaf.

Matthews, J.A. and Herbert, D.T. 2004: Unifying geography, London: Routledge.

Maurer, B. 2003: Uncanny exchanges: the possi- bilities and failures of ‘making change’ with alternative monetary forms. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 21(3): 317–40.

Mauro, A. 1995: Stop disasters: the newsletter of the UN International Decade for Natural Disaster Reduction. In T. Horlick-Jones, A. Amendola and R. Casale, eds, Natural risk and civil protection. London: E. & F.N. Spon, 511–15.

Mauss, M. 1990 [1925]: The gift: the form and reason for exchange in archaic societies, trans. W.D. Halls. New York: W.W. Norton.

Maxey, I. 1999: Beyond boundaries? Activism, academia, reflexivity and research. Area 31(3): 199–208.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 904 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

904

May, J. and Thrift, N., eds, 2001: TimeSpace: geographies of temporality. London: Routledge.

May, J., Wills, J., Datta, K., Evans, Y. and Herbert, J. 2007: Keeping London working: global cities, the British state and London’s new migrant division of labour. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 32(2): 151–67.

May, J.A. 1970: Kant’s conception of geography and its relation to recent geographical thought. Toronto: University of Toronto, Department of Geography, Research publication 4.

May, J.M. 1952: International Geographical Union, XVII International Congress: first report of the Commission on Medical Geography (Ecology of Health and Disease). Washington, DC: UNESCO.

May, J.M. 1958: The ecology of human disease. New York: M.D. Publications.

May, R.M. 1973: Stability and complexity in model ecosystems. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Mayer, J. 2008: Outsourcing torture: the secret history of America’s ‘extraordinary rendition’ program. In Mayer, The dark side, New York, Doubleday, 101–38.

Mayer, J.D. 1982: Relations between two tradi- tions of medical geography: health systems planning and geographical epidemiology. Progress in Human Geography 6: 216–30.

Mayer, J.D. and Meade, M.S. 1994: A reformed medical geography reconsidered. The Professional Geographer 46: 103–6.

Mayer, T. 1994: Analytical Marxism. London: Sage.

Mayer, T., ed., 2000: Gender ironies of national- ism: sexing the nation. London: Routledge.

Mayer, T. 2004: Embodied nationalisms. In L. Staeheli, E. Kofman and L. Peake, eds, Mapping women, making politics. New York: Routledge.

Mayhew, L. 1986: Urban hospital location. London: George Allen & Unwin.

Mayhew, R. 1996: Landscape, religion and knowledge in eighteenth century England. Ecumene 3: 454–71.

Mayhew, R. 2000: Enlightenment geography: the political languages of British geography, 1650– 1850. London: Macmillan.

Mayhew, R. 2001: The effacement of early mod- ern geography (c.1600–1850). Progress in Human Geography 25: 282–401.

Mayne, A. 1993: The imagined slum: newspaper representation in three cities 1870–1914. Leicester: Leicester University Press.

Mayne, A. and Murray, T., eds, 2001: The archae- ology of urban landscapes: explorations in slum- land. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Mazlish, B. 1999: Big questions? Big history. History and Theory 38(2): 232–48.

Mazlish, B. 2005: Civilization and its contents. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Mazower, M. 1998: Dark continent: Europe’s twentieth-century. London: Allen Lane.

Mbembe, A. 2000: At the edge of the world: boundaries, territoriality, and sovereignty in Africa. Public Culture 12: 259–84.

Mbembe, A. 2001: On the Postcolony. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Mbembe, A. 2003: Necropolitics. Public Culture 15: 11–40.

McAdam, D., Tarrow, S. and Tilly, C. 2001: Dynamics of contention. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

McCann, E.J. 2002: The cultural politics of local economic development: meaning-making, place-making, and the urban policy process. Geoforum 33(3): 385–98.

McCarthy, J. 2004: Privatizing conditions of pro- duction: trade agreements as neoliberal envir- onmental governance. Geoforum 35: 327–41.

McCarthy, J. 2005: Scale, sovereignty, and strategy in environmental governance. Antipode 37(4): 731–53.

McCarty, H.H., Hook, J.C. and Knox, D.S. 1956: The measurement of association in indus- trial geography. Iowa City: Department of Geography, University of Iowa.

McClintock, A. 1995: Imperial leather: race, gen- der, and sexuality in the colonial contest. London: Routledge.

McClintock, C.C., Brannon, D. and Maynard- Moody, S. 1979: Applying the logic of sample surveys to qualitative case studies. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(12): 4–16.

McCormack, D. 2003: An event of geographical ethics in spaces of affect. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 4: 488–507.

McCormack, D. 2005: Diagramming practice and performance. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 23: 119–47.

McCormick, M. 2001: Origins of the European econ- omy: communications and commerce AD 300–900. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

McCullough, M. 2004: Digital ground: architec- ture, pervasive computing and environmental knowing. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

McDonough, T., ed., 2002: Guy Debord and the Situationist International: texts and documents. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

McDowell, L. 1983: Towards an understanding of the gender division of urban space. Environ- ment and Planning D: Society and Space 1: 15–30.

McDowell, L. 1986: Beyond patriarchy: a class- based explanation of women’s subordination. Antipode 18(3): 311–21.

McDowell, L. 1991: Life without father and Ford: the new gender order of post-Fordism. Transactions of the Institute of British Geogra- phers 16(4): 400–19.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 905 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

905

McDowell, L. 1997a: Capital culture: gender at work in the city. Oxford: Blackwell.

McDowell, L., ed., 1997b: Undoing place? A geo- graphical reader. London: Arnold.

McDowell, L. 1998: Elites in the City of London: some methodological considerations. Environment and Planning A 30: 2133–46.

McDowell, L. 2001: Father and Ford revisited: gender, class and employment change in the new millennium. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 26: 448–64.

McDowell, L. 2003: Redundant masculinities? Employment change and white working class youth. Oxford: Blackwell.

McDowell, L. and Court, G. 1994: Performing work: bodily representations in merchant banks. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 12: 727–50.

McDowell, L. and Massey, D. 1984: A woman’s place? In D. Massey and J. Allen, eds, Geography matters. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press in Association with the Open University, 128–47.

McDowell, L. and Sharpe, J. 1997: Space, gender, knowledge: feminist readings. London: Arnold.

McDowell, L. and Sharpe, J., eds, 1999: Feminist glossary of human geography. London: Arnold.

McEwan, C. 2000: Gender, geography and empire: Victorian women travellers in West Africa. London: Ashgate.

McEwan, C. 2003: Material geographies and postcolonialism. Singapore Journal of Tropical Geography 24(3): 340–55.

McGee, T.G. 1971: The urbanization process in the Third World: explorations in search of a theory. London: George Bell.

McGee, T.G. 1991: The emergence of desakota regions in Asia: expanding a hypothesis. In N. Ginsburg, B. Koppel and T.G. McGee, eds, The extended metropolis: settlement transition in Asia. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press.

McGee, T.G. 1995: Eurocentrism and geog- raphy: reflections on Asian urbanization, in J. Crush, ed., Power of development. London: Routledge, 192–207.

McGee, T.G. 2001: Urbanization takes on new dimensions in Asia’s population giants. Population Today 29(7): 1–2.

McGuinness, M. 2002: Geographies with a dif- ference? Citizenship and difference in post- colonial urban spaces. In A. Blunt and C. McEwan, eds, Postcolonial geographies. London: Continuum, 99–114.

McGuirk, P.M. 2000: Power and policy net- works in urban governance: local government and property-led regeneration in Dublin. Urban Studies 37: 651–72.

McGuirk, P.M. 2004: State, strategy, and scale in the competitive city: a neo-Gramscian analysis of the governance of ‘global Sydney’. Environment and Planning A 36: 1019–43.

McIntosh, M. 1998: Controlling misbehaviour in England, 1370–1600. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

McKendrick, J.H. 1999: Not just a playground: rethinking children’s place in the built envir- onment. Built Environment 25(1): 75–8.

McKendrick, J.H. 2000: The geography of chil- dren: an annotated bibliography. Childhood 73(3): 359–87.

McKendrick, J.H., ed., 2004: First steps: a primer on the geographies of children and youth. London: Limited Life Working Party on Children, Youth and Families of the Royal Geographic Society with the Institute of British Geographers.

McKenzie, E. 1994: Privatopia: homeowner asso- ciations and the rise of residential private govern- ment. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

McKibben, W. 1990: The end of nature. London: Penguin.

McKinnon, K. 2005: (Im)mobilization and hegemony: ‘Hill tribe’ subjects and the ‘Thai’ state. Social and Cultural Geography 6: 31–46.

McLafferty, S. and Preston, V. 1997: Gender, race, and the determinants of commuting: New York in 1990. Urban Geography 18: 192–202.

McLellan, D. 1979: Marxism after Marx. London: Macmillan.

McMaster, R.B. and Shea, K.S. 1992: General- ization in digital cartography. Washington, DC: Association of American Geographers.

McMichael, P., ed., 1996: Food and agrarian orders in the world economy. New York: Praeger.

McMillan, J. 2002: Reinventing the bazaar. New York: W.W. Norton.

McNee, R. 1960: Towards a more humanistic geography: the geography of enterprise. Tijd- schrift voor Economische en Sociale Geografie 51: 201–6.

McNeill, J.R. 2003: Observations on the nature and culture of environmental history. History and Theory 42 (December 2003): 5–43.

McNulty, M. 1999: The collapse of Zaire: implo- sion, revolution or external sabotage? Journal of Modern African Studies 37: 53–82.

Mead, G.H. 1934: Mind, self and society. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Meade, M. and Erickson, R. 2000: Medical geog- raphy, 2nd edn. New York: Guilford Press.

Meadows, D.H., Meadows, D.L. and Randers, J. 1992: Beyond the limits: global collapse or a sustainable future. London: Earthscan.

Meadows, D.H., Meadows, D.L., Randers, J. and Brehens, W. III 1972: The limits to growth. London: Earth Island.

Meardon, S. 2001: Modelling agglomeration and dispersion in city and country: Gunnar Myrdal, François Perroux and the New Economic Geography. American Journal of Economics and Sociology 60(1): 25–57.

Megoran, N. 2005: The critical geopolitics of danger in Uzbekistan and Kyrgyztan.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 906 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

906

Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 23: 555–80.

Megoran, N. 2008: Militarism, realism, just war or nonviolence? Critical geopolitics and the problem of normativity. Geopolitics 13: 473–97.

Mehta, U. 1999: Liberalism and empire: a study in nineteenth-century political thought and practice. Chicago: Chicago University Press.

Mein Smith, P. 2003: New Zealand Federation Commissioners in Australia: one past, two his- toriographies. Australian Historical Studies 34 (122): 305–25.

Meinig, D.W. 1965: The Mormon culture region: strategies and patterns in the American West. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 55: 191–220.

Meinig, D.W., ed., 1979: The interpretation of ordinary landscapes. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Meinig, D.W. 1983: Geography as an art. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 8(3): 314–28.

Meinig, D.W. 1986: The shaping of America: a geographical perspective on 500 years of history, vol. 1: Atlantic America, 1492–1800. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Meinig, D.W. 1986–2004: The shaping of America: a geographical perspective on 500 years of history, 4 vols. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Melman, N. 1992: Women’s Orients: English women and the Middle East 1718–1918. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.

Mels, T. 2004: Lineages of a geography of rhythms. In T. Mels, ed., Reanimating places: a geography of rhythms. Aldershot: Ashgate, 3–42.

Melville, S. and Readings, B., eds, 1995: Vision & textuality. London: Macmillan.

Menand, L. 2001: The metaphysical club: a story of ideas in America. New York: Farar, Straus and Giroux.

Mendels, F. 1972: Proto-industrialization: the first phase of the industrialization process. Journal of Economic History 32: 241–61.

Mendieta, E. 2007: The literature of urbicide: Friedrich, Nossack, Sebald and Vonnegut. Theory and Event 10:2.

Menzel, U. 2005: W.W. Rostow. In D. Simon, ed., Fifty key thinkers on development. London: Routledge.

Merrett, C. 1996: Free trade: neither free nor about trade. Montreal: Black Rose Books.

Merrifield, A. 1995: Situated knowledge through exploration: reflections on Bunge’s ‘geograph- ical expeditions’. Antipode 27(1): 49–70.

Merrifield, A. 1996: The extraordinary voyages of Ed Soja: inside the trialectics of spatiality. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 89: 345–8.

Merrifield, A. 2004: The sentimental city: the lost urbanism of Pierre Mac Orlan and Guy

Debord. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 28: 930–40.

Merrifield, A. 2006: Henri Lefebvre: a critical introduction. London: Routledge.

Merrifield, A. and Swyngedouw, E., eds, 1997: The urbanization of injustice. New York: New York University Press.

Merriman, P. 2004: Driving places: Marc Augé, non-places, and the geographies of England’s M1 motorway. Theory, Culture & Society 21: 145–67.

Mertes, T. 2004: A movement of movements: is another world really possible? London: Verso.

Merton, R.K. 1957: Social theory and social struc- ture. Toronto: Free Press.

Mestrovic, S. 1998: Anthony Giddens: the last modernist. London: Routledge.

Metzel, D. and Philo, C., eds, 2005: Theme section on ‘Geographies of intellectual disabil- ity. Health and Place 11: 77–120.

Meyerson, F.A.B. 2001: Replacement migration: A questionable tactic for delaying the inevit- able effects of fertility transition. Population and Environment 22: 401–9.

Midgley, J. 2001: The United States: welfare, work and development. International Journal of Social Welfare 10: 284–93.

Mignolo, W. 2005: The idea of Latin America. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Mignolo, W.D. 2000: Local histories/global designs: coloniality, subaltern knowledges, and border thinking. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Milbourne, P., ed., 1997: Revealing rural ‘others’: representation, power and identity in the British countryside. London: Frances Pinter.

Miles, R. 1993: Racism after race relations. London: Routledge.

Miles, R. and Brown, M. 2003: Racism, 2nd edn. London: Routledge.

Mill, H.R. 1913: The realm of nature. London: John Murray.

Miller, A. 1953: The skin of the Earth. London: Methuen.

Miller, B. 2006: The globalization of fear: fear as a technology of governance. In D. Conway and N. Heynen, eds, Globalization’s contradictions: geographies of discipline, destruction and trans- formation. New York: Routledge, 161–95.

Miller, B.A. 2000: Geography and social move- ments: comparing antinuclear activism in the Boston area. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Miller, D., ed., 1997: Material cultures. London: UCL Press.

Miller, D., Jackson, P., Holbrook, B., Rowlands, M. and Thrift, N.J. 1998: Shopping, place and identity. London: Routledge.

Miller, R.E. and Blair, P.D. 1985: Input–output analysis: foundations and extensions. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 907 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

907

Milligan, C. 2001: Geographies of care: space, place and the voluntary sector. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Mills, C. 2004: Agamben’s Messianic politics: biopolitics, abandonment and happy life. Contretemps 5: 42–62.

Mills, C.W. 1959: The sociological imagination. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Mills, M. 1999: Thai women in the global labor force: consuming desires, contested selves. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.

Millstone, E. and Lang, T. 2003: The Penguin atlas of food: who eats what, where and why. London: Penguin.

Milne, D. 2008: America’s Rasputin: Walt Rostow and the Vietnam War. New York: Hill and Wang.

Milward, A. 2005: Review article: the European Union as a superstate. International History Review XXVII: 90–105.

Minca, C. 2000: Venetian geographical praxis. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 18: 285–9.

Minca, C. 2004: The return of the camp. Progress in Human Geography 29: 405–12.

Minca, C. 2006: Giorgio Agamben and the new biopolitical nomos. Geografiska Annaler 89B: 387–403.

Minca, C. 2007a: Agamben’s geographies of modernity. Political Geography 26: 78–97.

Minca, C. 2007b: Humboldt’s compromise, or the forgotten geographies of landscape. Progress in Human Geography 31: 179–93.

Minca, C. and Oakes, T., eds, 2006: Travels in paradox: remapping tourism. Lanham, MD: Rowman and Littlefield.

Mingay, G.E. 1997: Parliamentary enclosure in England: an introduction to its causes, incidence and impact 1750–1850. New York: Longman.

Mingione, E., ed., 1996: Urban poverty and the underclass: a reader. Oxford: Blackwell.

Mintz, S. 1976: On the concept of a Third World. Dialectical Anthropology 1: 377–82.

Mirowski, P. 1989: More heat than light. Economics as social physics: physics as nature’s economics. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Mirzoeff, N. 1999: Visual culture: an introduction. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Mishan, E.J. and Quah, E. 2007: Cost–benefit analysis, 5th edn. London: Routledge.

Mishra, V. and Hodge, B. 1991: What is post- colonialism? Textual Practice 5: 399–413.

Mitchell, D. 1995: There’s no such thing as cul- ture: towards a reconceptualization of the idea of culture in geography. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 20(1): 102–16.

Mitchell, D. 1996: The lie of the land: migrant work- ers and the California landscape. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Mitchell, D. 1997a: The annihilation of space by law: the roots and implications of anti- homeless laws in the United States. Antipode 29: 303–35.

Mitchell, D. 2000: Cultural geography: a critical introduction. Oxford: Blackwell.

Mitchell, D. 2002a: Cultural landscape: the dia- lectical landscape. Progress in Human Geogra- phy 26: 381–9.

Mitchell, D. 2002b: Dead labor and the political economy of landscape – of California living, California dying. In K. Anderson, M. Domosh, S. Pile and N. Thrift, eds, Handbook of cultural geography. London: Sage, 233–48.

Mitchell, D. 2003a: The right to the city: social justice and the fight for public space. New York: Guilford Press.

Mitchell, D. and Rosati, C. 2006: The globaliza- tion of culture: geography and the industrial production of culture. In D. Conway and N. Heynen, eds, Globalization’s contradictions: geographies of discipline, destruction and trans- formation. New York: Routledge, 144–60.

Mitchell, D. and Staeheli, L. 2005: Turning social relations into space: property, law and the plaza of Santa Fe, New Mexico. Landscape Research 30: 361–78.

Mitchell, J.C. 1983: Case and situation analysis. Sociological Review 31(3): 186–211.

Mitchell, J.K., ed., 1999: Crucibles of hazard: mega-cities and disasters in transition. Tokyo: UN University Press.

Mitchell, J.K. 2003b: Urban vulnerability to ter- rorism as hazard. In S.L. Cutter, D.B. Richardson and T.J. Wilbanks, eds, The geo- graphical dimensions of terrorism. New York: Routledge, 17–26.

Mitchell, K. 1993: Multiculturalism, or the united colors of capitalism? Antipode 25: 263– 94.

Mitchell, K. 1997b: Different diasporas and the hype of hybridity. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 15: 533–53.

Mitchell, K. 1997c: Transnational discourse: bringing geography back in. Antipode 29(2): 101–14.

Mitchell, K. 1998: Reworking democracy: con- temporary immigration and community polit- ics in Vancouver’s Chinatown. Political Geogra- phy 17: 729–50.

Mitchell, K. 2004a: Crossing the neo-liberal line: Pacific Rim migration and the metropolis. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.

Mitchell, K. 2004b: Geographies of identity: multiculturalism unplugged. Progress in Human Geography 28: 641–51.

Mitchell, K., Marston, S.A. and Katz, C., eds, 2004: Life’s work: geographies of social reproduc- tion. Oxford: Blackwell.

Mitchell, R., Martin, D. and Foody, G. 1998: Estimating the social composition of enumer- ation districts. Environment and Planning A 30: 1929–41.

Mitchell, T. 1988: Colonising Egypt. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 908 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

908

Mitchell, T. 1989: The world-as-exhibition. Comparative Studies in Society and History 31: 217–36.

Mitchell, T. 1991: The limits of the state: beyond statist approaches and their critics. American Political Science Review 85(1): 77–96.

Mitchell, T. 1992: Orientalism and the exhibi- tionary order. In N. Dirks, ed., Colonialism and culture. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 289–317.

Mitchell, T. 1998: Fixing the economy. Cultural Studies 12(1): 82–101.

Mitchell, T. 2002c: McJihad: Islam in the U.S. global order. Social Text 73: 1–18.

Mitchell, T. 2002d: Rule of experts: Egypt, techno- politics, modernity. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Mitchell, W.J.T., ed., 2002e [1994]: Landscape and power, 2nd edn. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Mitlin, D. and Satterthwaite, D., eds, 2004: Empowering squatter citizens: local government, civil society and urban poverty reduction. London: Earthscan.

Mitman, G. 1992: The state of nature: ecology, community, and American social thought, 1900– 1950. Chicago: the University of Chicago Press.

Mitra, A. and Schwartz, R.L. 2001: From cyber space to cybernetic space: rethinking the rela- tionship between real and virtual spaces. Journal of Computer-Mediated Communication 7(1), http://www3.interscience.wiley.com/journal/ 117979306/home

Mittelman, J. 2000: The globalization syndrome: transformation and resistance. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Mizuoka, F., Mizuuchi, T., Hisatake, T., Tsutsumi, K. and Fujita, T. 2005: The critical heritage of Japanese geography: its tortured trajectory for eight decades. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 23: 453–73.

Mlodinow, L. 2001: Euclid’s window: the story of geometry from parallel lines to hyperspace. New York: The Free Press.

Mohan, G. and Mohan, J. 2002: Placing social capital. Progress in Human Geography 26: 191– 210.

Mohan, J. 2002: Planning, markets and hospitals. London: Routledge.

Mohanty, C.T. 1991: Under Western eyes: femi- nist scholarship and colonial discourses. In C.T. Mohanty, A. Russo and L. Torres, eds, Third World women and the politics of feminism. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press, 51–80.

Mohanty, C.T. 2003: ‘Under Western eyes’ revisited: feminist solidarity through anti- capitalist struggles. Signs: Journal of Women in Culture and Society 28: 499–535.

Moi, T. 1999: What is a woman? And other essays. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Mol, A. 2002: The body multiple. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Mollenkopf, J. 2008: School is out: the case of New York City. Urban Affairs Review 44(2): 239–65.

Momsen, J. 1999: Women and development in the Third World. London: Routledge.

Momsen, J., ed., 1999: Gender, migration and domestic service. London: Routledge.

Monk, J. 1994: Place matters: comparative inter- national perspectives on feminist geography. The Professional Geographer 46: 277–88.

Monk, J. and Hanson, S. 1982: On not excluding the other half from human geography. The Professional Geographer 32: 11–23.

Monmonier, M. 1993: Mapping it out: expository cartography for the humanities and social sciences. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Monmonier, M. 2001: Bushmanders and bullwin- kles: how politicians manipulate electronic maps and census data to win elections. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Monmonier, M. 2003: The Internet, carto- graphic surveillance, and locational privacy. In M.P. Peterson, ed., Maps and the Internet. Oxford: Elsevier Science, 97–113.

Monmonier, M. 2004a: How to lie with maps, 2nd edn. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Monmonier, M. 2004b: Rhumb lines and map wars: a social history of the Mercator projection. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Monmonier, M. 2004c: Spying with maps: surveil- lance technologies and the future of privacy. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Monmonier, M. 2005: Lying with maps. Statistical Science 20: 215–22.

Monmonier, M. 2006: From Squaw Tit to Whorehouse Meadow: how maps name, claim, and inflame. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Monmonier, M. and McMaster, R.B. 2004: Cartography. In G.L. Gaile and C.J. Willmott, eds, Geography in America at the dawn of the twenty-first century. New York: Oxford University Press, 419–41.

Montello, D.R. 2002: Cognitive map-design research in the twentieth century: theoretical and empirical approaches. Cartography and Geographic Information Science 29: 283–304.

Montesquieu, C.L. 1949 [1748]: The spirit of the laws. New York: Hafner.

Montfort, M.J. and Dutailly, J.C. 1983: Les filières de production. Paris: INSEE.

Moore, B. 1966: The social origins of dictatorship and democracy. Boston: Beacon Press.

Moore, D. 1996: Marxism, culture and political ecology. In R. Peet and M. Watts, eds, liberation ecologies. London: Routledge, 125–47.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 909 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

909

Moore, D. 2005: Suffering for territory: race, place and power in Zimbabwe. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Moore, D., Kosek, J. and Pandian, A., eds, 2003: Race, nature and the cultural politics of difference. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Moore, N. and Whelan, Y., eds, 2007: Heritage, memory and the politics of identity: new perspec- tives on the cultural landscape. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Moran, M. 1991: The financial services revolution: the USA, UK and Japan. London: Macmillan.

Moran, M. 2003: The British regulatory state: high modernism and hyper-innovation. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Moran, W., Blundern, G. and Bradley, A. 1996: Empowering family farms through coopera- tives and producer marketing board. Economic Geography 72(2): 161–77.

Moretti, F. 1998: Atlas of the European novel 1800–1900. London: Verso.

Moretti, F. 2005: Graphs, maps and trees: abstract models for a literary history. London: Verso.

Morgan, K. 2004: The exaggerated death of geography: learning, proximity and territorial innovation systems. Journal of Economic Geography 4: 3–21.

Morgan, K., Marsden, T. and Murdoch, J. 2006: Worlds of food: place, power, and provenance in the food chain. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Morley, D. 2003: What’s home got to do with it? Contradictory dynamics in the domestication of technology and the dislocation of domesti- city. Cultural Studies 6(4): 435–58.

Morley, D. and Robins, K. 1992: Techno- Orientalism: futures, foreigners and phobias. New Formations 16: 136–56.

Morrill, R. 1993: Geography, spatial analysis and social science. Urban Geography 14: 442–6.

Morrill, R.L. 2005: Hägerstrand and the ‘quan- titative revolution’: a personal appreciation. Progress in Human Geography 29: 333–6.

Morris, A.E.J. 1994: History of urban form: before the industrial revolutions. New York: Wiley.

Morris, M. 2006: ‘Politics’ is plural. Women’s Studies Quarterly 34(1/2): 82–6.

Morrissey, J. 2008b: The geoeconomic pivot of the global war on terror: US Central Command and the war in Iraq. In D. Ryan and P. Kiely, eds, America and Iraq: policy- making, intervention and regional politics. New York: Taylor and Francis, 103–22.

Morrissey, J. 2009: Bases, bodies and biopolitics: US juridical warfare in the War on Terror. In D. Grondin, ed., War beyond the battlefield. New York: Routledge (in press).

Morrissey, J., Strohmayer, U., Whelan, Y. and Yeoh, B. 2009: Key concepts in historical geog- raphy. London: Sage.

Mortimore, M. 1998: Roots in the African Dust: sustaining the drylands. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Mosley, S., Harrigan, J. and Toye, J. 1991: Aid and power: the World Bank and policy-based lend- ing. London: Routledge.

Moss, P., ed., 2002: Feminist geography in prac- tice: research and methods. Oxford: Blackwell.

Moss, P. 2005: A bodily notion of research: power, difference, and specificity in feminist methodology. In L. Nelson and J. Seager, eds, A companion to feminist geography. Oxford: Blackwell, 41–59.

Moss, P. and Dyck, I. 2002: Women, body, illness: space and identity in the everyday lives of women with chronic illness. Lanham, MD: Rowan and Littlefield.

Mosse, D. 2005: Cultivating development: an eth- nography of aid policy and practice. London: Zed Books.

Mosse, G. 1975: The nationalisation of the masses. New York: Howard Fertig.

Mouffe, C. 1992: Feminism, citizenship, and radical democratic politics. In J. Butler and J. Scott, eds, Feminists theorize the political. New York: Routledge, 369–84.

Mouffe, C. 1993: The return of the political. London: Verso.

Moulaert, F., Rodriguez, A. and Swyngedouw, E., eds, 2003: The globalized city: economic restructing and social polarization in European cities. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Mountz, A. 2003: Human smuggling, the trans- national imaginary, and everyday geographies of the nation-state. Antipode 35: 622–44.

Mountz, A., Miyares, A., Wright, R. and Bailey, A. 2003: Methodologically becoming: power, knowledge and team research. Gender, Place and Culture 10: 29–46.

Mulhern, F. 2000: Culture/metaculture. London: Routledge.

Müller, M. 2008: Reconsidering the concept of discourse for the field of critical geopolitics. Political Geography 27: 322–38.

Muller, P. 2004: Transportation and urban form: stages in the spatial evolution of the American metropolis. In S. Hanson and G. Giuliano, eds, The geography of urban trans- portation, 3rd edn. New York: Guilford Press, 59–85.

Mulvey, L. 1989: Visual and other pleasures. London: Macmillan.

Mumford, L. 1961: The city in history. New York: Harcourt, Brace.

Munasinghe, M. and Swart, R. 2005: Primer on climate change and sustainable development: facts, policy analysis and applications. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Münkler, H. 2005: The new wars. Cambridge UK: Polity Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 910 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

910

Murdoch, J. 2003: Co-constructing the country- side: hybrid networks and the extensive self. In P. Cloke, ed., Country visions. London: Pearson, 263–82.

Murdoch, J. 2006: Post-structuralist geography: a guide to relational space. London: Sage.

Murdoch, J. and Lowe, P. 2003: The preserva- tionist paradox: modernism, environmentalism and the politics of spatial division. Trans- actions of the Institute of British Geographers 28: 318–32.

Murdoch, J. and Marsden T. 1995: The spatiali- zation of politics: local and national actor- spaces in environmental conflict. Trans- actions of the Institute of British Geographers 20: 368–80.

Murji, K. and Solomos, J. 2005: Racialization: studies in theory and practice. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Murphy, A.B. 2006: Enhancing geography’s role in public debate. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 96(1): 1–13.

Murphy, J. 2006: Building trust in economic space. Progress in Human Geography 30(4): 427–50.

Murphy, R.E. 1972: The central business district. London: Longman.

Murray, R. 1989: Fordism and post-Fordism. In S. Hall and M. Jacques, eds, New times. London: Lawrence and Wishart.

Murray, W.E. 2006: Neo-feudalism in Latin America? Globalization, agribusiness and land re-concentration in Chile. Journal of Peasant Studies 33: 646–77.

Mustafa, D. 2005: The terrible geographicalness of terrorism: reflections of a hazards geog- rapher. Antipode 37(1): 72–92.

Musterd, S. 2003: Segregation and integration: a contested relationship. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies 29: 623–41.

Mutersbaugh, T. 2002: The number is the beast: a political economy of organic-coffee certifica- tion and producer unionism. Environment and Planning A 34(7): 1165–84.

Mutersbaugh, T. 2004: Serve and certify: para- doxes of service work in organic coffee certifi- cation. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 22: 533–52.

MVRDV 2000: Costa Iberica. Barcelona: Actar.

Nabudere, D.W. 1997: Beyond modernization and development, or why the poor reject devel- opment. Geografiska Annaler 79B: 203–15.

Naess, A. 1973: The shallow and the deep, long- range ecology movements: a summary. Inquiry 16: 95–100.

Nagar, R. and Ali, F. 2003: Collaboration across borders: moving beyond positionality. Singapore Journal of Tropical Geography 24(3): 356–72.

Nagar, R. and Swarr, A.L. 2005: Organizing from the margins: grappling with ‘empower- ment’ in India and South Africa. In L.

Nelson and J. Seager, eds, A companion to femi- nist geography. Oxford: Blackwell, 291–304.

Nagar, R., Lawson, V., McDowell, L. and Hanson, S. 2002: Locating globalization: feminist (re)readings of the subjects and spaces of globalization. Economic Geography 78: 257–84.

Naimark, N.M. 2001: Fires of hatred: ethnic cleans- ing in twentieth century Europe. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Nalbantoglu, G.B. and Wong C.T. 1997: Introduction. In G.B. Nalbantoglu and C.T. Wong, eds, Postcolonial space(s). New York: Princeton Architectural Press, 7–12.

Nandy, A. 1992: State. In W. Sachs, ed., The development dictionary: a guide to knowledge as power. London: Zed Books, 264–74.

Nandy, A. 1997: Colonization of the mind. In M. Rahnema with V. Bawtree, eds, The post- development reader. London: Zed Books, 168–78.

Nandy, A. 2003: The romance of the state and the fate of dissent in the tropics. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Naraindas, H. 1996: Poisons, putresence and the weather: a genealogy of the advent of tropical medicine. Contributions to Indian Sociology 30: 1–35.

Nash, C. 1996: Reclaiming vision: looking at landscape and the body, Gender Place and Culture 3: 149–69.

Nash, C. 1999: Irish placenames: postcolonial locations. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 24: 457–80.

Nash, C. 2000: Performativity in practice: some recent work in cultural geography Progress in Human Geography 24: 653–64.

Nash, R.F. 1982 [1967]: Wilderness and the American mind. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Nast, H. 1994a: Opening remarks on ‘Women in the field’. The Professional Geographer 46: 54–66.

Nast, H., ed., 1994b: Women in the field: critical feminist methodologies and theoretical per- spectives. Professional Geographer 46: 54–102.

Nast, H. 1998: Unsexy geographies. Gender, Place and Culture 5: 191–206.

Nast, H. 2000: Mapping the ‘unconscious’: racism and the Oedipal family. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 90: 215–55.

Nast, H.J. and Pile, S., eds, 1998: Places through the body. London: Routledge.

National Intelligence Council 2005: Mapping the global future. Washington, DC: NIC, http://www.cia.gov/nic/NIC_globaltrend2020

National Research Council Panel on a Multipurpose Cadastre 1983: Procedures and standards for a multipurpose cadastre. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 911 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

911

Natter, W. 2005: Friedrich Ratzel’s spatial turn: identities of disciplinary space and its borders between the anthropo- and political geography of Germany and the United States. In H. van Houtum, O. Kramsch and W. Zierhoger, eds, B/ordering space. Aldershot: Ashgate, 171–86.

Natter, W., Schatzki, T.R. and Jones, J.P., eds, 1996: Objectivity and its other. New York: Guilford Press.

Nayak, A. 2003: Race, place and globalization: youth culture in a changing world. Oxford: Berg.

Naylor, R.T. and Hudson, M. 2004: Hot money and the politics of debt. Montreal/Kingston: McGill-Queens University Press.

Naylor, S. 2002: The field, the museum and the lecture hall: the spaces of natural history in Victorian Cornwall. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 27: 494– 513.

Naylor, S. 2006: Nationalising provincial wea- ther: meteorology in nineteenth century Cornwall. British Journal for the History of Science 39: 1–27.

Nedelsky, J. 1990: Law, boundaries and the bounded self. Representations 30: 162–89.

Neeson, J.M. 1993: Commoners, common right, enclosure and social change in England 1700– 1820. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Negri, A. 2000: The savage anomaly: the power of Spinoza’s metaphysics and politics. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Nelson, J.S., Megill, A. and McCloskey, D.N., eds, 1987: The rhetoric of the human sciences: language and argument in scholarship and public affairs. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.

Nelson, L. 1999: Bodies (and spaces) do matter: the limits of performativity. Gender, Place and Culture 6: 331–53.

Nelson, L. 2004: Topographies of citizenship: Purhépechan Mexican women claiming polit- ical subjectivities. Gender, Place and Culture 11(2): 163–87.

Nelson, L. and Seager, J., eds, 2005: A companion to feminist geography. Oxford: Blackwell.

Netting, R.M. 1986: Cultural ecology. Prospect Heights, IL: Waveland Press.

Neuman, M. 2005: The compact city fallacy. Journal of Planning Education and Research 25(1): 11–26.

Neumann, I. 1996: Russia and the idea of Europe: a study in identity and international relations. London: Routledge.

Neumann, R.P. 1998: Imposing wilderness: strug- gles over livelihood and nature preservation in Africa. Berkeley, CA: University of California.

Neumann, R.P. 2004a: Moral and discursive geographies in the war for biodiversity in Africa. Political Geography 23: 813–37.

Neumann, R.P. 2004b: Nature–state–territory: towards a critical theorization of conservation enclosures. In R. Peet and M. Watts, eds, Liberation ecologies: environment, development, social movements. London: Routledge, 195– 217.

Neumann, R.P. 2005: Making political ecology. London: Hodder Arnold.

Nevins, J. 2002: Operation gatekeeper: the rise of the ‘illegal alien’ and the making of the U.S.– Mexico boundary. New York: Routledge.

Newcombe, K., Kalma, J. and Aston, A. 1978: The metabolism of a city: the case of Hong Kong. Ambio 7(1): 3–15.

Newman, D. 1995: Boundaries in flux: the Green Line boundary between Israel and the West Bank – past, present and future. Monograph Series, Boundary and Territory Briefings, No. 7. Durham, UK: International Boundaries Research Unit, University of Durham.

Newman, D. 2002: The lines that separate: boundaries and borders in political geography. In J. Agnew and G. Toal, eds, A companion to political geography. Oxford: Blackwell.

Newman, D. 2005: Conflict at the interface: the impact of boundaries and borders on contem- porary ethnonational conflict. In C. Flint, ed., The geography of war and peace. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 321–44.

Newman, J.L. 1973: The use of the term ‘hypothesis’ in geography. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 63: 22–7.

Newman, O. 1972: Defensible space: crime pre- vention through urban design. New York: Macmillan.

Newman, O. 1996: Creating defensible space. Washington, DC: US Department of Housing and Urban Development, Office of Policy Development and Research.

Newstead, C., Reid, C. and Sparke, M. 2003: The cultural geography of scale. In K. Anderson, M. Domosh and N. Thrift, eds, The handbook of cultural geography. London: Sage, 485–97.

Niamir-Fuller, M., ed., 1999: Managing mobility in African rangelands. London: Intermediate Technology Publications.

Nicholls, A. and Opal, C. 2005: Fair trade: mar- ket-driven ethical consumption. London: Sage.

Nicholson, L.J., ed., 1989: Feminism/postmodern- ism. New York: Routledge.

Nicol, H.N. and Townsend-Gault, I., eds, 2005: Holding the line: borders in a global world. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press.

Nicolson, M.H. 1959: Mountain gloom and moun- tain glory: the development of the aesthetics of the infinite. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Nietschmann, B. 1973: Between land and water: the subsistence ecology of the Miskito Indians, Eastern Nicaragua. New York: Seminar Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 912 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

912

Nietzsche, F. 1994: On the genealogy of morality, ed. K. Ansell-Pearson. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Nightingale, A. 2003: A feminist in the forest: situated knowledges and mixing methods in natural resource management. ACME: an International E-Journal for Critical Geographies 2(1): 77–90.

Nijman, J. 2000: The paradigmatic city. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 90: 135–45.

Ninjalicious [Jeff Chapman] 2005: Access all areas: a user’s guide to the art of urban explor- ation. Toronto: Infilpress.

Nochlin, L. 1991: The imaginary Orient. In Nochlin, The politics of vision: essays on nine- teenth-century art and society. London: Thames and Hudson, 33–59.

Nogueras-Iso, J., Zarazaga-Soria, F.J., Lacasta, J., Béjar, R. and Muro-Medrano, P.R. 2004: Metadata standard interoperability: applica- tion in the geographic information domain. Computers, Environment and Urban Systems 28: 611–34.

Nolin, C. 2006: Transnational ruptures: gender and forced migration. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Nootebloom, B. 2006: Innovation, learning and cluster dynamics. In B. Asheim, P. Cooke and R. Martin, eds, Clusters and regional develop- ment: critical reflections and explorations. London: Routledge, 137–63.

Nora, P. 1989: Between memory and history: Les Lieux de Mémoire. Representations 26: 7–25.

Nora, P. 1997: Realms of memory. New York: Columbia University Press.

Norbert-Hodge, H. 1991: Ancient futures: learn- ing from Ladakh. San Francisco: Sierra Club Books.

Norcliffe, G.B. 1997: Popeism and Fordism: examining the roots of mass production. Regional Studies 30: 267–80.

Nordgren, A., ed., 1997: Science, ethics and sus- tainability: the responsibility of science in attaining sustainable development. Studies in Bioethics and Research Ethics 2. Uppsala: Acta Universitatis Upsaliensis.

Nordstrom, C. 2004: Shadows of war: violence, power and international profiteering in the twenty-first century. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Noreen, E. 1989: Computer-intensive methods for testing hypotheses. New York: Wiley.

Nostrand, R. 1992: The Hispano homeland. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press.

Nostrand, R. and Estaville, L., eds, 2001: Homelands: a geography of culture and place across America. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Nove, A. 2005 [1983]: The economics of feasible socialism revisited. London: Taylor and Francis.

Nunes, M. 1997: What space is cyberspace? In D. Holmes, ed., Virtual politics: identity and community in cyberspace. London: Sage, 163–78.

Nunn, S. 2007: Incidents of terrorism in the United States, 1997–2005. Geographical Review 97: 89–111.

Nurkse, R. 1953: Problems of capital formation in underdeveloped countries. New York: Oxford University Press.

Ó Tuathail, G. 1992: Putting Mackinder in his place: material transformations and myth. Political Geography 11: 100–18.

Ó Tuathail, G. 1996a: An anti-geopolitical eye? Maggie O’Kane in Bosnia, 1992–94. Gender, Place and Culture 3: 171–85.

Ó Tuathail, G. 1996b: Critical geopolitics: the politics of writing global space. London: Routledge; Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Ó Tuathail, G. 2003: ‘Just looking for a fight’: American affect and the invasion of Iraq. Antipode 35: 856–70.

Ó Tuathail, G. 2005: The frustrations of geopol- itics and the pleasures of war: Behind Enemy Lines and American geopolitical culture. Geopolitics 10: 356–77.

Ó Tuathail, G. and Dalby, S., eds, 1998: Rethinking geopolitics. New York: Routledge.

O’Brien, L. 1992a: Introducing quantitative geog- raphy: measurement, methods and generalised lin- ear models. London: Routledge.

O’Brien, R. 1992b: Global financial integration: the end of geography. London: Frances Pinter.

O’Connor, J. 1973: The fiscal crisis of the state. New York: St Martin’s Press.

O’Connor, J. 1998: Natural causes: essays in eco- logical Marxism. New York: Guilford Press.

O’Gorman, E. 1961: The invention of America. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.

O’Kelly, M.E. 1998: A geographer’s analysis of hub-and-spoke networks. Journal of Transport Geography 6(3): 171–86.

O’Loughlin, J. 1996: ‘Europe of the Regions’ and the federalization of Europe. Publius 26: 141–62.

O’Loughlin, J., Ward, M.D., Lofdahl, C.L., Cohen, J.S., Brown, D.S., Reilly, D., Gleditsch, K.S. and Shin, M. 1998: The diffu- sion of democracy, 1946–1994. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 88: 545–74.

O’Neill, B. Mackellar, F.L. and Lutz, W. 2001: Population and climate change. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

O’Neill, O. 2001: Agents of justice. Metaphilosophy 32(1/2): 180–95.

O’Reilly, K. 2007: ‘Where the knots of narra- tive are tied and untied’: the dialogic produc- tion of gendered development spaces in

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 913 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

913

North India. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 97: 613–34.

O’Riordan, T. 1976: Environmentalism. London: Pion.

O’Riordan, T. 1991: The new environmentalism and sustainable development. The Science of the Total Environment 108: 5–15.

O’Riordan, T. 2004: Environmental science, sus- tainability and politics. Transactions of the Institute Of British Geographers 29(2): 234–47.

O’Sullivan, D. 1984: The age of discovery 1400– 1550. London: Longman.

O’Sullivan, D. 2004: Complexity science and human geography. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 29: 292–5.

O’Sullivan, D. and Unwin, D.J. 2002: Geographic information analysis. New York: Wiley.

O’Sullivan, P. 1982: Antidomino. Political Geography Quarterly 1: 57–64.

Oakes, T. 1997: Place and the paradox of mod- ernity. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 87(3): 509–31.

Oas, I. 2005: Shifting the Iron Curtain of Kantian peace: NATO expansion and the modern Magyars. In C. Flint, ed., The geography of war and peace. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 395–414.

Odland, J. 1988: Spatial autocorrelation. Beverly Hills: Sage.

OECD 2000: Knowledge management in the learn- ing economy. Paris: OECD.

OECD 2006: Economic policy reforms: going for growth. Paris: OECD.

Ogborn, M. 1998: Spaces of modernity: London’s geographies 1680–1780. New York: Guilford Press.

Ogborn, M. 2002: Writing travels: power, know- ledge and ritual on the English East India Company’s early voyages. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 27: 155–71.

Ogborn, M. 2007: Indian ink: script and print in the making of the English East India Company. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Ogden, P.E. and Hall, R. 2004: The second demographic transition, new household forms and the urban population of France during the 1990s. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 29: 88–105.

Ohmae, K. 1995. The end of the nation state: the rise of regional economies. New York: The Free Press.

Oke, T.R. 1978: Boundary layer climates. London: Methuen.

Okonski, K. 2003: ‘Ecological imperialism: a sustainable development network briefing paper’, Sustainable Development Network at http://www.sdnetwork.net/main/page.php? page_id¼4&p¼2&publication_id¼20

Oldroyd, D. 1986: The arch of knowledge: an introduction to the history of the philosophy and methodology of science. London: Methuen.

Olds, K. 2001: Globalization and urban change: capital, culture, and Pacific Rim mega-projects. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Ollman, B. 1976: Alienation: Marx’s conception of man in capitalist society, 2nd edn. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Olsson, G. 1974: The dialectics of spatial analy- sis. Antipode 6(3): 50–62.

Olsson, G. 1978: On the mythology of the nega- tive exponential or power as a game of onto- logical transformation. Geografiska Annaler 50B: 116–23.

Olsson, G. 1980: Birds in egg/eggs in bird. London: Pion.

Olsson, G. 1991: Lines of power/limits of language. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Olsson, G. 2007: Abysmal: a critique of cartographic reason. Chicago: Chicago University Press.

Olund, E. 2006: Whitewatching: cinema, race and regulation in the progressive-era United States. Unpublished PhD dissertation, Department of Geography, University of British Columbia.

Olund, E.N. 2002: From savage space to govern- able space: the extension of United States judi- cial sovereignty over Indian Country in the nineteenth century. Cultural Geographies 9: 129–57.

Olwig, K. 1993: Sexual cosmology: nation and landscape at the conceptual interstices of nature and culture; or, what does landscape really mean? In B. Bender, ed., Landscape: pol- itics and perspectives. Oxford: Berg, 307–43.

Olwig, K. 1996: Recovering the substantive nature of landscape. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 86(4): 630–53.

Olwig, K. 2002: Landscape, nature, and the body politic: from Britain’s renaissance to America’s New World. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press.

Omi, M. and Winant, H. 1996: Racial formation in the United States. New York: Routledge and Kegan Paul.

Omran, A. 1983: The epidemiological transition theory. Journal of Tropical Pediatrics 29: 305–16.

Ong, A. 1999: Flexible citizenship: the cultural logics of transnationality. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Ong, A. 2000: Graduated sovereignty in south- east Asia. Theory, Culture & Society 17: 55–75.

Ong, A. and Collier, S., eds, 2005: Global assem- blages: technology, politics and ethics as anthropo- logical problems. Oxford: Blackwell.

Openshaw, S. 1977: A geographical study of scale and aggregation effects in region-building, partitioning and spatial modelling. Trans- actions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 2: 459–72.

Openshaw, S. 1982: The modifiable areal unit problem. Norwich: GeoBooks (CATMOG 38).

Openshaw, S. 1989: Computer modelling in human geography. In B. Macmillan, ed.,

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 914 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

914

Remodelling geography. Oxford: Blackwell, 273–90.

Openshaw, S. 1996: Fuzzy logic as a new scien- tific paradigm for doing geography. Environment and Planning A 28: 761–8.

Openshaw, S. 1998: Building automated geo- graphical analysis and explanation machines. In P.A. Longley, S.M. Brooks, R. McDonnell and B. Macmillan, eds, Geocomputation: a primer. Chichester: Wiley, 95–115.

Openshaw, S., ed., 1995: Census users’ handbook, Cambridge: Geoinformation International.

Openshaw, S. and Openshaw, C. 1997: Artificial intelligence in geography. Chichester: Wiley.

Openshaw, S. and Taylor, P.J. 1979: A million or so correlation coefficients: three experiments on the modifiable areal unit problem. In N. Wrigley, ed., Statistical methods in the spatial sciences. London: Pion, 127–44.

Openshaw, S. and Taylor, P.J. 1981: The modi- fiable areal unit problem. In N. Wrigley and R.J. Bennett, eds, Quantitative geography: a British view. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 60–70.

Openshaw, S., Charlton, M., Wymer, C. and Craft, A.W. 1987: A Mark I Geographical Analysis Machine for the automated analysis of point datasets. International Journal of Geographic Information Systems 1: 335–58.

Ophir, A. and Shapin, S., eds, 1991: The place of knowledge: the spatial setting and its relations to the production of knowledge. Special issue of Science in Context.

Oppong, J. 1998: A vulnerability interpretation of the geography of HIV/AIDS in Ghana, 1986–1995. The Professional Geographer 50: 437–48.

Orford, A. 2003: Localizing the other: the imaginative geography of humanitarian inter- vention. In Orford, Reading humanitarian inter- vention: human rights and the use of force in international law. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 82–125.

Ortiz, F. 1995 [1940]: Cuban counterpoint: tobacco and sugar, trans. H. de Onı́s. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Ortner, S. 1995: Resistance and the problem of ethnographic refusal. Society for the Comparative Study of Society and History 37: 1773–93.

Osborn, F.J. 1977: New towns: their origins, achievements and progress. London: L. Hill.

Osborne, M.A. 1994: Nature, the exotic, and the science of French colonialism. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Osborne, P. 2000: Traveling light: photography, travel and visual culture. Manchester: Manchester University Press.

Oslender, U. 2007: The resurfacing of the public intellectual: towards the proliferation of public spaces of critical intervention. ACME: an

International E-journal for Critical Geographies 6(1): 98–123.

Osterhammel, J. 1997: Colonialism: a theoretical overview. Princeton, NJ: Markus Wiener.

Ostrom, E., Burger, J., Field, C.B., Norgaard, R.B. and Policansky, D. 1999: Revisiting the com- mons: local lessons, global challenges. Science 284(5412): 278–82.

Ostrom, E., Dietz, T., Dolsak, N., Stern, P., Stonich, S. and Weber, E., eds, 2002: The drama of the commons. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

Oswin, N. 2007: Producing homonormativity in neoliberal South Africa: recognition, redis- tribution and the equality project. Signs: Journal of Women in Culture and Society 32: 649–69.

Outram, D. 2005: The Enlightenment, 2nd edn. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Overton, M. 1996: Agricultural revolution in England: the transformation of the agrarian econ- omy 1500–1850. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Overton, M. 1996: Re-establishing the English agricultural revolution, Agricultural History Review 44: 1–20.

Oza, R. 2007: Contrapuntal geographies of threat and security: the United States, India and Israel. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 25: 9–32.

Oza, R. 2007: The geography of Hindu right- wing violence in India. In D. Gregory and A. Pred, eds, Violent geographies: fear, terror and political violence. London: Routledge, 153–73.

Paasi, A. 1996: Territories, boundaries, and con- sciousness: the changing geographies of the Finnish–Russian border. New York: Wiley.

Paasi, A. 2002: Place and region: regional worlds and words. Progress in Human Geography 26: 802–11.

Paasi, A. 2003: Region and place: regional iden- tity in question. Progress in Human Geography 27: 475–85.

Paasi, A. 2005a: Boundaries as social practice and discourse: the Finnish–Russian border. In P. Ganster and D. Lorey, eds, Borders and border politics in the globalizing world. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield/SR Books, 117–36.

Paasi, A. 2005b: Globalisation, academic capit- alism, and the uneven geographies of inter- national journal publishing spaces. Environment and Planning A 37: 769–89.

Pacione, M. 2001a: The future of the city – cities of the future. Geography 86(4): 275–86.

Pacione, M. 2001b: Urban geography: a global perspective. London: Routledge.

Pacione, M., ed., 2002: The city: critical concepts in the social sciences, 5 vols. London: Routledge.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 915 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

915

Paelinck, J. and Klaassen, L. 1979: Spatial econo- metrics. Farnborough: Saxon House.

Paez, A., Uchida, T. and Miyamoto, K. 2002: A general framework for estimation and infer- ence of geographically weighted regression models: 1: location-specific kernel bandwidths and a test for locational heterogeneity; 2: spatial association and model specification tests. Environment and Planning A 34: 733– 54, 883–904.

Pagden, A. 1993: European encounters with the New World: from Renaissance to romanticism. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Pagden, A., ed., 2002: The idea of Europe from antiquity to the European Union. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Pahl, R.E. 1965: Urbs in rure. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson.

Pahl, R.E. 1975. Whose city? And further essays on urban society. London: Penguin.

Pain, R. 2000: Place, social relations and the fear of crime: a review. Progress in Human Geography 24(3): 365–87.

Pain, R. 2003: Social geography: on action- oriented research. Progress in Human Geography 7(5): 649–57.

Pain, R. 2004: Social geography: participatory research. Progress in Human Geography 28: 652–63.

Pain, R. and Smith, S.J. 2008: Fear: critical geo- politics and everyday life. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Pain, R., Mowl, G. and Talbot, C. 2000: Difference and the negotiation of ‘old age’. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 18: 377–94.

Pain, R., Burke, M., Fuller, D. and Gough, J. 2001: Introducing social geographies. London: Arnold.

Pain, R., Grundy, S. and Gill, S., with Towner, E., Sparks, G. and Hughes, K. 2005: ‘So long as I take my mobile’: mobile phones, urban life and geographies of young people’s safety. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 29(4): 814–30.

Painter, J. 1991: The geography of trade union responses to local government privatization. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 16: 214–26.

Painter, J. 1995: Politics, geography and ‘political geography’. London: Arnold.

Painter, J. 2000: State and governance. In E. Sheppard and T. Barnes, eds, A companion to economic geography. Oxford: Blackwell, 359–76.

Painter, J. 2004: Prosaic states. Paper presented at the Annual Conference of the Association of American Geographers. Denver, CO.

Painter, J. 2006: Prosaic geographies of stateness. Political Geography 25: 752–74.

Painter, J. and Goodwin, M. 2000: Local governance after Fordism: a regulationist approach. In G. Stoker, ed., The new politics of

British local governance. London: Macmillan, 33–53.

Palka, E. and Gangano, F., eds, 2000: The scope of military geography: across the spectrum from peace-time to war. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Pandey, G. 2001: Remembering Partition. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Panelli, R. 2004: Social geographies: from difference to action. London: Sage.

Parajuli, P. 1991: Power and knowledge in devel- opment discourse. International Social Science Journal 127: 173–90.

Parekh, B. 2000: Multiculturalism: cultural diver- sity and political theory. London: Macmillan.

Parfitt, J. 2005: Questionnaire design and sam- pling. In R. Flowerdew and D. Martin, eds, Methods in human geography: a guide for students doing a research project, 2nd edn. London: Pearson Educational, 78–109.

Park, B.-G. 2005: Spatially selective liberalization and graduated sovereignty: politics of neo- liberalism and ‘special economic zones’ in South Korea. Political Geography 24: 850–73.

Park, D.C., Radford, J.P. and Vickers, M.H. 1998: Disability studies in geography. Progress in Human Geography 22: 208–22.

Park, R.E. 1936: Human ecology. American Journal of Sociology 42(1): 1–15.

Park, R.E. 1967 [1925]: The city: suggestions for the investigation of human behavior in the urban environment. In R. Park, E. Burgess and R. McKenzie, eds, The city. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 1–46.

Park, R.E., Burgess, E.W. and McKenzie, R.D. 1925: The city. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Parker, A., Russo, M., Sommer, D. and Yaeger, P. 1992: Nationalisms & sexualities. New York: Routledge.

Parker, G. 1985: The development of western geo- political thought in the twentieth century. London: Croom Helm.

Parker, S. 2004: Urban theory and the urban experience: encountering the city. London: Routledge.

Parker, S.P. 1994: World geographical encyclope- dia, vol. 3: Asia. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Parker, W.H. 1982: Mackinder: geography as an aid to statecraft. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Parks, L. 2001: Satellite views of Srebrenica: televisuality and the politics of witnessing. Social Identities 7: 585–611.

Parks, V. 2004: The gendered connection between ethnic residential and labor-market segregation in Los Angeles. Urban Geography 25: 589–630.

Parpart, J. 2002: Lessons from the field: rethink- ing empowerment, gender and development from a post-(post-?)development perspective. In K. Saunders, ed., Feminist post-development thought: rethinking modernity, post-colonialism and representation. London: Zed Books.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 916 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

916

Parr, H. 2002: Medical geography: diagnosing the body in medical and health geography, 1999–2000. Progress in Human Geography 26: 240–51.

Parr, H. 2003: Medical geography: care and car- ing. Progress in Human Geography 27: 212–21.

Parr, J.B. 1995: Alternative approaches to market area structure in the urban system. Urban Studies 32(8): 1317–29.

Parry, B. 2004: Trading the genome: investigating the commodification of bio-information. New York: Columbia University Press.

Parry, J.H. 1981: The age of reconnaissance: dis- covery, exploration and settlement 1450 to 1650. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Parsons, T. 1951: The social system. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.

Pastor, M. Jr, Morello-Frosch, R. and Sadd, J. 2005: The air is always cleaner on the other side: race, space and ambient air toxics expos- ures in California. Journal of Urban Affairs 27 (2): 127–48.

Pateman, C. 1989: The disorder of women: democ- racy, feminism and political theory. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Patterson, K.D. 1986: Pandemic influenza, 1700– 1900: a study in historical epidemiology. Totowa, NJ: Rowman & Littlefield.

Patton, P. 1979: On power and prisons. In M. Morris and P. Patton, eds, Michel Foucault: power, truth, strategy. Sydney: Feral Publications.

Paulin, C.O. 1932: Atlas of the historical geography of the United States. Washington, DC: Carnegie Institution.

Pawson, R. 2006: Evidence-based policy: a realist perspective. London: Sage.

Payer, C. 1974: Debt trap: the IMF and the Third World. London: Penguin.

Payer, C. 1982: The World Bank: a critical analy- sis. New York: Monthly Review Press.

Payne, A. 2005: The global politics of unequal development. London: Palgrave Macmillan.

Peace, R. 2000: Computers, qualitative data and geographic research. In I. Hay, ed., Qualitative research methods in human geography. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 144–60.

Peach, C., ed., 1975: Urban social segregation. London and New York: Longman.

Peach, C. 1996a: Does Britain have ghettos? Transactions of the British Institute of Geogra- phers, NS 21: 216–35.

Peach, C. 1996b: Good segregation, bad segre- gation. Planning Perspectives 11: 379–98.

Peach, C. 1996c: The meaning of segregation. Planning Practice and Research 11: 137–50.

Peake, L. and Ray, B. 2001: Racializing the Canadian landscape: whiteness, uneven geog- raphies and social justice. The Canadian Geographer 45(1): 180–7.

Pearson, R. 1986: Latin American women and the new international division of labour: a

reassessment. Bulletin of Latin American Research 5: 67–79.

Peck, J. 1996: Work-place: the social regulation of labor markets. New York: Guilford Press.

Peck, J. 2000: Doing regulation. In G.L. Clark, M.P. Feldman, and M.S. Gertler, eds, The Oxford handbook of economic geography. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 61–80.

Peck, J. 2001a: Neoliberalizing states: thin pol- icies/hard outcomes. Progress in Human Geography 25: 445–55.

Peck, J. 2001b: Workfare states. New York: Guilford Press.

Peck, J. 2004: Geography and public policy: con- structions of neoliberalism. Progress in Human Geography 28: 392–405.

Peck, J. 2005: Struggling with the creative class. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 29(4): 740–70.

Peck, J. 2008: Remaking laissez-faire. Progress in Human Geography 32: 3–43.

Peck, J. and Tickell, A. 1994: Searching for a new institutional fix: the after-Fordist crisis and global–local disorder. In A. Amin, ed., Post- Fordism: a reader. Oxford: Blackwell, 280–315.

Peck, J. and Tickell, A. 2002: Neoliberalizing space. Antipode 34(3): 380–404.

Peck, J. and Yeung, H., eds, 2003: Remaking the global economy. London: Sage.

Peckham, R.S., ed., 2003: Rethinking heritage: cul- ture and politics in Europe. London: I.B. Tauris.

Pedersen, P. 1970: Innovation diffusion within and between national urban systems. Geographical Analysis 2: 203–54.

Peet, J.R. 1969: The spatial expansion of com- mercial agriculture in the nineteenth century: a von Thünen explanation. Economic Geography 45: 283–301.

Peet, R., ed., 1977a: Radical geography: alterna- tive viewpoints on contemporary social issues. Chicago: Maaroufa Press.

Peet, R. 1977b: The development of radical geography in the United States. In R. Peet, ed., Radical geography: alternative viewpoints on contemporary social issues. Chicago, Maaroufa Press, 6–30.

Peet, R. 1998: Modern geographical thought. Oxford: Blackwell.

Peet, R. 2000: Commentary: thirty years of rad- ical geography. Environment and Planning A 32: 951–3.

Peet, R., ed., 2000: Special issue: ‘Radical geog- raphy, parts 1 and 2’. Environment and Planning A 32(6/7): 951–1050, 1149–244.

Peet, R. 2003: Unholy trinity: The IMF, World Bank and WTO. London: Zed Books.

Peet, R. 2005: From Eurocentrism to Ameri- centrism. Antipode 37: 936–43.

Peet, R. and Thrift, N.J., eds, 1989a: New models in geography: the political economy perspective, 2 vols. London: Unwin Hyman.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 917 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

917

Peet, R. and Thrift, N.J. 1989b: Political econ- omy and human geography. In R. Peet and N.J. Thrift, eds, New models in geography: the political economy perspective, vol. 1. London: Unwin Hyman, 3–29.

Peet, R. and Watts, M. 1993: Introduction: development theory and environment in an age of market triumphalism. Economic Geography 69: 227–53.

Peet, R. and Watts, M., eds, 2003 [1996]: Liberation ecologies: environment, development and social movements, 2nd edn. London: Routledge.

Peirce, C.S. 1982: Writings of Charles S. Peirce: a chronological edition, ed. M.H. Fisch, 6 vols. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.

Pellegrini, P.A. and Reader, S. 1996: Duration modelling of spatial point patterns. Geographical Analysis 28(3): 219–43.

Pelling, M. 2001: Natural disasters? In N. Castree and B. Braun, eds, Social nature: theory, practice, and politics. Oxford: Blackwell, 170–88.

Peluso, N. 1992: Rich forests, poor people. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Peluso, N. 2005: Seeing property in land use: local territorializations in West Kalimantan, Indonesia. Geografisk Tidsskrift 105: 1–15.

Peluso, N. and Watts, M., eds, 2001: Violent envir- onments. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Pelzer, K.J. 1957: Geography and the tropics. In G. Taylor, ed., Geography in the twentieth cen- tury: a study of growth, fields, techniques, aims and trends. London: Methuen, 311–44.

Pepper, D. 1996: Modern environmentalism. London: Routledge.

Pepper, S. 1942: World hypothesis: a study in evidence. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Perera, N. 1998: Society and space: colonialism, nationalism, and postcolonial identity in Sri Lanka, Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Perera, S. 2002: ‘What is a camp?’; available at http://www.borderlandsejournal.adelaide.edu. au/vol1no1_2002/perera_camp.html

Perkins, C. 2002: Cartography: progress in tact- ile mapping. Progress in Human Geography 26: 521–30.

Perkins, J. 1997: Geopolitics and the Green Revolution. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Perkmann, M. 2002: Euroregions: institutional entrepreneurship in the European Union. In M. Perkmann and N.L. Sum, eds, Globalization, regionalization and cross-border regions, London: Palgrave, 103–24.

Perkmann, M. and Sum, N.L., eds, 2002: Globalization, regionalization and cross-border regions. London: Palgrave.

Perrons, D. 2004: Globalisation and social change: people and places in a divided world. London: Routledge.

Perroux, F. 1955: Note sur la notion de pôle de croissance. Économie Appliquée 7: 307–20.

Pessar, P.R. 1999: Engendering migration stud- ies: the case of new immigrants in the United States. The American Behavioral Scientist 42: 577–600.

Peters, M. 2006: The rise of global science and the emerging political economy of inter- national research collaborations. European Journal of Education 41: 225–44.

Petersen, W. 1997: Ethnicity counts. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.

Peterson, M.P., ed., 2003: Maps and the Internet. Amsterdam: Elsevier.

Phelan, J.L. 1968: Pan-Latinism, French interven- tion in Mexico (1861–1867) and the genesis of the idea of Latin America. In Conciencia y auten- ticidad históricas. Mexico: UNAM, 279–98.

Phelan, P. and Lane, J., eds, 1998: The ends of performance. New York: New York University Press.

Philbrick, A.K. 1957: Principles of areal func- tional organization in regional human geog- raphy. Economic Geography 33: 299–336.

Phillips, D.R., Vincent, J.A. and Blacksell, S. 1988: Spatial concentration of residential homes for the elderly: planning responses and dilemmas. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 12: 73–83.

Phillips, J. 1999: Methodology, scale and the field of dreams. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 89: 754–60.

Phillips, J. 2004: Laws, contingencies, irrevers- ible divergence and physical geography. Professional Geographer 56: 37–43.

Phillips, M. and Mighall, T. 2000: Society and nature through exploitation. London: Prentice Hall.

Phillips, R. 1997: Mapping men and empire: a geography of adventure. London: Routledge.

Philo, C. 1992: Neglected rural geographies: a review. Journal of Rural Studies 8: 193–207.

Philo, C. 1996: Staying in? Invited comments on ‘Coming out: exposing social theory in medical geography’. Health and Place 2: 35–40.

Philo, C. 2000a: More words, more worlds: reflections on the ‘cultural turn’ and human geography. In I. Cook, D. Crouch, S. Naylor and J. Ryan, eds, Cultural turns/geographical turns. London: Prentice Hall, 26–53.

Philo, C. 2000b: The birth of the clinic: an unknown work of medical geography. Area 32: 11–19.

Philo, C., ed., 2000c: Theme issue on ‘Post-asy- lum geographies’. Health and Place 6: 135–259.

Philo, C. 2004: A geographical history of institu- tional provision for the insane from medieval times to the 1860s in England and Wales: the space reserved for insanity. Lampeter, Wales and New York: The Edwin Mellen Press.

Philo, C. and Parr, H. 2003: Introducing psycho- analytic geographies. Social and Cultural Geography 4: 283–93.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 918 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

918

Philo, C. and Söderström, O. 2004: Social geog- raphy: looking for society in its spaces. In G. Benko and U. Strohmayer, eds, Human geog- raphy: a history for the 21st century. London: Arnold, 105–38.

Philo, C. and Wilbert, C., eds, 2000: Animal spaces, beastly places: new geographies of human–animal relations. London: Routledge.

Philpott, T.L. 1991 [1978]: The slum and the ghetto: immigrants, blacks and reformers in Chicago, 1880– 1930. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Picard, M. 1996: Bali: cultural tourism and touris- tic culture. Singapore: Archipelago Press.

Pickering, A. 1984: Constructing quarks: a socio- logical history of particle physics. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Pickering, K. and Owen, L. 1994: An introduction to global environmental issues. London: Routledge.

Pickles, J. 1985: Phenomenology, science and geog- raphy: spatiality and the human sciences. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Pickles, J. 1992: Texts, hermeneutics and propa- ganda maps. In T.J. Barnes and J.S. Duncan, eds, Writing worlds: discourse, texts, and meta- phor in the representation of landscape. London: Routledge: 193–230.

Pickles, J., ed., 1995a: Ground truth: the social implications of Geographic Information Systems, New York: Guilford Press.

Pickles, J. 1995b: Representations in an elec- tronic age: geography, GIS, and democracy. In J. Pickles, ed., Ground truth. New York: Guilford Press.

Pickles, J. 2004: A history of spaces: cartographic reason, mapping, and the geo-coded world. London: Routledge.

Pickles, J. 2007: State and society in post-socialist economies. London: Palgrave Macmillan.

Pickles, J. and Smith, A., eds, 1998: Theorising transition: the political economy of post-communist transformations. London: Routledge.

Pickvance, C. 2003: From urban social move- ments to urban movements: a review and introduction to a symposium on urban move- ments. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 27: 102–9.

Pierson, C. 1991: Beyond the welfare state? The new political economy of welfare. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Pieterse, J.N. 2004: Globalization or empire? New York: Routledge.

Pile, S. 1994: Masculinism, the use of dualistic epistemologies and third spaces. Antipode 26: 255–77.

Pile, S. 1996: The body and the city: psychoanaly- sis, space and subjectivity. London: Routledge.

Pile, S. 1998: Freud, dreams and imaginative geographies. In A. Elliott, ed, Freud 2000. Cambridge UK: Polity Press, 204–34.

Pile, S. 2005: Real cities: Modernity, space, and the phantasmagorias of city life. London: Sage.

Pile, S. and Keith, M., eds, 1997: Geographies of resistance. London: Routledge.

Pile, S. and Thrift, N., eds, 1995: Mapping the subject: geographies of cultural transformation. London: Routledge.

Pinch, S. 1989: Collective consumption. In J. Wolch and M. Dear, eds, The power of geog- raphy: how territory shapes social life. Boston: Unwin Hyman, 41–60.

Pinch, S. 1997: Worlds of welfare: understanding the changing geographies of social welfare provi- sion. London: Routledge.

Pincus, F.L. and Ehrlich, H.J., eds, 1994: Race and ethnic conflict. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Pinder, D. 2005a: Arts of urban exploration. Cultural Geographies 12(4): 383–411.

Pinder, D., ed. 2005b: Theme issue: ‘Arts of urban exploration’. Cultural Geographies 12(4): 383–526.

Pinder, D. 2005c: Visions of the city: utopianism, power and politics in twentieth-century urbanism. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Pine, B.J. and Gilmore, J.H. 1998: Welcome to the experience economy. Harvard Business Review 76(4): 97–110.

Pinney, C., ed., 2003: Photography’s other histor- ies. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Pinnick, K. 2005: The greater Altai initiative: cross-border cooperation on Russia’s southern periphery. Regional and Federal Studies 15: 379–99.

Pinter, H. 2005: Art, truth and politics. Nobel Lecture; available at http://nobelprize.org

Piore, M. and Sabel, C. 1984: The second indus- trial divide: possibilities for prosperity. New York: Basic Books.

Pirenne, H. 1925: Medieval cities: their origins and the revival of trade, trans. F.D. Halsey. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Pirenne, H. 2001 [1935]: Mohammed and Charlemagne: the birth of the Occident, the fall of Antiquity and the rise of the Germanic Middle Ages. New York: Dover.

Pitman, A.J. 2005: On the role of geography in Earth system science. Geoforum 36, 137–48 (see also subsequent discussions).

Plane, D.A. 1992: Age composition change and the geographical dynamics of interregional migration in the US. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 74: 244–56.

Plane, D.A. and Rogerson, P.A. 1994: The geo- graphical analysis of population: with applications to planning and business. New York: Wiley.

Pletsch, C. 1981: The three worlds, or the div- ision of social scientific labor, circa 1950– 1975. Comparative Studies in Society and History 23: 565–90.

Ploszajska, T. 1994: Moral landscapes and manipulated spaces: gender, class and space in Victorian reformatory schools. Journal of Historical Geography 20: 413–29.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 919 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

919

Pluciennik, M. and Drew, Q. 2000: ‘Only con- nect’: global and local networks, contexts and fieldwork, Ecumene 7(1): 67–104.

Plummer, P.S. and Sheppard, E.S. 2006: Geography matters: agency, structures and dynamics at the intersection of geography and economics. Journal of Economic Geography 6: 619–37.

Plumwood, V. 1993: Feminism and the mastery of nature. London: Routledge.

Pocock, D., ed., 1981: Humanistic geography and literature: essays on the experience of place. London: Croom Helm.

Pocock, D. 1982: Valued landscape in memory: the view from Prebends’ Bridge. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 7(3): 354–64.

Podmore, J. 2001: Lesbians in the crowd: gen- der, sexuality and visibility along Montreal’s Boul. St-Laurent. Gender, Place and Culture: a Journal of Feminist Geography 8: 333–55.

Poetivin, G. 2002: The voice and the will: subaltern agency: forms and motives. New Delhi: Manohar and Centre de Sciences Humaines.

Polanyi, K. 1972: Forms of integration and sup- porting structure. In H.W. Pearson, ed., The livelihood of man: studies in social discontinuity. New York: Academic Press.

Polanyi, K. 2001 [1944]: The great transform- ation: the political and economic origins of our time. Boston: Beacon Press.

Pollock, G. 1988: Modernity and the spaces of femininity. In Pollock, Vision and difference: femininity, feminism and histories of art. London: Routledge, 50–90.

Pollock, G. 2007: Holistic trajectories: a study of combined employment, housing and family careers by using multiple-sequence analysis. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society Series A 170(1): 167–83.

Pomeranz, K. 2001: The great divergence: China, Europe and the making of the modern world economy. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Pomper, P. 2005: The history and theory of empires. History and Theory 44: 1–27.

Pons, F. 2007: History of the Caribbean: plan- tations, trade and war in the Atlantic world. Princeton, NJ: Markus Wiener.

Ponsard, C. 1983: History of spatial economic the- ory, trans. B.H. Stevens, M. Chevallier and J.P. Pujol. Berlin: Springer-Verlag.

Poole, K.T. 2005: Spatial models of parliamentary voting. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Pooler, J.A. 1977: The origins of the spatial trad- ition in geography: an interpretation. Ontario Geography 11: 56–83.

Poon, J.P.H. 2007: Instrumentation rigor and practice. Environment and Planning A 39(5): 1017–19.

Poos, L. 1991: A rural society after the Black Death: late medieval Essex. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Poovey, M. 1998: A history of the modern fact: problems of knowledge in the sciences of wealth and society. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Popke, J. 2003: Poststructuralist ethics: subjectiv- ity, responsibility and the space of community. Progress in Human Geography 27: 298–316.

Popke, J. 2007: Geography and ethics: spaces of cosmopolitan responsibility. Progress in Human Geography 31: 509–18.

Popper, K.R. 1959: The logic of scientific inquiry. New York: Basic Books.

Popper, K. 1960 [1945]: The poverty of historicism. London: Hutchinson / New York: Harper & Row.

Popper, K. 1970: Normal science and its dangers. In I. Lakatos and A. Musgrave, eds, Criticism and the growth of knowledge. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 51–8.

Popper, K.R. 1945: The open society and its enemies, 2 vols. London: Routledge.

Popper, K.R. 1963: Conjectures and refutations: the growth of scientific knowledge. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Porteous, J.D. 1988: Topicide: the annihilation of place. In J. Eyles and D.M. Smith, eds, Qualitative methods in human geography. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press, 75–93.

Porteous, J.D. and Smith, S. 2001: Domicide: the global destruction of home. Montreal: McGill- Queen’s University Press.

Porter, M.E. 1998a: Clusters and the new eco- nomics of competitiveness. Harvard Business Review, December: 77–90.

Porter, M.E. 1998b: Competitive advantage: cre- ating and sustaining superior performance. London: The Free Press.

Porter, M.E. 1998c: On competition. Harvard, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Porter, M.E. 2000: Locations, clusters and com- pany strategies. In G.L. Clark, M.P. Feldman and M.S. Gertler, eds, The Oxford handbook of economic geography. Oxford: Oxford University Press, ch. 13.

Porter, P. and Lukermann, F. 1976: The geography of utopia. In D. Lowenthal and M. Bowden, eds, Geographies ofthe mind: essays in historical geosophy in honor of John Kirtland Wright. New York: Oxford University Press, 197–223.

Porter, P.W. and Sheppard, E.S. 1998: A world of difference: society, nature, development. New York: Guilford Press.

Porter, R. and Teich, M., eds, 1981: The Enlightenment in national context. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Portes, A. 1998: Social capital: its origins and applications in modern sociology. Annual Review of Sociology 24: 1–24.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 920 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

920

Portes, A. 2003: Ethnicities: children of migrants in America. Development 46: 42–52.

Portugali, J. 2000: Self-organisation and the city. Berlin: Springer-Verlag.

Possehl, G. 1990: Revolution in the urban revolution: the emergence of Indus urbani- zation. Annual Review of Anthropology 19: 261–82.

Postan, M.M. 1966: Medieval agrarian society in its prime: England. In M.M. Postan, ed., The Cambridge economic history of Europe: the agrar- ian life of the middle ages. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 549–632.

Postan, M.M. 1972: The medieval economy and society: an economic history of Britain 1100– 1500. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson.

Postan, M.M. and Titow, J. 1958–9: Heriots and prices on Winchester manors. Economic History Review 11: 392–417.

Postone, M. 1993: Time, labor, and social domi- nation: a reinterpretation of Marx’s critical theory. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Poundstone, W. 1992: Prisoner’s dilemma. New York: Doubleday.

Powell, J.C. 2007: ‘The rigours of an Arctic experiment’: the precarious authority of field practices in the Canadian High Arctic, 1958–1970. Environment and Planning A 39: 1794–811.

Powell, J.M. 1988: An historical geography of mod- ern Australia: the restive fringe. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Powell, J.M. 1996: Historical geography and environmental history: an Australian interface. Journal of Historical Geography 22: 253–73.

Powell, R.C. 2002: The Sirens’ voices? Field practices and dialogue in geography. Area 34: 261–72.

Powell, W.W. 1990: Neither market nor hier- archy: network forms of organization. In B. Straw and L. Cummings, eds, Research in organizational behavior. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 295–336.

Power, D.A. and Xie, Y. 2000: Statistical methods for categorical data analysis. San Diego: Academic Press.

Power, J.P. and Campbell, B.M.S. 1992: Cluster analysis and the classification of medieval demesne-farming systems. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 17: 227–45.

Power, M. 2003: Rethinking development geog- raphies. London: Routledge.

Power, M. 2007: Video wargames and post-9/11 cyber deterrence. Security Dialogue 38: 271–88.

Power, M. and Sidaway, J. 2005: Deconstructing twinned towers: Lisbon’s Expo ’98 and the occluded geographies of discovery. Social and Cultural Geography 6(6): 865–83.

Prasad, M. 2006: The politics of free markets. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Pratt, G. 1992: Imperial eyes: travel writing and transculturation. London: Routledge.

Pratt, G. 1997: Geographic metaphors in femi- nist theory. In S.H. Aiken et al., eds, Making worlds: gender, metaphor, materiality. Tucson: University of Arizona Press, 13–30.

Pratt, G. 1999: From registered nurse to regis- tered nanny: discursive geographies of Filipina domestic workers in Vancouver, B.C. Economic Geography 75: 215–36.

Pratt, G. 2002: Studying immigrants in focus groups. In P. Moss, ed., Feminist geography in practice. Oxford: Blackwell, 214–29.

Pratt, G. 2004: Working feminism. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press/Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press.

Pratt, G. 2005: Abandoned women and spaces of the exception. Antipode 37: 1052–78.

Pratt, G. and Johnson, C. 2007: Turning theatre into law, and other spaces of politics Cultural Geographies 14: 92–113.

Pratt, G. and Kirby, E. 2003: Performing nurs- ing: the B.C. Nurses’ Union theatre project. ACME: an international E-journal for critical geographies 2: 14–32.

Pratt, G. and Yeoh, B. 2003: Transnational (counter) topographies. Gender, Place and Culture 10(2): 159–66.

Pratt, M. and Brown, J. 2000: Borderlands under stress. Boston: Kluwer Law International.

Pratt, M.B. 1984: Identity: skin, blood, heart. In E. Burkin, M.B. Pratt and B. Smith, eds, Yours in struggle: three feminist perspectives on anti-sem- itism and racism. New York: Long Haul Press, 9–64.

Pratt, M.-L. 1992: Imperial eyes: travel writing and transculturation. London: Routledge.

Pred, A.R. 1967: Behavior and location: founda- tions for a geographic and dynamic location theory, part 1. Lund studies in geography, series B, no. 27. Lund: C.W.K. Gleerup.

Pred, A.R. 1969: Behavior and location: founda- tions for a geographic and dynamic location theory, part 2. Lund studies in geography, series B, no. 28. Lund: C.W.K. Gleerup.

Pred, A.R. 1973: Urban growth and the circulation of information: the United States’ system of cities, 1790–1840. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Pred, A.R. 1977: City-systems in advanced econ- omies. New York: Halstead Press.

Pred, A.R. 1984: Place as historically contingent process: structuration and the time-geography of becoming places. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 74(2): 279–97.

Pred, A.R. 1986: Place, practice and structure: social and spatial transformation in southern Sweden 1750–1850. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 921 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

921

Pred, A.R. 1990: Lost words and lost worlds: mod- ernity and the language of everyday life in late nineteenth-century Stockholm. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Pred, A.R. 1995: Recognizing European modernities: a montage of the present. London: Routledge.

Pred, A.R. 1997: Re-presenting the extended present moment of danger: a meditation on hypermodernity, identity and the montage form. In G. Benko and U. Strohmayer, eds, Social theory: interpreting modernity and postmod- ernity. Oxford: Blackwell, 117–40.

Pred, A.R. 2000: Even in Sweden: racisms, racia- lized spaces and the popular geographical imagin- ation. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Pred, A.R. 2004: The past is not dead: facts, fictions and enduring racial stereotypes. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Pred, A.R. and Watts, M., eds, 1992: Reworking modernity: capitalism and symbolic discontent. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.

Preobrazhensky, E. 1965: The new economics. London: Oxford University Press.

Preston, P. 1996: Development theory. Oxford: Blackwell.

Preston, V. and McLafferty, S. 1999: Spatial mismatch research in the 1990s: progress and potential. Papers in Regional Science 78: 387–402.

Price, M. and Lewis, M. 1993: The reinvention of cultural geography. Annals of the Association of American Geography 83: 1–17.

Price, P. 2004: Dry place: landscapes of belonging and exclusion. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Prince, H.C. 1962: The geographical imagin- ation. Landscape 11: 22–5.

Probyn, E. 2003: The spatial imperative of sub- jectivity. In K. Anderson, M. Domosh, S. Pile and N. Thrift, eds, Handbook of cultural geog- raphy. London: Sage, 290–9.

Proctor, J. 2006: Theorizing and studying reli- gion. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 96: 165–8.

Proctor, J. and Smith, D.M., eds, 1999: Geography and ethics: journeys in a moral terrain. London: Routledge.

Professional Geographer, The 1994: Women in the field: critical feminist methodologies and the- oretical perspectives (Special section), 46(1): 54–102.

Professional Geographer, The 1995: Special issue: Should Women Count?, 47(4).

Prosser, R. 2000: Leisure, recreation and tourism. London: Collins.

Proudfoot, L. and Roche, M., eds, 2005: (Dis) placing empire: renegotiating British colonial geog- raphies. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Prudham, W.S. 2003: Taming trees: capital, sci- ence, and nature in Pacific Slope tree

improvement. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 93(3): 636–56.

Prudham, W.S. 2005: Knock on wood: nature as commodity in Douglas-fir country. New York: Routledge.

Pruijt, H. 2003: Is the institutionalization of urban movements inevitable? A comparison of the opportunities of sustained squatting in New York City and Amsterdam. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 27: 133–57.

Prus, R.C. 1995: Symbolic interaction and ethno- graphic research: intersubjectivity and the study of human lived experience. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

Pryke, M. 2002: The white noise of capitalism: audio andvisual montage and sensingeconomic change. Cultural Geographies 9(4): 472–7.

Pryke, M., Rose, G. and Whatmore, S., eds, 2003: Using social theory: thinking through research. London: Sage.

Przeworski, A. 1995: Sustainable democracy. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Psillos, S. 1999: Scientific realism: how science tracks truth. London: Routledge.

Puar, J.K. 2002: Circuits of queer mobility: tour- ism, travel and globalization GLQ: a Journal of Lesbian and Gay Studies 8(1–2): 101–37.

Puar, J.K. and Rai, A. 2002: Monster, terrorist, fag: the war on terrorism and the production of docile patriots Social Text 72: 117–48.

Public Citizen 2007: Global Trade Watch; avail- able at http://www.citizen.org/trade

Pudup, M.-B. 1988: Arguments within regional geography. Progress in Human Geography 12: 369–90.

Pulido, L. 1996: A critical review of the method- ology of environmental racism research. Antipode 28(2): 142–59.

Pulido, L. 1996: Environmentalism and economic justice. Tucson: University of Arizona Press.

Pulido, L. 2003: The interior life of politics. Ethics, Place and Environment 6(1): 46–52.

Pulido, L. and Peña, D. 1998: Environmentalism and positionality: the early pesticide campaign of the United Farm Workers’ Organizing Committee, 1965–1971. Race, Gender & Class 6(1): 33–50.

Purcell, M. 2001: Metropolitan political reorgan- ization as a politics of urban growth: the case of San Fernando Valley secession. Political Geography 20: 613–33.

Purcell, M. 2001: Neighborhood activism among homeowners as a politics of space. Professional Geographer 53(2): 178–94.

Purcell, M. 2002: Excavating Lefebvre: the right to the city and its urban politics of the inhab- itant. GeoJournal 58: 99–108.

Putnam, R. 2001: Bowling alone. New York: Simon and Schuster.

Pyle, G.F. 1969: Diffusion of cholera in the United States. Geographical Analysis 1: 59–75.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 922 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

922

Pyle, G.F. 1979: Studies of disease diffusion. In Pyle, Applied medical geography. New York: Wiley, 123–63.

Quamen, D. 1996: The song of the dodo: island biogeography in an age of extinctions. London: Hutchinson.

Rabinow, P. and Rose, N. 2006: Biopower today. Biosocieties 1: 195–217.

Radcliffe, S.A. 1997: Different heroes: geneal- ogies of postcolonial geographies. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 29: 1331–3.

Radcliffe, S.A. 1998: Frontier and popular nationhood: geographies of identity in the 1995 Ecuador–Peru border dispute. Political Geography 17: 273–93.

Radford, J.P. 1979: Testing the model of the pre- industrial city. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 5: 392–410.

Raffles, H. 2002: Intimate knowledge. International Social Science Journal 173: 325–35.

Rafiq, N. 1991: Female child mortality in Bangladesh: the discrimination against women at the root. Oriental Geographer 35: 21–31.

Raimondo, M. 2005: AIDS capital of the world: representing race, sex, and space in Belle Glade, Florida. Gender, Place, and Culture 12: 53–70.

Rainnie, A., Smith, A. and Swain, A., eds, 2002: Work, employment and transition: restructuring livelihoods in post-communism. London: Routledge.

Ram, K. 1998: Na sharirram nadhi, my body is mine: the urban women’s health movement in India and its negotiation of modernity. Women’s Studies International Forum 21: 617–31.

Ramaswamy, S. 1999: Catastrophic cartogra- phies: mapping the lost continent of Lemuria. Representations, no. 67: 92–129.

Ramon-Garcia, M.D., Simonsen, K. and Vaiou, D. 2006: Does Anglophone hegemony perme- ate Gender, Place and Culture? Gender, Place and Culture 13: 1–5.

Raper, J. 1999: Spatial representation: the scien- tist’s perspective. In P.A. Longley, M.F. Goodchild, D.J. Maguire and D.W. Rhind, eds, Geographical Information Systems: prin- ciples, techniques, management and applications. New York: Wiley, 71–80.

Raper, J. 2000: Multidimensional Geographic Information Science. London: Taylor & Francis.

Raper, J. and Livingstone, D. 2001: Let’s get real: spatio-temporal identity and geographic entities. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 26: 237–42.

Rapoport, A. and Chammah, M. 1965: Prisoner’s dilemma. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.

Rappaport, R.A. 1968: Pigs for the ancestors: ritual in the ecology of a New Guinea people. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Rappaport, R.A. 1979: Ecology, meaning and reli- gion. Richmond: North Atlantic Books.

Rasch, W. 2003: Human rights as geopolitics: Carl Schmitt and the legal form of American supremacy. Cultural Critique 54: 120–47.

Rasmussen, C. and Brown, M. 2002: Between political theory and geography: radical demo- cratic citizenship. In B. Turner and E. Isin, eds, Handbook of citizenship studies. London: Sage, 294–327.

Rattansi, A. 1997: Postcolonialism and its dis- contents. Economy and Society 26, 480–500.

Ratzel, F. 1897: Politische Geographie. Munich: Oldenburg.

Raudenbush, S.W. 2003: The quantitative assessment of neighborhood social environ- ment. In I. Kawachi and L. Berkman, eds, Neighborhoods and health. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 112–31.

Raudenbush, S.W. and Sampson, R.J. 1999: Ecometrics: toward a science of assessing eco- logical settings, with application to the system- atic social observations of neighborhoods. Sociological Methodology 29: 1–41.

Raudenbush, S.W. and Xiaofeng, L. 2000: Statistical power and optimal design for multi- site randomized trials. Psychological Methods 5: 199–213.

Ravallion, M. 1995: Poverty comparisons. London: Harwood.

Rawls, J. 1971: A theory of justice. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Ray, L. and Sayer, A., eds, 1997: Culture and economy after the cultural turn. London: Sage.

Razack, S.H., ed., 2002: Race, space, and the law: unmapping a white settler colony. Toronto: Between the Lines.

Razi, Z. and Smith, R.M., eds, 1996a: Medieval society and the manorial court. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Razi, Z. and Smith, R.M. 1996b: The origins of the English manorial court rolls as a written record: a puzzle. In Z. Razi and R.M. Smith, eds, Medieval society and the manor court. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 36–61.

Read, J. 2003: The micro-politics of Capital: Marx and the prehistory of the present. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

Redclift, M.R. 1987: Sustainable development: exploring the contradictions. London: Methuen.

Rees, J. 1979: Technological change and regional shifts in American manufacturing. Professional Geographer 31: 45–54.

Rees, J. 1991: Natural resources: allocation, eco- nomics and policy. London: Routledge.

Rees, J. and Stafford, H.A. 1986: Theories of regional growth and industrial location: their relevance to understanding high technological complexes. In J. Rees, ed., Technology, regions and policy. Totowa, NJ: Rowman & Littlefield, 23–50.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 923 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

923

Rees, P.H. and Wilson, A.G. 1977: Spatial popu- lation analysis. London: Edward Arnold.

Rees, P.H., Martin, D. and Williamson, P., eds, 2002: The census data system. Chichester: Wiley.

Regional Studies Association 2007: Special issue: whither regional studies? Regional Studies 41(9): 1143–269.

Reid, H.G. and Taylor, B. 2000: Embodying ecological citizenship: rethinking the politics of grassroots globalization in the United States. Alternatives 25: 439–66.

Reid, J. 2006: The biopolitics of the war on terror: life struggles, liberal modernity and the defence of logistical societies. Manchester: Manchester University Press.

Reisch, G.A. 2005: How the Cold War transformed philosophy of science: to the icy slopes of logic. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Relph, E. 1970: An inquiry into the relations between phenomenology and geography. Canadian Geographer 14: 193–201.

Relph, E. 1976: Place and placelessness. London: Pion.

Relph, E. 1981: Rational landscapes and humanis- tic places. London: Croom Helm.

Relph, E. 1987: The modern urban landscape. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Renan, E. 1990 [1882]: What is a nation? In H. Bhabha, ed., Nation and narration, trans. M. Thom. London: Routledge, 8–22.

Rengert, G. 1997: The geography of illegal drugs. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Resnick, S.A. and Wolff, R.D. 1987: Knowledge and class: a Marxian critique of political economy. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

RETORT 2005: Afflicted powers: capital and spec- tacle in a new age of war. London: Verso.

Rex, J. 1988: The ghetto and the underclass: essays on race and social policy. Aldershot: Avebury.

Rex, J. and Moore, R. 1967: Race, community and conflict. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Reynolds, S. 1994: Fiefs and vassals: the medieval evidence reinterpreted. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Rhind, D. 1998: The incubation of GIS in Europe. In T. Foresman, ed., The history of Geographic Information Systems: perspectives from the pioneers. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 293–306.

Rhind, D. 2000: Current shortcomings of global mapping and the creation of a new geograph- ical framework for the world. Geographical Journal 166: 295–305.

Rhoads, B.L. 2006: The dynamic basis of geo- morphology re-envisioned. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 96: 14–30.

Rhoads, B.L. and Thorne, C.E. 1996: The scien- tific nature of geomorphology. Chichester: Wiley.

Rhodes, L. 2004: Total confinement: madness and reason in the maximum security prison. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Rhodes, R. 1997: Understanding governance: pol- icy networks, governance, reflexivity and account- ability. Buckingham: Open University Press.

Ricardo, D. 1817: The principles of political econ- omy and taxation. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Ricardo, D. 1992: Principles of political economy and taxation. London: Dent/New York: Dutton.

Rich, A. 1976: Of woman born: motherhood as experience and institution. New York: W.W. Norton.

Rich, F. 2006: The greatest story ever told: the decline and fall of truth from 9/11 to Katrina. New York: Penguin.

Richards, I.A. 1936: The philosophy of rhetoric. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Richards, K., Brookes, S., Clifford, N., Harris, T. and Lane, S. 1998: Theory, measurement and testing in real geomorphology and physical geography. In Stoddart, D., ed., Process and form in geomorphology. London: Routledge, 265–92.

Richards, L. 2005: Handling qualitative data: a practical guide. London: Sage.

Richards, P. 1974: Kant’s geography and mental maps. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 61: 1–16.

Richards, P. 1985: Indigenous agricultural revolu- tion. London: Hutchinson.

Richardson, R., Belt, V. and Marshall, N. 2000: Taking calls to Newcastle: the regional impli- cations of the growth in call centres. Regional Studies 34(4): 357–69.

Richmond, A.H. 1994: Global apartheid: refugees, racism, and the new world order. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Ridley, F.F. and Wilson, D. 1995: The quango debate. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Riedy, C. and Diesendorf, M. 2003: Financial subsidies to the Australian fossil fuel industry. Energy Policy 31: 125–37.

Rigg, B. 1989: The green revolution. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Ripley, B.D. 2005: How computing has changed statistics. In A.C. Davidson, Y. Dodge and N. Wermuth, eds, Celebrating statistics: papers in honour of Sir David Cox on his 80th birthday. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Rittberger, V. and Mayer, P., eds, 1993: Regime theory and international relations. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Ritvo, H. 2005: Discipline and indiscipline. Environmental History 10: 75–6.

Robbin, A. 2000: Classifying racial and ethnic data in the United States: the politics of nego- tiation and accommodation. Journal of Government Information 27: 129–56.

Robbins, B. 1993: Secular vocations: intellectuals, professionalism, culture. London: Verso.

Robbins, B. 1998: Comparative cosmopolitan- isms. In P. Cheah and B. Robbins, eds,

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 924 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

924

Cosmopolitics: thinking and feeling beyond the nation. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 246–64.

Robbins, L. 1932: Essay on the nature and signifi- cance of economic science. London: Macmillan.

Robbins, P. 2001: Fixed categories in a portable landscape: the causes and consequences of land-cover categorization. Environment and Planning A 33(1): 161–79.

Robbins, P. 2004: Political ecology: a critical intro- duction. Oxford: Blackwell.

Robbins, P. and Fraser, A. 2003: A forest of con- tradictions: producing the landscapes of the Scottish Highlands. Antipode 35(1): 95–118.

Roberts, B. 1994: Informal economy and family strategies. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 18: 6–23.

Roberts, J.A. 1991: The Shakespearean wild: geog- raphy, genus and gender. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.

Roberts, R. 1990: The classic slum: Salford life in the first quarter of the century. London: Penguin.

Roberts, S. 2004: Global strategic vision, man- aging the world. In B. Maurer and R.W. Perry, eds, Globalization under construction: govern- mentality law and identity. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Roberts, S., Secor, A. and Sparke, M. 2003: Neoliberal geopolitics. Antipode 35(3): 886–897.

Robertson, R. 2006: Civilization. Theory, Culture & Society 23: 421–7.

Robinson, A.H. 1952: The look of maps: an exam- ination of cartographic design. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press.

Robinson, A.H. and Petchenik, B.B. 1976: The nature of maps: essays toward understanding maps and mapping. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Robinson, A.H. and Snyder, J.P. 1991: Matching the map projection to the need. Bethesda, MD: American Congress on Surveying the Mapping.

Robinson, A.H., Morrison, J.L., Muehrcke, P. C., Guptill, S.C. and Kimerling, A.J. 1993: Elements of cartography, 6th edn. Chichester: Wiley.

Robinson, G.W.S. 1959: Exclaves. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 49: 283–95.

Robinson, J. 1962: Economic philosophy: an essay on the progress of economic thought. London: Penguin.

Robinson, J. 2003a: Postcolonialising geography: tactics and pitfalls. Singapore Journal of Tropical Geography 24(3): 273–89.

Robinson, J. 2004: In the tracks of comparative urbanism: difference, urban modernity and the primitive. Urban Geography 25(8): 709–23.

Robinson, J. 2006: Ordinary cities: between mod- ernity and development. London and New York: Routledge.

Robinson, V., Hockey, J. and Meah, A. 2004: What I used to do . . . on my mother’s settee:

spatial and emotional aspects of heterosexual- ity in England. Gender, Place and Culture: a Journal of Feminist Geography 11: 417–35.

Robinson, V.B. 2003b: A perspective on the fun- damentals of fuzzy sets and their use in geo- graphical information systems. Transactions in GIS 7: 3–30.

Robinson, W.S. 1950: Ecological correlations and the behavior of individuals. American Sociological Review 15: 351–7.

Robson, B. 1988: Those inner cities. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Robson, B. 1994: No city, no civilization. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 19: 131–41.

Roche, M. 2000: Mega-events and modernity: Olympics and expos in the growth of global culture. London: Routledge.

Rock, D. 2002: Racking Argentina. New Left Review 2/17: 55–86.

Rodenstein-Rodan, P. 1976: The theory of the big push. In G. Meier and D. Seers, eds, Pioneers in development. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Rodigue, J.-P., Comtois, C. and Slack, B. 2006: The geography of transport systems. New York: Routledge.

Rodriguez, N. and Feagin, J.R. 1986: Urban specialization in the world system: an investi- gation of historical cases. Urban Affairs Quarterly 22(2): 187–220.

Rodriguez-Pose, A. and Gill, N. 2004: Is there a global link between regional disparities and devolution? Environment and Planning A 36: 2097–117.

Roemer, J. 1982: A general theory of exploitation and class. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Roemer, J. 1986a: An historical materialist alter- native to welfarism. In J. Elster and A. Hylland, eds, Foundations of social choice theory. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Roemer, J., ed., 1986b: Analytical Marxism. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Rogers, A., ed., 1992: Elderly migration and popu- lation redistribution. London: Belhaven Press.

Rojas Mix, M. 1986: Bilbao y el hallazgo de América latina: unión continental, socialista, y libertaria . . . , Caravelle: Cahiers du monde hispanique et luso-brésilien 46: 35–47.

Romm, J. 2002: The coincidental order of envir- onmental justice. In K.M. Mutz, G.C. Bryner and D.S. Kenney, eds, Justice and natural resources. Washington, DC: Island Press.

Rorty, R. 1979: Philosophy and the mirror of nature. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Rorty, R. 1982: Pragmatism, relativism, and irra- tionalism. In Rorty, The consequences of pragma- tism. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 160–75.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 925 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

925

Rorty, R., 1989: Contingency, irony, and solidarity. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Rosaldo, R. 1989: Culture and truth: the remaking of social analysis. Boston: Beacon Press.

Rose, C. 1994: Property and persuasion. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Rose, C.M. 1999a: Expanding the choices for the global commons: comparing newfangled trade- able allowance schemes to old-fashioned com- mon property regimes. Duke Environmental Law and Policy Forum 10(1): 45–72.

Rose, G. 1993: Feminism and geography: the limits of geographical knowledge. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press/Minneapolis: University of Minnesota.

Rose, G. 1995: Tradition and paternity: same difference? Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 20: 414–6.

Rose, G. 1996: As if the mirrors bled: masculine dwelling, masculine theory and feminist mas- querade. In N. Duncan, ed., BodySpace: desta- bilizing geographies of gender and sexuality. London: Routledge, 56–74.

Rose, G. 1997a: Engendering the slum: photo- graphy in East London in the 1930s. Gender, Place and Culture 4: 277–300.

Rose, G. 1997b: Situating knowledges: position- ality, reflexivities and other tactics. Progress in Human Geography 21(3): 305–20.

Rose, G. 1999b: Performing space in D. Massey, J. Allen, and P. Sarre, eds, Human geography today. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press, 247–59.

Rose, G. 2001: Visual methodologies: an introduc- tion to the interpretation of visual materials. London: Sage.

Rose, G. 2004a: Family photographs and domes- tic spacings: a case study. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 28: 5–18.

Rose, G. 2006: Visual methodologies, 2nd edn. London: Sage.

Rose, M. 2002a: Landscape and labyrinths. Geoforum 33: 455–67.

Rose, M. 2002b: The seductions of resistance: power, politics and a performative style of sys- tems. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 20: 383–400.

Rose, M. 2004b: Re-embracing metaphysics. Environment and Planning A 36: 461–9.

Rose, M. 2006a: ‘Gathering dreams of presence’: a project for the cultural landscape. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 24: 537–54.

Rose, N. 1999c: Powers of freedom: reframing pol- itical thought. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Rose, N. 2006b: The politics of life itself: biomedi- cine, power and subjectivity in the twenty-first cen- tury. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Rosenberg, M. 1968: The logic of survey analysis. New York: Basic Books.

Rosner, D. 2000: The second generation: continuity and change in the kibbutz, vol. 2. New York: Greenwood.

Ross, A., ed., 1996: Science wars. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Ross, M. 2001: Does oil hinder democracy? World Politics 53: 325–61.

Ross, R. and Trachte, K. 1990: Global capitalism: the new leviathan. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

Rosset, P. 2006: Food is different. London: Pluto Press.

Rossiter, D.J., Johnston, R.J. and Pattie, C.J. 1999: The Boundary Commissions: redrawing the UK’s map of parliamentary constituencies. Manchester: Manchester University Press.

Rössler, M. 1989: Applied geography and area research in Nazi society: central place theory and planning, 1933 to 1945. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 17: 419–31.

Rössler, M. 2001: Geography and area planning under National Socialism. In M. Szöllösi- Janze, ed., Science in the Third Reich. Oxford: Berg, 59–78.

Rostow, W.W. 1960: The stages of economic growth: a non-communist manifesto. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Rostow, W.W. 1971: The stages of economic growth: a non-communist manifesto, 2nd edn. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Rothwell, D. 1996: The polar regions and the devel- opment of international law. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Rouse, J. 1987: Knowledge and power: towards a political philosophy of science. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Routledge, P. 1993: Terrains of resistance: nonvio- lent social movements and the contestation of place in India. Westport CT: Praeger.

Routledge, P. 1996a: Critical geopolitics and ter- rains of resistance. Political Geography 15(6/7): 509–52.

Routledge, P. 1996b: The third space as critical engagement. Antipode 28(4): 399–419.

Routledge, P. 1998: Going globile: spatiality, embodiment and mediation in the Zapatista Insurgency. In S. Dalby and G. Ó Tuathail, eds, Rethinking geopolitics. London: Routledge.

Routledge, P. 2002: Travelling east as Walter Kurtz: identity, performance and collaboration in Goa, India. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 20: 477–98.

Routledge, P. 2003: Convergence space: process geographies of grassroots globalization net- works. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 28(3): 333–49.

Routledge, P., Nativel, C. and Cumbers, A. 2006: Entangled logics and grassroots imagin- aries of global justice networks. Environmental Politics 15(5): 839–59.

Rowe, S. and Wolch, J. 1990: Social networks in time and in space: homeless women in Skid Row, Los Angeles. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 80: 184–204.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 926 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

926

Rowland, D.T. 2003: Demographic methods and concepts. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Rowles, G.D. 1978: Prisoners of space? Exploring the geographical experience of older people. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Rowles, G.D. 1979: The last new home: facili- tating the older person’s adjustment to institu- tional space. In S.M. Golant, ed., Location and environment of elderly population. London: Wiley, 81–94.

Roy, A. 2003: City requiem, Calcutta: gender and the politics of poverty. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Roy, A. 2005: Urban informality: toward an epis- temology of planning. Journal of the American Planning Association 71: 147–58.

Royle, N., ed., 2000: Deconstructions: a user’s guide. London: Palgrave.

Rozwadowski, H.M. 2005: Fathoming the ocean: the discovery and exploration of the deep sea. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Rubin, D.B. 1976: Inference and missing data. Biometrika 63: 581–92.

Ruddick, S.M. 1996: Young and homeless in Hollywood: mapping social identities. New York: Routledge.

Ruddick, S.M. 2003: The politics of aging: glob- alization and the restructuring of youth and childhood. Antipode 35(2): 334–62.

Rudolph, C. 2005: Sovereignty and territorial borders in a global age. International Studies Review 7: 1–20.

Rudwick, M. 2005: Bursting the limits of time: the reconstruction of geohistory in the age of revo- lution. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Ruggie, J.G. 1993: Multilateralism matters. New York: Columbia University Press.

Rummel, R.J. 1994: Death by government. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.

Rupke, N. 1999: A geography of enlightenment: the critical reception of Alexander von Humboldt’s Mexico work. In D.N. Livingstone and C.W.J. Withers, eds, Geography and enlightenment. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 281–94.

Rupke, N., ed., 2000: Medical geography in histor- ical perspective. London: Wellcome Trust Centre for the History of Medicine.

Rupke, N. 2005: Alexander von Humboldt: a meta- biography. Bern: Peter Lang.

Rush, F., ed., 2004: The Cambridge companion to critical theory. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Rushton, G. 1969: Analysis of spatial behavior by revealed space preference. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 59: 391–400.

Ruspini, E. 2002: An introduction to longitudinal research. London: Routledge.

Russell, J. 2005: Rethinking post-national citi- zenship: the relationship between state

territory and international human rights law. Space and Polity 9: 29–39.

Ryan, J.R. 1997: Picturing empire: photography and the visualization of the British empire. London: Reaktion Books (also Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 1998).

Ryan, M. 1994: War and peace in Ireland: Britain and the IRA in the new world order. London: Pluto Press.

Ryan, S. 1996: The cartographic eye: how explorers saw Australia. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Ryle, G. 1971: Collected papers, vol. 2: Essays 1929–1968. London: Hutchinson.

Saad-Filho, A. and Johnston, D. 2005: Neoliberalism: a critical reader. London: Pluto Press.

Saarinen, T. 1966: Perception of drought hazard on the Great Plains. University of Chicago, Depart- ment of Geography, Research paper no. 106.

Sachs, C. 1996: Gendered fields: rural women, agri- culture and environment. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Sachs, J. 2005: The end of poverty: how we can make it happen in our lifetime. London: Penguin.

Sachs, W., ed., 1992: The development dictionary: a guide to knowledge as power. London: Zed Books.

Sack, R.D. 1973: The concept of physical space in geography. Geographical Analysis 5: 16–34.

Sack, R.D. 1974a: Chorology and spatial analysis. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 64: 439–52.

Sack, R.D. 1974b: The spatial separatist theme in geography. Economic Geography 50: 1–19.

Sack, R.D. 1986: Human territoriality: its theory and history. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Sack, R.D. 1997: Homo geographicus: a framework for action, awareness and moral concern. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Sacks, H. 1992: Lectures on conversation, vols 1 and 2. Oxford: Blackwell.

Said, E.W. 1984: Travelling theory. In Said, The world, the text and the critic. London: Faber, 226–47.

Said, E.W. 1993: Culture and imperialism. London: Chatto and Windus/New York: A.A. Knopf.

Said, E.W. 2000: The clash of definitions. In Said, Reflections on exile and other essays. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 569–90.

Said, E.W. 2000 [1994]: Travelling theory reconsidered. In his Reflections on exile. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 436–52.

Said, E.W. 2003 [1978]: Orientalism. London: Penguin.

Salcedo, R. and Torres, A. 2004: Gated commu- nities in Santiago: wall or frontier? International

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 927 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

927

Journal of Urban and Regional Research 28(1): 27–44.

Sale, K. 1991: Dwellers in the land: the bioregional vision. Philadelphia, PA: New SocietyPublishers.

Salisbury, R.D. 1907: Physiography. London: John Murray.

Salmon, W. 1990: Four decades of scientific explan- ation. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Salmond, A. 1991: Two worlds: first meetings between Maori and Europeans 1642–1772. Auckland, New Zealand: Viking.

Saloranta, T.M. 2001: Post-normal science and the global climate change issue. Climatic Change 50(4): 395–404.

Salter, C.L. and Lloyd, W.J. 1977: Landscape in literature. Washington, DC: Association of American Geographers.

Salter, M. 2002: Barbarians and civilization in international relations. London: Pluto Press.

Salter, M. 2007: Governmentalities of an airport: heterotopia and confession. International Political Sociology 1: 49–66.

Samarasinghe, V. 2005: Female labor in sex traf- ficking: a darker side of globalization. In L. Nelson and J. Seager, eds, A companion to femi- nist geography. Oxford: Blackwell, 166–78.

Sambrook, R.A., Pigozzi, B.W. and Thomas, R.N. 1999: Population pressure, deforestation, and land degradation: a case study from the Dominican Republic. The Professional Geographer 51: 25–40.

Samers, M. 1997: The production of diaspora: Algerian emigration from colonialism to neo- colonialism (1840–1970). Antipode 29: 32–53.

Sampson, R., Raudenbush S. and Earls, F. 1997: Neighborhoods and violent crime. Science 277: 918–24.

Samuel, R. 1994: Theatres of memory, vol. 1, London: Verso.

Samuels, M.S. 1978: Existentialism and human geography. In D. Ley and M.S. Samuels, eds, Humanistic geography: prospects and problems. London: Croom Helm, 22–40.

Samuels, M.S. 1981: An existential geography, in M.E. Harvey and B.P. Holly, eds, Themes in geographic thought. London: Croom Helm, 115–32.

Samuelson, P.A. 1947: Foundations of economic analysis. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Sanchez, L. 2004: The global e-rotic subject, the ban and the prostitute-free zone: sex work and the theory of differential exclusion. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 22: 861–83.

Sanchez, L.A. 1945:

Existe América Latina? México: Fondo de cultura económica.

Sandercock, L. 1998: Cosmopolis. New York: Wiley.

Sanderson, S.K. and Dubrow, J. 2000: Fertility decline in the modern world and in the original

demographic transition: testing three theories with cross-national data. Population and Environment 21: 511–37.

Sangtin Writers Collective and Nagar, R. 2006: Playing with fire: feminist thought and activism through seven lives in India. New Delhi: Zubaan/Minnesota: University of Minnesota Press.

Sanneh, L. 1990: Translating the message: the mis- sionary impact on culture. Maryknoll, New York: Orbis Books.

Santana, D.B. 1996: Geographers, colonialism, and development strategies: the case of Puerto Rico. Urban Geography 17: 456–74.

Sapper, K. 1931: Economic geography. In E.R.A. Seligman, editor-in-chief, Encyclo- paedia of the social sciences, vol. 5. New York: Macmillan, 626–9.

Sarat, A. and Kearns, T.R., eds, 2003: The place of law. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.

Sardar, Z. 1999: Orientalism. Buckingham: Open University Press.

Sassen, S. 1996: Losing control? Sovereignty in an age of globalization. New York: Columbia University Press.

Sassen, S. 1996: Whose city is it? Public Culture 8 (2): 205–23.

Sassen, S. 1999: Globalization and its discontents. New York: The Free Press.

Sassen, S. 2001 [1991]: The global city: New York, London, Tokyo, 2nd edn. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Sassen, S. 2006 [2000]: Cities in a world economy, 3rd edn. London: Sage.

Sauer, C.O. 1925: The morphology of land- scape. University of California Publications in Geography 2(2): 19–54.

Sauer, C.O. 1941: Foreword to historical geog- raphy. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 31: 1–24.

Sauer, C.O. 1952: Agricultural origins and dispersals. New York: American Geographical Society.

Sauer, C.O. 1956: The agency of man on the Earth. In W.L. Thomas, ed., Man’s role in changing the face of the Earth. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 49–69.

Sauer, C.O. 1963a [1925]: Land and life: a selec- tion from the writings of Carl Ortwin Sauer, ed. J.B. Leighly. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Sauer, C.O. 1963b [1925]: The morphology of landscape. Reprinted in J. Leighly, ed., Land and life: selections from the writings of Carl Ortwin Sauer. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 315–50.

Sauer, C.O. 1969: Seeds, spades, hearths and herds: the domestication of animals and foodstuffs. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Saunders, K. 2002: Introduction: towards a deconstructive post-development criticism. In

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 928 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

928

K. Saunders, ed., Feminist post-development thought: rethinking modernity, postcolonialism, representation. London: Zed Books.

Saunders, P. 1979: Urban politics: a sociological approach. London: Hutchinson.

Saunders, P. 1986: Social theory and the urban question, 2nd edn. London: Hutchinson/New York: Holmes and Meier.

Saunders, R. 1999: The space community policing makes and the body that makes it. The Professional Geographer 51: 135–46.

Saunders, R.H. 2001: Home and away: bridging fieldwork and everyday life. Geographical Review 91(1–2): 88–94.

Saussure, F. de 1966: Course in general linguistics, edited by C. Bally and A. Sechehaye in collab- oration with A. Riedlinger; translated, with an introduction and notes, by W. Baskin. New York: McGraw-Hill (an English translation of the reissued Saussure, F. de 1966: Cours de linguistique générale. Paris: Bibliothèque scientifique).

Savage, L. and Wills, J., eds, 2004: New geograph- ies of trade unionism. Geoforum 35(1): 5–68.

Savage, V.R., Kong, L. and Yeoh, B.S.A. 1993: The human geography of Southeast Asia: an analysis of post-war developments. Singapore Journal of Tropical Geography 14(2): 229–51.

Saward, M. 2003: Enacting democracy. Political Studies 51: 161–79.

Saxenian, A. 1994: Regional advantage: culture and competition in Silicon Valley and Route 128. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Sayer, A. 1979: Epistemology and conceptions of people and nature in geography. Geoforum 10: 19–43.

Sayer, A. 1982: Explanation in economic geog- raphy: abstraction versus generalization. Progress in Human Geography 6: 68–88.

Sayer, A. 1984: Method in social science: a realist approach. London: Hutchinson.

Sayer, A. 1989: The ‘new’ regional geography and problems of narrative. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 7: 253–76.

Sayer, A. 1991: Behind the locality debate: deconstructing geography’s dualisms. Environment and Planning A 23: 283–308.

Sayer, A. 1992 [1984]: Method in social science: a realist approach, 2nd edn. London and New York: Routledge.

Sayer, A. 1995: Radical political economy: a cri- tique. Oxford: Blackwell.

Sayer, A. 1997: Essentialism, social construc- tionism, and beyond. Sociological Review 45(3): 453–87.

Sayer, A. 2000: Realism and social science. London: Sage.

Sayer, A. 2006: Realism as a basis for knowing the world. In S. Aitken and G. Valentine, eds, Approaches to human geography. London: Sage, 98–106.

Sayer, A. and Morgan, K. 1985: A modern industry in a declining region: links between method, theory and policy. In D. Massey and R. Meegan, eds, Politics and method. London: Methuen, ch. 6.

Sayer, A. and Walker, R. 1992: The new social economy: reworking the division of labor. Oxford: Blackwell.

Scabas, M. 2007: The natural origins of economics. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Schaefer, F.K. 1953: Exceptionalism in geography: a methodological introduction. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 43: 226–49.

Schafer, W.A., Ganoe, C.H., Xiao, L., Coch, G. and Carroll, J.M. 2005: Designing the next generation of distributed, geocollaborative tools. Cartography and Geographic Information Science 32: 81–100.

Schaffer, S. 2002: Golden means: assay instru- ments and the geography of precision in the Guinea trade. In M.-N. Bourguet, C. Licoppe and H.O. Sibum, eds, Instruments, travel and science: itineraries of precision from the seventeenth to the twentieth century. London: Routledge, 20–50.

Schaffer, S. 2005: Inventing science; mapping knowledge. Paper presented at the conference on ‘Big Issues in History of Science’, University of Manchester, June.

Schama, S. 1989: The costs of modernity. In Citizens. New York: A.A. Knopf, 183–200.

Schama, S. 1995: Landscape and memory. London: HarperCollins/New York: A.A. Knopf.

Schatz, H. and Venables, A. 2000: The geog- raphy of international investment. In G. Clark, M. Feldman and M. Gertler, eds, The Oxford handbook of economic geography. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Schatzki, T.R. 1991: Spatial ontology and explanation. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 81: 650–70.

Schatzki, T.R. 2002: The site of the social: a philo- sophical account of the constitution of social life and change. State College, Pennsylvania: Pennsylvania State University Press.

Scheffler, S. 2003: ‘Fertile Crescent’, ‘Orient’, ‘Middle East’: the changing mental maps of southwest Asia. European Review of History 10: 253–72.

Schein, R. 1993: Representing urban America: nineteenth century views of landscape, space, and power. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 11: 7–21.

Schelling, T.C. 1971: Dynamic models of segre- gation. Journal of Mathematical Sociology 1: 143–86.

Schmidt, J.A., ed., 1996: What is enlightenment? Eighteenth-century answers and twentieth-century questions. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 929 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

929

Schmitt, C. 2003 [1950]: The nomos of the Earth in the international law of the jus publicum Europaeum, trans. G. Ulmen. New York: Telos.

Schneider, B. 2001: On the uncertainty of local shape of lines and surfaces. Cartography and Geographic Information Science 28: 237–47.

Schnieder, D.W. 2000: Local knowledge, envir- onmental politics, and the founding of ecology in the United States: Stephen Forbes and ‘The lake as microcosm’ (1887). Isis 91(4): 681–705.

Schoenberger, E. 1997: The cultural crisis of the firm. Oxford: Blackwell.

Schoenberger, E. 1998: Discourse and practice in human geography. Progress in Human Geography 22: 1–14.

Schofield, C. 1993: Elusive security: the military and political geography of South Lebanon. Geojournal 31: 149–61.

Scholte, J.A. 2000: Globalization: a critical intro- duction. London: Palgrave.

Schonfeld, R.C. 2003: JSTOR: a history. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Schor, J.B. 1991: The overworked American: the unexpected decline of leisure. New York: Basic Books.

Schorske, C.E. 1979: Fin-de-siecle Vienna: politics and culture. London: Weidenfeld and Nicholson.

Schoultz, L. 1998: Beneath the United States: a history of U.S. policy toward Latin America. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Schulten, S. 2001: The geographical imagination in America 1880–1950. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Schumm, S.A. and Lichty, R.W. 1965: Time, space and causality in geomorphology. American Journal of Science 263: 110–19.

Schumpeter, J.A. 1942: Capitalism, socialism, and democracy. New York: Harper & Row.

Schurmann, F.J., ed., 2001: Globalization and development: challenges for the 21st century. London: Sage.

Schuurman, N. 2004: GIS: A short introduction. Oxford: Blackwell.

Schwartz, J. and Ryan, J., eds, 2003: Picturing place: photography and the geographic imagin- ation. London: I.B. Tauris.

Schwartz, M. 2007: Neo-liberalism on crack: cit- ies under siege in Iraq. City 11(1): 21–69.

Scivoletto, A. 1983: Sociologia del territorio: tra scienza e utopia. Milan: Franco Angeli.

Scott, A.J. 1976a: Land and land rent: an inter- pretive review of the French literature. In C. Board, R.J. Chorley, P. Haggett and D.R. Stoddart, eds, Progress in geography, vol. 9. London: Edward Arnold, 101–45.

Scott, A.J. 1976b: Land use and commodity pro- duction. Regional Science and Urban Economics 6: 147–60.

Scott, A.J. 1988a: Flexible production systems and regional development: the rise of new industrial spaces in North America and west- ern Europe. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 12: 171–86.

Scott, A.J. 1988b: Metropolis: from the division of labor to urban form. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Scott, A.J. 1988c: New industrial spaces. London: Pion.

Scott, A.J. 1998a: Regions and the world economy: the coming shape of global production, competition, and political order. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Scott, A.J. 2000a: Economic geography: the great half-century. In G.L. Clark, M.P. Feldman and M.S. Gerter, eds, The Oxford handbook of economic geography. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 18–44.

Scott, A.J., ed., 2001: Global city-regions. New York: Oxford University Press.

Scott, A.J. 2005a: On Hollywood: the place, the industry. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Scott, A.J. 2006: Geography and economy. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

Scott, A.J. and Soja, E.W., eds, 1996: The city: Los Angeles and urban theory at the end of the twentieth century. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Scott, A.J. and Storper, M. 2003: Regions, glob- alization, development. Regional Studies 37: 579–93.

Scott, D. 2004: Conscripts of modernity: the tragedy of colonial enlightenment. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Scott, J.C. 1985: Weapons of the weak: everyday forms of peasant resistance. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Scott, J.C. 1998b: Seeing like a state: how certain schemes to improve the human condition have failed. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Scott, J.P. 1999: Social network analysis. London: Sage.

Scott, J.W. 2002: A networked space of meaning? Spatial politics as geostrategies of European integration. Space and Polity 6: 147–67.

Scott, J.W. 2005b: Transnational regionalism, strategic geopolitics, and European integra- tion: the case of the Baltic Sea region. In H. Nicol and I. Townsend-Gault, eds, Holding the line: borders in a global world. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press, 90–116.

Scott, L.M. 2000b: Evaluating intra-metropol- itan accessibility in the information age: oper- ational issues, objectives, and implementation. In D.G. Janelle and D.C. Hodge, eds, Information, place and cyberspace: issues in acces- sibility. Berlin: Springer-Verlag, 22–45.

Scottish Geographical Journal 1999: Relevance in human geography. Scottish Geographical Journal 115(2): v–xiv, 91–165.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 930 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

930

Seabright, P. 2004: The company of strangers: a natural history of economic life. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Seagar, J. 1993: Earth follies. Coming to feminist terms with the global environmental crisis. London: Routledge.

Seager, J. 2003a: The atlas of women. London: Women’s Press.

Seager, J. 2003b: Pepperoni or broccoli? On the cutting wedge of feminist environmentalism. Gender, Place and Culture 10: 167–74.

Seamon, D. 1979: A geography of the life-world: movement, rest and encounter. London: Croom Helm.

Sedgwick, E.K. 2003: Touching feeling: affect, pedagogy, performativity. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Sedlmeier, P. and Gigerenzer, G. 1989: Do studies of statistical power have an effect on the power of studies? Psychological Bulletin 105: 309–16.

Segal, A. 1993: An atlas of international migration. New Providence, NJ: Hans Zell.

Segal, R. and Weizman, E., eds, 2003: A civilian occupation: the politics of Israeli architecture. London: Verso.

Selenyi, I., ed., 1998: Privatizing the land. London: Routledge.

Seligman, A. 1992: The idea of civil society. New York: The Free Press.

Sellars, W. 1963: Empiricism and the philosophy of mind. In Sellars, Science, perception and real- ity. London: Routledge, 127–96.

Sen, A. 1981: Poverty and famines: an essay on entitlement and deprivation. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Sen, A. 1990: More than one hundred million women are missing. New York Review of Books (20 December): 61–6.

Sen, A. 1993: The causation and prevention of famines: a reply. Journal of Peasant Studies, 21: 29–40.

Sen, A. 1999: Development as freedom. New York: Oxford University Press.

Sen, A. 2006: Identity and violence: the illusion of destiny. New York: W.W. Norton.

Sen, A. and Smith, T. 1995: Gravity models ofspatial interaction behaviour. Berlin: Springer-Verlag.

Sen, J., Anand, A., Escobar, A. and Waterman, P., eds, 2004: World Social Forum: challenging empires. New Delhi: The Viveka Foundation.

Senior, M.L. 1979: From gravity modelling to entropy maximizing: a pedagogic guide. Progress in Human Geography 3: 179–211.

Serres, M., with Latour, B. 1995: Conversations on science, culture, and time. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press.

Seton-Watson, H. 1977: Nations and states. London: Methuen.

Shafir, G. and Peled, Y. 1998: Citizenship and stratification in an ethnic democracy. Ethnic and Racial Studies 21(3): 408–27.

Shamir, R. 1996: Suspended in space: Bedouins under the law of Israel. Law and Society Review 30: 231–58.

Shanin, T., ed., 1988: Peasants. Oxford: Blackwell. Shanks, M. and Pearson, M. 2001: Theatre/ archaeology. London: Routledge.

Shannon, C.E. and Weaver, W. 1949: The math- ematical theory of communication. Champaign, Il: University of Illinois Press.

Shannon, G., Pyle, G. and Bashshur, R. 1991: The geography of AIDS: origins and course of an epidemic. New York: Guilford Press.

Shapin, S. 1994: A social history of truth: civility and science in seventeenth-century England. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Shapin, S. 1996: The scientific revolution. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Shapin, S. 1998: Placing the view from nowhere: historical and sociological problems in the location of science. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 23: 5–12.

Shapiro, I. and Hacker-Cordón, C., eds, 1999: Democracy’s edges. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Shapiro, M. 1997: Violent cartographies: mapping cultures of war. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Sharma, J. 2003: Hindutva: exploring the idea of Hindu nationalism. New Delhi: Penguin.

Sharp, J. 2000a: Condensing the Cold War: Reader’s Digest and American identity. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Sharp, J. 2000b: Towards a critical analysis of fictive geographies. Area 32(3): 327–34.

Sharp, J. 2005: Geography and gender: feminist methodologies in collaboration and in the field. Progress in Human Geography 29(3): 304–9.

Sharp, J., Browne, K. and Thien, D., eds, 2004: Gender and geography revisited. London: Women and Geography Study Group of the Royal Geographical Society of the Institute of British Geographers.

Sharp, J., Routledge, P., Philo, C. and Paddison, R., eds, 2000: Entanglements of power: geogra- phies of domination/resistance. New York: Routledge.

Shatz, H.J. and Venables, A.J. 2000: The geog- raphy of international investment. In G.L. Clark, M.P. Feldman and M.S. Gertler, eds, The Oxford handbook of economic geography. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 125–45.

Shaw, M. 2005: The new Western way of war. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Shaw, M., Davey, G.D. and Dorling, D. 2005: Health inequalities and New Labour: How the promises compare with real progress. British Medical Journal 330: 1016–21.

Shaw, M., Dorling, D. and Shaw, M. 2002: Health, place and society. London: Prentice Hall.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 931 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

931

Shaw, W. 1978: Marx’s theory of history. London: Hutchinson.

Shaw-Taylor, L. 2001: Labourers, cows, com- mon rights and parliamentary enclosure: the evidence of contemporary comment c.1760– 1810. Past and Present 171: 95–126.

Shaxon, N. 2006: Poisoned wells. London: Palgrave.

Sheail, J. 1976: Nature in trust: the history of nature conservation in Great Britain. Glasgow: Blackie.

Sheail, J. 1987: Seventy-five years of ecology: the British Ecological Society. Oxford: Blackwell Scientific.

Sheail, J. 1995: The ecologist and environmental history: a British perspective. Journal of Biogeography 22: 953–66.

Shellenberger, M. and Nordhaus, T. 2004: The death of environmentalism: global warming politics in a post-environmental world. Proceedings of the Environmental Grantmakers Association, October.

Shelley, T. 2005: Oil: politics, poverty and the planet. London: Zed Books.

Shen, J. 2002: A study of the temporary popula- tion in Chinese cities. Habitat International 26: 363–77.

Sheppard, E. 2002: The spaces and times of globalization: place, scale, networks and posi- tionality. Economic Geography 78: 307–30.

Sheppard, E. 2004: The spatiality of The limits to capital. Antipode 36: 470–79.

Sheppard, E. 2005: Constructing free trade: from Manchester boosterism to global man- agement. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 30: 151–72.

Sheppard, E. 2006: David Harvey and dialectical space–time. In N. Castree and D. Gregory, eds, David Harvey: a critical reader. Oxford: Blackwell, 121–41.

Sheppard, E. 2008: Geographical dialectics? Environment and Planning A 40: 2603–12.

Sheppard, E. and Barnes, T.J. 1990: The capital- ist space economy: geographical analysis after Ricardo, Marx and Sraffa. London: Unwin Hyman.

Sheppard, E. and Barnes, T.J., eds, 2000: A companion to economic geography. Oxford: Blackwell.

Sheppard, E. and McMaster, R.B., eds, 2004: Scale and geographic inquiry: nature, society and method. Oxford: Blackwell.

Sheppard, E.S. 1984: The distance-decay gravity model debate. In G.L. Gaile and C.J. Willmott, eds, Spatial statistics and models. Dordrecht: D. Reidel, 367–88.

Sheppard, E.S. and Nagar, R. 2004: From east– west to north–south. Antipode: a Radical Journal of Geography 36: 557–63.

Sheringham, M. 2006: Everyday life: theories and practices from surrealism to the present. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Sherman, L. 2003: Misleading evidence and evi- dence-led policy: making social science more experimental. Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 589: 6–19.

Shevky, E. and Bell, W. 1955: Social area analy- sis: theory, illustrative application and computa- tional procedures. Stanford CA: Stanford University Press.

Shiel, M. and Fitzmaurice, T., eds, 2001: Cinema and the city: film and urban societies in a global context. Oxford: Blackwell.

Shields, R. 1989: Social spatialisation and the built environment: the West Edmonton Mall. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 7: 147–64.

Shields, R. 1991: Places on the margin: alternative geographies of modernity. London: Routledge.

Shields, R. 1992: A truant proximity: presence and absence in the spaces of modernity. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 10(2): 181–98.

Shields, R. 1999: Lefebvre, love and struggle: spa- tial dialectics. London: Routledge.

Shields, R. 2006: Boundary-thinking in theories of the present: the virtuality of reflexive mod- ernisation. European Journal of Social Theory 9 (2): 223–37.

Shih, S. 2002: Towards an ethics of transnational encounter, or ‘when’ does a ‘Chinese’ woman become a ‘feminist’? Differences: a Journal of Feminist Cultural Studies 13: 90–126.

Shiva, V. 1988: Staying alive: women, ecology and development. London: Zed Books.

Shiva, V. 1991: The violence of the Green Revolution. London: Zed Books.

Shiva, V. 1992: Resources. In W. Sachs, ed., The development dictionary: a guide to knowledge and power. London: Zed Books.

Shiva, V. 1998 [1997]: Biopiracy: the plunder of nature and knowledge. Cambridge, MA: Green Books.

Shiva, V. 2002: Water wars: pollution, profits and privatization. London: Pluto Press.

Short, J.R. 2004: Making space: revisioning the world 1475–1600. Syracuse, NY: Syracuse University Press.

Shotter, J. 1993: Conversational realities: the con- struction of life through language. London: Sage.

Shoup, C. 1966: Federal estate and gift taxes. Washington, DC: Brookings Institution.

Shoval, N. and Isaacson, M. 2007: Sequence alignment as a method for human activity analysis in space and time. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 97(2): 282–97.

Shryock, H.S. and Siegel, J.S. 1973: The methods and materials of demography. Washington, DC: US Bureau of the Census, US Government Printing Office.

Shurmer-Smith, P., ed., 2002: Doing cultural geography. London: Sage.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 932 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

932

Shutkin, W.A. 2000: The land that could be: envir- onmentalism and democracy in the twenty-first century. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Sibley, B. 2001: The binary city. Urban Studies 38: 239–50.

Sibley, D. 1981: Outsiders in urban societies. Oxford: Blackwell.

Sibley, D. 1995: Geographies of exclusion: society and difference in the West. London: Routledge.

Sibley, D. 1998: Problematizing exclusion: reflections on space, difference and know- ledge. International Planning Studies 3: 93–100.

Sibley, D. 2003: Geography and psychoanalysis: tensions and possibilities. Social and Cultural Geography 4: 391–9.

Sidaway, J.D. 1997: The (re)making of the Western ‘geographical tradition’: some missing links. Area 29: 72–80.

Sidaway, J.D. 1998: What is in a gulf? From the ‘arc of crisis’ to the Gulf War. In G. Ó Tuathail and S. Dalby, eds, Rethinking geopolitics. London: Routledge, 224–39.

Sidaway, J.D. 2000: Postcolonial geographies: an exploratory essay. Progress in Human Geography 24(4): 591–612.

Sidaway, J.D. 2002: Imagined regional communi- ties: integration and sovereignty in the global South. London: Routledge.

Sieverts, T. 2003: Cities without cities: an interpret- ation of the Zwischenstadt. New York: Routledge.

Sigona, N. 2005: Locating ‘the Gypsy problem’: the Roma in Italy: stereotyping, labelling and ‘nomad camps’. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies 31: 741–56.

Silver, B. and Arrighi, G.B. 2003: Polanyi’s double movement: the belle époques of British and US hegemony compared. Politics and Society 31(2): 325–55.

Silver, T. 1990: A new face on the countryside: indians, colonists, and slaves in South Atlantic forests, 1500–1800. Cambridge, UK: Cam- bridge University Press.

Silverstone, R. 1999: Why study the media? London: Routledge.

Silvey, R. 2004: Power, difference, and mobility: feminist advances in migration studies. Progress in Human Geography 28: 490–506.

Silvey, R. 2006: Geographies of gender and migration: spatializing social difference. International Migration Review 40: 64–81.

Sim, S., ed., 1998: Post-Marxism: a reader. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Simmel, G. 1978: The philosophy of money. Boston, Routledge.

Simmons, I.G. 1993: Environmental history: a concise introduction. Oxford: Blackwell.

Simmons, I.G. 1996: Changing the face of the Earth. Oxford: Blackwell.

Simmons, I.G. 1997: Humanity and environment: a cultural ecology. London: Longman.

Simmons, I.G. 2001: An environmental history of Great Britain: from 10,000 years ago to the present. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Simon, D. 1998: Rethinking (post)modernism, postcolonialism, and posttraditionalism: South–North perspectives. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 16: 219–45.

Simon, H.A. 1956: Rational choice and the structure of the environment. Psychological Review 63: 129–38.

Simon, H.A. 1957: Models of man: social and rational. New York: Wiley.

Simone, A.M. 2004: For the city yet to come: chan- ging African life in four cities. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Simons, A. and Tucker, D. 2007: The mislead- ing problem of failed states: a ‘socio-geog- raphy’ of terrorism in the post 9/11 era. Third World Quarterly 28: 387–401.

Simonsen, K. 1991: Towards an understanding of the contextuality of mode of life. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 9: 417–32.

Simonsen, K. 2004: Spatiality, temporality and the construction of the city. In J.O. Bærenholdt and K. Simonsen, eds, Space odysseys: spatiality and social relations in the 21st century. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Simonsen, K. 2005: Bodies, sensations, space and time – the contribution from Henri Lefebvre. Geografiska Annaler 87B: 1–14.

Simpson, A. 1993: Mabo, international law, terra nullius and the stories of settlement: an unre- solved jurisprudence. Melbourne University Law Review 19: 195–210.

Simpson, D. and Kelly, T.M. 2008: The new Chicago School of urbanism and the new Daley machine. Urban Affairs Review 44(2): 218–38.

Sinfield, A. 1994: Cultural politics – queer reading. London: Routledge.

Singer, J. 2000: Entitlement: the paradoxes of prop- erty. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Singer, J. and Willett, J. 2003: Applied longitudinal data analysis: modelling change and event occur- rence. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Singer, P. 1993: Practical ethics, 2nd edn. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Singer, P. 2009: Wired for war: the robotics revolu- tion and conflict in the twenty-first century. New York: Penguin.

Singh, N. 2004: Black is a country: race and the unfinished struggle for democracy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Singh, N. 2006: The afterlife of fascism. The South Atlantic Quarterly 105: 71–93.

Sinnott-Armstrong, W. 2006: Consequentialism. In E.N. Zalta, ed., The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy; available at http://plato.stanford.edu/ archives/spr2006/entries/consequentialism/

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 933 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

933

Sioh, M. 1998: Authorizing the Malaysian rainforest: configuring space, contesting claims and conquering imaginaries. Ecumene 5: 144–6.

Sjoberg, G. 1960: The pre-industrial city, past and present. New York: The Free Press (two chap- ters co-authored with A.F. Sjoberg).

Skeldon, R. 1994: Reluctant exiles? Migration from Hong Kong and the new overseas Chinese. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe.

Skeldon, R. 1997: Migration and development: a global perspective. London: Longman.

Skelton, R.A. 1972: Maps: a historical survey of their study and collecting, ed. David Woodward. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Skelton, T. and Valentine, G., eds, 1998: Cool places: geographies of youth cultures. London: Routledge.

Skertchley, S.B.J. 1878: The physical system of the universe: an outline of physiography. London: Daldy, Isbister and Co.

Skinner, C., Holt, D. and Smith, T. 1989: Analysis of complex surveys. New York: Wiley.

Skinner, Q., ed., 1985: The return of Grand Theory in the human sciences. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Sklair, L. 2001: The transnational capitalist class. Oxford: Blackwell.

Skocpol, T. 1980: States and social revolution. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Slater, D. 1992: On the borders of social theory: learning from other regions. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 10: 307–27.

Slater, D. 1997: Spatialities of power and post- modern ethics – rethinking geopolitical encounters. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 15: 55–72.

Slater, D. 1999: Situating geopolitical represen- tations: Inside/outside and the power of imper- ial interventions. In D. Massey, J. Allen and P. Sarre, eds, Human geography today. Cambridge UK: Polity Press, 62–84.

Slater, D. 2002: Other domains of democratic theory: space, power, and the politics of dem- ocratization. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 20: 255–76.

Slater, D. 2004: Geopolitics and the postcolonial: rethinking North–South relations. Oxford: Blackwell.

Slaymaker, O. and Spencer, T. 1998: Physical geography and global environmental change. London: Longman.

Sleight, P. 2004: Targeting customers: how to use geodemographic and lifestyle data in your business, 3rd edn. Henley-upon-Thames: World Advertising Research Center.

Sletto, B. 2002: Boundary making and regional identities in a globalized environment: rebor- dering the Nariva Swamp, Trinidad. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 20: 183–208.

Slobodkin, A. and Rappaport, R. 1974: An opti- mal strategy of evolution. Quarterly Review of Biology 49: 181–200.

Slocum, T.A., McMaster, R.B., Kessler, F.C. and Howard, H.H. 2008: Thematic cartography and geographical visualization, 3rd edn. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Slouka, M. 1995: War of the worlds: cyberspace and the high-tech assault on reality. New York: Basic Books.

Sluyter, A. 2001: Colonialism and landscape in the Americas: material/conceptual transform- ations and continuing consequences. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 91: 410–29.

Sluyter, A. 2002: Colonialism and landscape: post- colonial theory and applications. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Smaje, C. 1997: Not just a social construct: Theorising race and ethnicity. Sociology 31: 307–327.

Smallman-Raynor, M. and Cliff, A.D. 2004: War epidemics: an historical geography of infectious diseases in military conflict and civil strife 1850– 2000. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Smart, A. 1986: Invisible real estate: investiga- tions into the squatter property market. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 10: 29–45.

Smart, B. 2007: Not playing around: global cap- italism, modern sport and consumer culture. Global Networks – a Journal of Transnational Affairs 7(2): 113–34.

Smith, A. 1976 [1776]: The wealth of nations. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Smith, A. 2002a: Imagining geographies of the ‘new Europe’: geo-economic power and the new European architecture of integration. Political Geography 21: 647–70.

Smith, A. 2003a: Power relations, industrial clus- ters, and regional transformations: pan- European integration and outward processing in the Slovak clothing industry. Economic Geography 79(1): 17–41.

Smith, A. 2003b: The political landscape: constel- lations of authority in early complex polities. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Smith, A. 2004: Regions, spaces of economic practice and diverse economies in the ‘new Europe’. European Urban and Regional Studies 11: 9–25.

Smith, B. 1960: European vision and the South Pacific, 1768–1850: a study in the history of art and ideas. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Smith, C.J. 1988: Public problems: the management of urban distress. New York: Guilford Press.

Smith, C.J. and Giggs, J.A., eds, 1988: Location and stigma: contemporary perspectives on mental health and mental health care. London: Unwin Hyman.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 934 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

934

Smith, D.M. 1973: The geography of social well- being in the United States: an introduction to terri- torial social indicators. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Smith, D.M. 1977: Human geography: a welfare approach. London: Edward Arnold.

Smith, D.M. 1979a: Where the grass is greener: living in an unequal world. London: Penguin.

Smith, D.M. 1981a [1971]: Industrial location: an economic geographical analysis, 2nd edn. New York and Chichester: Wiley.

Smith, D.M. 1994a: Geography and social justice. Oxford: Blackwell.

Smith, D.M. 1998a: Geography and moral phil- osophy. Ethics, Place and Environment 1: 7–34.

Smith, D.M. 1999a: Geography, community and morality. Environment and Planning A 31(1): 19–35.

Smith, D.M. 2000a: Moral geographies: ethics in a world of difference. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press/New York: Columbia University Press.

Smith, D.M. 2000b: Social justice revisited. Environment and Planning A 32: 1149–62.

Smith, D.M. and Lee, R., eds, 2004: Geographies and moralities: international perspectives on just- ice, development and place. Oxford: Blackwell.

Smith, F. and Barker, J. 2001: Commodifying the countryside: the impact of out-of-school care on rural landscapes of children’s play. Area 33(2): 169–76.

Smith, G., ed., 1995: Federalism: the multiethnic challenge. London: Longman.

Smith, H.H. 1983: The citizen’s guide to zoning. Chicago, IL: American Planning Association.

Smith, J. 1992a: The slightly different thing that is said: writing the aesthetic experience. In T.J. Barnes and J.S. Duncan, eds, Writing worlds: discourse, text and metaphor in the representation of landscape. London: Routledge, 73–85.

Smith, J.M. 1996a: Geographical rhetoric: modes and tropes of appeal. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 86(1): 1– 20.

Smith, J.R. 1913: Industrial and commercial geog- raphy. New York: Henry Holt.

Smith, L.T. 1999b: Decolonizing methodologies: research and indigenous peoples. London: Zed Books.

Smith, M. 2002b: The state of nature: the polit- ical philosophy of primitivism and the culture of contamination. Environmental Values 11(4): 407–25.

Smith, M.L. 2006a: The archaeology of South Asian cities. Journal of Archaeological Research 14: 97–142.

Smith, M.P. 1979b: The city and social theory. New York: St Martin’s Press.

Smith, M.P. 2001a: Transnational urbanism. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Smith, M.P. and Feagin, J., eds, 1987: The cap- italist city. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Smith, M.P. and Guarnizo, L., eds, 1998: Transnationalism from below. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.

Smith, N. 1979c: Toward a theory of gentrifica- tion: a back to the city movement by capital not people. Journal of the American Planning Association 45: 538–48.

Smith, N. 1981b: Degeneracy in theory and practice. Progress in Human Geography 5: 111–18.

Smith, N. 1987: Dangers of the empirical turn: some comments on the CURS initiative. Antipode 19: 59–66.

Smith, N. 1990: Uneven development: nature, cap- ital and the production of space, 2nd edn. Oxford: Blackwell.

Smith, N. 1992b: Contours of a spatialized pol- itics: homeless vehicles and the production of geographical space. Social Text 33: 54–81.

Smith, N. 1993: Homeless: global: scaling places. In J. Bird, B. Curtis, T. Putnam, G. Robertson and L. Tickner, eds, Mapping the futures: local cultures, global change. London: Routledge, 87–119.

Smith, N. 1996b: Spaces of vulnerability: the space of flows and the politics of scale. Critique of Anthropology 16: 63–77.

Smith, N. 1996c: The new urban frontier: gentrifi- cation and the revanchist city. London: Routledge.

Smith, N. 2003c: American empire: Roosevelt’s geographer and the prelude to globalization. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Smith, N. 2005a: Neo-critical geography, or, the flat pluralist world of business class. Antipode 37(5): 887–99.

Smith, N. 2005b: The endgame of globalization. New York: Routledge.

Smith, N. 2006b: Global executioner. The South Atlantic Quarterly 105: 55–69.

Smith, N. 2006c: The endgame of globalization. Political Geography 25: 1–14.

Smith, N. 2008 [1984]: Uneven development, nature, capital and the production of space, 3rd edn. Athens, GA: The University of Georgia Press.

Smith, N. and Godlewska, A., eds, 1994: Geography and empire. Oxford: Blackwell.

Smith, N. and Katz, C. 1993: Grounding meta- phor: towards a spatialized politics. In M. Keith and S. Pile, eds, Place and the politics of culture. London: Routledge, 67–83.

Smith, N. and O’Keefe, P. 1980: Geography, Marx and the concept of nature. Antipode 12 (2): 30–39.

Smith, N. and Williams, P., eds, 1986: Gentrification of the city. Boston: Allen & Unwin.

Smith, R.A. 1992c: Beach resort evolution – implications for planning. Annals of Tourism Research 19(2): 304–22.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 935 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

935

Smith, R.G. 2003d: World city typologies. Progress in Human Geography 27(5): 561–82.

Smith, R.M. 1984: Land, kinship and life-cycle. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Smith, R.M. 1990: Monogamy, landed property and demographic regimes in pre-industrial Europe, in J.M. Landers and V. Reynolds, eds, Fertility and resources. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 164–82.

Smith, R.M. 1998b: The English peasantry 1250–1650. In T. Scott, ed., The peasantries of Europe from the fourteenth to the eighteenth cen- turies. London: Longman, 339–71.

Smith, S.J. 1986a: Crime, space and society. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Smith, S.J. 1989: The politics of ‘race’ and resi- dence: citizenship, segregation and white suprem- acy in Britain. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Smith, S.J. 1994b: Soundscape. Area 26: 232–40. Smith, S.J. 2001b: Doing qualitative research:

from interpretation to action. In M. Limb and C. Dwyer, eds, 2001: Qualitative method- ologies for geographers: issues and debates. London: Arnold, 23–40.

Smith, S.J. 2005c: Society-space. In P. Cloke, P. Crang and M. Goodwin, eds, Introducing human geographies, 2nd edn. London: Hodder Arnold, 18–35.

Smith, S.J. and Easterlow, D. 2005: The strange geography of health inequalities. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 30: 173–90.

Smith, S.J. and Mallinson, S. 1997: Housing for health in a post-welfare state. Housing Studies 12(2): 173–200.

Smith, W.D. 1986b: The ideological origins of Nazi imperialism. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Smith, W.D. 1991: Politics and the sciences of cul- ture in Germany 1840–1920. New York: Oxford University Press.

Smocovitis, V.B. 1996: Unifying biology: the evo- lutionary synthesis and evolutionary biology. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Smooha, S. 2002: The model of ethnic democ- racy: Israel as a Jewish and democratic state. Nation and Nationalism 8(4): 475–503.

Smythe, D. 1978: Communications: blindspot of Western Marxism. Canadian Journal of Political and Social Theory 1(3): 1–27.

Sneddon, C.S. 2000: ‘Sustainability’ in eco- logical economics, ecology, and livelihoods: a review. Progress in Human Geography 24(4): 521–49.

Snijders, T.A.B. 1992: Estimation on the basis of snowball samples: how to weight. Bulletin de Méthodologie Sociologique 36: 59–70.

Snyder, J.P. 1993: Flattening the Earth: two thou- sand years of map projections. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Soja, E.W. 1980: The socio-spatial dialectic. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 70: 207–25.

Soja, E.W. 1985: The spatiality of social life: towards a transformative retheorisation. In D. Gregory and J. Urry, eds, Social relations and spatial structures. London: Macmillan, 90–122.

Soja, E.W. 1989: Postmodern geographies: the reassertion of space in critical social theory. London: Verso.

Soja, E.W. 1992: Inside exopolis: scenes from Orange County. In M. Sorkin, ed., Variations on a theme park: the new American city and the end of public space. New York: The Noonday Press, 94–122.

Soja, E.W. 1996a: Inside exopolis: everyday life in the postmodern world. In Soja, Thirdspace: Journeys to Los Angeles and other real-and- imagined places. Oxford: Blackwell, 237–79.

Soja, E.W. 1996b: Thirdspace: journeys to Los Angeles and other real-and-imagined places. Oxford: Blackwell.

Soja, E.W. 2000a: Postmetropolis: critical studies of cities and regions. Oxford: Blackwell.

Soja, E.W. 2000b: Putting cities first. In Soja, Postmetropolis: critical studies of cities and regions. Oxford: Blackwell, 19–49.

Sokol, M. 2001: Central and eastern Europe a decade after the fall of state-socialism: regional dimensions of transition process. Regional Studies 35: 645–55.

Solinger, D.J. 2006: The creation of a new underclass in China and its implications. Environment and Urbanization 18: 177–92.

Sollors, W., ed., 1996: Theories of ethnicity: a classical reader. London: Macmillan.

Somerville, M. 1849: Physical geography, 2nd edn. London: John Murray.

Soper, K. 1986: Humanism and anti-humanism: problems in modern European thought. London: Hutchinson.

Sorenson, O. 2003: Social networks and indus- trial geography. Journal of Evolutionary Economics 13: 513–27.

Sorkin, M. 1992a: See you in Disneyland. In M. Sorkin, ed., Variations on a theme park: the new American city and the end of public space. New York: The Noonday Press, 305–32.

Sorkin, M., ed., 1992b: Variations on a theme park: the new American city and the end of public space. New York: The Noonday Press.

Sorre, M. 1957: Rencontres de la géographie et de la sociologie. Paris: Riviére.

Sorrenson, R. 1996: The ship as a scientific instrument in the eighteenth century. Osiris, 2nd Series, 11: 221–36.

Sothern, M. 2004: (Un)queer patriarchies, or ‘what do we think when we fuck?’ Antipode 36: 183–90.

Southall, H. 1991: The tramping artisan revis- ited: labour mobility and economic distress in early Victorian England. Economic History Review 44: 272–96.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 936 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

936

Southworth, M. and Southworth, S. 1982: Maps: a visual survey and design guide. Boston: Little, Brown.

Soysal, Y. 1994: Limits of citizenship: migrants and postnational membership in Europe. Chicago: the University of Chicago Press.

Sparke, M. 2000a: Chunnel visions: unpacking the anticipatory geographies of an Anglo- European borderland. Journal of Borderland Studies 15(1): 2–34.

Sparke, M. 2000b: Graphing the geo in geo-pol- itical: Critical Geopolitics and the re-visioning of responsibility. Political Geography 19: 373–80.

Sparke, M. 2005: In the space of theory: postfoun- dational geographies of the nation-state. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Sparke, M. 2006: A neoliberal nexus: citizenship, security and the future of the border. Political Geography 30(2): 151–80.

Sparke, M. 2007: Geopolitical fears, geoeco- nomic hopes and the responsibilities of geog- raphy. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 97(2): 338–49.

Sparke, M., Sidaway, J., Bunnell, T. and Grundy-Warr, C. 2004: Triangulating the bor- derless world: geographies of power in the Indonesia–Malaysia–Singapore growth tri- angle. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 29: 485–98.

Sparke, M., Brown, E., Corva, D., Day, H., Faria, C., Sparks, T. and Varg, K. 2005: The World Social Forum and the lessons for eco- nomic geography. Economic Geography 81(4): 359–80.

Spate, O.H.K. 1968: Environmentalism. In D.L. Sills, ed., International encyclopedia of the social sciences, vol. 5. New York: Macmillan/The Free Press, 93–7.

Spedding, N. 1997: On growth and form in geo- morphology. Earth Surface Processes and Landforms 22: 261–5.

Spencer, T. and Whatmore, S. 2001: Bio-geog- raphies: putting some life back into the discip- line. Editorial in Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 26(2): 139–41.

Spivak, G.C. 1988: In other worlds: essays in cul- tural politics. New York: Routledge.

Spivak, G.C. 1992: Woman in difference: Mahasweta Devi’s Douloti the beautiful. In A. Parker, M. Russo, D. Sommer, and P. Yaeger, eds, Nationalisms and sexualities. New York: Routledge, 96–117.

Spivak, G.C. 2000: Discussion: an afterword on the new subaltern. In P. Chatterjee and P. Jeganathan, eds, Subaltern studies XI: commu- nity, gender, violence. Delhi: Permanent Black, 305–34.

Spradley, J. 1979: The ethnographic interview. New York: Holt Reinhart and Winston.

Springer, S. 2008: The non-illusory effects of neoliberalisation: linking geographies of

poverty, inequality and violence. Geoforum, 39: 1520–5.

Spry, I.M. 1981: Overhead costs, rigidities of pro- ductive capacity and the price system. In W.H. Melody, L. Salter and P. Heyer, eds, Culture, communication, and dependency: the tradition of H.A. Innis. Norwood, NJ: Ablex, 155–66.

Sraffa, P. 1960: Production of commodities by means of commodities: a prelude to a critique of economic theory. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Srivastava, S. 1996: Modernity and post-coloni- ality: the metropolis as metaphor. Economic and Political Weekly, 17 February: 403–12.

Staeheli, L.A. 1996: Publicity, privacy, and women’s political action. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 14: 601–19.

Staeheli, L.A. and Brown, M. 2003: Guest edi- torial. Environment and Planning A 35: 771–77.

Staeheli, L.A. and Mitchell, D. 2005: The com- plex politics of relevance in geography. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 95: 357–72.

Staeheli, L.A., Kofman, E. and Peake, L.J., eds, 2004: Mapping women, making politics: feminist perspectives on political geography. London: Routledge.

Stafford, B.M. 1984: Voyage into substance: art, science, nature and the illustrated travel account 1760–1840. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Stafford, R.A. 1989: Scientist of empire: Sir Roderick Murchison, scientific exploration and Victorian imperialism. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Stahl, R. 2006: Have you played the war on terror? Critical Studies in Media Communication 23(2): 112–30.

Stallybrass, P. and White, A. 1986: The politics and poetics of transgression. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Stamp, L.D. 1946: The land of Britain. London: Longman.

Stamp, L.D. 1964: The geography of life and death. London: Collins.

Stannard, D. 1992: American holocaust: Columbus and the conquest of the New World. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Starr, A. 2000: Naming the enemy: anti-corporate movements against globalization. London: Zed Books.

Starr, A. 2005: Global revolt. London: Zed Books. Stasiulis, D. and Yuval-Davis, N., eds, 1995: Unsettling settler societies: articulations of race, ethnicity, and class. London: Sage.

Stassart, P. and Whatmore, S.J. 2003: Metabolising risk: food scares and the un/re- making of Belgian beef. Environment and Planning A 25: 449–62.

Staszak, J.-F. 2004: Primitivism and the other: history of art and cultural geography. GeoJournal 60: 353–64.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 937 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

937

Staudt, K. 1998: Free trade? Informal economies at the U.S.–Mexico border. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press.

Stebbins, R. 1992: Amateurs, professionals, and serious leisure. Montreal: McGill-Queen’s University Press.

Steck, H. 2003: Corporatization of the univer- sity: seeking conceptual clarity. Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 585 (January): 66–83.

Stedman Jones, G. 1991 [1974]: Outcast London: a study in the relationship between classes in Victorian society. London: Penguin.

Steel, R. 1967: Pax Americana. New York: Viking Press.

Steel, R.W. 1983: The Institute of British Geographers: the first fifty years. London: Institute of British Geographers.

Stein, C. 1966: Towards new towns for America. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Stein, S. 2005: Conceptions and terms: tem- plates for the analysis of holocausts and geno- cides. Journal of Genocide Research 7: 171–203.

Steinberg, P.E. 2001: The social construction of the ocean. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Stengers, I. 1997: Power and invention: situating science. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Stengers, I. 2000: The invention of modern science. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Stenning, D.J. 1960: Transhumance, migratory drift, migration: patterns of pastoral Fulani nomadism. In S. Ottenburg and P. Ottenburg, eds, Cultures and societies of Africa. New York: Random House, 139–59.

Stepan, N.L. 1990 [1986]: Race and gender: the role of analogy in science. In D.T. Goldberg, ed., Anatomy of racism. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press (originally pub- lished in Isis 77 (1986): 261–77).

Stepan, N.L. 2001: Picturing tropical nature. London: Reaktion Books.

Stern, N. 2007: The economics of climate change: the Stern review. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Stern, V. 1998: A sin against the future: imprison- ment in the world. Boston: Northeastern University Press.

Steward, J. 1955: Theory of culture change: the methodology of multilinear evolution. Urbana- Champagne: University of Illinois Press.

Stewart, J.Q. 1950: The development of social physics. American Journal of Physics 18: 239–53.

Stewart, J.Q. and Warntz, W. 1959: The physics of population distributions. Journal of Regional Science 1: 99–123.

Stewart, M. 1996: ‘What nature suffers to groe’: life, labor, and landscape on the Georgia coast, 1680–1920. Athens, GA: University of Georgia Press.

Stewart-Harawira, M. 2005: The new imperial order: indigenous responses to globalization. London: Zed Books.

Stiglitz, J. 2002: Globalization and its discontents. New York: W.W. Norton.

Stiglitz, J. and Charlton, A. 2006: Fair trade for all: how trade can promote development. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Stobart, J. 2004: The first industrial region: north- west England 1700–1760. Manchester: Manchester University Press.

Stocking, G.W. Jr 1962: Lamarckianism in American social science: 1890–1915. Journal of the History of Ideas 23: 239–56.

Stoddart, D.R. 1966: Darwin’s impact on geog- raphy. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 56: 683–98.

Stoddart, D.R. 1967: Organism and ecosystem as geographical models. In R.J. Chorley and P. Haggett, eds, Models in geography. London: Methuen, 511–48.

Stoddart, D.R. 1985: On geography and its history. Oxford: Blackwell.

Stoddart, D.R. 1992: Geography and war: The ‘New Geography’ and the ‘New Army’ in England, 1899–1914. Political Geography 11: 87–99.

Stoker, L. and Bowers, J. 2002: Designing multi- level studies: sampling voters and electoral contexts. Electoral Studies 21(3): 235–67.

Stoler, A.L. 1995: Race and the education of desire: Foucault’s History of sexuality and the colonial order of things. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Stoler, A.L. 1997: Racial histories and their regimes of truth. Political Power and Social Theory 11: 183–206.

Stoler, A.L. 2002: Carnal knowledge and imperial power: race and the intimate in colonial rule. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Stone, C.N. 1989: Regime politics: governing Atlanta, 1946–1988. Lawrence, KS: Univer- sity of Kansas Press.

Storper, M. 1985: Oligopoly and the product cycle: essentialism in economic geography. Economic Geography 61: 260–82.

Storper, M. 1997a: Regional economies as rela- tional assets. In R. Lee and J. Wills, eds, Geographies of economies. London: Arnold.

Storper, M. 1997b: The regional world: territorial development in a global economy. New York: Guilford Press.

Storper, M. and Manville, M. 2006: Behaviour, preferences and cities: urban theory and urban resurgence. Urban Studies 43: 1247–74.

Storper, M. and Salais, M. 1997: Worlds of pro- duction. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Storper, M. and Scott, A. 1989: The geograph- ical foundation and social regulation of flexible production spaces. In J. Wolch and M. Dear,

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 938 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

938

eds, The power of geography. Winchester, MA: Unwin Hyman.

Storper, M. and Walker, R. 1989: The capitalist imperative: territory, technology, and industrial growth. Oxford: Blackwell.

Stott, P. and Sullivan, S., eds, 2000: Political ecol- ogy: science, myth and power. London: Arnold.

Stouffer, S.A. 1940: Intervening opportunities: a theory relating mobility to distance. American Sociological Review 5: 845–67.

Stracher, G. and Taylor, T. 2004: Coal fires burning out of control around the world: thermodynamic recipe for environmental dis- aster. International Journal of Coal Geology 59: 7–17.

Strathern, M. 1995: The nice thing about culture is that everyone has it. In M. Strathern, ed., Shifting contexts: transformations in anthropo- logical knowledge. London: Routledge.

Strathern, M. 1996: Cutting the network. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute 2: 517–35.

Straus, S. 2005: Darfur and the genocide debate. Foreign Affairs 84: 123–33.

Streeten, P. 1987: Structural adjustment: a sur- vey of the issues and options. World Development 15: 1469–82.

Strohmayer, U. 1997: Technology, modernity, and the restructuring of the present in historical geog- raphies. Geographiska Annaler 79B(3): 155–70.

Strohmayer, U. 1998: The event of space: geo- graphic allusions in the phenomenological tradition. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 16: 105–21.

Strohmayer, U. 2006: Engineering vision: the Pont-Neuf in Paris and modernity. In A. Cowan and J. Steward, eds, The city and the senses: urban culture since 1500. Aldershot: Ashgate, 75–92.

Strüver, A. 2007: The production of geopolitical and gendered images through global aid organ- isations. Geopolitics 12: 680–703.

Sturgis, P. 2004: Analysing complex survey data: clustering, stratification and weights. Social Research Update, Issue 43, http://epubs.surrey. ac.uk/publsoc2/2

Suchan, T.A. and Brewer, C.A. 2000: Qualitative methods for research on mapmak- ing and map use. Professional Geographer 52: 145–54.

Sudman, S. 1976: Applied sampling. New York: Academic Press.

Sugden, D. 1996: The East Antarctic ice-sheet: unstable ice or unstable ideas? Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 21: 443–54.

Sugg, K. 2003: Migratory sexualities, diasporic his- tories, and memory in queer Cuban–American cultural production. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 21(4): 461–77.

Sui, D., ed., 2008: Geospatial technologies and homeland security. Geojournal Library. Berlin: Springer-Verlag.

Sui, D., Fotheringham, A.S., Anselin, A., O’Loughlin, J. and King, G. 2000: Book Review Forum. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 90: 579–606.

Suleiman, S. 1990: Subversive intent: gender, pol- itics, and the avant-garde. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Sullivan, N. 2003: A critical introduction to queer theory. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

Sundberg, J. 2003: Masculinist epistemologies and the politics of fieldwork in Latin Americanist geography. Professional Geographer 55(2): 180–90.

Sunley, P. 1996: Context in economic geog- raphy: the relevance of pragmatism. Progress in Human Geography 20: 338–55.

Suskind, R. 2004: Without a doubt. The New York Times Magazine, 17 October: 44–77.

Suttles, G. 1968: The social order of the slum: ethnicity and territory in the inner city. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Swanson, F.J. 1987: Ecological effects of the eruption of Mount St. Helens: an overview. In D.E. Bilderback, ed., Mount St. Helens 1980: botanical consequences of the explosive erup- tions. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 1–3.

Swenden, W. 2006: Federalism and regionalism in Western Europe. London: Palgrave.

Swift, A., Liu, L. and Uber, J. 2008: Reducing MAUP bias of correlation statistics between water quality and GI illness. Computers, Environment and Urban Systems 32: 134–48.

Swift, J. 1996: Desertification narratives; winners and losers. In M. Leach and R. Mearns, eds, The lie of the land: challenging received wisdom on the African environment. Oxford: James Currey, 73–90.

Swyngedouw, E. 1997: Neither global nor local: ‘glocalization’ and the politics of scale. In K. Cox, ed, Spaces of globalization: reasserting the power of the local. New York: Guilford Press, 137–66.

Swyngedouw, E. 1999: Modernity and hybridity: nature, regeneracionismo, and the production of the Spanish waterscape, 1890–1930. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 89(3): 443–65.

Swyngedouw, E. 2001: Neither global nor local: ‘glocalization’ and the politics of scale. In B. Jessop, ed., Regulation theory and the crisis of capitalism. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar, 196–225.

Swyngedouw, E. 2002: The strange respectabil- ity of the situationist city in the society of the spectacle. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 26(1): 153–65.

Swyngedouw, E. 2004a: Globalisation or ‘gloca- lisation’? Networks, territories and re-scaling.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 939 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

939

Cambridge Review of International Affairs 17(1): 25–48.

Swyngedouw, E. 2004b: Social power and the urbanization of water: flows of power. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Swyngedouw, E. 2006: Glocalizations. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press.

Swyngedouw, E. 2007: Technonatural revolutions: the scalar politics of Franco’s hydro-social dream for Spain, 1939–1975. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 32(1): 9–28.

Swyngedouw, E. and Heynen, N. 2003: Urban political ecology, justice, and the politics of scale. Antipode 35: 898–918.

Sykes, G. 1958: The society of captives. New York: Rinehart.

Sylvester, C. 1999: Development studies and post- colonial studies: disparate tales of the ‘Third World’. Third World Quarterly 20: 703–21.

Sylvester, C. 2006: Bare life as a development/ postcolonial problematic. Geographical Journal 172: 66–77.

Sze, J. 2005: Toxic soup redux: why environmen- tal racism and environmental justice matter after Katrina. In Understanding Katrina: per- spectives from the social sciences. SSRC Forum: http://understandingkatrina.ssrc.org/

Taaffe, E.J. and Gauthier, H.L. 1973: Geography of transportation. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Tabb, W. 2002: Unequal partners: a primer on globalization. New York: The Free Press.

Takacs, D. 1996: The idea of biodiversity: philoso- phies of paradise. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Takahashi, L.M. 1996: A decade of understand- ing homelessness in the USA: from character- ization to representation. Progress in Human Geography 20(3): 291–310.

Tansey, G. and Worsley, T. 1995: The food sys- tem: a guide. London: Earthscan.

Taris, T. 2000: Longitudinal data analysis. London: Sage.

Tarr, R.S. 1920: College physiography. New York: Macmillan.

Tarrant, J. 1974: Agricultural geography. Newton Abbot: David and Charles.

Tassell, T. 2006: Global overview. Financial Times, 13 July: 26.

Taussig, M. 1978: The Devil and commodity fet- ishism in South America. Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press.

Taussig, M. 1993: Mimesis and alterity. London: Routledge.

Tavares, D. and Brosseau, M. 2006: The represen- tationofMongoliaincontemporarytravelwriting: imaginative geographies of a traveller’s frontier. Social and Cultural Geography 7: 299–317.

Taylor, A. 2000: ‘The sun always shines in Perth’: a post-colonial geography of identity,

memory and place. Australian Geographical Studies 38(1): 27–35.

Taylor, C. 1995a: Philosophical arguments. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Taylor, D.R.F. 2003: The concept of cybercarto- graphy. In M.P. Peterson, ed., Maps and the Internet. Amsterdam: Elsevier, 405–20.

Taylor, D.R.F., ed., 2006a: Cybercartography: theory and practice. Amsterdam: Elsevier.

Taylor, E.G.R. 1930: Tudor geography. London: Methuen.

Taylor, F.W. 1911: The principles of scientific man- agement. New York: Harper.

Taylor, J. 2006b: Mapping adventure: a historical geography of Yosemite Valley climbing land- scapes. Journal of Historical Geography 32: 190– 219.

Taylor, M.J. 1986: The product life cycle: a cri- tique. Environment and Planning A 18: 751–61.

Taylor, P. 1994a: The state as a container: terri- toriality in the modern world system. Progress in Human Geography 18: 151–62.

Taylor, P. 1996: The way the modern world works: world hegemony to world impasse. Chichester: Wiley.

Taylor, P.J. 1971: Distance transformation and distance decay functions. Geographical Analysis 3: 221–38.

Taylor, P.J. 1976: An interpretation of the quanti- fication debate in British geography. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 1: 129–42.

Taylor, P.J. 1981: Geographical scales within the world-economy approach. Review 5: 3–11.

Taylor, P.J. 1985: Political geography: world-econ- omy, nation-state and locality. London: Longman.

Taylor, P.J. 1989: The error of developmentalism in human geography. In R. Walford and D. Gregory, eds, New horizons in human geog- raphy. London: Macmillan, 303–19.

Taylor, P.J. 1994b: Decolonization. In T. Unwin, ed., Atlas of world development. Chichester: Wiley, 22–3.

Taylor, P.J. 1994c: The state as container: terri- toriality in the modern world-system. Progress in Human Geography 18: 151–62.

Taylor, P.J. 1995b: Beyond containers: inter- nationality, interstateness, interterritoriality. Progress in Human Geography 19: 1–15.

Taylor, P.J. 1999: Modernities: a geohistorical inter- pretation. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Taylor, P.J. 2004a: Homo geographicus: a geohisto- rical manifesto for cities. Review XXVII: 37–60.

Taylor, P.J. 2004b: World city network: a global urban analysis. London: Routledge.

Taylor, P.J. and Johnston, R.J., eds, 1979: The geography of elections. London: Penguin.

Taylor, T. Griffith, ed., 1953: Geography in the Twentieth Century, 2nd edn. New York: New York Philosophical Library.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 940 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

940

Teivainen, T. 2002: The World Social Forum and global democratization. Third World Quarterly 23(4): 621–32.

Teo, P. 1996: Aging in Singapore. Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology 11: 269–86.

Teschke, B. 2003: The myth of 1648: class, geopol- itics and the making of modern international rela- tions. London: Verso.

Tester, K., ed., 1994: The flâneur. London: Routledge.

Testfatsion, L. and Judd, K.L. 2006: Handbook of computational economics, vol. 2: Agent-based computational economics. Amsterdam: Elsevier.

Thabit, W. 2003: How east New York became a ghetto. New York: New York University Press.

Thacker, A. 2005–6: The idea of a critical literary geography. New Formations 57: 56–73.

Thampapillai, D. 2002: Environmental economics: concepts, methods, and policies. Melbourne: Oxford University Press.

Thapar, R. 1966: A history of India, vol. 1. London: Penguin.

Theil, H. 1967: Economics and information theory. Amsterdam: North-Holland.

Theodorson, G., ed., 1961: Studies in human ecology. New York: Harper & Row.

Theranian, M., ed., 1999: Worlds apart: human security and global governance. London: I.B. Tauris.

Theweleit, K. 1987: Male fantasies, trans. S. Conway. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Thom, R. 1975: Structural stability and morpho- genesis. Reading, MA: W.A. Benjamin.

Thomas, G.S. 1989: Micropolitan America. American Demographics 11(5): 20–4.

Thomas, I. 2005: Environmental management: processes and practices for Australia. Sydney: The Federation Press.

Thomas, I. and Elliot, M. 2005: Environmental impact assessment in Australia: theory and prac- tice. 4th edn. Sydney: The Federation Press.

Thomas, K. 1996 [1983]: Man and the natural world: changing attitudes in England, 1500– 1800. London: Allen Lane.

Thomas, M.D. 1980: Explanatory frameworks for growth and change in multiregional firms. Economic Geography 56: 1–17.

Thomas, N. 1991: Entangled objects: exchange, material culture, and colonialism in the Pacific. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Thomas, N. 1993: Colonialism’s culture: anthro- pology, travel and government. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Thomas, R.W. and Huggett, R.J. 1980: Modelling in geography: a mathematical approach. New York: Harper & Row.

Thomas, W.L. Jr, ed., 1956: Man’s role in chan- ging the face of the Earth. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Thompson, D’Arcy Wentworth 1992 [1917]: On growth and form, rev. edn. New York: Dover.

Thompson, E.P. 1975a: Whigs and hunters: the origin of the Black Act. New York: Pantheon.

Thompson, E.P. 1991: Customs in common. London: Penguin.

Thompson, E.T. 1975b: Plantation societies, race relations and the South: the regimentation of popu- lations. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Thompson, J.B. 1990: Ideology and modern cul- ture. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Thompson, J.B. 1995: Media and modernity: a social theory of the media. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Thompson, J.B. 1996: Hermeneutics. In A. Kuper and J. Kuper, eds, The social science encyclopedia. London: Routledge, 360–1.

Thompson, S.K. and Seber, G.A.F. 2002: Adaptive sampling. New York: Wiley.

Thompson, W.R. 1968: Internal and external factors in urban economies. In H.S. Perloff and L. Wingo, eds, Issues in urban economics. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press, 43–62.

Thornton, J. 1901: Advanced physiography. London: Longman Green and Co.

Thornton, R. 1990: American Indian Holocaust and survival: a population history since 1492. Norman, OK: University of Oklahoma Press.

Thrift, N.J. 1983: On the determination of social action in space and time. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 1: 23–57.

Thrift, N.J. 1993: The urban impasse? Theory, Culture & Society 10: 229.

Thrift, N.J. 1994a: On the social and cultural determinants of international financial centres: the case of the City of London. In S. Corbridge, R. Martin and N.J. Thrift, eds. Money, power and space. Oxford, Blackwell, 327–55.

Thrift, N.J. 1994b: Taking aim at the heart of the region. In D. Gregory, R. Martin and G. Smith, eds, Human geography: society, space, and social science. London: Macmillan/ Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 200–31.

Thrift, N.J. 1996: Spatial formations. London: Sage. Thrift, N.J. 1997a: New urban eras and old technological fears: reconfiguring the good will of electronic things. In A. Leyshon and N.J. Thrift (eds), Money/space: geographies of monetary transformation. London: Routledge, 323–54.

Thrift, N.J. 1997b: The rise of soft capitalism. Cultural Values 1: 29–57.

Thrift, N.J. 1997c: The still point: resistance, expressive embodiment and dance. In S. Pile and M. Keith, eds, Geographies of resistance. London: Routledge, 124–51.

Thrift, N.J. 1999a: Steps to an ecology of place. In D. Massey, J. Allen and P. Sarre, eds,

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 941 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

941

Human geography today. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press, 295–322.

Thrift, N.J. 1999b: The place of complexity. Theory, Culture & Society 16: 31–69.

Thrift, N.J. 2000a: Afterwords. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 18: 213–55.

Thrift, N.J. 2000b: Entanglements of power: shadows. In J.P. Sharp, P. Routledge, C. Philo and R. Paddison, eds, Entanglements of power: geographies of domination/resistance. London: Routledge, 269–78.

Thrift, N.J. 2000c: Performing cultures in the new economy. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 90: 674–92.

Thrift, N.J. 2000d: With child to see any strange thing: everyday life in the city. In G. Bridge and S. Watson, eds, A companion to the city. Oxford: Blackwell, 398–409.

Thrift, N.J. 2002: The future of geography. Geoforum 33: 291–8.

Thrift, N.J. 2003: Space: the fundamental stuff of geography. In S. Holloway, S. Rice and G. Valentine, eds, Key concepts in geography. London: Sage, 95–108.

Thrift, N.J. 2004a: Intensities of feeling: towards a spatial politics of affect. Geografiska Annaler 86B: 57–78.

Thrift, N.J. 2004b: Movement-space: the chan- ging domain of thinking resulting from the development of new kinds of spatial aware- ness. Economy and Society 33: 582–604.

Thrift, N.J. 2004c: Remembering the techno- logical unconscious by foregrounding know- ledges of position. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 22: 175–90.

Thrift, N.J. 2005a: From born to made: technol- ogy, biology and space. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 30(4): 463–76.

Thrift, N.J. 2005b: Knowing capitalism. London: Sage.

Thrift, N.J. 2006: Space. Theory, Culture & Society 23: 139–55.

Thrift, N.J. 2007: Overcome by space: reworking Foucault. In J. Crampton and S. Elden, eds, Space, knowledge and power: Foucault and geog- raphy. Aldershot: Ashgate, 53–8.

Thrift, N.J. 2008: Non-representational theory: space, politics, affect. London: Routledge.

Thrift, N.J. and French, S. 2003: The automatic production of space. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 27(3): 309–35.

Thrift, N.J. and Olds, K. 1996: Refiguring the economic in economic geography. Progress in Human Geography 20: 31–7.

Tickell, A. and Peck, J. 1992: Accumulation, regu- lation and the geographies of post-Fordism: missing links in regulationist research. Progress in Human Geography 16: 190–218.

Tickell, A., Sheppard, E., Peck, J. and Barnes, T.J., eds, 2007: Politics and practices in economic geography. London: Sage.

Tiebout, C.M. 1956: A pure theory of local expenditures. Journal of Political Economy 64: 416–24.

Tietenberg, T. 2005: Environmental and natural resource economics, 7th edn. Boston: Addison Wesley.

Till, K. 1999: Staging the past: landscape designs, cultural identity and Erinnerungspolitik at Berlin’s Neue Wach. Ecumene 6: 251–83.

Till, K. 2001: Reimagining national identity: ‘Chapter of life’ at the German Historical Museum. In P. Adams, S. Hoelscher and K. Till, eds, Textures of place. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press, 273–99.

Till, K. 2003: Places of memory. In J. Agnew, K. Mitchell and G. Toal, eds, A companion to political geography. Oxford: Blackwell, 289– 301.

Till, K. 2005: The new Berlin: memory, politics and place. Minneapolis MN: University of Minnesota Press.

Tilley, C. 2004: The materiality of stone: explor- ations in landscape phenomenology. Oxford: Berg.

Tilly, C. 1990a: Coercion, capital and European states, AD 990–1992. Oxford: Blackwell.

Tilly, C. 1990b: Transplanted networks. In V. Yans-McLaughlin, ed., Immigration reconsid- ered: history, sociology and politics. New York: Oxford University Press, 79–95.

Timar, J. 2003: Lessons from postsocialism: ‘What’s left for emerging critical geography to do in Hungary?’ Antipode 35: 24–3.

Timberlake, M., ed., 1985: Urbanization in the world-economy. New York: Academic Press.

Timpanaro, S. 1976: On materialism. Atlantic Highlands, NJ: Humanities Press.

Tobler, W.R. 1963: Geographic area and map projections. Geographical Review 53: 59–78.

Tobler, W.R. 1970: A computer movie simulat- ing urban growth in the Detroit region. Economic Geography Supplement 46: 234–40.

Todes, D.P. 1989: Darwin without Malthus: the struggle for existence in Russian evolutionary thought. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Tolia-Kelly, D. 2004: Locating processes of iden- tification: studying the precipitates of re-mem- ory through artefacts in the British Asian home. Transactions 29: 314–29.

Tomich, D. 2004: Through the prism of slavery. Lanham, MD: Rowman and Littlefield.

Tönnies, F. 2001 [1887]: Community and civil society (Gemeinschaft und Gesellschaft), trans. M. Hollis. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Torgerson, C.J. 2003: Systematic reviews and meta-analysis. London: Continuum.

Torgovnick, M. 1991: Gone primitive: savage intel- lects, modern lives. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 942 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

942

Torpey, J. 2000: The invention of the passport: surveillance, citizenship and the state. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Tosh, J. 1999: A man’s place: masculinity and the middle-class home in Victorian England. Manchester: Manchester University Press.

Totten, S. and Markusen, E. 2006: Special issue on Darfur. Genocide Studies and Prevention 1(1).

Toulmin, S. 1990: What is the problem about modernity? In Toulmin, Cosmopolis: the hidden agenda of modernity. New York: The Free Press, 5–44.

Toulmin, S.E. 1970: Does the distinction between normal and revolutionary science hold water? In I. Lakatos and A. Musgrave, eds, Criticism and the growth of knowledge. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 39–48.

Touraine, A. 1971: The post-industrial society. New York: Random House.

Townsend, J. and Momsen, J.H. 1987: Towards a geography of gender in developing market economies. In J.H. Momsen and J. Townsend, eds, Geography of gender in the Third World. London: Hutchinson, 27–81.

Townsend, J., Porter, G. and Mawdsley, E. 2004: Creating spaces of resistance: develop- ment NGOs and their clients in Ghana, India and Mexico. Antipode 36: 871–99.

Toye, J.F.J. 1987: Dilemmas of development: reflec- tions on the counter-revolution in development the- ory and policy. Oxford: Blackwell.

Toynbee, A. 1884: The Industrial Revolution. London: Rivingtons.

Trewartha, G. 1953: The case for population geography. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 43: 71–97.

Trigger, B. 2003: Understanding early civilizations: a comparative study. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Tripp, A.M. 1997: Changing the rules: the politics of liberalization and the urban informal economy in Tanzania. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Trouillot, M.-R. 1990: Haiti: state against nation. New York: Monthly Review Press.

Tsing, A.L. 2004: Friction: an ethnography of global connection. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Tuan, Y.-F. 1971: Geography, phenomenology, and the study of human nature. Canadian Geographer 15: 181–91.

Tuan, Y.-F. 1974: Topophilia: a study of environ- mental perception, attitudes and values. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall

Tuan, Y.-F. 1976a: Geopiety: a theme in man’s attachment to nature and place. In D. Lowenthal, and M. Bowden, eds, Geographies of the mind: essays in historical

geosophy in honor of John Kirkland Wright. New York: Oxford University Press, 11–39.

Tuan, Y.-F. 1976b: Humanistic geography. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 66(2): 266–76.

Tuan, Y.-F. 1977: Space and place. London: Edward Arnold/Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press.

Tuan, Y.-F. 1978: Sign and metaphor. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 68: 363–72.

Tuan, Y.-F. 1984: Dominance and affection: the making of pets. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Tuan, Y.-F. 1989: Morality and imagination: paradoxes of progress. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press.

Tuan, Y.-F. 1996: Cosmos and hearth: a cosmopol- ite’s viewpoint. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Tuan, Y.-F. 1999: Who am I? An autobiography of emotion, mind, and spirit. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press.

Tuan, Y.-F. 2001: Space and place: the perspective of experience. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Tuastad, D. 2003: Neo-Orientalism and the new barbarism thesis: aspects of symbolic violence in the Middle East conflict(s). Third World Quarterly 24: 591–88.

Tuhkanen, T. 1987: Computer-assisted pro- duction of hill shading and hypsometric tints. International Yearbook of Cartography 27: 225–32.

Turco, R. 1997: Earth under siege: from air pollu- tion to global change. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Turk, A. 1994: Cogent GIS visualizations. In D. Unwin and H. Hearnshaw, eds, Visualization in Geographic Information Systems. Rexdale, Ontario: Wiley.

Turner, A. 2006: Introduction to neogeography. Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.

Turner, B. 1986: Citizenship and capitalism. London: George Allen & Unwin.

Turner, B. 1993: Citizenship and social theory. London: Sage.

Turner, B.L. II 2002: Contested identities: human–environment geography and disciplin- ary implications in a restructuring academy. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 92: 52–74.

Turner, B.L., Clark, W.C., Kates, R.W., Richards, J.F. and Mathews, J.T., eds, 1990: The Earth as transformed by human action: global and regional changes in the biosphere over the past 300 years. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Turner, F.J. 1893: The significance of the fron- tier in American history. Reprinted in Turner,

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 943 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

943

F.J. 1920: The frontier in American history. New York: Henry Holt, 1–38.

Turner, K. 1991: Economics and wetland man- agement. Ambio 20: 59–63.

Turner, M.E., Beckett, J.V. and Afton, B. 2001: Farm production in England 1700–1914. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Turner, R.K. 2007: Limits to CBA in UK and European environmental policy: retrospects and future prospects. Environmental and Resource Economics 37: 253–69.

Turner, R.K., Adger, N. and Doktor, P. 1995: Assessing the economic cost of sea level rise. Environment and Planning A 27: 1777–96.

Tyner, J.A. 1982: Persuasive cartography. Journal of Geography 81: 140–4.

Tyner, J.A. 2008: The killing of Cambodia: geog- raphy, genocide and the unmaking of space. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Ullman, E.L. 1956: The role of transportation and the bases for interaction. In W.L. Thomas, ed., Man’s role in changing the face of the Earth. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 862–80.

Ullman, E.L. 1980: Geography as spatial inter- action. Seattle: University of Washington Press.

Underhill-Sem, Y. 2001: Maternities in ‘out-of- the-way’ places: epistemological possibilities for retheorising population geography. International Journal of Population Geography 7: 447–60.

Underkuffler, L.S. 2003: The idea of property: its meaning and power. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

United Church of Christ 1987: Toxic wastes and race in the United States: a national report on the racial and socio-economic characteristics with haz- ardous waste sites. New York: United Church of Christ, Commission for Racial Justice.

United Nations 1983: The law of the sea. Official Text of the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea with Annexes and Index; Final Act of the Third United Nations Conference on the Law of the Sea. New York: United Nations.

United Nations 2005: Global trends: Asia; avail- able at http://www.unhabitat.org/habrdd/asia. html

United Nations 2006: World drug report 2006. New York: United Nations.

United Nations n.d.: International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights; available at http:// www.unhchr.ch/html/menu3/b/a_ccpr.htm

United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification 1994, available at http://www. unccd.int/main.php

United Nations Development Programme [UNDP] 1994: Human development report 1994. New York: UNDP.

United Nations Development Programme [UNDP] 1996: Human development report 1996. New York: Oxford University Press.

United Nations Development Programme [UNDP] 2005: Human development report 2005. New York: UNDP.

United Nations Development Programme [UNDP] 2006: Human development report 2006. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

United Nations Environment Programme [UNEP] 1992: Convention on biological diver- sity. Montreal: UNEP.

United Nations Environment Programme [UNEP] 2006: Seychelles – post Tsunami envir- onmental assessment; available at www.unep. org/tsunami.

United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees [UNHCR] 2006: The state of the world’s refugees: human displacement in the new millennium; available at http://www.unhcr.org/ cgibin/texis/vtx/template?page¼publ&src¼ static/sowr2006/toceng.htm

United Nations World Tourism Organisation [UNWTO] 1994: Recommendations on tourism statistics. Statistical Papers, series M, No. 83.

United States Committee for Refugees and Immigrants [USCRI] 2008: World refugee sur- vey 2007. Washington, DC: USCRI.

Unwin, T. 1992: The place of geography. London: Longman.

Urban Studies 2001: Special issue on urban neighbourhoods. Urban Studies 38: 2103–16.

Urry, J. 1981: The anatomy of capitalist societies: the economy, civil society, and the state. London: Macmillan/Atlantic Highlands.

Urry, J. 2002 [1990]: The tourist gaze: leisure and travel in contemporary societies, 2nd edn. London: Sage.

Urry, J. 2003: Global complexity. Oxford: Polity Press.

US Census Bureau n.d.: IDB population pyr- amids. Available at http://www.census.gov/ ipc/www/idbpyr.html

Uvin, P. 1998: Aiding violence: the development enterprise in Rwanda. West Hartford, CT: Kumarian Press.

Valdivia, G. 2005: On indigeneity, change and representation in the northeastern Ecuadorian Amazon. Environment and Planning A 37(2): 285–303.

Valega, A. 1992: Sea management: a theoretical approach. Essex: Elsevier Science.

Valega, A. 2001: Sustainable ocean governance: a geographical perspective. London: Routledge.

Valentine, G. 1993: (Hetero)sexing space: les- bian perceptions and experiences of everyday spaces. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 11: 395–413.

Valentine, G. 1997: ‘Oh yes I can.’ ‘Oh no you can’t.’: children and parents’ understandings of kids’ competence to negotiate public space safely. Antipode 29(1): 65–90.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 944 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

944

Valentine, G. 1998: ‘Sticks and stones may break my bones’: a personal geography of harass- ment. Antipode 30: 305–32.

Valentine, G. 1999: Eating in: home, consump- tion and identity Sociological Review 47: 491– 524.

Valentine, G. 2001: Social geography: space and society. London: Prentice-Hall.

Valentine, G. 2004: Public space and the culture of childhood. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Valentine, G. 2005: Tell me about . . . using interviews as a research methodology In R. Flowerdew and D. Martin, eds, Methods in human geography: a guide for students doing a research project, 2nd edn. London: Pearson Education, 110–27.

Van Cott, D.L. 2000: The friendly liquidation of the past: the politics of diversity in Latin America. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press.

Van Creveld, M.L. 1999: The rise and decline of the state. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Van de Kaa, D.J. 1987: Europe’s second demo- graphic transition. Population Bulletin 42: 1–57.

Van den Berghe, P. 1981: The ethnic phenomenon. New York: Elsevier.

van der Leeuw, G. 1986 [1933]: Religion in Essence and Manifestation, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

van der Ploeg, J.D. 1985: Patterns offarming logic: the structuration of labour and the impact of externalization.SociologiaRuralisXXV(1):5–25.

van Dijk, T.A., ed., 1997: Discourse as structure and process. London: Sage.

Van Hear, N. 1998: New diasporas: the mass exo- dus, dispersal and regrouping of migrant commu- nities. Seattle: University of Washington Press.

Van Houtum, H. 2005: The geopolitics of bor- ders and boundaries. Geopolitics 10: 672–9.

van Houtum, H., Kramsch O. and Ziefhofer, W., eds, 2005: B/Ordering space. Burlington, VT: Ashgate.

van Hoven, B. 2003: Europe: lives in transition. London: Pearson/Prentice Hall.

van Paassen, C. 1957: The classical tradition of geography. Groningen: J.B. Walters.

Van Valey, T.L. and Roof, W.C. 1976: Measuring residential segregation in American cities: problems of intercity com- parison. Urban Affairs Quarterly 11: 453–68.

Van Wissen, L.J.G. and Dykstra, P.A., eds, 1999: Population issues: an interdisciplinary focus. New York: Kluwer.

Vance, J.E. 1990: The continuing city: urban morphology in western civilization. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Vance, J.E. Jr 1970: The merchant’s world: the geography of wholesaling. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Vanderbeck, R. 2006: Vermont and the imagina- tive geographies of American whiteness.

Annals of the Association of American Geographers 96: 641–59.

Varian, H.R. 2005: Copying and copyright. Journal of Economic Perspectives 19(2): 121–38.

Varley, A. 2002: Private or public: debating the meaning of tenure legislation. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 26: 449–61.

Varsanyi, M. 2005: The rise and fall (and rise?) of noncitizen voting: immigration and the shifting scales of citizenship and suffrage in the United States. Space and Polity 9: 1–22.

Vasishth, A. and Sloane, D. 2002: Returning to ecology: an ecosystem approach to under- standing the city. In M. Dear, ed., From Chicago to L.A.: making sense of urban theory. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage, 347–66.

Vasta, E. 2005: From ethnic minorities to ethnic majority policy: changing identities and the shift to assimilationism in the Netherlands. Oxford: COMPAS Working Paper #26.

Vasudevan, A. McFarlane, C. and Jeffrey, A. 2008. Spaces of enclosure. Geoforum 39: 1641–6.

Veblen, T. 1899: A theory of the leisure class: an economic study in the evolution of institutions. New York: Macmillan (now available in the public domain via Project Gutenberg).

Veblen, T. 1919: The place of science in modern civilisation and other essays. New York: B.W. Huebsch.

Venn, C. and Featherstone, M. 2006: Modernity. Theory, Culture & Society 23(2/3): 457–65.

Venturi, R., Scott Brown, D. and Izenor, S. 1972: Learning from Las Vegas: the forgotten symbolism of architectural form. Cambridge. MA: The MIT Press.

Verdery, K. 1996: What was socialism and what comes next? Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Verdery, K. and Humphrey, C., eds, 2004: Property in question: value transformation in the global economy. Oxford: Berg.

Verhulst, A. 1989: The origin of towns in the Low Countries and the Pirenne thesis. Past & Present 122: 3–35.

Vernon, R. 1966: International investment and international trade in the product cycle. Quarterly Journal of Economics 80: 190–207.

Vertovec, S. 1993: Conceiving and researching transnationalism. Ethnic and Racial Studies 22: 447–62.

Veseth, M. 2005: Globaloney: unraveling the myths of globalization. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Vidal de la Blache, P. 1903: Tableau de la géogra- phie de la France. Paris: Hachette.

Vidal de la Blache, P. 1911: Les genres de vie dans la géographie humaine. Annales de Géographie 20: 193–212.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 945 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

945

Vidal de la Blache, P. 1917: La France de l’est (Lorraine-Alsace). Paris: A. Colin.

Vidal de la Blache, P. 1926: Principles of human geography, trans. M.T. Bingham; ed. E. de Martonne. New York: Henry Holt.

Viles, H. 2005: A divided discipline? In N. Castree, A. Rogers and D. Sherman, eds, Questioning geography: fundamental debates. Oxford: Blackwell, 26–38.

Villa, R.H. 2000: Barrio-logos: space and place in urban Chicano literature and culture. Austin: University of Texas Press.

Vincent, J.A. 1999: Politics, power and old age. Buckingham: Open University Press.

Viola, L. 1996: Peasant rebels under Stalin: collect- ivization and the culture of peasant resistance. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Visweswaran, K. 1994: Betrayal. In Visweswaran, Fictions of feminist ethnography. Minnesota: University of Minnesota Press, 40–59.

Vitalis, R. 2002: Black gold, white crude: an essay on American exceptionalism, hierarchy and hegemony in the Gulf. Diplomatic History 26(2): 23–49.

Voas, D. and Williamson, P. 2001: The diversity of diversity: a critique of geodemographic clas- sification. Area 33: 63–76.

Vogel, U. 1994: Marriage and the boundaries of citizenship. In B. van Steenbergen, ed., The condition of citizenship. London: Sage.

von Bertalanffy, L. 1968: General systems theory: foundation, development, applications. New York: G. Berziller/London: Allen Lane.

von Braun, J., Serova, E., tho Seeth, H. and Melyukhina, O. 1996: Russia’s food economy in transition. Washington, DC: IFPRI Discussion Paper #18.

von Neumann, J. and Morgenstern, O. 1944: Theory of games and economic behavior. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

von Thünen, J. 1966 [1842]: Isolated state: an English translation of Der isolierte Staat, trans. C.M. Wartenberg, ed. with intro. by P.G. Hall. Oxford: Pergamon Press (first volume origin- ally published in 1826).

von Weizsacker, E., Lovins, A. and Lovins, L.H. 1997: Factor 4: doubling wealth – halving resource use. London: Earthscan.

Vujakovic, P. 1999: ‘A new map is unrolling before us’: cartography in news media repre- sentations of post-Cold War Europe. Cartographic Journal 36: 43–57.

Vujakovic, P. and Matthews, M.H. 1994: Contorted, folded, torn: environmental values, cartographic representation and the politics of disability. Disability and Society 9: 359–74.

Wachter, K.W. 2005: Spatial demography. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 102(43): 15,299– 300.

Wacquant, L. 2001: Deadly symbiosis: when ghetto and prison meet and mesh. Punishment and Society 3: 95–134.

Wade, R. 1987: Village republics: economic condi- tions for collective action. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Wade, R. 1996: Japan, the World Bank, and the art of paradigm maintenance: the East Asian Miracle in political perspective. New Left Review 217: 3–36.

Wade, R. 2004: Is globalization reducing poverty and inequality? World Development 32: 567–89.

Wagner, P.L. and Mikesell, M.W., eds, 1962: Readings in cultural geography. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Walby, S. 1989: Theorising patriarchy. Sociology 23: 213–34.

Walby, S. 1994: Is citizenship gendered? Sociology 28(2): 379–95.

Waldinger, R. and Feliciano, C. 2004: Will the new second generation experience ‘downward assimilation’? Segmented assimilation re- assessed. Ethnic and Racial Studies 27: 376–402.

Waldorf, B. 2003: Spatial patterns and processes in a longitudinal framework. International Regional Science Review 26: 269–88.

Waldorf, B. and Franklin, R. 2002: Spatial dimensions of the Easterlin hypothesis: fertility variations in Italy. Journal of Regional Science 42: 549–78.

Walford, R. 2001: Geography in British schools, 1850–2000: making a world of difference. London: Woburn Press.

Walker, G., Mitchell, G., Fairburn, J. and Smith, G. 2005: Industrial pollution and social deprivation: evidence and complexity in evalu- ating and responding to environmental inequality. Local Environment 10(4): 361–77.

Walker, R. 1995: Regulation and flexible special- ization as theories of capitalist development. Challengers to Marx and Schumpeter? In H. Liggett and D. Perry, eds, Spatial practices: critical explorations in social/spatial theory. London: Sage, 167–208.

Walker, R. 1997: California rages: regional cap- italism and the politics of renewal. In R. Lee and J. Wills, eds, Geographies of economies. London: Arnold, 345–56.

Walker, R. 2001: California’s golden road to riches: natural resources and regional capital- ism, 1848–1940. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 91: 167–99.

Walker, R. 2005: The conquest of bread. Boston: The Free Press.

Walker, R. and McDowell, L. 1993: Editorial. Antipode 25: 1–3.

Walker, R.A. 1981: A theory of suburbanization: capitalism and the construction of urban space in the United States. In M. Dear and A.J. Scott, eds, Urbanization and urban planning in capitalist society. London: Methuen, 383–429.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 946 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

946

Walker, R.B.J. 1993: Inside/outside: international relations as political theory. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Walks, R.A. 2001: The social ecology of the post- Fordist/global city? Economic restructuring and socio-spatial polarisation in the Toronto urban region. Urban Studies 38: 407–47.

Wallach, L. and Woodall, P. 2004: Whose trade organization: A comprehensive guide to the WTO. New York: The New Press.

Wallerstein, I. 1974: The modern world-system. Vol. 1: Capitalist agriculture and the origins of the European world-economy in the sixteenth cen- tury. New York: Academic Press.

Wallerstein, I. 1979: The capitalist world-economy: essays by Immanuel Wallerstein. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Wallerstein, I. 1984: The politics of the world- economy. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Wallerstein, I. 1991a: Geopolitics and geoculture. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Wallerstein, I. 1991b: Unthinking social science: the limits of nineteenth century paradigms. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Wallerstein, I. 2004: World-systemsanalysis:anintro- duction. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Wallerstein, I., Juma, C., Keller, E., Kocka, J., Lecourt, D., Mudimbe, V.Y., Mushakoji, K., Prigogine, I., Taylor, P.J. and Trouillot, M. 1996: Open the social sciences: report of the Gulbenkian Commission on the restructuring of the social sciences. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Walmsley, D. and Lewis, G. 1993: People and environment: behavioural approaches in human geography. London: Longman.

Walsh, K. 1995: Public services and market mech- anisms: competition, contracting and the new pub- lic management. London: Macmillan.

Walters, C., Korman, J., Stevens, L.E. and Gold, B. 2000: Ecosystem modeling for evaluation of adaptive management policies in the Grand Canyon. Conservation Ecology 4(2): 1 [online] http://www.consecol.org/vol4/iss2/art1/

Walters, C.J. and Holling, C.S. 1990: Large- scale management experiments and learning by doing. Ecology 71(6): 2060–8.

Walters, W. 2002: Mapping Schengenland: depoliticizing the border. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 20: 561–80.

Walters, W.P. and Larner, W. 2004: Global gov- ernmentality: governing international spaces. London: Routledge.

Walton-Roberts, M. and Pratt, G. 2005: Mobile modernities: a South Asian family negotiates immigration, gender and class in Canada. Gender, Place and Culture: a Journal of Feminist Geography 12(2): 173–95.

Walzer, M. 1984: Liberalism and the art of sep- aration. Political Theory 12: 315–30.

Walzer, M. 2000: Just and unjust wars: a moral argument with historical illustrations. New York: Basic Books.

Walzer, N. and Jacobs, B.D., eds, 1998: Public– private partnerships for local, economic develop- ment. Westport, CT: Praeger.

Wanklyn, H. 1961: Friedrich Ratzel: biographical memoir and bibliography. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Ward, D. 1971: Cities and immigrants: a geography of change in nineteenth-century America. New York: Oxford University Press.

Ward, D. 1976: The Victorian slum: an enduring myth? Annals of the Association of American Geographers 66: 323–64.

Ward, D. 1989: Poverty, ethnicity, and the American city, 1840–1925: changing conceptions of the slum and the ghetto. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Ward, K. 1996: Rereading urban regime theory: a sympathetic critique. Geoforum 27: 427–38.

Ward, K. 2005a: Geography and public policy: a recent history of ‘policy relevance’. Progress in Human Geography 29(3): 310–19.

Ward, K. 2005b: Making Manchester ‘flexible’: competition and change in the temporary staff- ing industry. Geoforum 36: 223–40.

Ward, K. 2006: Geography and public policy: towards public geographies. Progress in Human Geography 30(4): 495–503.

Ward, K. 2007: ‘Public intellectuals’, geography, its representations and its publics. Geoforum 38: 1058–64.

Ware, V. and Back, L. 2002: Out of whiteness: color, politics, and culture. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Warf, B. and Arias, S., eds, 2008: The spatial turn: interdisciplinary perspectives. New York: Routledge.

Wark, M. 1994: Virtual geography: living with global media events. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Warnes, A.M. 1990: Geographical questions in gerontology: needed directions for research, Progress in Human Geography 14: 24–56.

Warntz, W. 1965: Macrogeography and income fronts. Philadelphia, PA: Regional Science Research Institute.

Warren, L.S., ed., 2003: American environmental history. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Warren, S. 1994: Disneyfication of the metrop- olis: popular resistance in Seattle. Journal of Urban Affairs 16: 89–107.

Warren, S. 2004: The utopian potential of GIS. Cartographica 39(1): 5–16.

Wascher, D.M., ed., 2005: European Landscape Character Areas: typologies, cartography and indicators for the assessment of sustainable land- scapes. Wageningen: Landscape Europe.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 947 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

947

Watkins, J.W.N. 1957: Historical explanation in the social sciences. British Journal for the Philosophy of Science 8: 104–17.

Watson, J. 1969: The double helix. New York: Mentor.

Watson, J., ed., 1997: Golden arches east: McDonald’s in East Asia. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Watson, J.W. 1955: Geography: a discipline in dis- tance. Scottish Geographical Magazine 71: 1–13.

Watson, J.W. 1957: The sociological aspects of geography. In G. Taylor, ed., Geography in the twentieth century. London: Methuen, 463–99.

Watson, N. 2004: The dialectic of disability: a social model for the 21st century. In C. Barnes and G. Mercer, eds, Implementing the social model of disability: theory and research. Leeds: Disability Press, 101–17.

Watson, S. 1998: The new Bergsonism. Radical Philosophy 92: 1–23.

Watts, I. 1725: Logick: or the right use of reason in the enquiry after truth. London: printed for John Clark and Richard Hett, Emanuel Matthews and Richard Ford.

Watts, M.J. 1983a: Silent violence: food, famine, and peasantry in northern Nigeria. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Watts, M.J. 1983b: The poverty of theory. In K. Hewitt, ed., Interpretations of calamity. London: George Allen & Unwin, 231–63.

Watts, M.J. 1986: Drought, environment and food security. In M. Glantz, ed., Drought and hunger in Africa. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 171–212.

Watts, M.J. 1991: Mapping meaning, denoting difference, imagining identity: dialectical images and postmodern geographies. Geografiska Annaler 73B: 7–16.

Watts, M.J. 1992: The shock of modernity: pet- roleum, protest, and fast capitalism in an industrializing society. In A. Pred and M.J. Watts, eds., Reworking modernity: capitalisms and symbolic discontent. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 21–63.

Watts, M.J. 1994a: Living under contract: con- tract farming, agricultural restructuring and flexible accumulation. In P. Little and M. Watts, eds, Living under contract: contract farm- ing and agrarian transformation of sub-Saharan Africa. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press, 21–77.

Watts, M.J. 1994b: Oil as money: the devil’s excrement and the spectacle of black gold. In S. Corbridge, R.L. Martin and N.J. Thrift, eds, Money, power and space. Oxford: Blackwell, 406–45.

Watts, M.J. 1995: A new deal for the emotions. In J. Crush, ed., Power of development. London: Routledge, 44–62.

Watts, M.J. 1999: Collective wish images: geo- graphical imaginaries and the crisis of national

development. In D. Massey, J. Allen and P. Sarre, eds, Human geography today. Cambridge UK: Polity Press, 85–107.

Watts, M.J. 2001: 1968 and all that. Progress in Human Geography 25: 157–88.

Watts, M.J. 2003: Development and governmen- tality. Singapore Journal of Tropical Geography 24: 6–34.

Watts, M.J. 2004: Resource curse? Oil, violence and governmentality in the Niger Delta. Geopolitics 9(1): 50–80.

Watts, M.J. 2005: Righteous oil? Annual Review of Environment and Resources 30: 1–35.

Watts, M.J. 2006: The sinister political life of community: economies of violence and gov- ernable spaces in the Niger delta, Nigeria. In G.W. Creed, ed., The seductions of community emancipations, oppressions, quandaries. Santa Fe, NM: SAR Press.

Watts, M.J. 2007: Revolutionary Islam: a geog- raphy of modern terror. In D. Gregory and A. Pred, eds, Violent geographies: fear, terror and political violence. London and New York: Routledge: 175–203.

Waxman, Z. 2006: Writing the Holocaust: identity, testimony, representation. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Webber, M.J. 2001: Finance and the real econ- omy: theoretical implications of the financial crisis in Asia. Geoforum 32(1): 1–13.

Webber, M.J. 1972: The impact of uncertainty on location. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Webber, M.J. and Rigby, D.L. 1996: The golden age illusion: rethinking postwar capitalism. New York: Guilford Press.

Weber, M. 1949: ‘Objectivity’ in social science and social policy. In The methodology of the social sciences, trans. E.A. Shils and H.A. Finch. Glencoe, IL: The Free Press.

Weber, M. 1958 [1921]: The city. New York: The Free Press.

Weber, M. 1968 [1946]: Class, status, party. In From Max Weber: essays in sociology, trans. H.H. Gerth and C. Wright Mills. New York: Oxford University Press.

Weber, M. 1978 [1922]: Economy and society, ed. G. Roth and C. Wittich. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Weber, M. 2001 [1904–5]: The Protestant ethic and the spirit of capitalism, trans. Talcott Parsons. London: Routledge.

Weber, R. 2002: Extracting value from the city: neoliberalism and urban redevelopment. In N. Brenner and N. Theodore, eds, Spaces ofneoliberalism.Malden,MA:Blackwell,172–93.

Webster, C., Glasze, G. and Frantz, K., eds, 2002: Theme issue: the global spread of gated communities. Environment and Planning B: Planning and Design 29(3): 315–412.

Weeks, J.R. 1999: Population: an introduction to concepts and issues. London: Wadsworth.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 948 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

948

Weibel, R. 1991: Amplified intelligence and rule-based systems. In B. Buttenfield and R. McMaster, eds, Map generalization. London: Longman Scientific and Technical, 172–86.

Weightman, B. 2006: Dragons and tigers: a geog- raphy of South, East and Southeast Asia. Chichester: Wiley.

Weiner, D.R. 2005: A death-defying attempt to articulate a coherent definition of environmental history. Environmental History 10(3): 404–20.

Weiner, M. 1995: The global migration crisis. New York: HarperCollins.

Weiner, M. 1996: Ethics, national sovereignty and the control of migration. International Migration Review 30: 171–97.

Weiss, M. 2000: The clustered world: how we live, what we buy, and what it all means about who we are. New York: Little, Brown.

Weizman, E. 2002: The politics of verticality. Open Democracy, April/May at http//www. openDemocracy.net and in K. Biesenbach, A. Franke, R. Segal and E. Weizman, eds, 2003: Territories: islands, camps and other states of uto- pia. Berlin: KW-Institute for Contemporary Art, 65–118.

Weizman, E. 2004: Strategic points, flexible lines, tense surfaces, political volumes: Ariel Sharon and the geometry of occupation. The Philosophical Forum 35: 221–44.

Weizman, E. 2007: Hollow land: Israel’s architec- ture of occupation. London: Verso.

Wekerle, G. and Whitzman, C. 1995: Safe cities: guidelines for planning, design, and management. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold.

Wells, M. 1984: The resurgence of sharecrop- ping: historical anomaly or political strategy? American Journal of Sociology 90(1): 1–29.

Wells, M. 1996: Strawberry fields: politics, class and work in California agriculture. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Werlen, B. 1993 [1988]: Society, action and space: an alternative human geography. London: Routledge.

West, L. 1992: Feminist nationalist social move- ments: beyond universalism and towards a gendered cultural relativism. Women’s Studies International Forum 15: 563–79.

Westcoat, J. 1992: Common themes in the work of Gilbert White and John Dewey: a pragmatic appraisal. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 82: 587–607.

Western, J. 1992: A passage to England. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Wettenhall, R. 2003: The reality of public–pri- vate partnerships. Public Organization Review 3: 77–107.

Whatmore, S. 1991: Farming women: gender, work and family enterprise. London: Macmillan.

Whatmore, S. 1997: Dissecting the autonomous self: hybrid cartographies for a relational

ethics. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 15: 37–54.

Whatmore, S. 1999a: Geography’s place in the life-science era? Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 24(3): 259–60.

Whatmore, S. 1999b: Hybrid geographies: rethinking the ‘human’ in human geography. In D. Massey, J. Allen and P. Sarre, eds, Human geography today. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press, 22–39.

Whatmore, S. 2002a: From farming to agribusi- ness: the global agro-food system. In R.J. Johnston, P. Taylor and M. Watts, eds, Geographies of global change, 2nd edn. Oxford: Blackwell, 57–67.

Whatmore, S. 2002b: Hybrid geographies: natures, cultures, spaces. London: Sage.

Whatmore, S. 2002c: Unsettling Australia: wormholes in territorial governance. In Whatmore, Hybrid geographies: natures, cul- tures, spaces. London: Sage, 63–90.

Whatmore, S. 2003: Generating materials. In M. Pryke, G. Rose and S. Whatmore, eds, Using social theory. London: Sage, 89–104.

Whatmore, S. 2004: Humanism’s excess: some thoughts on the post-human/ist agenda. Environment and Planning A 36: 1360–3.

Whatmore, S., Munton, R., Little, J. and Mardsen, T. 1987: Towards a typology of farm businesses in contemporary British agriculture. Sociologia Ruralis 28(1): 21–37.

Whatmore, S., Stassart, P. and Renting, H. 2003: What’s alternative about alternative food net- works? Environment and Planning A 35(3): 389–91.

Whatmore, S. and Thorne, L. 1997: Nourishing networks: alternative geographies of food. In D. Goodman and M.J. Watts, eds, Globalising food: agrarian questions and global restructuring. London: Routledge: 287–304.

Wheare, K.C. 1963: Federal government, 4th edn. London: Oxford University Press.

Wheatley, P. 1963: ‘What the greatness of the city is said to be’: reflections on Sjoberg’s preindustrial city. Pacific Viewpoint 4(2): 1633–89.

Wheatley, P. 1971: The pivot of the four quarters: a preliminary enquiry into the origins and character of the Ancient Chinese city. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press/ Chicago: Aldine.

Wheatley, P. 1972: Proleptic observations on the origins of urbanism. In R.W. Steel and R. Lawton, eds, Liverpool essays in geography. London: Longman, 315–45.

Wheeler, J.O. 2002: Assessing the role of spatial analysis in urban geography in the 1960s. Urban Geography 22: 549–58.

Wheeler, J.O., Aoyama, Y. and Warf, B. 2000: Cities in the telecommunications age: the fractur- ing of geographies. New York: Routledge.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 949 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

949

Whelan, Y. 2003: Reinventing modern Dublin: streetscape, iconography and the politics of iden- tity. Dublin: University College Dublin Press.

Whitbeck, R.H. 1915–16: Economic geography: its growth and possibilities. Journal of Geography 14: 284–96.

White, G., Kates, R. and Burton, I. 2001: Knowing better and losing even more: the use of knowledge in hazards management. Environmental Hazards 3: 81–92.

White, H. 1978: Tropics of discourse. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

White, P. and Jackson, P. 1995: (Re)theorising population geography. International Journal of Population Geography 1: 111–23.

White, R. 1980: Land use, environment, and social change: the shaping of Island County, Washington. Seattle: University of Washington Press.

White, R. 1985: Environmental history: the development of a new historical field. Pacific Historical Review 54: 297–335.

White, R. 1995: The organic machine: the remaking of the Columbia River. New York: Hill and Wang.

White, S. 2000: Sustaining affirmation: the strengths of weak ontology in political theory. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Whitehand, J. 1987: The changing face of cities: a study of development cycles and urban form. Oxford: Blackwell.

Whitehand, J.W.R. 1992: The making of the urban landscape. Oxford: Blackwell.

Whitehand, J.W.R. 2001: British urban morph- ology: the Conzenian tradition. Urban Morphology 5: 103–9.

Whitehead, A.N. 1929: Process and reality: an essay in cosmology. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Whittlesey, D.W. 1929: Sequent occupance. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 19: 162–5.

Whyte, W.F. 1943: Street corner society: the social structure of an Italian slum. Chicago: the University of Chicago Press.

Wiegand, P. 2002: Analysis of discourse in col- laborative cartographic problem solving. International Research in Geographical and Environmental Education 11: 138–58.

Wiener, N. 1948: Cybernetics: or control and com- munication in the animal and the machine. Paris: Hermann.

Wilcox, M. and Rines, G. 1917: Encyclopedia of Latin America. New York: Encyclopedia Americana Corp.

Wilden, A. 1972: System and structure. London: Tavistock.

Willems-Braun, B. 1997: Buried epistemologies: the politics of nature in (post)colonial British Columbia. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 87(1): 3–31.

Williams, C.C. 1996: Local exchange and trad- ing systems: a new source of work and credit

for the poor and unemployed? Environment and Planning A 28(8): 1395–415.

Williams, C.C. 2005a: A commodified world: map- ping the limits of capitalism. London: Zed Books.

Williams, C.C., Aldridge, T., Lee, R., Leyshon, A., Thrift, N. and Tooke, J. 2001: Bridges into work? An evaluation of Local Exchange and Trading Schemes (LETS). Policy Studies 22: 119–32.

Williams, J. 2001: Achieving local sustainability in rural communities. In A. Layard, S. Davoudi and S. Batty, eds, Planning for a sustainable future. London: E.&F.N. Spon, 235–52.

Williams, M. 1989: Americans and their forests: a historical geography. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Williams, M. 1994a: The relations of environ- mental history and historical geography. Journal of Historical Geography 20: 3–21.

Williams, P. and Hubbard, P. 2001: Who’s dis- advantaged? Retail change and social exclusion International Review of Consumption, Distribution and Retail 11: 1–20.

Williams, R. 1973: The country and the city. New York: Oxford University Press.

Williams, R. 1977: Marxism and literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Williams, R. 1981: Culture. London: Fontana. Williams, R. 1983 [1976]: Keywords: a vocabulary

of culture and society. London: Fontana. Williams, R. 1985: The country and the city.

London: Chatto & Windus. Williams, R. 2005b [1980]: Problems of materi-

alism. In Williams, Culture and materialism. London: Verso, 103–24.

Williams, R.M. 1994b: Consenting to whiteness: reflections on race and marxian theories of discrimination. In A. Callari, S. Cullenberg and C. Biewener, eds, Marxism in the postmod- ern age: confronting the new world order. New York: Guilford Press.

Williams, W.A. 1980: Empire as a way of life: an essay on the causes and character of America’s present predicament, along with a few thoughts about an alternative. New York: Oxford University Press.

Williamson, J.G. 1966: Regional inequality and the process of national development: a descrip- tion of the patterns. Economic Development and Cultural Change 13: 3–45.

Williamson, O.E. 1975: Markets and hierarchies. New York: The Free Press.

Williamson, O.E. 1985: The economic institutions of capitalism. New York: The Free Press.

Williamson, T. 2002: The transformation of rural England: farming and the landscape: 1700–1870. Exeter: University of Exeter Press.

Willis, P. and Trondman, M. 2000: Manifesto for ethnography. Ethnography 1: 5–16.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 950 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

950

Wills, J. 2002: Political economy III: neo-liberal chickens, Seattle and geography. Progress in Human Geography 26(1): 90–100.

Wilson, A. 1992: The culture of nature. Oxford: Blackwell.

Wilson, A.G. 1967: A statistical theory of spatial distribution models. Transportation Research 1: 253–69.

Wilson, A.G. 1970: Entropy in urban and regional modelling. London: Pion.

Wilson, A.G. 1972: Theoretical geography: some speculations. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 52: 31–44.

Wilson, A.G. 1981: Catastrophe theory and bifur- cation: applications to urban and regional systems. London: Croom Helm.

Wilson, A.G. 2000: Complex spatial systems: the modelling foundations of urban and regional analysis. Chichester: Wiley.

Wilson, A.G. and Bennett, R.J. 1985: Mathematical methods in human geography and planning. Chichester: Wiley.

Wilson, C. 1982: Marital fertility in pre-industrial England. Unpublished PhD thesis, University of Cambridge.

Wilson, C. and Groth, P. 2003: Everyday America: cultural landscape studies after J.B. Jackson. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Wilson, D. and Grammenos, D. 2005: Gentrification, discourse, and the body: Chicago’s Humboldt Park. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 23: 295–312.

Wilson, E. 1991: The invisible flâneur. New Left Review 191: 90–110.

Wilson, J. and Kelling, G. 1982: The police and neighborhood safety. Atlantic Monthly, March: 29–38.

Wilson, J.F. and Popp, A., eds, 2003: Industrial clusters and regional business networks in England, 1750–1970. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Wilson, K. and van den Dussen, J., eds, 1993: The history of the idea of Europe. Milton Keynes: Open University Press.

Wilson, T. and Rees, P. 2005: Recent develop- ments in population projection methodology: a review. Population, Space and Place 11: 337–60.

Wilson, W.J. 1987: The truly disadvantaged: the inner city, the underclass, and public policy. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Wilton, R. 2003: Locating physical disability in Freudian and Lacanian psychoanalysis: prob- lems and prospects. Social and Cultural Geography 4: 369–89.

Winch, D. 1998: Riches and poverty: an intellectual history of political economy in Britain 1750–1834. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Winchester, H. 2000: Qualitative research and its place in human geography. In I. Hay, ed., 2000: Qualitative research methods in human

geography. Oxford/Melbourne: Oxford University Press, 1–22.

Winichakul, T. 1994: Siam mapped: a history of the geo-body of a nation. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press.

Winter, M. 2004: Geographies of food: agro-food geographies – farming, food and politics. Progress in Human Geography 28(5): 664–70.

Wintle, M. 1999: Renaissance maps and the con- struction of the idea of Europe. Journal of Historical Geography 25(2): 137–65.

Wintle, M. 2008: The image of Europe: visualizing Europe in cartography and iconography through- out the ages. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Wirth, L. 1928: The ghetto. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Wirth, L. 1938: Urbanism as a way of life. American Journal of Sociology 44: 1–24.

Wise, M.J. 1975: A university teacher of geog- raphy. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 66: 1–16.

Wise, S. 2002: GIS basics. London: Taylor & Francis.

Wisner, B. 1986: Geography: war or peace stud- ies? Antipode 18: 212–17.

Withers, C.W.J. 1984: Gaelic in Scotland 1698– 1981: the geographical history of a language. Edinburgh: John Donald.

Withers, C.W.J. 1996: Encyclopaedism, modern- ism, and the classification of geographical knowledge. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 21(1): 275–98.

Withers, C.W.J. 1997: Geography, royalty and empire: Scotland and the making of Great Britain, 1603–1661. Scottish Geographical Magazine 113: 22–32.

Withers, C.W.J. 2001: Geography, science and national identity: Scotland since 1520. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Withers, C.W.J. 2002: Constructing ‘the geo- graphical archive’. Area 34: 303–11.

Withers, C.W.J. 2004: Mapping the Niger, 1798– 1832: trust, testimony and ‘ocular demonstra- tion’ in the late Enlightenment. Imago Mundi 56: 170–93.

Withers, C.W.J. 2006: Eighteenth-century geog- raphy: texts, practices, sites. Progress in Human Geography 30: 711–29.

Withers, C.W.J. and Finnegan, D. 2003: Natural history societies, fieldwork and local know- ledge in nineteenth-century Scotland: toward a historical geography of civic science. Cultural Geographies 10(3): 334–53.

Withers, C.W.J. and Mayhew, R.J. 2002: Re- thinking ‘disciplinary’ history: geography in British universities, c. 1580–1887. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 27: 1–19.

Withers, C.W.J. and Ogborn, M., eds, 2004: Georgian geographies: essays on space, place and

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 951 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

951

landscape in the eighteenth century. Manchester: Manchester University Press.

Witt, A. 2005: The utility of regionalism for comparative research on governance: a polit- ical science perspective. In L. Hönnighausen et al., eds, Regionalism in the age of globalism, vol. 1. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press, 47–66.

Wittgenstein, L. 1969: On certainty. Oxford: Blackwell.

Wohl, A.S. 1977: The eternal slum: housing and social policy in Victorian London. London: Arnold.

Wolch, J. and Dear, M. 1993: Malign neglect: homelessness in an American City. San Francisco, CA: Jossey Bass.

Wolch, J. and Emel, J. 1995: Guest-edited issue: ‘Bringing the animals back in’. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 13(6).

Wolch, J. and Emel, J., eds, 1998: Animal geog- raphies. London: Verso.

Wolch, J., Pastor, M. Jr and Dreier, P., eds, 2004: Up against the sprawl: public policy and the mak- ing of southern California. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Wolch, J., Pincetl, S. and Pulido, L. 2002: Urban nature and the nature of urbanism. In M. Dear, ed., From Chicago to L.A.: making sense of urban theory. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage, 369–402.

Wolch, J., West, K. and Gaines, T. 1995: Transspecies urban theory. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 13: 735–60.

Wolch, J.R. 1990: The shadow state: government and voluntary sector in transition. New York: The Foundation Center.

Wolf, D.L. 1995: Feminist dilemmas in fieldwork. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Wolf, E. 1966: Peasants. New York: Prentice-Hall. Wolf, E.R. 1982: Europe and the people without

history. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Wolf, M. 2004: Why globalization works. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Wolf, P.R. and Ghilani, C. 2005: Elementary sur- veying: an introduction to geomatics, 12th edn. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson.

Wolfe, C. 2003: In the shadow of Wittgenstein’s lion: language, ethics, and the question of the animal. In C. Wolfe, ed., Zoontologies: the ques- tion of the animal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1–57.

Wolfe, P. 2004: Twentieth-century theories of imperialism. In P. Duara, ed., Decolonization: perspectives from now and then. London: Routledge, 101–17.

Wolfe, P. 2006: Settler colonialism and the elim- ination of the native. Journal of Genocide Research 8: 387–409.

Wolff, J. 2006: Gender and the haunting of cities (or, the retirement of the flâneur). In A.

D’Souza and T. McDonough, eds, The invis- ible flâneuse? Gender, public space, and visual culture in nineteenth-century Paris. Manchester: Manchester University Press, 18–31.

Wolff, L. 1994: Inventing Eastern Europe: the map of civilization on the mind of the Enlightenment. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Wolff, R. and Resnick, S. 1987: Economics: Marxian versus neoclassical. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Wolford, W. 2003: Producing community: geog- raphies of commitment on land reform settle- ments in Brazil. Journal of Agrarian Change 3(4): 500–20.

Wolford, W. 2004: This land is ours now: a new perspective on social movement formation. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 94(2): 409–24.

Wöllmann, L. 2003: Schooling resources, educa- tional institutions and student performance: the international evidence. Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics 65: 117–70.

Wolpe, H., ed., 1980: The articulation of modes of production: essays from economy and society. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.

Wolpert, J. 1964: The decision process in spatial context. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 54: 537–58.

Wolpert, J. 1965: Behavioral aspects of the deci- sion to migrate. Papers and Proceedings of the Regional Science Association 15: 159–72.

Wolter, J.A. 1975: Cartography – an emerging discipline. The Canadian Cartographer 12(2): 210–16.

Women and Geography Study Group 1997: Feminist geographies: explorations in diversity and difference. London: Longman.

Wong, D.W.S. and Lee, J. 2005: Statistical analy- sis of geographic information with ArcView GIS and ArcGIS. New York: Wiley.

Wong, T., Yeoh, B.S.A. and Graham, E. 2003: Spaces of silence: single parenthood and the ‘normal family’ in Singapore. Population Space and Place 10: 45–58.

Wood, C.H. 2000: A descriptive and illustrated guide for type placement on small scale maps. Cartographic Journal 37: 5–18.

Wood, D. 1977: Now and then: comparisons of ordinary Americans’ symbol conventions with those of past cartographers. Prologue: the Journal of the National Archives 9: 151–61.

Wood, D. 1987: I don’t feel that about environ- mental psychology today. But I want to. Journal of Environmental Psychology 7(4): 417–23.

Wood, D., with Fels, J. 1992: The power of maps. New York: Guilford Press.

Wood, D. and Beck, R.J. 1994: Home rules. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 952 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

952

Wood, D.M. 2007: Beyond the panopticon? Foucault and surveillance studies. In J. Crampton and S. Elden, eds, Space know- ledge and power: Foucault and geography. Aldershot: Ashgate, 245–63.

Wood, M. and Brodlie, K. 1994: ViSc and GIS: some fundamental considerations. In D. Unwin and H. Hearnshaw, eds, Visualization in Geographic Information Systems. Rexdale, Ontario: Wiley.

Wood, W. 2001: Geographic aspects of genocide: a comparison of Bosnia and Rwanda. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 26: 57–75.

Woods, M. 2006: Political articulation: the modalities of new critical politics of rural citi- zenship. In P. Cloke, T. Marsden and P. Mooney, eds, Handbook of rural studies. London: Sage, 457–83.

Woods, M. and Goodwin, M. 2003: Applying the rural: governance and policy in rural areas. In P. Cloke, ed., Country visions. London: Pearson.

Woods, R.I. 1982: Theoretical population geog- raphy. London: Longman.

Woodward, D. 1974: The study of the history of cartography: a suggested framework. The American Cartographer 1: 101–15.

Woodward, D., Delano Smith, C. and Yee, C.D.K. 2001: Plantejaments i Objectius d’una Història Universal de la Cartografia [Approaches and challenges in a worldwide history of cartography]. Cicle de conferències sobre Història de la Cartografia, 11. Barcelona: Institut Cartogràfic de Catalunya, 2001.

Woodward, D., ed., 2006: The history of cartog- raphy, vol. 3: Cartography in the European Renaissance. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Woodward, R. 2004: Military geographies. Oxford: Blackwell.

Woodward, R. 2005: From military geography to militarism’s geographies: disciplinary engage- ments with the geographies of militarism and military activities. Progress in Human Geography 29(6): 1–23.

Worboys, M.F. 2005: Relational databases and beyond. In P.A. Longley, M.F. Goodchild, D.J. Maguire and D.W. Rhind, eds, Geographical Information Systems, abridged edi- tion. Chichester: Wiley, 163–74.

Wordie, J.R. 1983: The chronology of English enclosure 1500–1915. Economic History Review 36: 483–505.

World Bank 1993: The East Asian miracle: eco- nomic growth and public policy. New York: Oxford University Press.

World Bank 2001: World development report 2000/2001: attacking poverty. Washington, DC: The World Bank/Oxford: Oxford University Press.

World Resource Institute 2005: Ecosystems and human well-being: synthesis report. Millennium Ecosystem Assessment. Washington, DC: Island Press.

Worster, D. 1983: The wealth of nature: environ- mental history and the ecological imagination. New York: Oxford University Press.

Worster, D. 1990a: The ecology of order and chaos. Environmental History Review 14: 1–18.

Worster, D. 1990b: Transformations of the Earth: toward an agroecological perspective in history. Journal of American History 76(4): 1087–106.

Worster, D. 1994: Nature’s economy: a history of ecological ideas. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Wright, D.J., Goodchild, M.F. and Proctor, J.D. 1997: Demystifying the persistent ambiguity of GIS as ‘tool’ versus ‘science’. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 87: 346–62.

Wright, E., Levine, A. and Sober, E. 1992: Reconstructing Marxism. London: Verso.

Wright, E.O. 1985: Classes. London: Verso. Wright, E.O., ed., 2005: Approaches to class analysis. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Wright, E.O. and Martin, B. 1987: The trans- formation of the American class structure, 1960–1980. American Journal of Sociology 87: 1–29.

Wright, J.K. 1947: Terrae incognitae: the place of the imagination in geography. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 37: 1–15.

Wright, J.K. 1965 [1925]: The geographical lore of the time of the Crusades: a study in the history of medieval science and tradition in Western Europe. New York: Dover.

Wright, M.W. 1999a: The dialectics of still life: murder, women and maquiladoras. Public Culture 11: 453–74.

Wright, M.W. 1999b: The politics of relocation: gender, nationality and value in the Maquiladoras. Environment and Planning A 31: 1601–17.

Wright, M.W. 2004: From protests to politics: sex work, women’s worth and Ciudad Juárez modernity. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 94(2): 369–86.

Wright, M.W. 2005: Paradoxes, protests and the Mujeres de Negro of northern Mexico. Gender, Place and Culture 12: 277–92.

Wright, R. and Ellis, M. 2006: Mapping others. Progress in Human Geography 30(3): 285–88.

Wright, R.A., Houston, S., Ellis, M., Holloway, S. and Hudson, M. 2003: Crossing racial lines: geographies of mixed race partnering and mul- tiraciality in the United States. Progress in Human Geography 27: 457–74.

Wrigley, E.A. 1965: Changes in the philosophy of geography. In R.J. Chorley and P. Haggett,

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 953 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

953

eds, Frontiers in geographical teaching. London: Methuen, 3–24.

Wrigley, E.A. 1966a: Family reconstitution. In E. A. Wrigley, ed., An introduction to English his- torical demography from the sixteenth to the nine- teenth century. London: Weidenfeld and Nicholson, 96–159.

Wrigley, E.A. 1966b: Family limitation in pre- industrial England. Economic History Review, 2nd series, xix: 82–109.

Wrigley, E.A. 1969: Population in history. London: Weidenfeld and Nicholson.

Wrigley, E.A. 1981: Marriage, fertility and popu- lation growth in eighteenth-century England. In R.B. Outhwaite, ed., Marriage and society: studies in the social history of marriage. London: Europa Publications, 137–85.

Wrigley, E.A. 1985a: Urban growth and agricul- tural change: England and the continent in the early modern period. Journal of Interdisciplinary History 15: 683–728.

Wrigley, E.A. 1988: Continuity, chance and change: the character of the Industrial Revolution in England. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 8–17, 34–50.

Wrigley, E.A., Davies, R., Oeppen, J. and Schofield, R.S. 1997: English population history from family reconstitutions 1580–1837. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Wrigley, E.A. and Schofield, R.S. 1989 [1981]: The population history of England 1541–1971: A reconstruction. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Wrigley, N. 1985b: Categorical data analysis for geographers and environmental scientists. London/New York: Longman.

Wrigley, N. 1986: Quantitative methods: the era of longitudinal data analysis. Progress in Human Geography 10: 84–102.

Wrigley, N. 1990: Unobserved heterogeneity and the analysis of longitudinal spatial choice data. European Journal of Population 6(4): 327–58.

Wrigley, N. 2002: Transforming the corporate landscape of US food retailing: market power, financial re-engineering and regulation. Tijdschrift voor Economische en Sociale Geografie 93: 62–82.

Wrigley, N. and Lowe, M., eds, 1996: Retailing, consumption and capital: towards the new retail geography. London: Longman.

Wrigley, N. and Lowe, M. 2002: Reading retail: a geographical perspective on retailing and consump- tion spaces. London: Hodder Arnold.

Wylie, J. 2002a: An essay on ascending Glastonbury Tor. Geoforum 33: 441–54.

Wylie, J. 2002b: Becoming icy: Scott and Amundsen’s South Polar voyages, 1910– 1913. Cultural Geographies 9: 249–65.

Wylie, J. 2005: A single day’s walking: narrating self and landscape on the South West Coast

Path. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 30: 234–47.

Wynn, G. 2007: Canada and Arctic North America: an environmental history. Santa Barbara, CA: ABC-Clio.

Wynne, B. 1992: Uncertainty and environmental learning: reconceiving science and policy in the preventive paradigm. Global Environmental Change 2: 111–27.

Wynne, B. 1996: May the sheep safely graze? a reflexive view of the expert–lay knowledge div- ide. In S. Lash, B. Szersynski and B. Wynne, eds, Risk, environment and modernity: towards a new ecology. London: Sage, 44–83.

Xiao-me Chen 1995: Occidentalism: a theory of counter-discourse in post-Mao China. New York: Oxford University Press.

Yaeger, P., ed., 1996: The geography of identity. Ann Arbor: The University of Michigan Press.

Yancey, W.L., Ericksen, E.P. and Juliani, R.N. 1976: Emergent ethnicity: a review and refor- mulation. American Sociologist 41: 391–402.

Yang, X. and Hodler, T. 2000: Visual and statis- tical comparisons of surface modeling tech- niques for point-based environmental data. Cartography and Geographic Information Science 27: 165–76.

Yanow, D. 2002: Constructing ‘race’ and ‘ethnicity’ in America: category-making in public policy and administration. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe.

Yapa, L. 1998: The poverty discourse and the poor in Sri Lanka. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 23: 95–115.

Yapa, L. and Mayfield, R. 1978: Non-adoption of innovations. Economic Geography 54: 145–56.

Yegenoglu, M. 1998: Colonial fantasies: towards a feminist reading of Orientalism. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Yelling, J. 1986: Slums and slum clearance in Victorian London. London: George Allen & Unwin.

Yelling, J. 2000: The incidence of slum clearance in England and Wales, 1955–85. Urban History 27: 234–54.

Yeoh, B.S.A. 1999: Global/globalizing cities. Progress in Human Geography 23(4): 607–16.

Yeoh, B.S.A. 2001: Postcolonial cities. Progress in Human Geography 25(3): 456–68.

Yeoh, B.S.A. 2006: Bifurcated labour: the unequal incorporation of transmigrants in Singapore. Tijdschrift voor Economische en Sociale Geografie 97: 26–37.

Yeoh, B.S.A. and Kong, L. 1994: Reading land- scape meanings: state constructions and lived experiences in Singapore’s Chinatown. Habitat International 18(4): 17–35.

Yeoman, M. 2004: Oil. Boston: New Press.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 954 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

954

Yergin, D. 1991: The prize. New York: The Free Press.

Yergin, D. and Stanislaw, J. 1998: The command- ing heights: the battle between government and the market place that is remaking the modern world. New York: Simon and Schuster.

Yeung, H.W.-C. 1997: Critical realism: a method or a philosophy in search of a method? Progress in Human Geography 21: 51–74.

Yeung, H.W.-C. 2002: Entrepreneurship and the internationalisation of Asian firms: an institutional perspective. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar.

Yeung, H.W.-C. 2004: Chinese capitalism in a global era: towards hybrid capitalism. London: Routledge.

Yiftachel, O. and Ghanem, A. 2004: Understanding ethnocratic regimes: the polit- ics of seizing contested territory. Political Geography 22(4): 538–68.

Yinger, J. 1995: Closed doors, opportunities lost: the continuing costs of housing discrimination. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

Yoffee, N. 2005: The meaning of cities in the earliest states and civilizations. In Yoffee, Myths of the archaic state: evolution of the earliest cities, states and civilizations. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 42–90.

Yoon, K. 2003: Retraditionalizing the mobile: young people’s sociality and mobile phone use in Seoul, South Korea. European Journal of Cultural Studies 6(3): 327–43.

Young, I.M. 1990a: Justice and the politics of dif- ference. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Young, I.M. 1997a: House and home: feminist variations on a theme. In Intersecting voices: dilemmas of gender, political philosophy, and pol- icy. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 134–64.

Young, I.M. 1997b: Intersecting voices: gender, pol- itical philosophy, and policy. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

Young, I.M. 2000: Democracy and inclusion. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Young, I.M. 2003a: The logic of masculinist pro- tection: reflections on the current security state. Signs: Journal of Women in Culture and Society 29: 1–25.

Young, R. 1990b: White mythologies: writing his- tory and the West. London: Routledge.

Young, R. 2001: Postcolonialism: an historical introduction. Oxford: Blackwell.

Young, R. 2003b: Postcolonialism: a very short introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Young, R.M. 1969: Malthus and the evolution- ists: the common context of biological and social theory. Past and Present 43: 109–45.

Yudice, G. 2003: The expediency of culture: uses of culture in the global era. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Yuval-Davis, N. 1999: The ‘multi-layered’ citi- zen: citizenship in the age of ‘glocalization’. International Feminist Journal of Politics 1(1): 119–36.

Zacher, M. 2001: The international territorial order: boundaries, the use of force, and nor- mative change. International Organization 55: 212–50.

Zacher, M.W. 2001: The territorial integrity norm: international boundaries and the use of force. International Organization 55(2): 212–50.

Zafirovski, M. 2007: ‘Neo-feudalism’ in America? Conservatism in relation to European feudalism. International Review of Sociology 17: 393–427.

Zelinsky, W. 1966: A prologue to population geog- raphy. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Zelinsky, W. 1971: The hypothesis of the mobil- ity transition. Geographical Review 61: 219–49.

Zellner, A. 1971: An introduction to Bayesian infer- ence in econometrics. New York: Wiley.

Zerilli, L. 1998: Doing without knowing: femin- ism’s politics of the ordinary. Political Theory 26(4): 435–58.

Zhou, M. 1992: Chinatown: the socioeconomic potential of an urban enclave. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press.

Zhou, Y. 1998: How do places matter? A com- parative study of Chinese ethnic economies in Los Angeles and New York City. Urban Geography 19(6): 531–53.

Zhou, Y.X. and Ma, L.J.C. 2000: Economic restructuring and suburbanization in China. Urban Geography 21(3): 205–36.

Zimmerer, K.S. 1994a: Human geography and the ‘new ecology’: the prospect and promise of integration. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 84(1): 108–25.

Zimmerer, K.S. 1994b: Integration: the new ecology in human geography. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 84: 108– 25.

Zimmerer, K.S. 1997: Changing fortunes: bio- diversity and peasant livelihood in the Peruvian Andes. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Zimmerer, K.S. 2000: The reworking of con- servation geographies: nonequilibrium land- scapes and nature–society hybrids. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 90(2): 356–69.

Zimmerer, K.S. and Bassett, T.J., eds, 2003: Political ecology: an integrative approach to geog- raphy and environment-development studies. New York: Guilford Press.

Zimmerman, E.W. 1933: World resources and industries: a functional appraisal of the availabil- ity of agricultural and industrial resources. New York and London: Harper and Brothers.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 955 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

955

Žižek, S. 2001: Did somebody say totalitarianism? London: Verso.

Zook, M. 2005: The geography of the Internet industry. Blackwell: Oxford.

Zoraster, S. 1997: Practical results using simu- lated annealing for point feature label place- ment. Cartography and Geographic Information Systems 24: 228–38.

Zorbaugh, H. 1929: The gold coast and the slum: a sociological study of Chicago’s Near North Side. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Zweig, D. 1997: Freeing China’s farmers. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe.

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_5_endmatter Final Proof page 956 1.4.2009 7:55pm

BIBLIOGRAPHY

956

Index

Note: This index aims to provide a guide to the complex interconnections within human geography. References to particular topics will be found most easily by looking up that particular topic, but extensive sets of subheadings also indicate the various aspects of more general headings. In addition, a network of see and see also references indicates alternative headings and related topics. Alphabetical arrangement is word-by-word. References to particular authors are included only where their work is quoted or discussed in some detail. Page numbers in bold type indicate the main discussion of a topic that is also treated in less detail on the other pages cited. Page numbers in italics refer to diagrams.

Aay, H. 297 abduction 1 data mining 143 deduction 149 geocomputation 275 induction 375

Abercrombie, N. 368 abjection 1 body 52 gender 268 homophobia and

heterosexism 344 subject/subjectivity 729

aboriginality 1–2 Austral(as)ia, idea of 40 census 74 film 253 social geography 693

Abramson, A. 408 Absolute Poverty Line 574 absolute rent 644 absolute space 708 abstraction 2 Cartesianism 65 colonialism 97 Grand Theory 315 internal relations 390 model 468 realism 622 region 631 structuration theory 726 trialectics 776

Abu-Lughod, Janet 304 academy activism 5–6 situationists/situationism 685

accessibility 2–3 Alonso model 23 centrifugal and centripetal

forces 78 education 186 gravity model 317 macrogeography 433 mobility 467 spatial mismatch 713, 714 transport geography 773

acculturation 768 accumulated sunk costs 733 accumulation 3–4 agrarian question 15 agricultural geography 17 base and superstructure 43 creative destruction 119 crisis 121 feudalism 250 fiscal crisis 255 flexible accumulation 256–7 global cities/world cities 304 human geography 351 integration 388 labour theory of value 407 plantation 543 political ecology 546 political geography 550 power 575 primitive accumulation 580–1 privatization 585 redistribution 625 regime of accumulation 630 rural geography 659 state 724 tariff 741 transnational corporations

(TNCs) 771 vertical theme 798 violence 799 war 804 World Trade Organization

(WTO) 813 world-systems analysis 813

acid rain 4, 551 ACORN 276 action research 4–5 activism 6 applied geography 34 economic geography 180 feminist geographies 245 interviews and

interviewing 394 qualitative methods 604

activism 5–6 collective consumption 94

critical human geography 123

deep ecology 149 environmental justice 201–2 epistemology 206 ethics 212 interviews and interviewing 393

radical geography 620 secularism 671 social geography 693 social justice 694 third space 754 urban social movement 790, 791

actor-network theory (ANT) 6–7

animals 29 ethnomethodology 219, 220 geographical imagination 285 geography 293 geography, history of 298 human agency 348 humanistic geography 358 industrial geography 378 landscape 411 law 414 locality 425 location theory 428 network(s) 499 non-representational theory 503, 504

ontology 513 place 541 political ecology 545 posthumanism 564 post-structuralism 572 power-geometry 576 science/science studies 667 situated knowledge 684 social network 696 society 701 subject/subjectivity 728 text 750 time-geography 757 transculturation 768

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 957 2.4.2009 8:55pm

957

adaptation 7–8 Darwinism 143 subsistence agriculture 731

administrative principle 76, 77 Adorno, Theodor

Cartesianism 65 critical theory 125 ideology 367 leisure 417 mimesis 466 modernity 473 social theory 699 travelling theory 775

advantage comparative advantage 105 competitive advantage 105

Aegean Seminars 290 aerotropolis 8 affect 8–9

epistemology 208 geographical imaginary 282 geographical imagination 284 governable space 312 human geography 354 music 485 post-structuralism 573 sport(s) 718 subject/subjectivity 731 time–space compression 757 topophilia 763 war 806

affirmative action. See positive discrimination

Afghanistan military geography 465 patriarchy 522

Africa Boserup thesis 54 continents 112 decolonization 145–7 Europe, idea of 222, 223 exploration 233 historical geography 334 homeland 342 hunger 359 imperialism 373 national parks 488 North–South 506 place names 541–2 poverty 573 refugees 629 regional geography 633

Africa, idea of 9–12 African-Americans

blockbusting 50 census 74 ecological fallacy 174 education 187 environmental racism 203 film 252 ghetto 303 memory 454 modifiable areal unit problem (maup) 476

racial districting 617 section 671 segregation 674 spatial mismatch 713 underclass 779

African National Congress (ANC) 33

Afro-Latin Americans 413 Afton, B. 20 Agamben, G.

bare life (‘naked life’) 41–2 camp 57–8 ethics 213 exception, space of 225–6 geography 290 holocaust 338–9 homo sacer 344 indistinction, zone of 375 nomos 502 sovereign power 705–6 violence 799

Agar, J. 667 age

home 342 household 346

age composition dependency ratio 154 mortality 481

Age of Discovery 231 Age of Exploration 232 ageing 12–13

demographic transition 152 demography 153 dependency ratio 154 life course/life-cycle 418 population geography 553 population pyramid 555–6 society 702

ageism body 51 as discrimination 13 feminist geographies 247 social geography 693

agency. See human agency agent-based modelling 13–14

cellular automata 74 cybernetics 138 decision-making 144 geocomputation 275 geography 293 mean information field

(m.i.f.) 449 microsimulation 459 population geography 553 simulation 683

Agger, B. 123, 124 agglomeration 14

centrifugal and centripetal forces 78

Chinatown 82 city 86 communication(s) 102 entrepreneurship 195 external economies 235

growth pole 320 Hotelling model 345 investment 396 just-in-time production 398 learning regions 416 linkages 419 localization 425 location theory 426 outsourcing 516 post-Fordism 564 production complex 589 quadrat analysis 603 resort life-cycle model 647 transaction costs 768

aggregate complexity 105 aggregate travel model 14 Aglietta, Michel 640 Agnew, John electoral geography 187 flows 258

agrarian question 14–16 agricultural geography 17 agro-food system 21 farming 241 peasant 525 primitive accumulation 580 substitutionism 731

Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) 388

agribusiness 16–17, 542 agricultural geography 17–19, 18 agribusiness 17 commodity chain/filiere 101 farming 241 industrial district 376 rural geography 659 von Thünen model 803

agricultural involution 19 agricultural rent 498 Agricultural Revolution 19–20 Brenner thesis 56 enclosure 191–2 field system 251

agriculture. See also farming biotechnology 50 Boserup thesis 53–4 city 85 core–periphery model 115–16 cultural hearth 133 factors of production 237 fair trade 238 feudalism 250 field system 250–1 frontier thesis 265 game theory 267 global warming 308 green belt 317 Green Revolution 317–19 industrial district 376 intensive agriculture 389 landscape 410 limits to growth 419

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 958 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

958

location theory 426 pastoralism 521 peasant 524–5 proto-industrialization 595 rent 644 resource management 650 sharecropping 681 shifting cultivation 681–2 subsistence agriculture 731 transhumance 770–1 transport costs 773 world-systems analysis 813

agro-food system 20–1 agrarian question 15 agribusiness 16 commodity chain/filiere 101 food 259 substitutionism 731

Aguilar, Alonso 413 aid 21–2 famine 240 food 259 International Monetary Fund

(IMF) 391 redistribution 626 restructuring 652 Third World 754 underdevelopment 780

AIDS 22 Africa, idea of 12 diffusion 161 inequality, spatial 380 medical geography 451 pandemic 517 sexuality 680 virus 800

air pollution 4 Aitken, S. film 253 urban geography 787

Akerloff, George 440 Albanians 213 alchemy 670 Alderman, D. 454 Alembert, Jean Le Rond d’ 90 algorithm 22 complexity theory 105–6 data mining 143 digital cartography 163 districting algorithm 169 general linear model

(GLM) 271 genetic algorithm 271–2 heuristic 330 model 469 neural networks 499 regional geography 634 sequence analysis 677

alienation 22–3 communism 103 critical theory 125 everyday life 224 home 340 placelessness 542

postmodernism 567 qualitative methods 604

Alker, H.R. 174 Allaire, G. 21 Allen, J. 802 Allen, John power 576 space 707

Allen, P. 106 Allen, R.C. 20 allometry 271 Alonso, William 644 Alonso model 23, 23–4 bid-rent curve 46 Chicago School 79 density gradient 154 rent 644 von Thünen model 803

alterity 24 body 51 post-structuralism 573

alternative economies 24 alternative food networks

(AFNs) 259 Althusser, Louis base and superstructure 42 essentialism 210, 211 identity 364, 365 ideology 367–8 Marxism 444 mode of production 468 naturalism 492 philosophy 531 social formation 692 spatiality 716 structuralism 725 subject/subjectivity 729

Amedeo, D. 586 America(s) continents 112 Europe, idea of 222, 223 exploration 233 frontier thesis 265 historical geography 334 homeland 342–3 Lamarck(ian)ism 408 Latin America 412, 413 nationalism 488 nomos 502 North–South 506 regional geography 633 ribbon development 656

America(s) (idea of) 24–5 American empire 25–6. See also

Pax Americana area studies 35 critical geopolitics 123 geopolitics 301 globalization 310 market 442 stages of growth 721

American Geographical Society (AGS)

geographical societies 286

macrogeography 433 American Indians

census 74 environmental racism 203 frontier thesis 265 wilderness 811

Ames, Herbert 384 Amin, Ash

capitalism 62 ethnicity 214 industrial district 376 institutional economics 386 locality 425 location theory 428 science/science studies 667 social exclusion 691 urban geography 787

Amin, Shahid 727 Amnesty International 32 analogue 26 analysis. See under specific

heading, e.g. Bayesian analysis

analytical Marxism 26–7 functionalism 266 Marxism 444 methodological individualism 457

rational choice theory 621 analytical philosophy 578 anarchism 27–8

critical human geography 123

Darwinism 143 liberalism 417 postmodernity 570 radical geography 619 socialism 700 territory 747

Anatolia 789 Anderson, Benedict

identity 365 nationalism 488

Anderson, Kathryn 394 Anderson, Kay J.

Chinatown 82 community 103 geo-body 274 subject/subjectivity 730

Anderson, Perry capitalism 63 climate 91 feudalism 250 market 442, 443

androcentricity 28 Anglo-American Convention for

the Protection of Migratory Birds 108

Anglocentrism 28–9 Eurocentrism 221 language 412

Anglophone literature 596 Anglo-Saxons 678 Animal Liberation Front 149

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 959 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

959

animals 29 capture–recapture methods 64 carrying capacity 65 cultural geography 132 cultural landscape 133 cyborg 140 deep ecology 149 domestication 171 feminist geographies 247 human agency 348 nature 494 rural geography 659 transhumance 770 urban geography 786 urban nature 788 values 797 wilderness 811 zoos 816–17

animism 661 Annales School 29–30

cultural geography 130 global cities/world cities 304 historical geography 332 world-systems analysis 813

Anselin, Luc spatial autocorrelation 712 spatial econometrics 712

ANT. See actor-network theory anthropocentrism 356 anthropogeography 30

Berkeley School 45 Darwinism 142 diffusion 160 geography 290 Geopolitik 302 historical geography 332 human geography 350 informal sector 381 language 411

anthropology 519–20 anti-colonial radicalism 156 anti-development 30–1

empowerment 191 post-development 562

anti-essentialism 210–11 anti-foundationalism 577 anti-globalization 31–2

Africa, idea of 12 capitalism 62 economic integration 182 Green Revolution 319 International Monetary Fund (IMF) 391

social justice 694 urban social movement 791 WorldSocialForum(WSF) 811

anti-humanism 32–3 humanism 356 Orientalism 514 production of space 592 subject/subjectivity 729–30 symbolic interactionism 739

Antipode (journal) 619, 620 anti-rationalism 519

anti-realism 623 anti-Semitism

deconstruction 148 holocaust 337

apartheid 33–4 development 156 ethnic cleansing 213 ethnicity 215 ghetto 303 homeland 342

Appadurai, Arjun consumption 109 ethnography 218 flows 258 immigration 372 material culture 448

applied geography 34 action research 5 human geography 352 public geographies 599 public policy, geography

and 600 qualitative methods 604 quantitative methods 611 relevance 642

appropriationism cultural ecology 128 farming 241 limits to growth 419 substitutionism 731

Aquinas, St Thomas 742 architecture 567, 568 ARC/INFO program 281 Arctic Climate Impact

Assessment (ACIA) 509 Ardao, Arturo 412 area 539 area studies 34–5

geography 291 Middle East, idea of 460 military geography 465 regional geography 634 war 804

areal differentiation 35–6 chorology/chorography 82 complementarity 105 geography 291 geography, history of 298 human geography 350 integration 388 modernism 470 place 539 quantitative revolution 611 regional geography 633 space 707

Arendt, Hannah human rights 354 violence 798

Argentina 345, 355 Arib, M.A. 456 Aristotelianism 666 Aristotle

biophilosophy 47 ecology 176

economy 184 environmental

determinism 197 metaphor 456 ontology 511 political economy 547 science/science studies 666 scientific revolution(s) 669 teleology 742

Armistice line 317 Armstrong, Marc 278 Army, U.S. 487 Arnold, Benedict 516 Arnold, David colonialism 95 subaltern studies 727

art 36–7 alienation 23 cultural geography 131 exploration 232 geographical imagination 282,

285 geography 289 human geography 353 humanistic geography 357 image 369 literature 420 mimesis 466 music 485 postmodernism 567 vision and visuality 801

artificial intelligence 37 data mining 143 decision-making 144 geocomputation 276

artisan 595 Asad, Talal 468 Asdal, K. 200 Ashe, Arthur 478 Asheim, Bjorn 386 Ashkenazim 401 Asia historical geography 334 national parks 488 North–South 506 Pacific Rim 517

Asia (idea of) 37–8 Austral(as)ia, idea of 39 continents 112 Europe, idea of 222, 223 historical demography 332 Malthusian model 434 Occidentalism 507 regional geography 633

Asian economic crisis (1997–1998) 497

Asian miracle/tigers 38 capitalism 62 development 156 industrialization 380 neo-liberalism 497 NIDL 500, 501

Asian Social Forum 812 assemblage 38

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 960 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

960

nation-state 490 performance 526 place 540 post-structuralism 573 region 631 spatial structure 715 spatiality 717 subject/subjectivity 730

assimilation 38–9 ethnicity 216 ethnoburb 217 immigration 372 invasion and succession 395 migration 464 multiculturalism 481 segregation 674 transnationalism 772 urban and regional

planning 782 Association of American

Geographers (AAG) education 187 geographical societies 286 geography 290 humanities 359 relevance 642 socialism 701 values 797

Association of American Geographers’ Commission on College Geography 797

astrolabe 668 asylum 39, 629 Athens, Greece nomos 502 participatory democracy 520

attachment 342 Atwood, Margaret 766 Augé, Marc 503 Augean Period 612 Auletta, K. 779 Auschwitz 226 Austin, Gilbert 655 Austin, J.L. 148 Austral(as)ia, idea of 39–40 assimilation 39 census 74 continents 112 Enlightenment 194 geographical imaginary 282 imaginative geographies 371 immigration 371, 372 multiculturalism 481 public–private partnership

(PPPs) 601 refugees 629

Austria 478 authenticity 40 autocorrelation, spatial. See

spatial autocorrelation autoethnography 604 Ayer, A.J. logical positivism 430 positivism 558

Ayres, Clarence 385 azimuth 40

Bachelard, Gaston 341 Back, Les 810 back-to-the-city movement 41,

343 backward linkages 419 Bacon, Francis chorology/chorography 83 exploration 230 science/science studies 666 scientific revolution(s) 669

Baden School 400 Baden-Württemberg 378 Badiou, Alain ethics 213 geography 290

Bagrow, Leo 69 Bains, W. 49 Bakan, J. 208 Bakhtin, Mikhail chronotope 83, 84 literature 420 rhetoric 655

Bales, K. 687, 688 Balibar, Etienne border 52, 53 mode of production 468 nation 487 nationalism 489 racism 618

balkanization 41, 633 Balzac, Honoré de 84 Bandung Conference 37 Banerjee, B. 78 Banks, Joseph 231, 232 bare life (‘naked life’) 41–2 camp 57 exception, space of 226 holocaust 337 homo sacer 344 humanism 356 indistinction, zone of 375 philosophy 531

Barker, Martin 618 Barnbrock, J. 803 Barnes, Trevor analytical Marxism 27 critical human geography 124 genius loci 272 geography, history of 298 Grand Theory 315 institutional economics 386 law (scientific) 415 locational analysis 429 military geography 465 science/science studies 667 space-economy 710

Barnett, C. 618 barrio 42 Barrows, Harlan H. human ecology 349 physical geography 534

Barth, Fredrik ethnicity 216 territoriality 745

Bartheld, Harald 386 Barthes, Roland

discourse analysis 168 everyday life 225 image 369 material culture 448 structuralism 725

Barton, A. 101 Barvaria 331 base and superstructure 42–3

historical materialism 335–6 infrastructure 383

Bassin, M. 30 Basso, K. 676 Bataille, Georges 770 Bateson, Gregory 8 Bateson, William 142 Batty, M. 787 Baudelaire, Charles-Pierre

flaneur/flanerie 256 modernism 470 psychogeography 597

Baudrillard, Jean cyberspace 139 simulacrum 682 social theory 699

Bauer, Peter market 443 Third World 754

Bauman, Z. consumption 109 holocaust 337 modernity 471

Baxter, J. 606 Bayart, J.F. 10 Bayes, Thomas 43 Bayesian analysis 43–4

endogeneity 192 remote sensing (RS) 644 simulation 683

Beakhurst, Graheme 545 Beauvoir, Simone de

body 51 Other/Otherness 515

Beaverstock, J. metageography 456 urban geography 786

Beazley, C.R. 297 Beck, Ulrich

cosmopolitanism 117–18 modernization 475 risk 658 risk society 658 security 673 social theory 698

Becker, Gary 621 Beckett, J.V. 20 behaviour

catastrophe theory 73 contextual effect 110 cycle of poverty 141

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 961 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

961

behaviour (cont’d) geodemographics 277 life course/life-cycle 418 questionnaire 613 reductionism 626–7 satisficing behaviour 664 search behaviour 670

behavioural geography 44–5 crime 120 cultural geography 131 decision-making 144 environmental psychology 203 human geography 351 humanism 356 idealism 364 imaginative geographies 370 Kantianism 400 location theory 427 mental maps/cognitive maps 455

ontology 512 population geography 553 process 586 quantitative methods 609 revealed preference analysis 655

satisficing behaviour 664 thick description 753 urban geography 785

Bell, Daniel cultural economy 129 information economy 382 post-industrial society 566 time–space compression 757

Bell, W. 689 Bellah, R. 104 Bellarmine, Cardinal Robert 362 Bellis, M. 64 belonging 153 Below Poverty Line 574 Benhabib, S. 285, 795 Benjamin, Walter

commodity 99, 100 critical theory 125, 126 dialectic(s) 158 dialectical image 158 everyday life 224 film 253 flaneur/flanerie 256 literature 420 modernism 470 modernity 472, 473 space 709

Benko, G. 699 Bennett, R.J.

process 586 public finance 598, 599

Bentham, Jeremy disciplinary power 165 Panopticon 517, 518 utilitarianism 794

Benvenisti, E. 508 Berg, Lev Semyonovich 142 Berger, John 410

Berger, Mark T. 413 Berger, Peter L.

lifeworld 418 social construction 690

Bergmann, Gustav exceptionalism 227 logical positivism 430

Bergson, Henri 47 Berkeley School 45–6

biogeography 47 cultural geography 130 cultural hearth 133 cultural landscape 133 culture 135 diffusion 160 environmental

determinism 197 historical geography 333, 334 human geography 351 Landschaft 411 music 485 nature 493 possibilism 560 sport(s) 718

Berlin, Treaty of (1895) 10 Berlin Conference (1884–85)

264 Berlin Wall

Cold War 93 market 442

Berman, M. 470 Berners-Lee, Tim 392 Bernstein, Eduard 444 Bernstein, Jay M.

camp 57 intensive agriculture 389

Bernstein, Richard Cartesianism 65 falsification 239 hermeneutics 329 pragmatism 578

Berry, B.J.L. 426–7 Bertalanffy, Ludwig von 271 Bertin, Jacques

cartography 68 map 435–6

Besio, K. 604–6 Best, N. 671 BEYESX (software) 703 Bhabha, Homi K.

mimesis 466 subject/subjectivity 729 tricontinentalism 776

Bhadra, Gautam 727 Bhaskar, Roy

naturalism 492 realism 622

Bialasiewicz, L. 401 bias 662 Bible

historical geography 332 religion 643

bid-rent curve 23, 46 Bilbao, Francisco 412

Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation 22

bin Laden, Osama commodity 101 oil 511

biodiversity 46 biogeography 46 bioprospecting 48 conservation 108 genetic geographies 272 global commons 306 law of the sea 416 wetlands 810 wilderness 811 zoos 816–17

Biodiversity Action Plans 46 biogeography 46–7 biosecurity 49 Darwinism 142 genetic geographies 272 geography 293 geography, history of 297

biometrics 48 biophilosophy 47 biogeography 47 ecofeminism 174

biopiracy 49 biopolitics, biopower 48 affect 9 bare life (‘naked life’) 41 camp 58 critical geopolitics 123 disciplinary power 165 empire 190 genocide 273 governable space 312 homo sacer 344 modernity 473 philosophy 531 post-structuralism 572 prostitution 594 race 616 security 673 sovereign power 705 subject/subjectivity 729 terrorism 748 war 804

bioprospecting 48–9 bioregionalism 49 biosecurity 49 pandemic 517 security 672

biotechnology 49–50 cyborg 140 domestication 171 farming 242 genetic geographies 272 image 369 resource 648

Bird, J.H. 125 Birmingham Centre for

Contemporary Cultural Studies 131

bisexuality 680

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 962 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

962

Black, Duncan 598 Black Country 260 Black Power movement 215 black sites 65 Blackburn, R. 687 Blaikie, Piers diffusion 161 intensive agriculture 389 political ecology 545, 546

Blainey, G. 39 Blair, Tony 754 Blake, William 597 Blakemore, Michael 70 Blanchot, Maurice 324 Blanqui, A. 378 Blaut, James M. children 80, 81 diffusion 161 Kantianism 399 process 586, 587

Bloch, Marc Annales School 29 retrogressive approach 654

blockbusting 50, 395 Blomley, Nicholas K. law 414 retailing 654 violence 799

blood diamonds 107 Bloor, David 667 Bluestone, B. 182 Blumenbach, Johann

Friedrich 616 Blumer, Herbert 739 Blunt, A. anarchism 28 home 341–2 subject/subjectivity 730

Boal, Fred 785 Boas, Franz 130 body 50–2 abjection 1 affect 8 AIDS 22 consumption 110 cyborg 140 disability 164 disciplinary power 165 everyday life 225 feminist geographies 247 habitus 323 heteronormativity 329 homophobia and

heterosexism 344 human geography 354 idealism 364 liberalism 417 medical geography 452 moral landscapes 479 performance 525, 526 political geography 550 post-structuralism 572, 573 power 576 production of space 590

qualitative methods 605 representation 646 rural geography 659 scale 664 sovereign power 705 topography 762 transgression 770 vision and visuality 801

Boeke, J.H. 173 Bolivar, Simon 412 Bonaparte, Napoleon Middle East, idea of 460 Orientalism 513

Bondi, L. gender 269 interviews and

interviewing 393–4 subject/subjectivity 731

Bonnett, Alastair anarchism 28 Occidentalism 507 whiteness 810

Bono 12 Bonpland, Aimé 231 Bookchin, Murray 149 Booth, Charles geodemographics 276 inner city 384

Booth, William 384 border 52–3 borderlands 53 boundary 55 cartographic reason 66 citizenship 84 domination 172 ethnic cleansing 214 flows 257 frontier 264 globalization 310 human geography 354 irredentism 396 local–global relations 425 nation 487 nation-state 489 political geography 549 regional alliance 632 sovereignty 706 territory 746 trade 764 transnationalism 772 war 805 world-systems analysis 814

borderlands 53 nation-state 489 spatial identity 712

Borges, José Luis 330 Borlaug, Norman 317 Boserup, Esther Boserup thesis 54–5 gender and

development 269 Boserup thesis 53–5 Africa, idea of 12 agricultural involution 19

Postan thesis 560 Bosetti, V. 198 Bosnia-Herzegovina 213 Boudeville, J.R. 320 Bougainville, Louis Antoine

de 231 boundary 55

bioregionalism 49 border 52 cadastral mapping 57 cartographic reason 66 colonialism 97 ethics 212 ethnicity 216 Geographic Information Science (GISc) 277

law 414 modernization 475 multilateralism 483 political geography 550 private and public spheres 583

regional geography 634 state 722 subject/subjectivity 729 territoriality 744, 745 territorialization 746 topographic map 762 transgression 770 transnationalism 772

Bourdieu, Pierre class 89 cultural capital 127 exchange 228 habitus 323 political geography 551 social capital 689, 690 social reproduction 697 taken-for-granted world 741

Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy (BSE)

farming 242 intensive agriculture 389

Bowden, R.J. 387 Bowen, M. 297 Bowers, J. 663 Bowlby, S. 246 Bowles, Samuel 445 Bowman, Isaiah

empire 190 geography, history of 296 geopolitics 301 political geography 549

Boyd, W. 389 Boyer, Robert

agro-food system 21 regulation theory 640

Boyle, Robert 669 Boyle’s Law 415 Brah, Avtar 159 Brandt, Willy 704 Brandt Commission

North–South 506 South, the 704

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 963 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

963

Braudel, Fernand Annales School 30 cultural geography 130 integration 388

Braun, Bruce environmental history 200 process 587

Braverman, H. labour process 406 Taylorism 742

Brazil industrial district 376 World Social Forum (WSF) 812

Brenner, N. 304 Brenner, Robert

Brenner thesis 55, 56 Marxist economics 445

Brenner thesis 55–6 feudalism 250 Postan thesis 560

Breton, André 597 Bretton Woods system

Africa, idea of 11 growth theory 321 International Monetary Fund (IMF) 390

multilateralism 482 NIDL 500 tariff 741 World Trade Organization (WTO) 812

Bridge, G. 50 Briggs, J. 374 Brigham, Albert 408 British colonies 145 British Dominions 488 British Garden City

Movement 267 British Household Panel

Survey 670 British National Party 242 Brock, W. 110 Brookfield, H. 44 Brosseau, M. 420 Brosses, Charles de 39 Brown, Gordon 12 Brown, M. 680 Brundson, C.

Bayesian analysis 44 geographically weighted regression (GWR) 286–7

Brundtland Commission 738 Brundtland Report 739 Brunhes, Jean 199 B’Tselem. See Israeli Center for

Human Rights Buchanan, James 598 Buddhism 661 buffer states 326 Buffon, Georges-Louis

Leclerc 616 Bunge, William

activism 5

central place theory 76 children 80 geography 290 logical positivism 430 metaphor 456 radical geography 619 science/science studies 667 spatial separatism 715 urban exploration 784

Burawoy, Michael ethnography 218 participant observation 520

Bürger, P. 470 Burgess, Ernest

Chicago School 79 human ecology 349 segregation, measurement

of 675 Sjoberg model 685, 686 zonal model 815

Burgess, Jacquelin environmental economics 198 psychoanalytic theory 596 values 797

Burke, Edmund culture 136 mimesis 466

Burke, Kenneth 655 Burt, T. 369 Burton, I.

idiographic 368 quantitative methods 607 resource 648

Buruma, I. 508 Bush, George W. and

administration conflict 106 geopolitics 301 multilateralism 483 nomos 502 patriarchy 522 Pax Americana 523 power 576 territorial integrity 744

business agribusiness 16–17 central business district

(CBD) 75–6 outsourcing 515–6

Butler, Judith body 51 epistemology 206 foundationalism 262 gender 268–9 hazard 325 identity 365 performativity 526 post-structuralism 572 space 709

Butler, R.W. 647 butterfly effect 78 Buttimer, Anne

humanistic geography 357 lifeworld 418

values 797 Butz, D. 604 Byres, Terry 15

CACI 276 cadastral mapping 57 governable space 312 map 437

California 373 Callard, Felicity psychoanalytic theory 596 subject/subjectivity 728

Callinicos, A. 698 Callon, Michel actor-network theory

(ANT) 6, 7 science/science studies 667

Cambridge Group for the History of Population 332

Cambridge School 727 Cambridge University 498 Cameron, A. 691 camp 57–8 bare life (‘naked life’) 42 holocaust 337 refugees 629 sovereign power 706

Campbell, Donald T. 225 Campbell, George Douglas,

Duke of Argyll 407 Campbell Collaboration 225 Canada assimilation 39 human rights 355 immigration 371, 372 multiculturalism 481 rights 656 settler society 679

Canada Geographical Information System (CGIS) 281

Canada–USA Free Trade Agreement 766

Canadian Ministry of Agriculture 281

Canadian Mounties 782 capital 58–9 accumulation 3 agricultural geography 17 capitalism 59 class 89 community 104 convergence, regional 114 core–periphery model 116 cost structure 118 cultural capital 127 economic growth 182 economic integration 182 equilibrium 209 factors of production 237–8 flows 257 gentrification 274 global cities/world cities 305 growth theory 321–2

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 964 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

964

habitus 323 industrialization 380 labour process 406 leisure 416, 417 neo-liberalism 497 NIDL 500, 501 power 576 resistance 647 restructuring 651 social capital 689–90 social reproduction 697 stages of growth 720 transnational corporations

(TNCs) 771 Capital (Marx) Marxism 444 mode of production 468 naturalism 492 primitive accumulation 580

capitalism 59–64, 63 abstraction 2 accumulation 3–4 agrarian question 15 agricultural geography 17 alienation 23 alternative economies 24 American empire 25 analytical Marxism 26 anti-globalization 31 areal differentiation 35 bare life (‘naked life’) 41 base and superstructure 43 Brenner thesis 55 cadastral mapping 57 capital 58–9 citizenship 84 civil society 87 Cold War 93 collective consumption 93–4 colonialism 94 command economy 98 commodity 99, 100 commodity chain/filiere 101 communism 103 community 103, 104 conflict 106 convergence, regional 114–15 core–periphery model 115 creative destruction 119 crisis 120–1 critical theory 125–7 cultural economy 128 cultural turn 135 deindustrialization 150 dependency theory 154 dialectic(s) 157 disability 165 domesticity 171 ecological imperialism 175 economic geography 179,

181 economic growth 182 economic integration 183 economy 185

empire 189 enclosure 192 exchange 227 external economies 235 factors of production 238 farming 241 feminist geographies 246 feudalism 249 fiscal crisis 255 gender 268 gender and development 269 geography 290 global cities/world cities 304 globalization 308–11 glocalization 312 governmentality 314 health and health care 326 home 341 human geography 350, 351 ideology 366–8 imperialism 373 industrial geography 377 industrial revolution 378, 379 industrialization 380 inheritance systems 383 internal relations 390 Kantianism 400 knowledge economy 401 Kondratieff waves 403 labour process 406 labour theory of value 407 literature 420 local knowledge 422 local state 423 local–global relations 425 location theory 427 market 442 Marxism 444 Marxist economics 445–6 Marxist geography 446 migrancy 462 migration 463 mode of production 468 modernism 469 modernity 471 modernization 474–5 money and finance 476 narco-capitalism 486 nation 487 neo-classical economics 496 NIDL 500 oil 510 peasant 524 petro-capitalism 527–8 philosophy 531 plantation 543 political ecology 547 political economy 548 populism 556 postmodernity 569, 570 post-socialism 571 power 576 power-geometry 576 primitive accumulation 580–1

private and public spheres 583 production of nature 589–90 production of space 590 property 594 proto-industrialization 595 public policy, geography and 600

radical geography 619 regional geography 635 regulation theory 640 rent 644 resource 648 restructuring 651 scale 665 settler society 679 sexuality 680 situationists/situationism 685 slavery 687 social formation 692 socialism 700 South, the 704 space 708 space-economy 710–11 spatiality 716 stages of growth 720, 721 structuralism 725 terms of trade 743 territoriality 745 territorialization 745 Third World 754 time 755 time–space compression 757 time–space distanciation 760 time–space expansion 761 trade 764 transnationalism 772 underclass 779 underdevelopment 780 uneven development 780–2 urban ecology 783 vertical theme 798 vision and visuality 801 von Thünen model 803 welfare geography 807 West, the 808 World Social Forum (WSF) 812

world-systems analysis 813 capture–recapture methods 64,

663 CAQDAS (Computer-Assisted

Qualitative Data Analysis) 703–4

carceral geographies 64–5, 583 Carnap, Rudolf

logical empiricism 430 logical positivism 430

carrying capacity 65 Boserup thesis 54 limits to growth 419 overpopulation 516 population geography 552 resort life-cycle model 648 shifting cultivation 682

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 965 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

965

Carson, Rachel ecology 176 pollution 551

cartels 486 Carter, P.

cartography, history of 71 imaginative geographies 371

Cartesianism 65–6 animals 29 cartographic reason 66 cultural geography 132 cybernetics 138 cyborg 140 epistemology 207 Euclidean space 220 naturalism 491 objectivity 507

cartogram 66 cartographic imaginary 274 cartographic reason 66

Africa, idea of 10 Cartesianism 65 cartography, history of 70 epistemology 207 governable space 312 modernity 473 positivism 559 science/science studies 668

cartography 66–9 Africa, idea of 10 Austral(as)ia, idea of 39 cadastral mapping 57 chorology/chorography 83 colonialism 96–7 commercial geography 98 continents 112 cyberspace 139 digital cartography 162–3 epistemology 207 Euclidean space 220 exploration 230 geo-body 274 Geographic Information Systems (GIS) 280

geographical societies 286 geography 288–90 geography, history of 296 geo-informatics 299 governable space 312 historical geography 333 human geography 353 land-use survey 411 map 434–6 map reading 439 military geography 465 neo-geography 496 quantitative methods 607 scale 664 science/science studies 668 scientific instrumentation 668 virtual geographies 799

cartography, history of 69–72 cadastral mapping 57 cosmography 117

deconstruction 148 exploration 233 historical geography 335 iconography 363 map 434 map reading 439 space 707 text 750

case study 72 Casetti, E. 286 Cassirer, E. 400 caste 72–3

gender and development 269 subaltern studies 728

Castells, Manuel collective consumption 93, 94 cultural economy 129 flows 258 informational city 382 network society 498 production of space 592 restructuring 652 spatiality 716 urban geography 786 urban social movement 790–1

Castoriadis, Cornelius 282 Castree, Noel

critical human geography 123, 124

dialectic(s) 158 environmental history 200 production of nature 590

Çatal Hoyuk 789 Catalan language 631 catastrophe theory 73

chaos theory 78 complexity theory 105

catchment 331 categorical data analysis 73–4

capture–recapture methods 64 general linear model

(GLM) 271 logit regression models 431 log-linear modelling 431 measurement 450 multi-level models 483 Poisson regression models 544 quadrat analysis 603 software for quantitative

analysis 704 survey analysis 735

Catlin, George 487 causal analysis 735 causality

positivism 558 significance test 682

CBD. See central business district cellular automata 74

genetic algorithm 272 geocomputation 275 microsimulation 459

census 74–5 cadastral mapping 57 census tract 75

data archive 143 demography 153 domestic labour 171 ecological inference 175 ethnicity 216 family reconstitution 239 fertility 249 geodemographics 276 Geographic Information

Systems (GIS) 281 historical demography 331 interviews and

interviewing 393 metropolitan area 459 modifiable areal unit problem

(maup) 476 population geography 553 redistricting 626 sampling 661 social space 697 text 750

census tract 75 census 75 choropleth 83 digital cartography 162 factorial ecology 237 geodemographics 276 modifiable areal unit problem

(maup) 475 neural networks 499 social area analysis 689

Center for Maize and Wheat Improvement (CIMMYT) 318

central business district (CBD) 75–6

aerotropolis 8 Chicago School 79 exopolis 229 inner city 383

Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) 523

central limit theorem 662 central place theory 76, 77 general systems theory 271 geography 292 hinterland 331 holocaust 338 location theory 426 locational analysis 428 periodic market systems 527 point pattern analysis 544 quadrat analysis 603 quantitative methods 607 retailing 653 time–space convergence 758 urban geography 785 urban system 791

Centre for Contemporary Cultural Studies 618

centrifugal and centripetal forces 76, 78

Alonso model 23 decentralization 143

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 966 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

966

Certeau, Michel de everyday life 224, 225 taken-for-granted world 741

Césaire, Aimé 96 Chadwick, A. 201 chain migration 78 Chinatown 82 ethnicity 216 invasion and succession 395 migration 463

Chakrabarty, Dipesh case study 72 subaltern studies 727

Chakravorty, S. 786 Chambers, J.D. 20 Chambers, R. 374 Chang, Ha-Joon 238 Changing Urban and Regional

System (CURS) 425 chaos theory 78 catastrophe theory 73 complexity theory 105 environmental history 200 fractal 263 Grand Theory 316

chaotic conception 2 Chari, S. 604–6 Charlton, M. geocomputation 275 geographically weighted

regression (GWR) 286–7 Chase-Dunn, Christopher 304 Chatterjee, Partha post-development 563 subaltern studies 727

Chatterton, P. 28 Chavez, Cesar 201 Chavez, Hugo 414 Chavis, Ben 203 Chayanov, A.V. 16 Chêng Ho 230 Chernobyl nuclear disaster 658 Chicago Boys (Chilean

economists) 442 Chicago School 78–80 capitalism 63 case study 72 city 86 community 103 crime 120 cultural ecology 128 cultural geography 131 ethnicity 214, 216 ethnoburb 217 ethnography 218 geodemographics 276 geography, history of 299 ghetto 303 human ecology 349 immigration 372 inner city 383, 384 invasion and succession 395 Kantianism 400 Los Angeles School 432

metaphor 456 mobility 467 moral geographies 479 neighbourhood 494 participant observation 519 political economy 548 quantitative revolution 611 red-light districts 625 segregation 673, 674 segregation, measurement

of 675 Sjoberg model 685 urban ecology 783 urban geography 784, 785,

787 urban nature 788 urbanism 791 urbanization 793 zonal model 815

Chidester, D. 661 Childe, Vere Gordon 788, 789 children 80–1 ageing 13 demography 153 education 186–7 equality 208 mental maps/cognitive

maps 455 social geography 693

Chile 442 China acid rain 4 agrarian question 16 anti-development 31 Asia (idea of) 37 development 156 economic integration 183 industrialization 380 neo-liberalism 497 post-socialism 571 regional geography 633 slavery 687 socialism 700 suburb/anization 732

Chinatown (general) 81–2 Chinatown (Vancouver, British

Columbia) 730 Chirol, Valentine 460 Chisholm, George commercial geography 98 economic geography 178–80 industrial geography 377

Chisholm, M. 271 choice public choice theory 598 rational choice theory 620–1

cholera 517 Chomsky, Noam 570 Chorley, Richard abstraction 2 ecosystem 186 Grand Theory 315, 316 model 468 physical geography 535–6

quantitative revolution 611 trend surface analysis 775

chorology/chorography 82–3 areal differentiation 35 cultural geography 130 geography 288 morphology 479 philosophy 530 regional geography 632 sequent occupance 677 war 804

choropleth 83 cartogram 66 cartography 68 class interval 89 information theory 382 map 437

Chou En-lai 795 Chouinard, Vera

critical rationalism 125 law 415

Chrisman, Nicholas 281 Christaller, Walter

central place theory 76, 77 holocaust 338 location theory 426 locational analysis 428

Christianity Europe, idea of 222 just war 397 race 615 religion 642–3

chronotope 83–4 Churchill, Winston

Cold War 93 Middle East, idea of 460

c.i.f. (cost, insurance, freight) 579

circuit of culture 136 circulation 273 cities

rural–urban continuum 660 sectoral model 671

citizenship 84–5 alterity 24 barrio 42 boundary 55 carceral geographies 65 colonialism 97 decolonization 146 ethnic democracy 214 gated communities 268 home 341 immigration 372 liberalism 417 local–global relations 424 militarism 464 multiculturalism 481 nationalism 488 nation-state 490 public space 602 radical democracy 618 rights 657 shadow state 681

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 967 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

967

citizenship (cont’d) social exclusion 691 sovereignty 707 subject/subjectivity 729 topography 762 transnationalism 772

city 85–6. See also town; urban entries

adaptation 8 back-to-the-city movement 41 bid-rent curve 46 capitalism 62 catastrophe theory 73 central business district (CBD) 75–6

centrifugal and centripetal forces 77

Chicago School 79 Chinatown 81–2 collective consumption 93 compact city 104–5 conflict 106 consumption 109 critical theory 126 domination 172 edge city 186 entropy-maximizing models 196

factorial ecology 237 family reconstitution 239 feminist geographies 246 film 252 garden city 267 gentrification 273–4 geocomputation 275 geography, history of 299 global cities/world cities 304–6 governable space 312 growth coalitions 320 informational city 382 inner city 383–4 invasion and succession 395 megacities 453 memory 453 post-industrial city 565 pre-industrial city 579 primate city, the law of 580 rank-size rule 620 red-light districts 625 society 702 town 764 urban nature 788 urban origins 788–90 urbanism 791–2 urbanization 792–4 urbicide 794 whiteness 810 world city 811 zonal model 815

city-state 502 civil citizenship 84 civil rights 656 civil society 86–7

anti-globalization 32

applied geography 34 capitalism 60 Enlightenment 193 labour geography 404 NGO 501 radical democracy 618 regional policy 638 slavery 687 social capital 689 social reproduction 697 society 701 South, the 705 state 723

civil wars 804 civilization 87–8

Europe, idea of 222 genocide 273 geographical imaginary 282 imaginative geographies 371 market 441 primitivism 581 race 615 stages of growth 720 terrorism 748

Claritas 276 Clark, G.L.

money and finance 477 sunk costs 733 Taylorism 742

Clark, J. 198 Clark, John Bates 548 Clark, Nigel 198 Clark University 619 Clarke, David 213 Clasewitz, Carl von 804 class 88–9

ageing 13 AIDS 22 analytical Marxism 27 apartheid 33 back-to-the-city movement 41 base and superstructure 43 Boserup thesis 55 Brenner thesis 55 capital 58 capitalism 59, 61 census 74 Chicago School 79 children 81 Chinatown 82 classification and

regionalization 90 colonialism 95 communism 103 conflict 106 consumption 109 contextual effect 110 cosmopolitanism 117 critical geopolitics 122 cultural capital 127 cultural geography 131 cycle of poverty 141 development 155 diaspora 159

difference 159, 160 diffusion 161 disability 165 domesticity 172 egalitarianism 187 empire 190 environmental justice 201 epistemology 206 ethnicity 216, 217 famine 240 farming 241 feminist geographies 246, 247 film 253 gender and development 269 gentrification 274 Green Revolution 319 growth theory 322 health and health care 325 hegemony 327 historical geography 335 home 342 homo sacer 344 household 346 housing class 346 human geography 351 identity 365 imperialism 374 industrial revolution 379 inequality, spatial 381 institutional economics 385 interviews and

interviewing 393 Kantianism 399 labour geography 404 labour market 405 landscape 410 market 443 Marxist economics 445 migrancy 462 minor theory 467 mode of production 468 moral geographies 479 neighbourhood 494 neo-liberalism 497 Other/Otherness 515 peasant 525 policing 545 political ecology 546 populism 556 post-Marxism 566 postmaterialism 566 post-structuralism 572 power-geometry 576 property 594 public space 602 radical geography 619 rent 644 resistance 647 rights 657 rural planning 660 segregation 674 Sjoberg model 685–6 slum 688 social formation 692

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 968 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

968

social geography 692 social justice 694 social reproduction 697 society 702 space-economy 711 subaltern studies 727 subject/subjectivity 728 taken-for-granted world 741 trust 778 underclass 779–80 universalism 782 urban geography 785 urban social movement 790,

791 whiteness 810 world-systems analysis 813

class formation 335 class interval 83, 89–90 class-divided societies 760 classical age episteme 206 representation 646

classification and regionalization 90

geocomputation 276 geodemographics 276–7 Geographic Information

Science (GISc) 279 heuristic 331 Kantianism 399 neural networks 499 race 615–16 regional geography 633 sequence analysis 677 structuration theory 726

Claval, Paul 35 Clawson, D. 413 Clements, Frederic E. Darwinism 142 ecology 176

Clementsian ecology 128 Cliff, Andrew D. diffusion 160 regional geography 633 spatial autocorrelation 712

Clifford, J. 218 climate 90–1 colonialism 97 cultural geography 130 empire 190 explanation 229 global warming 308 imperialism 373 tropicality 777 water 807

climatology 49 Clinton, Bill 754 Cloke, P. 643 Closed Circuit Television

(CCTV) 734 Cloud, J. 69 Club of Rome 418 cluster design sampling 663

survey analysis 736 clusters 91–2 communication(s) 102 crime 120 external economies 235 flexible accumulation 257 geocomputation 275 geodemographics 277 geographical analysis machine

(GAM) 281 growth pole 320 innovation 384 investment 395 knowledge economy 401 learning regions 416 Los Angeles School 432 post-Fordism 564 producer services 587 production complex 589 transaction costs 768 world-systems analysis 814

Coase, Ronald capitalism 63 location theory 427 market 440, 443

cocaine 486 Cochrane, Archie 225 Cochrane Collaboration 225 Cockburn, Alex 545 Cockburn, C. 423 co-evolution 92 co-fabrication 92 Cohen, George 27 Cohen, Gerald A. 42 Cohen, J. 664 Cohen, S. 302 Cohendet, P. 667 coherence 662 cohort 92–3 life table 418 longitudinal data analysis

(LDA) 431, 432 population projection 555

COHORT measures 249 Coker, C. 805 Coker, John 420 Colby, C.C. 76 Cold War 93 area studies 35 Asian miracle/tigers 38 border 52 development 155 domination 172 emigration 188 environmental hazard 198 environmental security 204 existentialism 228 geopolitics 301 Green Revolution 317 growth theory 321 heartland 326 Internet 391 Kantianism 401 Middle East, idea of 460

military geography 465 nation-state 489 post-development 563 refugees 628, 629 regional alliance 632 remote sensing (RS) 643 resource wars 650 Second World 670 security 672 South, the 704, 705 stages of growth 720 Third World 754 war 804

Cole, J.P. 608 Cole, Juan 460 Coleman, A. 149 Coleman, James 689 collective consumption 93–4

city 86 local state 423 public finance 598 public services 601 urban social movement 790

collective socialization 111 Collier, Paul 107 collinearity 94

general linear model (GLM) 271

principal components analysis (pca) 582

Collingwood, R.G. 364 colonial expansion

exploration 233 uneven development 781

Colonial Offices 146 colonialism 94–8

aboriginality 1 Africa, idea of 10–11 apartheid 33 Asia (idea of) 37 barrio 42 carceral geographies 64 cartography, history of 69 caste 72 Chinatown 82 city 86 civilization 87 climate 91 contrapuntal geographies 113 critical geopolitics 123 cultural landscape 133 decolonization 145–7 division of labour 170 domestication 171 dual economy 173 empire 190 enclosure 192 epistemology 207 ethnicity 216 Eurocentrism 220 existentialism 228 exploration 232 frontier thesis 265 genocide 273

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 969 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

969

colonialism (cont’d) geographical societies 286 geography 290 geopolitics 301 governable space 312 historical geography 334 holocaust 337 immigration 371 imperialism 373 instrumental variables 387 integration 388 Lamarck(ian)ism 408 land tenure 408 Latin America 412 literature 420 migrancy 461 modernism 469 modernity 471 nation 487 Occidentalism 507 Orientalism 513–14 place names 541 plantation 542 pluralism 543 political ecology 546 population geography 553 post-colonialism 561–2 post-development 563 primitive accumulation 581 primitivism 581 property 594 race 615 racialization 617 self-determination 676 settler society 679 slavery 687 space 710 stages of growth 720 subaltern studies 728 terra nullius 743 territorialization 745 time–space expansion 761 transculturation 768 tricontinentalism 776 tropicality 777 violence 799 vision and visuality 801 war 804 West, the 808

Columbus, Christopher America(s) (idea of) 24 exploration 230

Comaroff, J. ethnography 218 exploration 233

command economy 98 commercial geography 98–9

economic geography 178 geographical societies 286 human geography 350 political geography 549

Commission for Racial Justice (United Church of Christ) 203

Committee of Public Safety (France) 747

commodity 99–101 agro-food system 21 capital 59 commercial geography 98 commodity chain/filiere 101 conflict commodities 107 consumption 108 economic geography 179 investment 395 labour market 405 labour theory of value 406,

407 market 440 mimesis 466 mode of production 468 money and finance 476 place names 542 pricing policies 579–80 South, the 705 spatial fetishism 712 squatting 719 subsistence agriculture 731 tariff 741 trade 764, 766 transculturation 768 transferability 770 transnationalism 772 value-added 797 World Trade Organization

(WTO) 813 commodity chain/filiere 101–2

agribusiness 16 agro-food system 21 commodity 100 consumption 110 economic geography 180,

181 food 259 globalization 310 human geography 351 industrial district 376 industrial geography 378 just-in-time production 398 labour process 406 location theory 428 production complex 589 retailing 654 services 677–8 trade 764

commodity fetishism 100 Common Agricultural Policy

(CAP) 16 Common crisis (Brandt

Commission) 506 common pool resources 102,

630 common property regimes 102

common pool resources 102 global commons 306

common rights 191 Commons, John 385 communal enquiry 577

communal housing projects 584–5

communication(s) 102 cartography 68 cartography, history of 70 critical theory 125 cybernetics 138–9 text 750 time–space compression 757

communism 103 anarchism 27 Cold War 93 convergence, regional 115 democracy 151 fascism 242 globalization 309 mode of production 468 political economy 548 refugees 629 Second World 670 socialism 700 South, the 704 stages of growth 721 tariff 741

Communist manifesto, the (Marx and Engels) 500

Communist Party of the Soviet Union 103

communitarianism 103 community 104 liberalism 417 radical democracy 618

community 103–4 action research 5 alterity 24 anarchism 27 Chicago School 79 Chinatown 82 citizenship 84 collective consumption 94 common property regimes 102 communication(s) 102 communitarianism 103 cyberspace 139 ethnic cleansing 213 famine 240 garden city 267 gated communities 267–8 Geographic Information

Systems (GIS) 280 labour geography 404 lifeworld 418 moral landscapes 480 nationalism 488 neighbourhood 494 neighbourhood unit 495 new town 501 participatory democracy 520 peasant 524 rural geography 659 rural planning 660 rural–urban continuum 660 shadow state 681 social capital 690

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 970 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

970

social reproduction 697 suburb/anization 732 turf politics 778 urban and regional

planning 783 urban ecology 783

community food security (CFS) 259

community policing 545 commuting 104 census 75 city 86 counter-urbanization 119 green belt 317 labour market 405 mobility 467 spatial mismatch 713 suburb/anization 732 system 740

compact city 104–5, 816 comparative advantage 105 competitive advantage 105 complementarity 105 dependency theory 154 growth theory 321 neo-liberalism 497 opportunity costs 513 Postan thesis 560 pricing policies 579 proto-industrialization 595 regionalism 639 staples theory 722 sunbelt/snowbelt 732 trade 766

compass 668 competition models contextual effect 111 game theory 267

competitive advantage 105 growth pole 321 sunbelt/snowbelt 732 tariff 741 Tiebout model 755 transnational corporations

(TNCs) 771 complementarity 105, 105 complexity theory 105–6 analytical Marxism 27 catastrophe theory 73 chaos theory 78 geography 293 Grand Theory 316 morphogenesis 480 post-structuralism 573

compositional effect contextual effect 110 contextuality 111

compositional theory 627 CompuServe 392 computer digitizing 163 e-social science 209–10 neural networks 499 pixel 539

simulation 683 Comte, August 558 concentration camp camp 57 exception, space of 226 holocaust 337, 338

confirmatory data analysis exploratory data analysis

(EDA) 234 post-normal science

(PNS) 570–1 sampling 664 significance test 682 simulation 683 survey analysis 734

conflict 106–7 cultural geography 131 environmental security 204 immigration 372 partition 520–1 public goods 600

conflict commodities 107 petro-capitalism 527 war 806

Congdon, Peter 44 Conrad, Joseph Africa, idea of 9 tropicality 777

consequentialism ethics 211 utilitarianism 794

conservation 107–8 Africa, idea of 10 cadastral mapping 57 ecosystem 186 national parks 488 NGO 501 physical geography 536 preservation 579 rural planning 660 tragedy of the

commons 766–7 wetlands 810 wilderness 811 zoos 816–7

Conservation Foundation 108 Conservation International 108 consolidation 647–8 Constant (situationist artist) 685 constitution 716 constructionist theory 215–16 Consultative Group of

International Agriculture Research (CGIAR) 318

consumer 677 consumer culture 327 consumer services 587 consumerism 739 consumption 108–10 accumulation 4 agro-food system 21 children 81 class 88 collective consumption 93–4

community 104 conservation 108 crisis 120 cultural capital 127 cultural economy 128 cultural geography 132 energy 193 environmentalism 205 food 258–9 gentrification 274 geodemographics 277 globalization 310 habitus 323 heritage 328 household 346 leisure 416 placelessness 542 recreation 624, 625 retailing 654 social geography 693 social space 698 trade 764 urban geography 786

contextual effect 110–11 ecometrics 177 education 187 electoral geography 187 friends-and-neighbours effect 264

neighbourhood effect 495 public policy, geography and 600

reductionism 627 social network 696

contextuality 111–12 relativism 641 spatiality 716

contextualization 289 contiguous zone 90, 112 continental shelf 112 continents 112–13

Austral(as)ia, idea of 39 Eurocentrism 220 geographical imaginary 282 metageography 456

contingent valuation 198 contrapuntal geographies 113–14

place 541 power-geometry 577 regional geography 634 time–space distanciation 760 transculturation 768

‘Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy, A’ (Marx) 335–6

conurbation 114 Convention of Biological

Diversity (CBD) 49 Convention on the Elimination of

Discrimination against Women (CEDAW) 355

Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide 273

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 971 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

971

Convention on the Regulation of Aerial Navigation 798

Convention on the Rights of the Child (CRC) 355

Convention on Trade in Endangered Species (CITES) 108

Convention Related to the Status of Refugees 628–9

convergence, regional 114–15 equilibrium 209 uneven development 780

convergence rate 758 conversation

hermeneutics 329 neighbourhood effect 495 pragmatism 578

conversation analysis (CA) 219–20

conversion through conversation 495

Conzen, M.R.G. 764 Cook, I.

anarchism 27 situated knowledge 684

Cook, James Austral(as)ia, idea of 39 exploration 231, 232 falsification 239 situated knowledge 684

Cooke, Phil 386 Cooper, Frederick

decolonization 146 ethnography 218 subaltern studies 728

co-operative 115 agrarian question 16 fair trade 238 populism 556

Cope, Edward 407 Copernicus, Nicolaus

cosmography 117 science/science studies 666

Copjec, J. 701 Coppock, J.T. 642 Corbridge, Stuart 62 core 138 core–periphery model 115–16

agrarian question 16 commodity chain/filiere 101 convergence, regional 115 dependency theory 154 development 156 division of labour 170 gender and development 269 global cities/world cities 305 political ecology 546 post-development 563 world-systems analysis 814

Coronil, Fernando Occidentalism 508 transculturation 768

corporate reformation 733 corporatization 116, 241

correlation 116 categorical data analysis 73 ecological fallacy 174 factor analysis 237 general linear model

(GLM) 271 location theory 426 longitudinal data analysis

(LDA) 432 modifiable areal unit problem

(maup) 475 multi-level models 483 quantitative methods 608 regression 639 significance test 682

correspondence networks 667 Cosgrove, Denis

cartography 69 everyday life 223 geographical

imagination 282 landscape 409 model 469

cosmography 116–17 globe 311 spatial science 715

cosmology 642 cosmopolitanism 117–18

border 53 diaspora 159 ethics 212 Europe, idea of 223 globalization 310 globe 311 humanism 356 Kantianism 400 multilateralism 483 philosophy 531 spatial identity 713

cost opportunity costs 513 sampling 662 sunk costs 733 transaction costs 767–8 transport costs 773

cost structure 118, 769 cost-benefit analysis 118–19

economies of scale 183 economies of scope 184 externalities 235

Couclelis, H. 275, 276 Council of the Indies 97 counterfactuals 119 counter-urbanization 119

back-to-the-city movement 41 centrifugal and centripetal

forces 78 decentralization 144 green belt 317 rural planning 660

Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights 355

Cox, K.R. electoral geography 187

friends-and-neighbours effect 264

Coylton, East Devon 331 Craft, A.W. 275 Cramer’s V 73 Crang, M. 604–6 creative destruction 119 creative field 416 ‘creole nationalisms’ 488 Cresswell, T. film 253 transgression 770

Crewe, L. 654 crime 120 camp 57 carceral geographies 64 Chicago School 79 class 88 conflict commodities 107 defensible space 149 domination 172 famine 240 ghetto 303 policing 544 prisons 582–3 rational choice theory 621 social geography 693 urban and regional

planning 782 welfare geography 807

Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) 149

crisis 120–1, 121 capitalism 64 city 86 development 156 feudalism 250 fiscal crisis 255 Green Revolution 318 limits to growth 418 restructuring 651 tariff 741 time–space compression 757

Crissman, Lawrence 81 Critical Discourse Analysis

(CDA) 167 critical geography American empire 25 feminist geographies 245 social justice 695 topography 762

critical geopolitics 121–3 Cold War 93 conflict 106 cultural geography 132 deconstruction 148 empire 190 geography 295 human geography 351, 353 political geography 550 post-structuralism 572 security 672 territorial integrity 744

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 972 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

972

critical human geography 123–4 Anglocentrism 28 Cartesianism 66 cosmopolitanism 118 critical theory 126 equality 209 ethics 212 Eurocentrism 221 geography 295 geopolitics 301 hermeneutics 329 human geography 352 philosophy 531 population geography 552 radical geography 620

critical problematics 97 critical rationalism 124–5 critical theory 126 falsification 239 logical positivism 430

critical realism industrial geography 377 naturalism 492 realism 622

critical theory 125–7, 126 Cartesianism 66 cartography 68 culture 136 Eurocentrism 221 existentialism 229 geodemographics 277 Grand Theory 315 historical geography 333–4 human geography 352 ideology 367 Kantianism 400 leisure 417 lifeworld 418 Marxism 444 modernism 470 positivism 559 posthumanism 564 private and public spheres 583 theory 752

Croix de Feu 242 Cronon, William environmental history 199,

200 wilderness 811

Crosby, Alfred 175 Crouch, Stanley 9 crude birth rate 249 Crulai, Normandy 331 Crusades just war 397 Pirenne thesis 539

Cuban Missile Crisis 93 cultural capital 127 habitus 323 tourism 764

cultural diversity 481 cultural ecology 127–8 adaptation 8 Africa, idea of 10

animals 29 Berkeley School 45 cultural landscape 133 environmental history 200 geography 292 Marxist geography 447 nomadism 501 pastoralism 521 peasant 525 political ecology 545 probabilism 585 subsistence agriculture 731

cultural economy 128–9 cultural geography 132 cultural turn 135 economic geography 180

cultural evolutionism 501 cultural genocide holocaust 337 political geography 550

cultural geography 129–33 ageing 13 art 36 Berkeley School 45 biogeography 47 border 52 complexity theory 106 cultural landscape 133 cultural politics 134 cultural turn 134 diffusion 160 ecumene 186 Enlightenment 194 ethnomethodology 219 existentialism 228 feminist geographies 245 fieldwork 251 historical geography 333 historicism 336 homeland 342–3 human geography 350, 352 humanistic geography 358 indistinction, zone of 375 innovation 384 landscape 409, 410 language 411 literature 420 locality 425 media 450 music 485 non-representational

theory 503, 504 place 539, 540 pluralism 543 process 586 quantitative methods 609 radical democracy 619 reductionism 627 relativism 641 retailing 653 retrospective approach 654 sexuality 680 social geography 693 sport(s) 718

urban geography 785 vision and visuality 801 visual methods 802

cultural hearth 133 Berkeley School 45 cultural geography 130, 131 home 341 urban origins 788

cultural landscape 133–4, 134 Berkeley School 45 body 50 cultural geography 130 cultural hearth 133 heritage 327 hermeneutics 328 historical geography 334 homeland 343 human geography 351 metaphor 456 place 540 post-structuralism 572

cultural materialism 136 cultural politics 134

language 411 music 485 radical geography 620 resistance 647

cultural relativism 520 cultural reproduction 346 cultural studies 617 cultural turn 134–5

complexity theory 106 cultural geography 129, 132 culture 135 economic geography 179–80 geography 293 hermeneutics 329 human agency 348 human geography 352 humanities 359 hybridity 361 industrial revolution 379 location theory 428 methodological individualism 457

military geography 465 music 485 non-representational theory 503

political geography 550 post-structuralism 571 relevance 642 resistance 647 services 678 space-economy 711 war 806

cultural violence 798–9 culture 135–8

aboriginality 1 affect 9 Berkeley School 45 body 51 Chinatown 82 colonialism 95, 97

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 973 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

973

culture (cont’d) community 103 consumption 109 contrapuntal geographies 113 critical human geography 123 critical theory 125 cultural economy 128–9 cultural landscape 133 cultural turn 134 environmental determinism 196–7

ethnicity 214 Europe, idea of 222 fieldwork 251 flows 258 gender 268 genius loci 272 genocide 272 geography, history of 297 heritage 328 home 341 human agency 347 human geography 351 immigration 372–3 landscape 409 law 414 literature 420 local–global relations 424 map reading 439 material culture 448–9 morphology 480 nature 493 Orientalism 514 place 540 post-industrial society 566 postmodernism 567 post-structuralism 572 probabilism 585 regional geography 633–5 relativism 641 Sjoberg model 686 society 701 thick description 753 tourism 763 transculturation 768–9 transgression 770 transnationalism 772 transport geography 773 travel writing 774 virtual geographies 800 wilderness 811

culture area 133, 138 cybernetics 138–9, 140 cyberspace 139–40

cybernetics 139 cyborg 140 geodemographics 276 Internet 392 territorialization 745 virtual geographies 799 virtual reality 800

cyborg 140–1 body 52 cybernetics 139

hybridity 361 subject/subjectivity 730

cycle(s) life course/life-cycle 418 product life cycle 587–9 profit cycle 593 regional cycles 632 resort life-cycle model 647–8

Cycle of Fear 523 cycle of poverty 141

ghetto 303 underclass 779

da Gama, Vasco 230 da Orta, Garcia 230 Dachau 337 Dada 685 Dahl, Robert

pluralism 543 power 575

Dahlman, Carl 213–14 Dalby, S.

critical geopolitics 122 security 672

Daniels, Stephen landscape 409 moral landscapes 479

Darby, H.C. geography 288 historical geography 332–3 literature 420 process 586 vertical theme 798

Darwin, Charles Darwinism 142 domestication 171 ecology 176 race 616

Darwinism 142–3 adaptation 7–8 affect 8 Africa, idea of 10 anthropogeography 30 Chicago School 79 development 156 Europe, idea of 223 functionalism 265, 266 Geopolitik 302 invasion and succession 395 Lamarck(ian)ism 407, 408 Lebensraum 416 naturalism 491 political geography 549, 550 pragmatism 577 race 616

data analysis categorical data analysis 73–4 exploratory data analysis

(EDA) 234 longitudinal data analysis

(LDA) 431–2 post-normal science

(PNS) 571 primary data analysis 580

sampling 661–4 scientific

instrumentation 668–9 secondary data analysis 670–1 sequence analysis 676–7 survey analysis 734–7

data analysis, confirmatory. See confirmatory data analysis

data archive 143 digitizing 164 secondary data analysis 670

Data Archive (UK) data archive 143 secondary data analysis 671

data mining 143, 276 database, relational. See relational

database Davidson, J. gender 269 subject/subjectivity 730

Davis, David Brion 687 Davis, J. 16 Davis, Mike genocide 273 slum 688 urbanization 793 war 806

Davis, William M. cultural landscape 133 Darwinism 142 geography 291 geography, history of 296 Lamarck(ian)ism 408

Davos World 523 De Angelis, Massimo 581 de Man, Paul 148 De Soto, Hernando 719 Dear, Michael Grand Theory 315 relevance 642 urban geography 787

D’Eaubonne, François 174 Debord, Guy commodity 100 modernity 473 psychogeography 597 situationists/situationism 685 spectacle 717–8

Debt Crisis 156 decentralization 143–4 agglomeration 14 Alonso model 23 central business district

(CBD) 75 centrifugal and centripetal

forces 78 core–periphery model 115 product life cycle 588

decision-making 144–5 agent-based modelling 13 algorithm 22 artificial intelligence 37 behavioural geography 44 cost-benefit analysis 118

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 974 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

974

game theory 267 governance 313 post-normal science

(PNS) 570 quantitative methods 609 search behaviour 670

decollectivization 525 decolonization 145–7 colonialism 96 development 155 growth theory 321 imperialism 373 mode of production 468 self-determination 676 state 723 territorial integrity 744 tricontinentalism 776

deconstruction 147–9 animals 29 cartography 68 critical geopolitics 121 cultural geography 131 dialectic(s) 158 gender 268 human geography 354 literature 422 Marxism 445 metaphor 456 posthumanism 564 post-structuralism 572 subaltern studies 727 subject/subjectivity 729 text 750 textuality 751

deduction 149 classification and

regionalization 90 geocomputation 275 geodemographics 277 induction 375

deep ecology 149 environmentalism 205 geopiety 300

defensible space 149–50 deindustrialization 150 economic geography 179 gentrification 274 inner city 384 location theory 427 restructuring 653

deinstitutionalization 343 Delaney, David difference 159 law 414

Deleuze, Gilles actor-network theory (ANT) 6 affect 8 assemblage 38 epistemology 207 ethics 213 film 253 flows 257 geographical imagination 283 Marxism 445

minor theory 466 naturalism 492 nomadology 502 ontology 512–13 post-structuralism 573 process 587 rhizome 655 space 709 spatiality 717 territorialization 745

Deleuzian philosophy cultural geography 133 culture 138

deliberative mapping 150, 437 della Dora, V. 69 Demangeon, Albert 199 Demeritt, David environmental history 200 science/science studies 667

democide 273 democracy 150–2 agrarian question 14 civil society 87 Cold War 93 electoral geography 188 ethnic democracy 214 liberalism 417 market 442 modernity 471 nation-state 490 nomos 502 participatory democracy 520 Pax Americana 523 peasant 525 pluralism 543 populism 556 quango 607 radical democracy 618–19 restructuring 652 social well-being 700 West, the 809 World Trade Organization

(WTO) 813 Democritus 449 demographic transition 152,

152–3 ageing 12 Boserup thesis 53 fertility 249 nuptuality 506 population geography 553 world-systems analysis 814

demography 153–4 Chicago School 80 cohort 92 crime 120 demographic transition 152 fertility 249 geodemographics 276–7 historical demography 331–2 interviews and

interviewing 393 life expectancy 418 life table 418

mortality 481 nuptuality 506 population density 552 population geography 553 population projection 555 tragedy of the commons 766 urbanization 792

Deng Xiao Ping 700 Denoon, D. 679 density gradient 154 Denton, N.A. 675 Department of Homeland

Security 343 department stores 654 dependence, zone of. See zone of

dependence dependency ratio 154 dependency theory 154–5

core–periphery model 115 development 156 dual economy 173 industrialization 380 mode of production 468 NIDL 500 political ecology 546 post-development 563 underdevelopment 780 world-systems analysis 813

deportation 213 Derrida, Jacques

animals 29 anti-humanism 33 assemblage 38 critical geopolitics 121 deconstruction 147–9 discourse analysis 168 epistemology 206 ethics 213 geography 290 literature 420 Marxism 445 mimesis 466 phenomenology 529 philosophy 530 postmodernism 568 post-socialism 571 post-structuralism 571, 572 social theory 699 socialism 700 subaltern studies 727 text 750 textuality 751

Descartes, René Cartesianism 65 chorology/chorography 83 foundationalism 262 identity 364 modernity 473 scientific revolution(s) 669

descriptive cosmography 116 desertification 155 desire

human geography 354 structuralism 725

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 975 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

975

Desmond, Jane 764 deterministic complexity 105 de-territorialization

geography 289 globalization 310 territorialization 745, 746 time–space expansion 761

Detroit Geographical Expedition 80

Deutsche, R. geographical imagination 284 vision and visuality 801

development 155–6 Africa, idea of 10 agricultural involution 19 aid 21 AIDS 22 anti-development 30–1 applied geography 34 colonialism 96 commodity chain/filiere 101 conflict commodities 107 core–periphery model 115 deindustrialization 150 dependency theory 154–5 dual economy 173 economic geography 181 empowerment 191 enterprise zone 195 entrepreneurship 195 environmental determinism 197

environmental history 200 environmentalism 205 ethics 212 farming 241, 242 food 259 gender and development 269–70

geography 290 growth theory 321 indigenous knowledge 374 information economy 382 International Monetary Fund (IMF) 390

mode of production 468 modernization 474 nation-state 489 NIDL 500 pastoralism 521 population geography 553 populism 556 post-development 562–4 poverty 574 power 576 primitive accumulation 581 private interest developments (pids) 584–5

reconstruction 623–4 restructuring 651 ribbon development 656 rural geography 659 rural planning 660 social area analysis 688

social capital 689 stages of growth 721 sustainability 737–8 sustainable development 739 terms of trade 743 Third World 754 transnational corporations

(TNCs) 772 transport geography 773 tropicality 777 underclass 779 underdevelopment 780 uneven development 780–2 urban geography 787 West, the 808 World Social Forum

(WSF) 812 World Trade Organization

(WTO) 813 Development Assistance

Countries (DAC) 21–2 devolution 156–7

regional policy 637 subsidiarity 731

DeVries, Hugo 142 Dewey, John

actor-network theory (ANT) 7 institutional economics 385 pragmatism 577, 578

Dexter, H. 806 Dhareshwar, V. 221 dialectic(s) 157–8

analytical Marxism 27 dialectical image 158 environmentalism 205 ethnography 219 geography 294 glocalization 312 imaginative geographies 370 internal relations 390 local–global relations 424 Marxism 444 moral landscapes 479 non-place 503 ontology 512 philosophy 531 political ecology 546 post-structuralism 573 production of space 590 scale 665 space-economy 711 teleology 742 time–space expansion 761 transculturation 769 trialectics 776

dialectical image 158, 158 Diamond, Jared

biogeography 47 probabilism 585

Dias, Bartholomew 230 diaspora 158–9

Chinatown 82 conflict 106 cultural geography 132

holocaust 337 home 341 homeland 342 identity 366 immigration 372 memory 455 population geography 554 spatial identity 712 subaltern studies 728 war 806

Dicken, Peter economic geography 181 industrial geography 378 investment 395 transfer pricing 769

Dickens, Charles 688 Dickinson, R. anthropogeography 30 regional geography 634

Diderot, Denis 90 Dietz, M.G. 243 difference 159–60 children 81 communication(s) 102 equality 208–9 ethnicity 214 ethnoburb 217 ethnocentrism 217 minor theory 467 post-structuralism 573 public space 602 race 617 rural geography 659 social justice 695 topography 762

differential shift 681 diffusion 160–2, 162 AIDS 22 anthropogeography 30 Berkeley School 45 cellular automata 74 colonialism 94 contextual effect 110 cultural geography 130 demographic transition 152 demography 153 density gradient 154 disease, diffusion of 168 geocomputation 275 geography 288, 292 Green Revolution 318 historical geography 333 home 341 human geography 352 innovation 384 Kondratieff waves 403 mean information field (m.i.f.)

449 media 450 medical geography 451 music 485 population geography 553 profit cycle 593 quantitative methods 608

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 976 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

976

regional cycles 632 simulation 683 social network 696 sport(s) 718 time–space convergence 758

digital cartography 162–3 analogue 26–7 cartography 67 Geographic Information

Systems (GIS) 280 map 434

digital elevation models (DEMs) 162, 163

digitizing 163–4 digital cartography 162 geocoding 275 Internet 392

Dilthey, Wilhelm 328, 329 Dion, Roger 654 direct violence 798 directly productive activity

(DPA) 382 disability 164–5 behavioural geography 45 body 51, 52 cultural geography 132 difference 159 medical geography 452 recognition 623 social geography 693 society 702 subject/subjectivity 728 urban geography 785

disability geography 13 disciplinary power 165–6 bare life (‘naked life’) 41 genealogy 270 governmentality 314 ideology 367 Panopticon 517 post-structuralism 572 sport(s) 718 surveillance 733 war 804

discourse 166–7 American empire 25 anti-development 31 colonialism 95 critical geopolitics 122 critical human geography 123 cultural economy 129 Enlightenment 194 epistemology 207 exploration 232 fertility 249 film 254 focus group 258 gender 268 geographical

imagination 283–4 geography 292 geography, history of 296, 297 globalization 308 human agency 348

human geography 354 idealism 364 ideology 368 imperialism 374 industrial district 376 interviews and

interviewing 394 landscape 410 language 411 Middle East, idea of 460 Orientalism 513 outsourcing 516 philosophy 531 populism 556 positivism 559 post-colonialism 562 post-development 562 post-Marxism 566 post-structuralism 572 power 576 primitivism 581–2 qualitative methods 605 queer theory 613 structuralism 725 text 750, 751 textuality 751 theory 751 Third World 754 travel writing 774 urban geography 787 vision and visuality 801 visual methods 802

discourse analysis 167–8 economic geography 180 performativity 527 post-structuralism 572

discovery view 422 discrepant

cosmopolitanisms 310 discrete choice model 795 discrimination equality 208 ghetto 303 labour market 405 prisons 583 underclass 779

discrimination, positive. See positive discrimination

disease, diffusion of 168 biosecurity 49 climate 91 diffusion 161–2 epidemic 205–6 epidemiology 206 friction of distance 264 medical geography 451–2 Poisson regression models 544 regional cycles 632 space-time forecasting

models 711 virus 800

Disneyfication 168, 682 Disneyland 168 dispossession

apartheid 33 primitive accumulation 581

distance decay 168–9, 169 Alonso model 23 bid-rent curve 46 density gradient 154 diffusion 160 friction of distance 264 gravity model 317 intervening opportunities 393 population potential 554 process 586 public goods 600 public services 601 quantitative methods 607–8 retailing 654 transport costs 773 von Thünen model 803

districting algorithm 169 classification and regionalization 90

electoral geography 188 gerrymandering 303

districts, districting central business district (CBD) 75–6

gerrymandering 303 industrial district 375–6 racial districting 617 redistricting 626 red-light districts 625

diversity biodiversity 46 environmental determinism 197

rural geography 659 division of labour 169–70

areal differentiation 35 capitalism 60 city 85 competitive advantage 105 economic growth 182 exchange 227 household 346 human geography 351 industrialization 380 knowledge economy 401 labour process 406 New International Division of Labour 500–1

NIDL 500–1 peasant 524 proto-industrialization 595 regional geography 635 restructuring 653 social area analysis 689 sunbelt/snowbelt 732 Taylorism 742 transaction costs 768 urban system 791 urbanism 791

divorce 621 Dixon, D.P. 207 DNA 349, 350

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 977 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

977

Dodgshon, R.A. 760–1 Doel, Marcus

deconstruction 148 ethnic cleansing 213 literature 421

domain 138 Domesday Book 333 domestic labour 170–1

division of labour 170 domesticity 171 feminism 243 feminist geographies 245, 246 home 341

domestication 171 animals 29 wilderness 811

domesticity 171–2 domicide 342 domination 172, 723 domino theory 173, 633 Domosh, M. 394 Dorn, M. 452 Douglas, Mary

exchange 228 risk 658

Dowling, R. 341–2 Downs, Roger

children 80 mental maps/cognitive maps 455

Drake, E.L. 510 Driver, Felix

exploration 230 fieldwork 251 moral geographies 478–9 trust 778

Drucker, P. knowledge economy 401 urban exploration 784

Drummond, I. 738 dry farming 173 dual economy 173

core–periphery model 115 growth theory 322 informal sector 381

dualism 491 Dubai 792 Ducatel, K.J. 654 Duhem, Pierre 229 Duncan, James S.

culture 135, 138 landscape 410 structuralism 725 thick description 753

Duncan, N. culture 138 landscape 410 structuralism 725

Dunn, K. ethnicity 214 food 259

Dunning, J. 395 Durkheim, Émile

communitarianism 103

exchange 228 functionalism 265 geographical imagination 283 human geography 350 morphology 480 social capital 689 social movements 695 social theory 698, 699

Durlauf, S. 110 Durrell, Lawrence 272 Dust Bowl (US)

conservation 108 water 807

Dutailly, J.C. 101 duties 656 dystopia 523

Eagleton, Terry 420 Earth

environmentalism 204–5 surface 733 surveying 737

Earth First! 149 Earth Summit (Rio de Janeiro,

1992). See Rio Conference East Friesland 331 Easterlow, D. 452 Eastern Europe

heartland 326 post-socialism 571

Eastern Question 460 ecofeminism 174 ecological fallacy 174

ecological inference 175 electoral geography 188 modifiable areal unit problem

(maup) 475 multi-level models 483 neighbourhood effect 495 quantitative methods 610 scale 665 social space 697 territorial justice 744

ecological imperialism 174–5, 811

ecological inference 175 Bayesian analysis 44 ecological fallacy 174 electoral geography 188 modifiable areal unit problem

(maup) 475, 476 quantitative methods 610

ecology 175–7 bioregionalism 49 Boserup thesis 54 cultural ecology 127–8 deep ecology 149 factorial ecology 237 human ecology 348–9 invasion and succession 395 music 485 political ecology 545–7 quadrat analysis 603 system 740

urban ecology 783 ecometrics 177, 483 econometrics, spatial. See spatial

econometrics Economic and Social Research

Council e-social science 210 Geographic Information

Systems (GIS) 281 locality 425

economic base theory 177–8 location quotient 426 staples theory 721

economic capital 127 Economic Commission on Latin

America (ECLAC) 154 economic development 237 economic efficiency 519 economic geography 178–81 ageing 13 agricultural geography 17 climate 91 commercial geography 98 communication(s) 102 consumption 108 cultural geography 132 deconstruction 148 externalities 235 feminist geographies 245 game theory 267 geographical imagination 283 geography 290 geography, history of 298 hermeneutics 329 human geography 350, 351 industrial geography 376 innovation 384 institutional economics 385,

386 local knowledge 423 location theory 426, 428 media 450 New Economic

Geography 500 positivism 559 post-industrial city 565 process 586 producer services 587 qualitative methods 603 rational choice theory 621,

639 reductionism 627 regional policy 637 regulation theory 641 restructuring 652 retailing 653 sexuality 680 trade 766 transaction costs 767 trust 777 utilitarianism 795

economic growth 182 Asian miracle/tigers 38 growth coalitions 320

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 978 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

978

Marxist economics 446 poverty 573 regime of accumulation 630 shift-share model 681 sustainable development 739 Third World 754 transnational corporations

(TNCs) 772 economic integration 182–3 geopolitics 302 social well-being 700

economic production 346 Economic Restructuring, Social

Change and the Locality 425

economics capital 58 class 88 conservation 108 co-operative 115 cost-benefit analysis 118 environmental

economics 197–8 game theory 267 institutional economics 385–6 liberalism 417 Marxist economics 445–6 neo-classical economics 495–6 neo-liberalism 497–8 neo-Ricardian economics 498 resource economics 649 terms of trade 743 transport geography 773 world-systems analysis 814

economies of scale 183 agglomeration 14 complementarity 105 energy 193 flexible accumulation 256 Fordism 260 industrial organization 378 transnational corporations

(TNCs) 771 economies of scope 184 agglomeration 14 economies of scale 184 flexible accumulation 256–7 transnational corporations

(TNCs) 771 economy 184–5 alternative economies 24 base and superstructure 42–3 co-evolution 92 command economy 98 commodity 99 core–periphery model 115 cultural economy 128–9 domestic labour 171 domesticity 172 dual economy 173 economic geography 179 equilibrium 209 exchange 228 external economies 234–5

global cities/world cities 304, 305

globalization 309 gross domestic product

(GDP) 319 gross national product

(GNP) 320 growth pole 320 industrial revolution 378 information economy 382 input-output 385 knowledge economy 401, 403 market 440–3 place 539 political economy 547–9 Postan thesis 560 public space 602 regional policy 638 services 678 social construction 691 society 701 space-economy 710–11 urban origins 789

ecosystem 185–6 adaptation 8 feedback 243 global warming 308 pastoralism 521 political ecology 545 resource 648 system 740 urban ecology 783 wilderness 811

ecumene 83, 186 EDA. See exploratory data

analysis Edensor, T. 801 edge city 186 Alonso model 23 central business district

(CBD) 76 counter-urbanization 119 exopolis 229 post-industrial city 565 sprawl 719 suburb/anization 732 urban fringe 784 urban geography 785

Edinburgh school 423 Edinburgh ‘strong

programme’ 667 education 186–7 children 80 contextual effect 111 cultural capital 127 cycle of poverty 141 geographical societies 286 geography 287, 288 geography, history of 298 literature 422 migration 463 public services 601 social geography 693 subject/subjectivity 729

Third World 754 welfare state 808

efficiency productivity 592 sampling 662

egalitarianism 187 Egypt 460 Eichler, M. 28 Einstein, Albert

chronotope 83 critical rationalism 124 time 755

Eisenhower, Dwight D. 464 Eisenstein, Z. 246 El Tor cholera strain 517 Elden, S. 401 electoral geography 187–8

contextual effect 110 democracy 150–1 friends-and-neighbours effect 264

gerrymandering 303 human geography 353 institutionalism 386 modifiable areal unit problem (maup) 476

neighbourhood effect 495 political geography 550 public choice theory 598 quantitative methods 609, 610 social network 696

Eliade, Mircea 661 Elias, Norbert 87 Elliott, John 24 Elson, Diane 407 Elster, Jon

analytical Marxism 27 capitalism 61 ideology 367 methodological individualism 457

E-mapping 360, 361 embeddedness 179, 180 embodiment 684 Emel, J. 324 Emerson, F.V. 532 emigration 188, 213 emotional geography 188–9

affect 9 children 81 cultural geography 131 geo-body 274 health and health care 325 home 340 idealism 364 music 485 non-representational theory 504

rural geography 659 sport(s) 718

emotions 347 empire 189–90

America(s) (idea of) 25 American empire 25–6

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 979 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

979

empire (cont’d) colonialism 94, 96 conflict 106 domination 172 Enlightenment 194 hegemony 327 historical geography 334 home 341 identity 365 imperialism 373–4 memory 453 military geography 465 occupation, military 508 partition 520 slavery 687 trust 778 war 806

empiricism 190–1 cartography, history of 70 case study 72 critical human geography 123 economic geography 180 extensive research 234 foundationalism 262 geographical explanation machine (GEM) 282

geography 290 Grand Theory 315 hermeneutics 329 historical geography 333 logical empiricism 429–30 population geography 553 positivism 558 quantitative revolution 611 realism 622 science/science studies 667 values 797

employment 177–8 empowerment 191

action research 5 activism 6 gender and development 269–70

enclave 191 exclave 228 free port 263 ghetto 303 regional geography 633 segregation 673

enclosure 191–2 field system 251 intensive agriculture 389 primitive accumulation 580

endogeneity 192 Bayesian analysis 44 contextual effect 110 instrumental variables 387 spatial econometrics 712

energy 193 petro-capitalism 527–8 pollution 551 recycling 625 transport geography 773

Engels, Friedrich

base and superstructure 42 class 88 globalization 309 historical materialism 335 ideology 366 inner city 384 Marxism 444 mode of production 468 NIDL 500 segregation 674 slum 688 stages of growth 720 terms of trade 743

England enclosure 191–2 historical demography 331 Malthusian model 433–4 place names 541 political economy 547 political geography 549 Postan thesis 560

English language 28–9 Enlightenment 193–5

Asia (idea of) 37 economy 184 epistemology 206, 207 Eurocentrism 220 Europe, idea of 222 fieldwork 251 geography 288 geography, history of 296 hermeneutics 329 historical geography 335 identity 364 Kantianism 400 mimesis 466 modernity 471, 473 population geography 552,

553 primitivism 581 race 615 representation 645 rhetoric 655 scientific instrumentation 669 secularism 671 slavery 687 social theory 699 welfare state 808

enterprise zone 195, 263 Entfernung 337 entitlement

hunger 360, 361 pastoralism 521

entrepreneurship 195 informal sector 381 squatting 719 urban

entrepreneurialism 783–4 Entrikin, J.N. 400 entropy 195–6

entropy-maximizing models 196

general systems theory 271 information theory 382

quantitative revolution 611 entropy-maximizing models 196 ecological inference 175 economic geography 179 entropy 195 gravity model 316–17 information theory 382 prediction 579 quantitative methods 608

environment human geography 350 population geography 552

environmental audit 196 Environmental Design Research

Association 45 environmental

determinism 196–7 anthropogeography 30 Berkeley School 45 biogeography 47 climate 90 co-evolution 92 colonialism 96 continents 113 cultural landscape 133 environmentalism 205 Europe, idea of 223 explanation 229 geography, history of 297–8 hazard 324 human agency 347 human geography 350 Lamarck(ian)ism 408 local knowledge 422 nature 493 nomadism 501 physical geography 533, 534 probabilism 585 religion 643 social geography 693

environmental economics 197–8 externalities 235 global warming 308 intensive agriculture 389 limits to growth 419 natural resources 490

environmental hazard 198–9 behavioural geography 44–5 hazard 324 pollution 551

environmental history 199–200 diffusion 161 geography 292–3 historical geography 335 music 485

Environmental Impact Assessment 200–1

environmental justice 201–2 ecofeminism 174 environmentalism 205 geography 294 human geography 351 political ecology 547 pollution 551–2

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 980 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

980

social justice 694 urban nature 788

environmental management systems (EMS) 196

environmental movement 202 conservation 108 cost-benefit analysis 118 deep ecology 149 ecosystem 186 energy 193 environmental audit 196 environmental economics 197 physical geography 536 political ecology 545 pollution 551

environmental perception 202–3 behavioural geography 44 human geography 351 imaginative geographies 370 mental maps/cognitive

maps 455 place 539

environmental policy 630 environmental politics ecology 176 environmental justice 201

environmental psychology 45, 203

environmental racism 203–4 environmental refugees 204, 204 Environmental Research Systems

Inc. (ESRI) 281 environmental security 204 limits to growth 419 security 672

environmentalism 204–5 children 80 cosmopolitanism 117 cultural ecology 128 deep ecology 149 ecology 175–7 ethics 212 farming 241 film 253 global commons 306 global warming 308 globe 311 hazard 324 historical geography 335 land use and land-cover change

(LULC) 409 liberalism 417 limits to growth 418 moral geographies 478 moral landscapes 479 nature 494 postmaterialism 566 sustainability 738 tropicality 777 values 797 wilderness 811 zoning 816

Epicurus 449 epidemic 205–6

diffusion 160 disease, diffusion of 168 epidemiology 206 pandemic 517 point pattern analysis 543–4 Postan thesis 560 regional cycles 632 space-time forecasting

models 711 epidemic effects 111 epidemiology 206 agent-based modelling 14 Bayesian analysis 44 Brenner thesis 56 diffusion 161 point pattern analysis 543–4 stochastic process 724 virus 800

episteme 206 Cartesianism 65 genealogy 270

epistemology 206–8 abstraction 2 body 51 Cartesianism 65 cartographic reason 66 contextuality 112 critical geopolitics 122 critical human geography 123 cultural turn 134 cybernetics 138 decision-making 144 deconstruction 148 essentialism 210 Euclidean space 220 fieldwork 251 flows 257 foundationalism 262 gentrification 274 Geographic Information

Science (GISc) 277 Geographic Information

Systems (GIS) 280 geographical imagination 284 geography 295 hermeneutics 329 human geography 353 ideology 368 image 369 masculinism 448 metaphor 456 methodology 457, 458 mimesis 466 naturalism 491 ontology 511, 512 population geography 552 postmodernity 569 post-socialism 571 post-structuralism 572, 573 qualitative methods 604 region 630 representation 645 rhetoric 655 scale 665

situated knowledge 683, 684 subject/subjectivity 731 territorialization 745 territory 746 trialectics 776 universalism 782

EPSEM sampling 662 EPZ. See export processing zone equality 208–9

convergence, regional 114–15 egalitarianism 187 inequality, spatial 380–1 law of the sea 415 liberalism 417 social justice 695

Equator 506 equilibrium 209

feedback 243 game theory 267 growth theory 322 uneven development 780

equity ethnicity 217 Green Revolution 319

Eratosthenes 311 Ermarth, E. Deeds 656 error 662–4 Escobar, Arturo

indigenous knowledge 374 post-development 562–3 Third World 754

e-social science 209–10, 276 Essay (Malthus) 332 essentialism 210–11

authenticity 40 body 51 contrapuntal geographies 113 existentialism 228 explanation 230 foundationalism 262 Grand Theory 316 local knowledge 423 Marxism 445 nomadism 501 Orientalism 514 philosophy 530 post-structuralism 573 product life cycle 588 profit cycle 593 queer theory 612 radical democracy 619

Esteva, G. 31 ethics 211–13

affect 9 commodity chain/filiere 101 cosmopolitanism 118 deconstruction 148 exploration 230 fair trade 238 food 260 geography 295 hazard 325 just war 397 law 415

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 981 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

981

ethics (cont’d) methodology 458 moral geographies 478 performance 526 philosophy 531 positivism 559 postmodernity 568 qualitative methods 604 regional geography 636 relativism 641 religion 643 subject/subjectivity 729 values 797

ethnic cleansing ethnicity 215 fascism 243 genocide 273 terrorism 747 urbicide 794

ethnic democracy 214, 217 ethnicity 214–17

ageing 13 body 51 census 74 Chicago School 79 contextual effect 110 cultural geography 132 diaspora 159 disability 165 division of labour 170 egalitarianism 187 entrepreneurship 195 environmental justice 201 ethnic democracy 214 exploration 233 federalism 243 feminist geographies 247 Fourth World 263 frontier 264 genocide 272 ghetto 303 health and health care 325 household 346 human geography 351 ideology 367 invasion and succession 395 labour market 405 life expectancy 418 neighbourhood 494 pastoralism 521 population geography 553 quantitative methods 609 recognition 623 rural geography 659 social geography 692, 693 society 702 subject/subjectivity 728 urban geography 785 urban village 791 whiteness 810 zoning 816

ethnoburb 217 ethnocentrism 217

Anglocentrism 28

continents 112 critical theory 126 democracy 151 Eurocentrism 221 geographical imagination 285 Kantianism 400 Marxism 445 Middle East, idea of 461 primitivism 582 situated knowledge 684 stages of growth 721 theory 752

ethnocracy 217 ethnography 217–19

adaptation 8 Chicago School 79 cultural ecology 128 cultural geography 131 economic geography 180 ethnomethodology 219 globalization 311 humanistic geography 357 industrial geography 378 intensive research 389 local knowledge 423 participant observation 520 qualitative methods 603–5 rhetoric 655 taken-for-granted world 741 text 750 thick description 753 travel writing 774

ethnomethodology 219–20 human agency 348 humanistic geography 357 performance 526 qualitative methods 605 vision and visuality 802

Etzioni, Amitai communitarianism 103 community 104

EU border 52 free trade area (FTA) 264

Euclid 220 Euclidean space 220 eugenics 616 Euler, Leonhard 316 Eurocentrism 220–2

Anglocentrism 28 colonialism 94 democracy 151 development 155 genocide 273 geographical imagination 285 geography 289 governmentality 314 Malthusian model 434 modernity 471, 473 nation 487 nationalism 488 Occidentalism 508 Other/Otherness 515 psychoanalytic theory 596

racialization 617 refugees 628 situated knowledge 684 theory 752 time–space distanciation 760 tricontinentalism 776

Europe empire 189 enclosure 191 Enlightenment 193–4 Eurocentrism 220 historical demography 331–2 historical geography 332 humanities 358 Middle East, idea of 460 military geography 465 modernity 471 multilateralism 482 nomos 502 Postan thesis 560

Europe, idea of 222–3 Africa, idea of 10 America(s) (idea of) 24, 25 Asia (idea of) 37 Austral(as)ia, idea of 39 biopolitics, biopower 48 Brenner thesis 56 Cold War 93 continents 112 contrapuntal geographies 113 critical theory 127 falsification 239 fascism 242 feudalism 249–50 field system 251 genocide 273 industrialization 380 inheritance systems 383 integration 388 situated knowledge 684 stages of growth 720 underclass 779

European Bank for Reconstruction and Development (EBRD) 624

European Community (EC) 223 European Community

Household Panel 670 European Economic Community

(EEC) 223 European Union (EU) devolution 157 Europe, idea of 223 integration 388 neo-liberalism 497 post-socialism 571 regime theory 630 regionalism 639 Second World 670 subsidiarity 731

Evans, Estyn 199 Evans, T. 630 Evans-Pritchard, E. 519 event history analysis 432

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 982 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

982

everyday life 223–5 cultural geography 130 cyberspace 140 geography 291 hegemony 327 minor theory 466 music 485 social construction 691 taken-for-granted world 741

evidence-based policy 225 longitudinal data analysis

(LDA) 431 secondary data analysis 671 simulation 683

evolution co-evolution 92 Darwinism 142, 143 development 155 domestication 171 Lamarck(ian)ism 407 naturalism 491 territoriality 744

exception, space of 225–6 American empire 26 bare life (‘naked life’) 41 camp 57–8 empire 190 geopolitics 302 globalization 310 holocaust 339 homo sacer 344 human rights 355 humanism 356 imaginative geographies 371 indistinction, zone of 375 just war 397 modernity 473 nomos 502 occupation, military 508 philosophy 531 refugees 629 sovereign power 706 space 709 terrorism 748

exceptionalism 226–7 chorology/chorography 83 explanation 229 geography 288 geography, history of 298 geopolitics 302 idiographic 368 Kantianism 399 nomothetic 502 Pax Americana 524 positivism 559 space 708 spatial science 715

exchange 227–8, 312 exchange value 649 exclave 191, 228 exclusion human geography 351 Panopticon 517, 518

exclusivity 746

exemplar neural networks 499 paradigm 518

existentialism 228–9 humanism 356 Marxism 444 nature 493 space 709 spatiality 716 values 797

exit, voice and loyalty 229, 733 exogenous effects 110 exopolis 229 edge city 186 suburb/anization 732 urban fringe 784

explanation 229–30 law (scientific) 415 location theory 426 logical empiricism 430 logical positivism 430 proto-industrialization 595

Explanation in geography (Harvey) 353

explanatory models (EMs) 325 exploration 230–4 art 36 continents 112 epistemology 207 fieldwork 251 geographical explanation

machine (GEM) 282 geographical societies 286 geography 290 laboratory 404 military geography 465 regional geography 633 resort life-cycle model 647 situated knowledge 684 travel writing 774 tropicality 777 trust 778 urban exploration 784 visualization 803

exploratory data analysis (EDA) 234

categorical data analysis 73 data mining 143 factor analysis 237 geographically weighted

regression (GWR) 286–7 quantitative methods 607 sequence analysis 676 significance test 682 software for quantitative

analysis 704 export processing zone

(EPZ) 234 fiscal migration 256 free port 263

extensive research 234 intensive research 389 longitudinal data analysis

(LDA) 431

methodology 458 sampling 661, 663 survey analysis 734

external economies 234–5 agglomeration 14 economies of scale 183 externalities 235 growth pole 320 product life cycle 588 production complex 589

external sovereignty 706 externalities 235–6

cost-benefit analysis 118 decentralization 144 environmental economics 197 external economies 234 game theory 267 growth theory 321 negative 235 NIMBY 501 positive 235 private interest developments (pids) 585

public services 601 zoning 816

extinction 46 extractive economy 527 extraordinary rendition 516 Eyles, J. 606

Fabian Society 700 Fabianism 443 factor analysis 237

ecometrics 177 factorial ecology 237 general linear model (GLM) 271

multidimensional scaling (MDS) 482

principal components analysis (pca) 582

factorial ecology 237 census 75 factor analysis 237 principal components analysis (pca) 582

quantitative revolution 611 social area analysis 689 urban geography 785 zonal model 815

factors of production 237–8 convergence, regional 114 equilibrium 209 location theory 426 rent 644

failed state 486 fair trade 238

co-operative 115 food 259

Faleiro, Francesco 230 fallibilism 577 false consciousness 366, 367 falsification 238–9

critical rationalism 124

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 983 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

983

falsification (cont’d) deduction 149 logical positivism 430 positivism 558

family heteronormativity 330 nuptuality 506 post-development 562

family reconstitution 239, 331 famine 239–40

desertification 155 environmental hazard 198 food 259 Fourth World 263 Green Revolution 319 hunger 360 Malthusian model 434 Postan thesis 560

Fanon, Frantz colonialism 94, 96, 97 decolonization 146 development 155–6 race 616 racialization 617 racism 618 travelling theory 775

Farinelli, F. 30 Farish, M. 464 farming 240–2

agricultural geography 17, 18 agro-food system 20 biosecurity 49 commodity chain/filiere 101 co-operative 115 dry farming 173 Green Revolution 317–19 peasant 524 plantation 542 rural planning 660 shifting cultivation 681–2 World Trade Organization (WTO) 813

fascism 242–3 camp 57 critical theory 125, 127 genocide 272 Geopolitik 302 holocaust 337 homeland 342 liberalism 417 location theory 426 market 442 postmodernity 569

Fatherland 342 Fay, B. 123 Febvre, Lucien

Annales School 29 possibilism 560

fecundity 243 family reconstitution 239 historical demography 331

federalism 243 devolution 156 regime theory 630

subsidiarity 731 feedback 243

complexity theory 105 cybernetics 138 system 740

Feigl, Herbert 430 Feld, S. 676 Fels, J. 439 feminism 243–4

AIDS 22 Anglocentrism 29 art 36 body 50, 51 conflict 106 critical geopolitics 122 critical human geography 123 cyborg 140 domestic labour 170 domesticity 171–2 ecofeminism 174 economic geography 180 epistemology 206, 207 equality 208 ethics 212, 213 feminist geographies 244 flows 257 Geographic Information

Science (GISc) 279 household 346 human agency 348 hybridity 362 identity 365 ideology 367 International Relations

(IR) 391 liberalism 417 local–global relations 424 migrancy 461 minor theory 467 non-representational

theory 503 objectivity 507 Other/Otherness 515 patriarchy 522 phallocentrism 527 political economy 548 political geography 554 positionality 556 positivism 559 post-structuralism 573 private and public spheres 584 realism 623 recognition 623 rural geography 659 sex 679 situated knowledge 684 social reproduction 697 social theory 699 space 709 spatial identity 713 third space 754 travel writing 774 urban geography 785 welfare geography 807

West, the 809 feminist geographies 244–8, 248 activism 5 anarchism 28 androcentricity 28 body 51 critical geopolitics 122 cultural geography 131 diffusion 161 domestic labour 170 emotional geography 189 entrepreneurship 195 ethics 212, 213 ethnicity 217 Eurocentrism 221 everyday life 224 feminism 244 fieldwork 251 gender 268 gender and development 270 geographical imagination 284 geography 295 home 341 homophobia and

heterosexism 344 human geography 351 humanism 356 humanistic geography 358 masculinism 448 methodology 458 nationalism 488 ontology 512 place 540 political ecology 545 political geography 550 population geography 554 positionality 556 post-structuralism 573 power 576 private and public spheres 584 public space 602 qualitative methods 603 queer theory 613 radical geography 619–20 reductionism 627 relevance 642 resistance 647 settler society 679 social geography 693 society 703 state 723 subject/subjectivity 728 third space 754 topography 762 trade 766 violence 799 West, the 809

Ferguson, Adam 314 Ferguson, James ethnography 218 post-development 563

Ferguson, Niall counterfactuals 119 empire 189

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 984 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

984

fertility 249 cohort 92 demographic transition 152–3 demography 153 family reconstitution 239 fecundity 243 historical demography 331 mortality 481 nuptuality 506 population geography 553 population projection 555 population pyramid 556

fetishism 683–4 feudalism 249–50 Brenner thesis 55–6 capitalism 61, 62 ecological imperialism 175 frontier 264 governmentality 314 Marxist economics 445 mode of production 468 peasant 524 plantation 543 primitive accumulation 580 Sjoberg model 685 slavery 687 social formation 692 time–space distanciation 760 vertical theme 798

Feyerabend, Paul 65 Feyrer, James 387 field system 250–1 field trials 668 fieldwork 251–2 Berkeley School 45 Darwinism 143 geography 292 geography, history of 298 land-use survey 411 regional geography 634 vision and visuality 801–2

film 252–4 art 36 children 81 consumption 109 cultural geography 131 culture 135 Fordism 260–1 geography 289 human geography 353 image 369 imaginative geographies 370 literature 421 modernity 472 vision and visuality 801

filtering 254 invasion and succession 395 sectoral model 671

finance. See money and finance finance capital 442 financial exclusion 254–5, 477 financial markets 183 Fincher, R. 125 Fine, B. 21

Firey, Walter 685 First International Conference of

American states 412 First Intifada 394 First Law of Geography 559 First Nation forestry 261 Fourth World 263

first nature 493 First Philosophy 491 First World Cold War 93 Green Revolution 319 narco-capitalism 486 NIDL 500 North-South 506 South, the 705 urban geography 786

First World War decolonization 145 International Relations

(IR) 391 Middle East, idea of 460 military geography 465 modernism 469 multilateralism 482 population pyramid 556

Firstspace 776 first-wave feminism 243 fiscal crisis 255 redistribution 626 restructuring 652

fiscal migration 255–6 fiscal crisis 255 Tiebout model 755

Fisher, Peter 278 Fisher, R.A. 142 fisheries management 107–8 Flanders 331 flaneur/flanerie 256, 597 flat ontology 666 Flaubert, Gustave 621 Fleure, Harold J. Darwinism 142 environmental history 199 Lamarck(ian)ism 408 possibilism 560

flexible accumulation 256–7 division of labour 169 external economies 235 industrial geography 377 just-in-time production 398 post-Fordism 564 postmodernity 569 regulation theory 640 time–space compression 757

flow resources 490, 491 flows 257–8 clusters 91 commodity chain/filiere 101 cyberspace 139 gravity model 316 linkages 419 nation 487

nation-state 490 network society 498 trade 765 transport geography 773

f.o.b. (free on board) 579 focus group 258

fieldwork 251 qualitative methods 605 questionnaire 613 rhetoric 655

Folch-Serra, M. 84 food 258–60

agribusiness 16–17 agro-food system 20–1 consumption 109 famine 239–40 farming 241 Green Revolution 317–19 hunger 359–61 intensive agriculture 389 Malthusian model 433 place names 542 Postan thesis 560 regime 21 rural planning 660

food, geography of 17 Food and Agriculture

Organization (FAO) domestication 171 hunger 359

Foord, J. 246, 268 footloose industry 119, 260 Forbes, Stephen 176 Ford, Henry 260 Ford, R.T. 414 Ford Foundation 318 Fordism 260–61

agricultural geography 17 crisis 121 division of labour 169 economic geography 179 economic growth 182 flexible accumulation 256, 257 global cities/world cities 304 industrial geography 377 leisure 417 nation 487 nation-state 489 political economy 548 post-Fordism 564 postmodernity 569 regime of accumulation 630 regulation theory 640 tariff 741 Taylorism 742 time–space convergence 759

forecast 261 prediction 579 spacetime forecasting models 711

foreign direct investment (FDI) investment 395 transnational corporations (TNCs) 771

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 985 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

985

foreland 331 Forer, P. 758 forestry 108, 261 Formula 1 376 Fortes, Meyer 265 forward linkages 419 Fotheringham, A. Stewart

geographically weighted regression (GWR) 286–7

intervening opportunities 393 quantitative methods 611

Foucauldianism 802 Foucault, Michel

actor-network theory (ANT) 6 bare life (‘naked life’) 41 biopolitics, biopower 48 body 50, 51 boundary 55 carceral geographies 64 cartography, history of 70 contextuality 112 critical geopolitics 121 critical theory 126 culture 137 disciplinary power 165–6 discourse analysis 168 episteme 206 epistemology 206 ethnomethodology 220 flows 257 genealogy 270 geographical imagination 283 geography 290 governable space 312 governmentality 314–15 health and health care 326 heterotopia 330 historical geography 334 historicism 336 ideology 367 labour market 405 landscape 410 literature 420 Marxism 445 Orientalism 514 Panopticon 517–18 philosophy 530, 531 political geography 551 population geography 553 post-development 563 power 576 prisons 583 production of space 592 representation 645 resistance 647 science/science studies 667 security 673 sex 679 social theory 699 sovereign power 705, 706 space 709 spatiality 717 subaltern studies 727 subject/subjectivity 729, 730

surveillance 733 sustainability 738 territoriality 745 war 804

foundationalism 261–2 Grand Theory 316 hermeneutics 329 local knowledge 423 philosophy 530 post-structuralism 572 pragmatism 578

Foundations of economic analysis (Samuelson) 495

Fourth World 262–3 fractal 263, 271 France

Africa, idea of 9, 11 agrarian question 14 historical demography 331 historical geography 332 industrial district 376 post-industrial society 565

Francisco de Barros e Sousa, Manuel 67

Franco-Prussian War (1870–1) military geography 465 multilateralism 482

Frank, Andre Gunder. See Gunder Frank, Andre

Frank, Phillip 430 Frankfurt School

critical theory 125 hegemony 327 Marxism 444 postmodernity 569 social theory 698

Fraser, A. 589 Fraser, N.

private and public spheres 584 recognition 623

Frazier, E.F. 79 free markets

development 155 economic integration 182 economy 184 equilibrium 209

free port 263–4 free trade

comparative advantage 105 farming 241 neo-liberalism 498 tariff 741 terms of trade 743 World Social Forum

(WSF) 812 World Trade Organization

(WTO) 813 free trade area (FTA) 264 Freeman, C. 424 French Physiocrats 406 French Revolution

cosmopolitanism 117 health and health care 326 Malthusian model 433

French School possibilism 560 probabilism 585

frequency distribution 682 Freud, Sigmund critical theory 125 deconstruction 147 identity 365 Marxism 445 Other/Otherness 515 psychoanalytic theory 595–7 subject/subjectivity 729

Frey, A. 633 friction of distance 264 accessibility 3 Alonso model 23 geography 294 human geography 351 population potential 554 quantitative methods 608 search behaviour 670 time–space convergence 758

Friedland, W. 101 Friedman, Milton capitalism 60, 63 market 443 neo-liberalism 497 political economy 548 World Social Forum

(WSF) 812 Friedman, Susan Stanford 713 Friedman, Thomas 308–9, 310 Friedmann, H. agro-food system 21 intensive agriculture 389

Friedmann, John global cities/world cities 304,

305 urbanization 792, 793

friends-and-neighbours effect 264

frontier 264–5 agrarian question 14 colonialism 97 heartland 326 kibbutz 401 war 804

frontier thesis 265 frontier 264 Lamarck(ian)ism 408 sequent occupance 677

FTA. See free trade area Fuller, D. 6 functional region. See nodal

region functionalism 265–6 base and superstructure 42 culture 135 feminist geographies 247 ideology 367 media 450 modernism 470 patriarchy 522 Sjoberg model 686

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 986 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

986

social movements 695 structural functionalism 725 system 740 time–space distanciation 759

Funtowicz, Silvio 570 Furnivall, J.S. 543 Fuss, D. 210 fuzzy sets/fuzzy logic 266 classification and

regionalization 90 clusters 92 Geographic Information

Systems (GIS) 280 neural networks 499

G8 32 Gadamer, Hans-Georg 329 Gaines, T. 786 Galbraith, John Kenneth 385 Galilei, Galileo chorology/chorography 83 cosmography 117 hypothesis 362 science/science studies 666 scientific revolution(s) 669

Galileo system 307 Gall-Peters projection 438–9 Galton, Francis 616 Galtung, Johann 798 GAM. See geographical analysis

machine Gamble, C. 233 game theory 267 agent-based modelling 13 decision-making 144 prisoner’s dilemma 582 public choice theory 598 rational choice theory 621

Gandhi, Indira 727 Gandhi, Mohandas anti-development 31 post-development 562

Gandy, M. indistinction, zone of 375 urbanization 793

Gans, H.J. 791 garden city 267 green belt 317 neighbourhood unit 495 new town 501 urban and regional

planning 782 Garfinkel, Harold actor-network theory (ANT) 6 ethnomethodology 219

Garnham, N. 450 Garreau, J. 186 Garrison, William L. location theory 426–7 quantitative methods 607 quantitative revolution 611

gated communities 267–8 privatization 585 suburb/anization 732

urban geography 787 urbanization 792–3

Gaza Strip intifada 394 Middle East, idea of 460 prisons 583

GB Profiles 277 GDP. See gross domestic product Geary, C. 711–12 Geddes, Patrick conurbation 114 cultural geography 130, 131 global cities/world cities 304 Lamarck(ian)ism 408 megalopolis 453 possibilism 560 urban and regional

planning 782 Geertz, Clifford agricultural involution 19 historicism 336 local knowledge 422 relativism 641 text 750 thick description 753

GEM. See geographical explanation machine

Gemeinschaft rural–urban continuum 660 society 702

gender 268–9 accessibility 3 ageing 13 AIDS 22 body 51 Boserup thesis 55 children 81 class 88 colonialism 95 contextual effect 110 critical geopolitics 122 cultural geography 131 cultural turn 134 cyberspace 139 cycle of poverty 141 diaspora 159 difference 159, 160 diffusion 161 disability 165 division of labour 170 domestic labour 170 domesticity 172 domination 172 egalitarianism 187 empire 190 entrepreneurship 195 environmental justice 201 equality 208 ethnicity 217 famine 240 farming 241 fascism 242 feminism 243–4 feminist geographies 244–8

flaneur/flanerie 256 focus group 258 Fordism 261 Fourth World 263 genocide 272 gentrification 274 geography, history of 297 health and health care 325 home 342 homo sacer 344 household 346 identity 365 ideology 367 imperialism 374 industrial revolution 379 inequality, spatial 381 institutional economics 385 interviews and interviewing 393

labour geography 404 labour market 405 leisure 416 locality 425 minor theory 467 money and finance 477 Orientalism 514 Other/Otherness 515 patriarchy 522 performativity 526–7 phallocentrism 527 political ecology 545, 547 political economy 548 political geography 550 population geography 553 post-industrial city 565 poverty 574 power-geometry 576 private and public spheres 584 psychoanalytic theory 597 public space 602 quantitative methods 609 queer theory 612, 613 recognition 623 retailing 654 rights 657 sex 679 slavery 687 social construction 691 social geography 693 social justice 694 social reproduction 697 society 702 sovereign power 705 sport(s) 718 subaltern studies 728 subject/subjectivity 728 suburb/anization 732 topography 762 travel writing 774 trust 778 underclass 779 universalism 782 urban geography 785 whiteness 810

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 987 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

987

gender (cont’d) wilderness 811 world-systems analysis 813

Gender, Place and Culture (journal) 245

gender and development 269–70, 545

genealogy 270–1 discourse analysis 168 episteme 206 family reconstitution 239 geography, history of 296, 299 historicism 336 phenomenology 529 post-structuralism 572 situated knowledge 684

General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT)

tariff 741 World Trade Organization (WTO) 813

General Geography 83 general linear model (GLM) 271

collinearity 94 correlation 116 endogeneity 192 human geography 352 measurement 450 quantitative methods 608 regression 640

general systems theory (GST) 271

ecosystem 186 physical geography 535, 536 system 740

genetic algorithm 271–2 genetic geographies 272

biodiversity 46 human genome 349–50

genius loci 131, 272 genocide 272–3

ethnic cleansing 213 ethnicity 215 Europe, idea of 223 fascism 242–3 holocaust 337 occupation, military 509 terrorism 747 urbicide 794

genre de vie 130, 273 gentrification 273–4

Alonso model 24 back-to-the-city movement 41 centrifugal and centripetal forces 78

children 81 city 86 homelessness 343 housing studies 347 inner city 384 neighbourhood 494 post-industrial city 565 postmodernism 567–8 prostitution 594

rent gap 645 sexuality 680 skid row 686 squatting 719 topography 762 urban geography 785 urban renewal 790 vision and visuality 801 visual methods 802

geo-body 70, 274–5 GeoBUGS 703 geocoding 275

census 74 digitizing 163 Geographic Information

Systems (GIS) 280 geographical analysis machine

(GAM) 281 geo-informatics 299 Global Positioning Systems

(GPS) 307 point pattern analysis 543

geocomputation 275–6 cellular automata 74 data mining 143 e-social science 210 geographical analysis machine

(GAM) 281 geo-informatics 299 microsimulation 459 point pattern analysis 544 spatial analysis 711

GEODA 703 geodemographics 276–7

classification and regionalization 90

data mining 143 demography 153 geocomputation 276 population geography 553 quantitative methods 611

geo-economics 311 Geoffroy St-Hilaire, Isidore 407 Geographic Information Science

(GISc) 277–9 cartography 67 Geographic Information

Systems (GIS) 280 geo-informatics 299 historical geography 333 population geography 553 region 631

Geographic Information Systems (GIS) 279–81

accessibility 3 analogue 26 cadastral mapping 57 cartography 67 cellular automata 74 colonialism 96 complexity theory 105 crime 120 deliberative mapping 150 demography 153

digital cartography 162 digitizing 163 empire 190 fractal 263 geocoding 275 geocomputation 276 Geographic Information

Science (GISc) 277–9 geography 290 geography, history of 299 geo-informatics 299 human geography 352–3 instrumentalism 387 interoperability 392 land-use survey 411 map 434 medical geography 451 methodology 458 model 469 morphology 480 neo-geography 496 physical geography 535, 537 point pattern analysis 544 policing 545 positivism 559 public policy, geography

and 600 quadtree 603 qualitative methods 603, 604 quantitative methods 608 raster 620 relational database 641 situated knowledge 684 space syntax 710 spatial analysis 711 spatial science 715 surveillance 734 time-geography 756 topology 762 urban and regional

planning 782 urban geography 787 vector data 798 virtual geographies 799 vision and visuality 801 visualization 803

geographical analysis machine (GAM) 281

data mining 143 geocomputation 275 geographical explanation

machine (GEM) 281–2 point pattern analysis 544 quantitative methods 610

Geographical Association education 187 geographical societies 286

geographical explanation machine (GEM) 281–2

data mining 143 point pattern analysis 544 quantitative methods 610

geographical imaginary 282 contrapuntal geographies 113

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 988 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

988

geographical imagination 284 geography 291 globalization 311 metageography 456 oil 511 policing 545 process 586 regional geography 633 terrorism 748

geographical imagination 282–5 Austral(as)ia, idea of 39 geography 295 home 341 region 631 socialism 701 spatiality 717 topography 762

geographical phenomenology 529

geographical societies 285–6 education 187 geography 290 geography, history of 296 macrogeography 433

geographically weighted regression (GWR) 286–7

e-social science 210 general linear model

(GLM) 271 local statistics 424 multi-level models 483 point pattern analysis 544 quadrat analysis 603 quantitative methods 610 regression 640 software for quantitative

analysis 704 geography 287–95 continents 112 Enlightenment 194 epistemology 207 ethics 212 Eurocentrism 221 humanities 358–9 idiographic 368 Kantianism 399 militarism 464 military geography 465 philosophy 530 realism 623 science/science studies 666–7 scientific

instrumentation 668–9 situated knowledge 684 society 703

Geography, Department of (University of Washington)

quantitative methods 607 quantitative revolution 611

geography, history of 295–9 cartography, history of 69 colonialism 96 cosmography 117 cosmopolitanism 118

ecumene 186 empire 190 Enlightenment 194 epistemology 207 Eurocentrism 221 exploration 230 geography 287, 289 historicism 336 human geography 350 imperialism 373 Lamarck(ian)ism 408 local knowledge 423 military geography 465 philosophy 530 place 539 relativism 641 science/science studies 666,

667 scientific revolution(s) 669 travel writing 774 war 804

geography, philosophy of 531 Geography Markup Language

(GML) 392 geo-informatics 299–300 geomorphology bioregionalism 49 historical geography 333

geopiety 300 geopolitics 300–2 America(s) (idea of) 24 anthropogeography 30 balkanization 41 biopolitics, biopower 48 biosecurity 49 cartography 68 Cold War 93 colonialism 94 conflict 106 continents 112 critical geopolitics 121–3 development 155 domination 172 domino theory 173 exception, space of 226 feminist geographies 248 food 259 frontier 264 geography 291 Geopolitik 302 geostrategic realms 302 globalization 310 human geography 350 just war 397 Middle East, idea of 460 militarism 464 NIDL 500 nomos 502 occupation, military 508 oil 510 Pax Americana 523 political geography 550 post-development 563 post-Marxism 566

verticality, politics of 798 war 805

Geopolitik 302 fascism 242 holocaust 337 Lebensraum 416 political geography 549

George, Henry 61 geostrategic realms 302–3 Gereffi, Gary 101 German location school

location theory 426 locational analysis 428

Germany. See also Nazism agrarian question 14 development 155 Europe, idea of 223 heartland 326, 327 historical geography 332 political geography 549 regional geography 635

Gérôme, Jean-Léon 232 gerontological geography 13 Gerry, Elbridge 303 gerrymandering 303

boundary 55 electoral geography 188 modifiable areal unit problem (maup) 476

racial districting 617 redistricting 626

Gerschenkron, Alexander growth theory 321 stages of growth 721

Gertler, Meric flexible accumulation 257 institutional economics 386

Gesellschaft rural–urban continuum 660 society 702

Gesler, W.M. 451, 453 ghetto 303–4

blockbusting 50 Chicago School 79 ethnicity 216 holocaust 338 migration 463 segregation 673, 674 slum 688 zone of dependence 816

Gibbs, Lois 201 Gibson, Kathy 245 Gibson, William 139 Gibson-Graham, J.-K.

base and superstructure 43 feminist geographies 245, 247 Marxist geography 447 time–space compression 757

Giddens, Anthony contextuality 111 geographical imagination 283 globalization 310 lifeworld 418 locale 424

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 989 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

989

Giddens, Anthony (cont’d) risk society 658 social theory 698, 699 society 701, 702 structuration theory 725–7 time–space distanciation 759–60

gift economy 228 Gigerenzer, G. 664 Gilroy, Paul

contrapuntal geographies 114 diaspora 159 race 615

GIMMS 281 Ginés de Sepúlveda, Juan 615 Gintis, Herbert 445 GIS. See Geographic Information

Systems GISc. See Geographic

Information Science Glacken, Clarence

environmental determinism 197

environmental history 199 environmentalism 204–5 geography, history of 297

Glasmeier, Amy 386 glasnost 651 Glass, Ruth 274 glass ceiling 55 Glasson, J. 201 GLM. See general linear model global cities/world cities 304–6

Chinatown 82 city 86 gentrification 274 labour market 405 population geography 553 producer services 587 urban geography 785 urbanization 793

Global Commission on International Migration 462

global commons 306–7 property 594 regime theory 630

Global Navigation Satellite System (GLONASS) 307

global pandemic 517 Global Positioning Systems

(GPS) 307–8 digital cartography 162 geo-informatics 299 neo-geography 496

global warming 308 climate 90 cost-benefit analysis 118 energy 193 environmental economics 198 geography 293 global commons 306 multilateralism 482 oceans 509 pollution 551

water 807 Global Witness 107 globalization 308–11

aboriginality 1–2 agrarian question 15 agricultural geography 17 AIDS 22 American empire 26 anarchism 28 anti-globalization 31–2 apartheid 33 borderlands 53 children 81 citizenship 84–5 civil society 87 civilization 87 commodity chain/filiere 101 consumption 109 contrapuntal geographies 113 core–periphery model 116 cosmopolitanism 117 democracy 151 diaspora 159 economic geography 180–1 economic integration 182 empire 190 ethnography 218 Eurocentrism 221 feminist geographies 245 film 253 flows 257 food 259 free trade area (FTA) 264 geography 291 geopolitics 302 globalization 311 globe 311 glocalization 312 industrial district 376 industrial geography 378 industrialization 380 integration 388 labour geography 404 labour market 405 local–global relations 424–5 locality 425 localization 425 location theory 428 memory 454 mobility 467 modernity 471, 472 nation-state 490 neo-liberalism 497–8 network society 498 NIDL 501 North-South 506 outsourcing 516 Pax Americana 523, 524 place 540–1 population geography 554 poverty 574 regional geography 635 regional policy 638 regionalism 639

resistance 647 restructuring 651 risk society 658 rural geography 659 sense of place 676 services 678 sexuality 680 slavery 687 sovereignty 706–7 state 723 structuration theory 727 subject/subjectivity 730 sunk costs 733 territorialization 745 territory 746 time 755 time–space distanciation 760 time–space expansion 761 trade 764 transfer pricing 769 transnational corporations

(TNCs) 772 transnationalism 772 travel writing 775 urban geography 786 war 805 West, the 809 World Social Forum

(WSF) 812 World Trade Organization

(WTO) 813 Globalization and World Cities

(GaWC) 306 globe 311–12, 664 Globe Theatre 421 glocalization 22, 312 GM crops 50 GNP. See gross national product God anti-humanism 33 religion 643 secularism 671

Gödel, Kurt 430 Godelier, Maurice 468 Godwin, William 433 Goethe, Johann Wolfgang global cities/world cities 304 morphology 480

Goffman, Erving ethnomethodology 219 performance 525

Goin, P. 801 Gold, J. 797 Gold Standard 183 Goldberg, R. 16 Goldblatt, D. 310 Goldman, Emma 28 Golledge, R. behavioural geography 45 process 586

Good Governance 151 Goodchild, Michael Geographic Information

Science (GISc) 278

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 990 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

990

Geographic Information Systems (GIS) 281

Goode’s projection 435 Goodman, David agricultural geography 19 agro-food system 21 farming 241 substitutionism 731

Goodman, M. 259 Google Book Search 392 Google Maps 496 Gorbachev, Mikhail 103 Gore, Charles 361 Gottmann, Jean iconography 363 megalopolis 453

Götz, W. commercial geography 98–9 economic geography 178

Gould, Peter behavioural geography 44 game theory 267 mental maps/cognitive

maps 455 qualitative methods 609 quantitative revolution 612

Gould, Stephen J. 617 Gouldner, A. 444 Gourou, Pierre 777 governable space 312 governance 312–13 border 52 city 86 community 104 film 252 gated communities 268 liberalism 417 local state 423 multiculturalism 481 nation-state 489 Pax Americana 523 political geography 551 private interest developments

(pids) 584 privatization 585 redistribution 626 regime theory 630 regional policy 637 regionalism 639 regulation theory 640–1 rural geography 659 rural planning 660 secularism 671 shadow state 681 stages of growth 721 state 723–4 subsidiarity 731 urban and regional

planning 782, 783 governmentality 314–15 bare life (‘naked life’) 41 biopolitics, biopower 48 border 52 culture 137

disciplinary power 165 genealogy 270 geo-body 274 governable space 312 human geography 351 ideology 367, 368 liberalism 417 nation-state 489 policing 545 political ecology 547 political economy 548 post-development 563 post-structuralism 572 regional policy 637 subaltern studies 728 territoriality 745 time–space distanciation 760 war 804

Gowan, Peter 183 GPS. See Global Positioning

Systems Grabher, Gernot 386 Graff, G. 751 Graham, Julie 245 Graham, S. imaginative geographies 370 surveillance 734 verticality, politics of 798

Gramsci, Antonio capitalism 63 civil society 87 domination 172 hegemony 327 ideology 367 power 576 social construction 690 state 723 subaltern studies 727, 728

Grand Theory 315–16 hermeneutics 329 human geography 352 local knowledge 423

Grano, J.G. 485 graph theory 316 quantitative revolution 612 remote sensing (RS) 644 social network 696 spatial analysis 711 system 739

grassroots globalization 31–2 gravity model 316–17 agent-based modelling 13 catastrophe theory 73 distance decay 169 entropy-maximizing

models 196 macrogeography 433 migration 462 population potential 555 quantitative methods 608 quantitative revolution 611

Great Britain Austral(as)ia, idea of 39 economy 184

Middle East, idea of 460 settlement continuity 678–9 slum 688

Great Chain of Being 615 Great Depression

neo-liberalism 497 NIDL 500 political economy 548 restructuring 652 suburb/anization 732 tariff 741

Great Map of Mankind 194 Great Society 60 Great Transformation 184 Greece

race 615 regional policy 637 religion 642

green belt 317, 501 green consumerism 739 Green Line 317 Green Party 202 Green political parties 149 Green Revolution 317–19

development 156 farming 241 poverty 574 primitive accumulation 581

Greenhough, B. 50 greenhouse effect. See global

warming Greenwich Mean Time

(GMT) 755 Gregersen, B. 401 Gregory, Derek

American empire 26 Cartesianism 65–6 cartographic reason 66 colonialism 96 diffusion 161 empire 190 epistemology 207 Eurocentrism 221, 222 geographical imagination 284

geopolitics 302 Grand Theory 315 imaginative geographies 370, 371

indistinction, zone of 375 instrumentalism 387 Other/Otherness 515 production of space 590–2 settler society 679 situated knowledge 684 social theory 699 spatial science 715 structuralism 725 thick description 753 third space 754 time–space expansion 761 vision and visuality 801

Gregory, S. 608 Gregson, N. 268, 294

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 991 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

991

Greimas, Algirdas 6 Griffin, K. 318 Grigg, D.

region 631–2 regional geography 633

gross domestic product (GDP) 319–20

agricultural geography 17 economic growth 181 gross national product (GNP) 319

quality of life 606 trade 765

gross national product (GNP) 320

domestic labour 171 economy 185 gross domestic product (GDP) 320

quality of life 606 Grossman, Henryk 446 Grosz, E.

body 51 gender 269 recognition 623

grounded theory case study 72 theory 751

Group of 77 506 Grove, Richard

Africa, idea of 10 environmental history 199–200

growth economic growth 182 limits to growth 418–19 Pareto optimality 519 regime theory 630 stages of growth 720–1

growth coalitions 320 growth pole 320–1

external economies 234 science park 668

growth theory 321–2 Guantánamo Bay, Cuba

exception, space of 226 prisons 583

Guattari, Félix assemblage 38 flows 257 Marxism 445 minor theory 466 nomadology 502 process 587 rhizome 655 spatiality 717 territorialization 745

Guba, E. 458, 459 Guelke, Leonard

idealism 363–4 logical positivism 430

guerilla war 670 Guha, Ramachandra 199–200 Guha, Ranajit 727

Gulf War (1990–1) Middle East, idea of 460 multilateralism 482 virtual geographies 800

Gunder Frank, André core–periphery model 116 dependency theory 154 NIDL 500 underdevelopment 780

Gupta, A. 218 Guthman, J. 259 Guyot, Arnold 532 GWR. See geographically

weighted regression gynesis 527

Habermas, Jürgen abstraction 2 Cartesianism 65, 66 critical theory 125–7 geography 290 hermeneutics 329 Kantianism 400 lifeworld 418 modernity 474 objectivity 507 private and public

spheres 583–4 public space 602 social theory 699 structural functionalism 725 theory 752

habitus 323 taken-for-granted world 741 time–space compression 757

Hacking, Ian 617 Hackworth, J. 630 Haeckel, Ernst 176 Hage, Ghassan

multiculturalism 481 whiteness 810

Hägerstrand, Torsten cellular automata 74 contextual effect 110 contextuality 111 diffusion 160–2 disease, diffusion of 168 everyday life 224 geography 292 historical geography 333 innovation 384 Kantianism 399 mean information field

(m.i.f.) 449 quantitative revolution 611 rhythmanalysis 656 simulation 683 social space 697 spatiality 716 time 755 time-geography 756

Haggett, Peter demographic transition 152 diffusion 160, 161

ecosystem 186 geocomputation 275 Grand Theory 315, 316 location theory 427 locational analysis 428 model 468 quantitative methods 610 quantitative revolution 611 regional geography 633 trend surface analysis 775

Hahn, Eduard 45 Hajnal, J. 332 Halbwach, Maurice memory 454 morphology 480

Haldane, J.B.S. 142 Haldrup, M. 515 Hall, E. 190 Hall, Sir Peter free port 263 global cities/world cities 304 urban and regional

planning 782, 783 Hall, Stuart culture 138 identity 366 mode of production 468

Halley, Edmund 668 Hamnett, C. 786 Hannah, M. structuration theory 727 terrorism 748

Hansen, Thomas Blom 799 Hanson, Susan everyday life 224 relevance 642

Haraway, Donna cyborg 140 ecofeminism 174 economic geography 180 ethics 213 gender 268 local knowledge 422 objectivity 507 participant observation 520 race 617 science/science studies 667 situated knowledge 683–4

Hardiman, David 727 Hardin, Garrett global commons 307 tragedy of the

commons 766–7 Harding, Sandra 667 Hardt, Michael empire 190 regional geography 635 socialism 700 World Social Forum

(WSF) 812 Hardy, Thomas 420 Harg, Ian 280 Harley, Brian cartography, history of 70, 71

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 992 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

992

map reading 439 Harley, J.B. cartography 68 map 434

Harré, Rom 655 Harris, Chauncey multiple nuclei model 484 urban geography 784

Harris, Laurence 651 Harrison, B. 182 Harrison, C. 198 Harriss-White, Barbara 381 Hart, Gillian capitalism 62 development 156 globalization 311 glocalization 312 local–global relations 424

Hart, J.F. 634 Hart, Keith 381 Hart, Roger 80 Hartshorne, Richard areal differentiation 35 chorology/chorography 83 economic geography 179, 180 exceptionalism 226, 227 functionalism 266 geography 288, 290, 291 geography, history of 298 Kantianism 399 landscape 409 logical positivism 430 space 707–8 spatial science 715 time 755

Harvey, David base and superstructure 43 capitalism 62, 63 city 86 creative destruction 119 crisis 121 dialectic(s) 157, 158 difference 159 economic geography 179, 181 economic integration 183 ethics 212 explanation 230 flexible accumulation 256–7 functionalism 266 geographical imagination

283–5 geography 294, 295 globalization 310 Grand Theory 315, 316 historical materialism 336 human geography 353 imperialism 373 integration 388 internal relations 390 Kantianism 400–1 labour theory of value 407 limits to growth 419 location theory 427 logical empiricism 430

logical positivism 430 market 442 Marxism 444, 445 Marxist economics 446 Marxist geography 446, 447 metaphor 456 model 469 modernism 470 modernity 473 money and finance 476 monuments 478 philosophy 531 political geography 550 postmodernity 569 power 575 power-geometry 576 process 586, 587 production of space 592 property 594 public policy, geography

and 600 quantitative revolution 611,

612 radical geography 619 reconstruction 624 redistribution 625 relevance 642 rent 644 social geography 692 social justice 694 socialism 701 space 708 space-economy 710 structuralism 725 theory 752 time–space compression 757,

758 time–space expansion 760 uneven development 781 urban geography 785 utopia 795–6 values 797 vision and visuality 801

Haughton, Samuel 90 Haushofer, Karl geopolitics 301 Geopolitik 302 political geography 549

Haussmannization 790 Havel, Vaclav 441 Hawley, J.C. 783 Hay, A.M. 586, 587 Hayden, D. 454 Hayek, Friedrich von capitalism 60, 63 market 441–3 methodological

individualism 457 neo-liberalism 497 political economy 548 post-socialism 571 World Social Forum

(WSF) 812 Hays-Mitchell, M. 799

hazard 323–5 cadastral mapping 57 children 80 environmental hazard 198 geography 293 pollution 551 risk 658 security 673

Head Count Index 574 health and health care 325–6

AIDS 22 collective consumption 94 decision-making 145 disability 165 epidemiology 206 evidence-based policy 225 fecundity 243 Geographic Information Systems (GIS) 280

medical geography 451–3 pandemic 517 policing 544 public services 601 recreation 624 sexuality 680 Third World 754

health geography mortality 481 qualitative methods 603 social geography 693

heartland 326–7 imperialism 373 political geography 549

Heasman, M. 21 Hecataeus of Miletus

areal differentiation 35 chorology/chorography 82

Heckscher-Ohlin model 588 Hegel, G.W.F.

creative destruction 119 deconstruction 147 dialectic(s) 157 governmentality 314 historicism 336 Marxism 444 Other/Otherness 515 phenomenology 528 production of space 592 teleology 742 trialectics 776

Hegelianism 10 hegemony 327

American empire 26 Anglocentrism 28 cartography 68 Chinatown 82 civil society 87 cultural geography 131 culture 137 decolonization 147 domination 172 economic geography 181 epistemology 206 Eurocentrism 221

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 993 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

993

hegemony (cont’d) geography 290 globalization 311 historical geography 334 human geography 353 ideology 368 kibbutz 401 language 412 Latin America 414 liberalism 417 local state 423 market 443 nation-state 490 neo-liberalism 498 policing 545 populism 556 power 576 primate city, the law of 580 resistance 647 Sjoberg model 686 slavery 687 social construction 690 world-systems analysis 814

Heidegger, Martin anti-humanism 33 contextuality 112 deconstruction 147, 148 environmental perception 203 existentialism 228 genealogy 270 geography 290 hermeneutics 329 landscape 410 non-representational theory 503

phenomenology 528, 529 process 587 production of space 592 representation 645–6 spatiality 716, 717 urbicide 794

Heimat 342 Held, D. 310 Helgerson, R.

cartography, history of 71 geo-body 275

Hempel, C.G. 229 Henry, J. 64 Henry, Louis

family reconstitution 239 historical demography 331

Henry, N. 376 Henry the Navigator (prince of

Portugal) 230 Herb, G.H. 68 Herbert, S.

community 104 qualitative methods 605

Herbertson, Andrew genius loci 272 Lamarck(ian)ism 408

heritage 327–8 citizenship 84 historical geography 334

memory 454 preservation 579

hermeneutics 328–9 Cartesianism 66 climate 91 critical theory 125 epistemology 207 geography 293 geography, history of 296 historical geography 334 iconography 363 lifeworld 418 objectivity 507 qualitative methods 603 realism 622 science/science studies 667 text 750 thick description 753

Herod, A. 404 Herodotus 112 Hesse, M.B. 456 heteronormativity 329–30

feminism 243–4 gender 268 homophobia and

heterosexism 344 patriarchy 522 performativity 527 prostitution 594 sexuality 681 situated knowledge 683 subject/subjectivity 729

heterosexism. See homophobia and heterosexism

heterotopia 330 place 540 placelessness 542

Hetherington, K. 330 Hettner, A.

cultural geography 130 Kantianism 399 space 708

heuristic 330–1, 682–3 Hickman, H. 64 Higgins, V. 64 Highmore, B. 224 Hilferding, R. 58 Hill, S. 368 Hinduism

Hindutva 331 religion 643 sacred and profane space 661

Hindutva 331 hinterland 331

central place theory 76, 77 Hotelling model 345 nodal region 501

Hippocrates 451 Hirschman, Albert O.

exit, voice and loyalty 229 growth theory 321, 322 institutional economics 385 stages of growth 721

Hirst, P.

economic integration 182 globalization 309 war 804

Hispanics 217 historical demography 331–2 demography 153 family reconstitution 239 historical geography 333 place names 541

historical geography 332–5 Brenner thesis 56 census 75 civilization 87 climate 91 counterfactuals 119 cultural geography 130 democracy 150 enclosure 191 existentialism 228 feminist geographies 245 feudalism 249 field system 251 geographical imagination 283 geography 288, 290 geography, history of 297 historicism 336 human geography 352 industrial revolution 379 language 412 morphogenesis 480 morphology 480 process 586 retrogressive approach 654 retrospective approach 654 settlement continuity 678 settler society 679 time 755 vertical theme 798

historical materialism 335–6 abstraction 2 cultural geography 132 dialectic(s) 157 Eurocentrism 221 geography, history of 298 historical geography 334 historicism 336 human agency 347 human geography 352 ideology 366 infrastructure 383 Marxism 444 methodological

individualism 457 model 469 Orientalism 514 postmodernism 568 production of space 590 scale 665 space 708 stages of growth 720 structuration theory 726 tricontinentalism 777 world-systems analysis 813

historicism 336–7

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 994 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

994

Grand Theory 315 post-Marxism 566

history of geography. See geography, history of

Hitler, Adolf fascism 242 heartland 326 holocaust 337 political geography 549

HIV/AIDS. See AIDS Hobbes, Thomas Kantianism 401 metaphor 456 power 575 state of nature 724

Hobson, J.A. 373 Hodges, William 232 Hodgson, G. 386 Holborn, L. 390 Hollywood 378 Holmberg, S.C. 300 holocaust 337–9, 339, 340 ethnic cleansing 213 fascism 242–3 genocide 272, 273 modernity 473 postmodernity 569 race 616 refugees 629 sovereign power 706 terrorism 747

Holocaust and Genocide Studies 338

Holyoake, George Jacob 671 home 339–42 consumption 109 domestic labour 170 domesticity 171–2 everyday life 224 household 346 human geography 354 lifeworld 418 memory 453 public space 602 radical democracy 618 social reproduction 697

homeland 342–3 diaspora 159 exclave 228 heartland 326 imaginative geographies 370 memory 455 security 672 spatial identity 712 terrorism 748

homelessness 343 Chicago School 79 children 81 public space 602 skid row 686 squatting 719

homeostasis 8 Homer 774 Homero Villa, Raúl 42

Homi K. Bhabha third space 753 time–space expansion 761 West, the 808

homo sacer 343–4 bare life (‘naked life’) 41 sovereign power 706

homonormativity 330 homophobia and

heterosexism 344–5 abjection 1 body 51 feminist geographies 247 gender 269 heteronormativity 329 phallocentrism 527 queer theory 612 sexuality 681 subject/subjectivity 729, 730

Honneth, A. 623 Hook, J.C. 426 Hope, V. 64 Hopkins, T. 101 Horkheimer, Max critical theory 125 ideology 367 leisure 417 modernity 473 social theory 699

Horrabin, J.F. 700 Hoskins, W.G. 131 hot money 345 money and finance 477 transnational corporations

(TNCs) 771 Hotelling, Harold 345 Hotelling model 345, 345, 598 House, J.W. 600 household 345–6 demography 153 electoral geography 188 fertility 249 inheritance systems 383 intensive agriculture 389 modifiable areal unit problem

(maup) 475 nuptuality 506 patriarchy 522 peasant 525 political geography 550 population geography 554 post-industrial city 565 proto-industrialization 595 social reproduction 697

housing 601 housing class 346 inner city 384 land tenure 408 social geography 693 urban managers and

gatekeepers 787–8 housing studies 346–7 defensible space 149–50 filtering 254

housing class 346 urban managers and gatekeepers 788

Howard, Ebenezer garden city 267 urban and regional planning 782

Howitt, R. 282 Hoy, David 126 Hoyt, Homer

Chicago School 79 sectoral model 671 zonal model 815

Hubbard, P. 123 Hudson, A. 777–8 Hudson, P. 378, 379 Hudson, Ray

institutional economics 386 social exclusion 691

Huerta, Delores 201 Huguenots 628 human agency 347–8

actor-network theory (ANT) 7 areal differentiation 35 Brenner thesis 56 cultural geography 132 ethnicity 217 gender 269 habitus 323 historical geography 334 human geography 351 humanism 356 humanistic geography 358 idealism 364 performance 525 performativity 527 phenomenology 529 psychoanalytic theory 596 qualitative methods 604 quantitative methods 609 realism 622 social geography 692 spatiality 716 subject/subjectivity 729 time–space compression 757

human body. See body human capital 689 human ecology 348–9

adaptation 8 Africa, idea of 10 Chicago School 79 geography, history of 297 hazard 324 political ecology 545 Sjoberg model 685 system 740 urban ecology 783

human genome 272, 349–50 human geography 350–4

abstraction 2 affect 8 Annales School 30 anthropogeography 30 anti-humanism 33

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 995 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

995

human geography (cont’d) asylum 39 chronotope 84 conflict 106 critical human geography 123–4

culture 135 Darwinism 142, 143 deep ecology 149 democracy 150 dialectic(s) 157, 158 discourse 166–7 economic geography 178 emotional geography 189 epistemology 207, 208 essentialism 210 ethics 212 ethnography 218 Euclidean space 220 existentialism 228 functionalism 266 geographical imagination 284 geography 292 heritage 327 hermeneutics 329 historical geography 332 iconography 363 imaginative geographies 370 innovation 384 labour geography 404 literature 420 Marxism 445 material culture 448 media 450 memory 453 methodological individualism 457

military geography 466 mobility 467 modernism 470–1 modernity 471 money and finance 476 morphology 480 nature 493 normative theory 505 ontology 511 Orientalism 513 Panopticon 518 phenomenology 528, 529 place 539 positivism 559 postmodernism 568 postmodernity 569 quantitative methods 608, 610 rational choice theory 639 realism 622 region 631 regional geography 632 regional science 638 resource management 650 scale 665 sexuality 679 social construction 690 space 707

spatial fetishism 712 spatial science 715 spatial structure 715 structuration theory 726 system 740 uneven development 780

human rights 354–6 emigration 188 environmental justice 201 ethics 213 Europe, idea of 222 homo sacer 344 humanism 356 modernity 471 multilateralism 482 quality of life 606–7 rogue state 658 slavery 687 social well-being 700 transnational corporations

(TNCs) 772 human sciences 328 human trafficking 687 humanism 356

anti-humanism 32–3 cartography, history of 70 environmental

determinism 197 humanistic geography 357 Lamarck(ian)ism 408 nature 493 posthumanism 564–5

humanistic geography 356–8 art 36 behavioural geography 44 body 51 cultural geography 131 environmental perception 203 epistemology 207 everyday life 224 feminist geographies 245 genius loci 272 geographical imagination 284 geography 293 geopiety 300 hermeneutics 329 historical geography 334 home 341 human agency 347 human geography 351 humanism 356 idealism 363–4 Kantianism 400 landscape 409 lifeworld 418 literature 420 metaphor 456 moral geographies 479 ontology 512 phallocentrism 527 phenomenology 529 philosophy 530 place 539 placelessness 542

postmodernism 568 qualitative methods 603 quantitative methods 609 quantitative revolution 612 social construction 691 social geography 692–3 social space 697 society 703 subject/subjectivity 728 taken-for-granted world 741 topophilia 763 universalism 782 values 797

humanities 358–9 epistemology 206 geography 289, 293 geography, history of 297 memory 454 metaphor 456 place 539 realism 621 teleology 742 theory 751 thick description 753 travel writing 774

Humboldt, Alexander von ecology 176 exploration 231, 233 geography 290 geography, history of 296 Kantianism 399 literature 420 scientific instrumentation 668 space 708 tropicality 777

Hume, David mimesis 466 positivism 558

Humean epistemology 492 Hunger Program 240 hunger 359–61 famine 239–40 food 259 Green Revolution 317–19 poverty 573

Huntington, Ellsworth Darwinism 143 geography, history of 296,

297 Lamarck(ian)ism 408

Huntington, Samuel civilization 87–8 underdevelopment 780

Hurricane Katrina 203 Husserl, Edmund deconstruction 148 everyday life 224 phenomenology 528, 529 representation 645 spatiality 716

Hutchins, Robert 63 Hutnyk, J. 159 Huxley, Thomas Henry Darwinism 142

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 996 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

996

physical geography 533 Huxtable, Ada Louise 794 Huyssen, A. 470 Hyatt, Alpheus 407 hybridity 361–2 animals 29 borderlands 53 colonialism 95 consumption 109 cultural landscape 133 diaspora 159 economic geography 181 feminist geographies 247 identity 366 indigenous knowledge 374 integration 388 limits to growth 419 music 485 nation 487 physical geography 537 resistance 647 resource 648 rural geography 659 space 710 spatial identity 713 sport(s) 718 subject/subjectivity 730 third space 753 transculturation 768–9 virus 800 West, the 808

Hyndman, J. 754 hyperspace 299, 362 hypothesis 362 case study 72 critical rationalism 124 data mining 143 deduction 149 economy 184 empiricism 191 factor analysis 237 focus group 258 positivism 558 quantitative methods 607 science/science studies 666 significance test 682 simulation 683 survey analysis 734 theory 751 visualization 803

IBM 771 Ibn Battuta 230 iconography 363 cartography, history of 70 cultural landscape 133 culture 135 monuments 478 visual methods 802

ideal type 363 abstraction 2 decision-making 144 ethnography 219 model 468

nomothetic 502 von Thünen model 803

idealism 363–4 cultural geography 132 discourse 166 environmental

determinism 197 human agency 347 human geography 351 humanistic geography 357 ideology 366 materialism 449

identity 364–6 abjection 1 aboriginality 2 authenticity 40 body 51 cartography, history of 71 children 81 chronotope 84 citizenship 84 civilization 87 colonialism 95 communication(s) 102 community 103 conflict 106 consumption 108 cosmopolitanism 117 critical geopolitics 122 critical theory 125 cultural geography 132–3 cultural politics 134 cyberspace 139 domesticity 172 empire 189 ethnic cleansing 213 ethnicity 216 ethnoburb 217 feminist geographies 247 genealogy 270 genetic geographies 272 geo-body 274 geography, history of 296 historical geography 334 home 341, 342 human geography 350 inner city 384 labour geography 404 local–global relations 424 locality 425 memory 454, 455 moral landscapes 479 multiculturalism 481 music 485 nation-state 490 network society 498 pastoralism 521 place 540 placelessness 542 place names 542 positionality 557 post-structuralism 573 psychoanalytic theory 597 radical democracy 619

recognition 623 resistance 647 retailing 654 rural geography 659 security 672 sexuality 680 slavery 687 spatial identity 712–13 subject/subjectivity 728–30 territoriality 745 territorialization 745 territory 746 third space 753 transgression 770 transnationalism 772 travel writing 774 urban geography 786 urban social movement 791 vision and visuality 801 West, the 808 whiteness 810

identity politics decolonization 146 difference 160 ethnicity 214, 217 hybridity 361

Ideological State Apparatuses (ISAs) 367

ideology 366–8 Cold War 93 critical theory 126 culture 136, 137 Eurocentrism 221 fascism 242–3 genius loci 272 geopolitics 301 human agency 348 humanism 356 market 441 militarism 464 neo-classical economics 496 objectivity 507 populism 556 social construction 690 stages of growth 721 state 723 subject/subjectivity 729 universalism 782

idiographic 368–9 case study 72 economic geography 179 epistemology 207 exceptionalism 226 geography 288 Kantianism 400 nomothetic 502 philosophy 530 quantitative revolution 611 region 631

IGU (International Geographical Union ) 451

Illich, Ivan 31 illiteracy

ecological fallacy 174

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 997 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

997

illiteracy (cont’d) modifiable areal unit problem (maup) 475

image 369 digitizing 163 map 437 pixel 539

imaginative geographies 369–71 art 36 border 52 borderlands 53 Chinatown 82 civilization 87 Cold War 93 colonialism 95 contrapuntal geographies 113 Eurocentrism 221 exploration 233 feminist geographies 247 geographical imaginary 282 geographical imagination 284 geography 291 geopolitics 301 just war 397 Latin America 413 literature 420 memory 453 Middle East, idea of 460 militarism 464 nation 487 nationalism 489 Occidentalism 507 Orientalism 513 Pax Americana 523 post-development 563 primitivism 581 regional geography 633 security 672 slum 688 space 709 terrorism 748 time–space compression 757 travel writing 774 tropicality 777 war 804

‘imagined communities’ 488 Imago Mundi 69 IMF. See International Monetary

Fund immigration 371–3

assimilation 38–9 balkanization 41 camp 57 carceral geographies 65 chain migration 78 Chinatown 82 citizenship 84 contiguous zone 112 demographic transition 152 demography 153 emigration 188 ethnicity 215, 216 exception, space of 226 fascism 242

global cities/world cities 306 heteronormativity 330 multiculturalism 481 population geography 554 segregation 674 social geography 692 underclass 779 zonal model 815

Imperial Preferences 238 imperialism 373–4

Africa, idea of 10 Austral(as)ia, idea of 39 capitalism 61 colonialism 94 critical geopolitics 123 culture 137 decolonization 145 ecological imperialism 174–5 empire 189, 190 Eurocentrism 220 Europe, idea of 223 genocide 273 geographical societies 286 geography 290 geography, history of 298 geopolitics 301 globalization 309 Green Revolution 317 historical geography 334 integration 388 Latin America 413 migrancy 462 mode of production 468 modernism 469 Occidentalism 507 Orientalism 514 phallocentrism 527 place names 541 political geography 549 power 576 primitive accumulation 581 recognition 623 self-determination 676 settler society 679 sovereignty 706 tariff 741 transnational corporations

(TNCs) 772 tricontinentalism 776 urbicide 794 violence 799 water 807 World Social Forum

(WSF) 812 import substitution

dependency theory 154 nation-state 489

Independent World Commission on the Oceans (IWOC) 509

Index of Dissimilarity 675–6 Index of Segregation 675–6 India

anti-development 31 Asia (idea of) 37

Hindutva 331 Middle East, idea of 460 NIDL 501 partition 520, 521 poverty 573 refugees 628 regional geography 633 subaltern studies 727–8

indigenous knowledge 374–5 post-colonialism 561 scientific instrumentation 669

indigenous peoples 650 indistinction, zone of 226, 375 individualism communitarianism 103 cultural economy 129 feminism 244

individualism, methodological. See methodological individualism

Indonesia 173 induction 375 abduction 1 classification and

regionalization 90 deduction 149 factorial ecology 237 geocomputation 275 geodemographics 277

industrial district 375–6 capital 59 clusters 92 communication(s) 102 external economies 235 growth pole 320 industrial geography 378 knowledge economy 401 location theory 427 product life cycle 588 production complex 589 transaction costs 768

industrial ecology 551 industrial geography 376–8 agricultural geography 17 economic growth 182 flexible accumulation 257 learning regions 416 linkages 419 retailing 654 transaction costs 767

industrial organization 378 industrial revolution 378–80 Agricultural Revolution 19 city 85 communism 103 consumption 109 farming 241 historical geography 334 industrialization 380 Kondratieff waves 403 labour theory of value 406 modernity 471 political economy 547 pre-industrial city 579

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 998 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

998

proto-industrialization 595 regional geography 634 Sjoberg model 685

industrialization 380 Africa, idea of 11 agrarian question 15 Agricultural Revolution 19 agro-food system 21 blockbusting 50 communitarianism 103 community 104 core–periphery model 115 deindustrialization 150 famine 240 farming 241 financial exclusion 254 flexible accumulation 257 growth theory 321 historical demography 332 historical geography 335 household 346 intensive agriculture 389 just-in-time production 397–8 modernism 469 petro-capitalism 527 post-industrial city 565 post-industrial society 565–6 pre-industrial city 579 profit cycle 593 proto-industrialization 595 regional geography 634 rustbelt 660 sense of place 676 time–space distanciation 760 urban and regional

planning 782, 783 industry biotechnology 50 critical theory 125 factors of production 237 growth pole 320 labour geography 404

inequality, spatial 380–1 egalitarianism 187 equality 208 information theory 382 Los Angeles School 432 public finance 598 redistribution 625 welfare geography 807 welfare state 807

infant mortality 331–2 inflation 500 informal recreation 624 informal sector 156, 381–2 information economy 382 location theory 428 post-industrial society 565

information technology bioprospecting 48 network society 498

information theory 382 cartography 68 entropy 195

Geographic Information Science (GISc) 279

informational city 382 Infosys 516 infrastructure 382–3 agglomeration 14 agricultural geography 17 cadastral mapping 57 fiscal crisis 255 friction of distance 264 governmentality 314 growth pole 321 neighbourhood 494 network(s) 499 plantation 542 quantitative methods 608 restructuring 652 stages of growth 720 state 723 Third World 754 urban and regional

planning 782 Ingold, Tim animals 29 environmental

perception 203 landscape 410, 411

inheritance systems 383 inner city 383–4 financial exclusion 255 gentrification 273–4 ghetto 303 invasion and succession 395 new town 501 post-industrial city 565 red-light districts 625 zone of dependence 816

Innis, Harold A. environmental history 199 staples theory 722

innovation 384–5 cellular automata 74 clusters 92 communication(s) 102 creative destruction 119 cyberspace 139 entrepreneurship 195 industrial district 376 mode of production 468 product life cycle 588 profit cycle 593 science park 668 simulation 683 staples theory 722

input-output 385 economic base theory 178 economies of scale 183 economies of scope 184 feedback 243 multipliers 484 productivity 592

Institut National d’Études Démographique (INED) 331

Institute of British Geographers (IBG) 286

institutional economics 385–6 institutionalism 387 location theory 427 methodological individualism 457

pragmatism 578 space-economy 711

institutional models 111 institutionalism 386–7

market 440 segregation 674

institutionalization (travelling theory) 775

instrumental variables 192, 387

instrumentalism 387 culture 137 ethnicity 216 local knowledge 422 relevance 642

integration 387–8 agrarian question 15 agribusiness 16 economic integration 182–3 linkages 419 restructuring 653 social geography 693

intellectual property patenting 522 place names 542

Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) 388–9, 594

intensive agriculture 389 agricultural involution 19 farming 241, 242 shifting cultivation 682

intensive research 234, 389 interaction

cyberspace 139 spatial interaction 713 symbolic interactionism 739

Intercontinental Caravan 766 Intergovernmental Panel on

Climate Change (IPCC) climate 90 global warming 308

internal relations 389–90 abstraction 2 ontology 512

internal sovereignty 706 internally displaced persons

(IDPs) 629 International Association of

Geomorphologists 290 International Bank for

Reconstruction and Development (IBRD)

market 442 reconstruction 624

International Conference for the Exploration of the Sea 107

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 999 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

999

International Conference on Population and Development

demography 153 fertility 249

International Conferences of Critical Geography

Anglocentrism 28 radical geography 620

International Covenant of Economic, Social and Cultural Rights 359

International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights

emigration 188 human rights 355 refugees 629

International Criminal Court 483

International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda (ICTR) 273

International Criminal Tribunal for the Former Yugoslavia (ICTY) 273

International Crisis Group 599 International Critical Geography

Group critical human geography 124 geography 290

International Decade for Natural Disaster Reduction 198

International Development Association (IDA) 624

International Energy Agency 510 International Federation of Data

Organizations 671 International Food Policy

Research Institute 360 International Geographical

Union (IGU) Geographic Information Science (GISc) 278

geography 290 International Geographical

Union MegaCity Task Force 453

International Geosphere- Biosphere Programme 409

International Labour Organization (ILO)

informal sector 381 slavery 688

International Monetary Fund (IMF) 390–1

Africa, idea of 11 aid 21 anti-globalization 31, 32 capitalism 62, 64 economic integration 182, 183

fair trade 238 globalization 310 governance 313 market 442

neo-liberalism 497 post-socialism 571 privatization 585 restructuring 652 structural adjustment 725 World Trade Organization

(WTO) 813 International Organization for

Migration 464 International Relations (IR) 391

critical geopolitics 121, 122 security 672

International Rice Research Institute (IRRI) 317

International Seminar on Urban Form

morphology 480–1 townscape 764

International Trade Organization (ITO) 390

International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN) 488

International Whaling Commission 108

Internet 391–2 cadastral mapping 57 cartography 69 census 75 communication(s) 102 cyberspace 140 digital cartography 163 geo-informatics 299 map 437 neo-geography 496 territoriality 745 time 756 transport geography 773 virtual geographies 799 virus 800

interoperability 392 geocomputation 276 geo-informatics 299 Global Positioning Systems

(GPS) 307 interpretation 328 Inter-University Consortium for

Political and Social Research 671

intervening opportunities 317, 392–3

interviews and interviewing 393–4

children 81 extensive research 234 fieldwork 251 focus group 258 positionality 556 qualitative methods 605 questionnaire 613 rhetoric 655 software for qualitative

research 703

intifada 394–5 ethnicity 215 Middle East, idea of 460

intra-corporate trade 765 invasion and succession 395 Chicago School 79 ecology 177 filtering 254 neighbourhood 494 regionalism 639 sectoral model 671 urban ecology 783 zonal model 815

investment 395–6 fiscal migration 256 hot money 345 metaphor 456

IPR. See Intellectual Property Rights

IR. See International Relations Iran petro-capitalism 527 resource wars 651

Iraq Middle East, idea of 460,

461 military geography 465 multilateralism 482 remote sensing (RS) 644 resource wars 651

Iraq War (2003-) 523 Iraq–Iran War (1980–8) 460 Irigarary, L. 269 Iron Curtain 468 Iron Guard 242 irredentism 396 Isard, Walter location theory 426 locational analysis 428 regional science 638–9 space-economy 710

Islam caste 72 civilization 88 just war 397 oil 510 religion 643

Islamic Empire 538, 539 isolation 372 isolines 396 cartography 68 class interval 89 scientific instrumentation 668 topographic map 761

Israel ethnic democracy 214 Green Line 317 homeland 342 indistinction, zone of 375 intifada 394 Middle East, idea of 460 sovereignty 706 urbicide 794 verticality, politics of 798

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1000 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1000

Israeli Center for Human Rights 394

Iyer, P. 635

Jack, D.C. 394 Jackson, C. 671 Jackson, J.B. 409 Jackson, P. 136 Jacobs, Jane inner city 384 urban origins 789 urban renewal 790

Jacome, Mestre 230 James, C.L.R. 718 James, Henry 621 James, William 577 Jameson, Frederic contrapuntal geographies 113 geographical

imagination 283 literature 420

Janelle, Douglas 758 Jefferson, Mark geography, history of 296 primate city, the law of 580

Jeffreys, H. 43 Jeffries, M. 46 Jencks, C. 111 Jenkins, Simon 668 Jessop, Bob governance 313 internal relations 390 regulation theory 640

Jevons, William Stanley 495 Jews diaspora 158 ethnic cleansing 213 ethnicity 215 Europe, idea of 223 holocaust 337 sovereign power 706

jihad just war 397 Pax Americana 523

Johannesburg Plan of Implementation 739

Johnson, B. 401 Johnson, Harry 443 Johnson, Lyndon B. 721 Johnston, R.J. exploratory data analysis

(EDA) 234 modifiable areal unit problem

(maup) 476 process 586, 587

Johnston, Samuel 297 Joint Academic Network 392 Jones, Clarence Fielden 179 Jones, E.L. 20 Jones, Emrys environmental history 199 social geography 692

Jones, J.P., III epistemology 207

film 253 urban geography 785

Jones, M. 639 Joseph, Keith 442 Joseph, M. 103, 104 Jourdain, Molière M. 287 Journal of Biogeography 47 Journal of Economic

Geography 500 Journal of Historical

Geography 333, 335 Joyce, James 420 Judaism fascism 242 kibbutz 401 race 615

Jung, Carl 596 just war 397 ethics 211 nomos 502 religion 643 terrorism 747 war 805

justice environmental justice 201–2 equality 208 fair trade 238 feminism 244 Green Revolution 319 social justice 694–5 territorial justice 744

just-in-time production 397–8 post-Fordism 564 production complex 589 Taylorism 742

Kafka, Franz 466 Kain, John 713 Kaldor, Mary 32 Kaldor, Nicholas 385 Kalra, V.S. 159 Kant, Immanuel commercial geography 98 cosmopolitanism 117 episteme 206 Kantianism 399 modernity 471 philosophy 530 physical geography 532 space 708 time 755

Kantianism 399–401 animals 29 exceptionalism 226 geography 288 idiographic 368 naturalism 491 nomothetic 502 philosophy 530 possibilism 560 process 586 space 707 spatiality 717

Kaplan, Amy

American empire 26 domesticity 172

Kaplinsky, R. 101 Kariel, H.G. 702 Kariel, P.E. 702 Kasarda, J.D. 8 Kates, Robert

behavioural geography 44 resource 648

Katodrytis, G. 792 Katz, Cindi

contrapuntal geographies 114

everyday life 224 Grand Theory 315 time–space expansion 761 topography 762

Kaur, R. 159 Kautsky, Karl

agrarian question 14–16 Marxism 444

Kearns, G. 420 Kearns, R.A. 451 Keil, R. 304 Keith, M. 646 Kennan, George 301 Kennedy, B.A. 292 Kennedy, John F.

Pax Americana 523 stages of growth 721

Kepler, Johannes 669 Kerridge, E. 20 Kerry, John 516 Kessler, Karl 143 Key, V.O. Jr. 264 Keynes, John Maynard

capitalism 61 development 155 market 443 political economy 548 poverty 574

Keynes, John Neville 505 Keynesian economics

capitalism 63 growth theory 321, 322 International Monetary Fund (IMF) 390

market 442, 443 neo-liberalism 497 political economy 548 redistribution 626 regime of accumulation 630 regulation theory 640 restructuring 652 World Social Forum (WSF) 812

Khomeini, Ayatollah Ruhollah 511

kibbutz 401 Kimberly Process Certification

Scheme 107 Kimble, G.H.T. 634–5 King, Anthony 304 King, Clarence 407

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1001 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1001

King, G. modifiable areal unit problem (maup) 476

secondary data analysis 671 King, Martin Luther, Jr. 454 kinship

heteronormativity 329 patriarchy 522

Kissinger, Henry 301 Kitchin, Rob

activism 6 critical human geography 123 cyberspace 139

Kjellen, Rudolf 302 Klein, Melanie 596 Kniffen, Fred B. 160 Knopp, L. 680 knowledge

action research 5 behavioural geography 45 Cartesianism 65 case study 72 colonialism 95 contextuality 112 critical geopolitics 122 critical rationalism 124 cultural economy 129 Enlightenment 194 episteme 206 epistemology 206–8 essentialism 211 ethics 213 geography, history of 296, 298, 299

governmentality 314 humanities 358 indigenous knowledge 374–5 local knowledge 422–3 participant observation 520 philosophy 530 post-industrial society 565 relativism 641 representation 646 risk 657 science/science studies 666–8 scientific instrumentation 669 services 678 situated knowledge 683–5 social construction 690 subject/subjectivity 728, 731 text 750 third space 753–5 trust 777, 778 vision and visuality 801

knowledge clusters 668 knowledge economy 401, 403

clusters 92 information economy 382 Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) 388

post-industrial society 566 services 678

Knox, D.S. 426 Knrumah, Kwame 11

Kobayashi, Audrey difference 159 social justice 695

Koch snowflakes 263 Koefoed, L. 515 Koelsch, W. 83 Koestler, Arthur 627 Kohl, Helmut

market 443 WorldSocialForum(WSF) 812

Kohler, R. 667 Koláçný, Antonı́n 68 Kondratieff, Nikolai 403 Kondratieff waves 402, 403

industrial revolution 378 regional cycles 632 restructuring 651

Kong, L. 643 Korea, South

NIDL 500 South, the 705

Kosek, J. 454 Kosovo 213 Kristeva, Julia

geography 290 psychoanalytic theory 596

Kroeber, A.L. 45 Krog, A. 33 Kropotkin, Pyotr

anarchism 27 critical human geography 123 Darwinism 143 geography 294 Lamarck(ian)ism 408 radical geography 619 socialism 700

Krugman, Paul institutional economics 385 New Economic

Geography 499–500 Kuhn, Thomas

Cartesianism 65 critical rationalism 125 falsification 239 geography, history of 297 local knowledge 423 paradigm 518 science/science studies 666,

667 scientific revolution(s) 669

Kulturlandschaft 133 Kwan, M.-P. 353 Kyoto Protocol

global warming 308 multilateralism 483

Labor Movement 401 laboratory 404 labour

body 51 capitalism 61 collective consumption 93 commodity 99 commodity chain/filiere 101

communism 103 cost structure 118 division of labour 169–70 domestic labour 170–1 export processing zone

(EPZ) 234 factors of production 237 farming 241 flexible accumulation 257 Fordism 260 Green Revolution 319 informal sector 381 knowledge economy 401, 403 labour geography 404 labour market 404–6 labour theory of value 407 leisure 416 locality 425 migrancy 461, 462 NIDL 500 proto-industrialization 595 sharecropping 681 slavery 687–8 Taylorism 742

labour force 696–7 labour geography 404 labour process 406 Taylorism 742

labour market 404–6 chain migration 78 class 89 external economies 234–5 externalities 235 labour geography 404 migration 463 multiculturalism 481 post-industrial city 565 production complex 589 restructuring 652 transnational corporations

(TNCs) 771 underclass 779

labour process 406 division of labour 169 industrial revolution 379 Kondratieff waves 403 labour market 405 peasant 524 plantation 542 restructuring 652 Taylorism 742

labour theory of value 406–7 capitalism 61 exchange 227 factors of production 237 universalism 782

Lacan, Jacques geographical imaginary 282 identity 365 ontology 512 Other/Otherness 515 psychoanalytictheory 596, 597 space 709

Lacan, Paul 681

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1002 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1002

Laclau, Ernesto discourse 166 post-Marxism 566 rights 656

Lacoste, Yves 804 Lacoue-Labarthe, P. 466 Ladurie, Le Roy 130 laissez-faire market 443 socialism 700

Lakatos, Imre Cartesianism 65 critical rationalism 125 science/science studies 666

Lal, Deepak 443 Lamarck, Jean Baptiste de 407–8 Lamarck(ian)ism 407–8 adaptation 7–8 anthropogeography 30 Darwinism 142 possibilism 560

land cadastral mapping 57 capital 58 factors of production 237 green belt 317 land tenure 408–9 terra nullius 743

land tenure 408–9 Boserup thesis 54 field system 251 Green Revolution 319 property 593

land use and land-cover change (LULC) 409

agent-based modelling 14 land-use survey 411 remote sensing (RS) 644 rural planning 660

landscape 409–11 areal differentiation 35 art 36 Berkeley School 45 cartography, history of 69 chronotope 84 cultural geography 130–1 cultural landscape 133–4 culture 135 dialectic(s) 158 difference 159 Disneyfication 168 ecology 177 enclosure 192 fieldwork 251 flows 257 forestry 261 genocide 273 geographical imagination

282 geography 288, 290–1 geography, history of 298 growth pole 321 hegemony 327 historical geography 332, 334

holocaust 338 human geography 353 humanism 356 humanistic geography 357 iconography 363 imaginative geographies 371 land tenure 408 Landschaft 411 law 414 literature 420 modernity 473 moral geographies 479 moral landscapes 479–80 morphogenesis 480 morphology 480 music 485 nation 487 place 539 place names 541 placelessness 542 post-structuralism 572 qualitative methods 603 regional geography 633, 634 social geography 692 space 710 spatial analysis 711 structuralism 725 suburb/anization 731–2 text 750 textuality 751 theory 752 townscape 764 travel writing 774 tropicality 777 urban renewal 790 vertical theme 798 violence 799 vision and visuality 801 wilderness 810

Landschaft 411 cultural geography 130 historical geography 333

land-use survey 411 Geographic Information

Systems (GIS) 281 von Thünen model 803

Lang, Fritz 472 Langton, J. 378–9 language 411–12 cultural geography 130 discourse 166 discourse analysis 167–8 gender 269 geography 289–90, 293 humanistic geography 357 process 586 qualitative methods 605 rhetoric 655 text 749–51

language mapping 411 Laplace, Pierre-Simon 558 large-scale maps 664 Larkham, Peter J. 764 Larner, W. 401, 403

Las Casas, Bartolomé de 615 Latham, A. 605 Latin America 412–14

America(s) (idea of) 24 barrio 42 Berkeley School 45 Boserup thesis 54 dependency theory 154 narco-capitalism 486 neo-liberalism 497 North-South 506 South, the 704 squatting 719 stages of growth 721 transculturation 768

Latinos 779 Latour, Bruno

actor-network theory (ANT) 6 economic geography 180 geography, history of 298 hybridity 361 local knowledge 423 modernity 473 science/science studies 667 scientific instrumentation 669

Laudan, Larry 666 Laurier, E. 219–20 law 414–15

aboriginality 2 Austral(as)ia, idea of 39 camp 58 contiguous zone 112 difference 159 enclosure 192 equality 208 exception, space of 225 exceptionalism 226 explanation 230 genocide 273 governance 313 homo sacer 344 human rights 354 induction 375 liberalism 417 market 442 occupation, military 508 place names 542 policing 544 property 593 prostitution 594 race 616 refugees 628 social justice 694 terra nullius 743 territorial integrity 744 violence 799

Law, John 6–7 law (scientific) 415

epistemology 207 explanation 229 logical positivism 430 ontology 512 positivism 558 realism 622

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1003 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1003

law of the sea 415–16 Laws, G. 452 layers of investment 652 LDA. See longitudinal data

analysis Le Corbusier 783 le Guin, Ursula 174 le Play, Frédéric 130 Le Play Society 130 League of Nations

demography 153 multilateralism 482

learning regions 416 clusters 92 information economy 382 innovation 385 knowledge economy 401

Leavis, F.R. 136 Lebensraum 416

anthropogeography 30 fascism 242 geopolitics 301 Geopolitik 302 holocaust 337 political geography 549

LeConte, Joseph 407 Lees, L. 274 Lefebvre, Henri

abstraction 2 body 51 capitalism 62 critical theory 127 dialectic(s) 158 ethnography 218 Euclidean space 220 everyday life 223–5 film 254 geography 290 heterotopia 330 modernism 470 production of nature 589 production of space 590, 592 rhythmanalysis 655–6 rights 657 social space 697–8 space 708 spatiality 716, 717 sport(s) 718 taken-for-granted world 741 third space 754 trialectics 776 urbanism 792 urbanization 793

Lega Nord (political movement) 639

Leib, J.I. 478 Leibniz, G.W.

biophilosophy 47 ontology 512 process 587

leisure 416–17 consumption 108 moral landscapes 479 post-industrial city 565

recreation 624 sport(s) 718 tourism 763

Lemansky, C. 732 Lemert, C. 699 Lemkin, Raphael 272 Lenin, V.I.

imperialism 373 informal sector 381 Marxism 444 uneven development 781

Lenovo 771 Leontieff, Wassily 385 leprosy 517 lesbians 680 Leslie, D. 101 Lesotho 563 Letchworth 267 Letterist International 597 Levene, M. 273 Levinas, Emmanuel

deconstruction 148 ethics 213

Lévi-Strauss, Claude deconstruction 147 exchange 228 structuralism 725

Lewis, Bernard civilization 88 Middle East, idea of 461

Lewis, J. 246 Lewis, M.W. 456 Lewis, Oscar

cycle of poverty 141 underclass 779

Lewis, P. 634 Lewis, W. Arthur

dual economy 173 growth theory 321, 322

Lewontin, Richard 616–17 Ley, David

Grand Theory 315 moral landscapes 479 urban geography 785, 786

Leyes, Nancy Stephan 617 Li, W. 217 Liben, Lynn 80 liberal arts 358 Liberal International 442 liberalism 416

citizenship 84 civil society 87 communitarianism 103 development 155, 156 equality 208 ethnicity 214 feminism 244 human rights 355 market 441, 442 modernity 471 neo-liberalism 497–8 political economy 547, 548 post-industrial city 565 pragmatism 578

property 593 radical democracy 618 rights 656

Lichty, R.W. 291 life bare life (‘naked life’) 41–2 biophilosophy 47 biopolitics, biopower 48 everyday life 223–5 quality of life 606–7 risk society 658

life course/life-cycle 418 children 81 demography 153 household 346 longitudinal data analysis

(LDA) 431 metaphor 456 population geography 553 resort life-cycle model 647–8 social geography 693

life-cycle. See life course/life-cycle life expectancy 418 demography 153 life table 418 mortality 481 population pyramid 555–6

life sciences 648 life table 418 demography 153 life expectancy 418 population geography 553

lifeworld 418 abstraction 2 critical theory 126 cultural landscape 133 human agency 347 humanistic geography 357 land tenure 408 ontology 512 social construction 690

Likert scales 73 Limerick, P.N. 265 limits to growth 418–19 overpopulation 516 population geography 552

Lincoln, Y. 458, 459 linear programming 419 opportunity costs 513 optimization models 513 transportation problem 773

Linenthal, E.T. 661 Lingis, Alphonso 717 linguistic geography 411 linkages 419 external economies 234 production complex 589

Linnaeus, Carolus ecology 176 exploration 231 race 615–16

Lipietz, Alain 640 Lipton, David 624 Lipton, Michael

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1004 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1004

dual economy 173 Green Revolution 318, 319

LISA 712 Lisle, D. 775 List, Friedrich 184 literature 419–22 cartography, history of 70 chronotope 84 colonialism 98 contrapuntal

geographies 113 counterfactuals 119 cultural geography 131 culture 135 geography, history of 296 global cities/world cities 306 image 369 imperialism 374 realism 621 travel writing 774 tropicality 777

living standards 380–1 Livingstone, D. geographical societies 286 geography 287 relativism 641 text 750 travelling theory 775 trust 778

Lloyd, Genevieve 492 Lobeck, A.K. 533 Local Economic Trading

Systems (LETS) alternative economies 24 informal sector 381–2

local knowledge 422–3 indigenous knowledge 375 law (scientific) 415 locational analysis 429 postmodernism 568 science/science studies 667 situated knowledge 684

local state 423–4 enterprise zone 195 secession 670

local statistics 424 general linear model

(GLM) 271 geographical analysis machine

(GAM) 281 point pattern analysis 544 quadrat analysis 603 quantitative methods 610 surface 733

locale 424 contextual effect 110 contextuality 111 tourism 763

local–global relations 424–5 complexity theory 106 urban ecology 783

locality 425 economic geography 179 industrial district 375, 376

industrial geography 377 location theory 427 metaphor 456 political ecology 546 society 702 topography 762 world-systems analysis 814

localization 425 glocalization 312 post-Fordism 564

location quotient 425–6 economic base theory 178 segregation, measurement

of 675 location strategy 345 location theory 426–8 behavioural geography 44 dialectic(s) 157 economic geography 179 entropy-maximizing

models 196 human geography 351 industrial geography 377 locational analysis 428 neo-classical economics 496 New Economic

Geography 500 normative theory 505 political economy 548 quantitative methods 607 quantitative revolution 611 rational choice theory 639 space-economy 710 spatial science 715 time–space convergence 758 transaction costs 767 transport costs 773 urban geography 785

locational analysis 428–9, 428 economic geography 179 location theory 427 nodal region 501 process 586 quantitative methods 608 regional geography 633–4 science/science studies 667 spatial analysis 711 transport costs 773

Locke, John America(s) (idea of) 25 empiricism 190 identity 364 labour theory of value 406 nature 492 state of nature 724

Lockean liberalism 547, 548 Löfgren, O. 764 logical empiricism 429–30 Cartesianism 65 logical positivism 430 positivism 558 spatial science 714

logical positivism 430–1 Cartesianism 65

cartography 67 critical rationalism 124 exceptionalism 227 falsification 239 logical empiricism 429 positivism 558 science/science studies 666 scientific revolution(s) 669 spatial science 714

logit regression models 431 categorical data analysis 73 general linear model (GLM) 271

regression 640 log-linear modelling 431 logocentrism 527 Lohia, R. 72 London, City of

industrial district 376 inner city 384 money and finance 477

London Stock Exchange (LSE) 443

Long, J. 1 Longhurst, R. 52 longitudinal data analysis

(LDA) 431–2 categorical data analysis 73 census 75 multi-level models 483 sequence analysis 676 survey analysis 736

Loos, A. 472 Lorde, Audre 699 Lorimer, H. 605 Los Angeles School 432

postmodernism 568 urban geography 787

Lösch, August central place theory 76 dialectic(s) 157 location theory 426 locational analysis 428 normative theory 505 space-economy 710

Lotka-Volterra equations 176 Louis XIV, king of

France 311 Loukaki, A. 272 Loury, Glen 689 Love Canal, New York 201 Lowe, M. 654 Lowenthal, David

behavioural geography 44 environmental history 199–200

Lowie, R.H. 45 Lozovsky, N. 297 Lucas, Robert 182 Luce, Henry 26 Luckmann, Thomas

lifeworld 418 social construction 690

Lucretius 449

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1005 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1005

Luhmann, Niklas functionalism 266 structural functionalism 725

Lukács, György 366 Luke, Timothy

deep ecology 149 urbanism 792

Lukes, Steven 575 LULC. See land use and land-

cover change Lund School 697 Lunn, E. 469, 470 Lupton, D. 658 Luxemburg, Rosa 781 Lyde, Lionel 178 Lynch, Kevin

environmental perception 202

mental maps/cognitive maps 455

urban geography 785 Lyotard, J.F. 699 Lysenko, T.D. 408

Ma, L.J.C. 732 MacCannell, D. 763 Machiavelli, Niccolò 391 machines 684 MacKenzie, S. 247 Mackinder, Halford

environmental determinism 197

geography, history of 296 geopolitics 301 Geopolitik 302 heartland 326–7 political geography 549, 550

Mackinder’s Heartland 301 MacLeod, G. 639 Macmillan, B. 469 Macnaghten, P. 658 macrogeography 433

general systems theory 271 population potential 554 regional geography 634

Maddison, A. 403 Maddox, Conroy 628 Madres de Plaza de Mayo 355 Madsen, R. 104 Maegraith, B. 452 Magellan, Ferdinand 230 magnetic north 40 magnetism 668 Magnusson, Warren 791 Magritte, René 330 Mahan, Alfred Thayer 460 Make Poverty History 238 maladaptation 8 malapportionment 433

districting algorithm 169 electoral geography 188 redistricting 626

Malecki, E. 195 Malinowski, Bronislaw

functionalism 265 participant observation 519,

520 Mall (Washington, D.C.) 478 malls 654 Malmberg, Anders 386 malnutrition 359–60 Malthus, Thomas

Boserup thesis 54 economic growth 181 historical demography 332 Malthusian model 433–4 Postan thesis 560

Malthusian model 433–4 Africa, idea of 12 Boserup thesis 54 Darwinism 142 economic growth 182 environmental hazard 198 Green Revolution 317 historical demography 332 hunger 360 population density 552 population geography 552 Postan thesis 560 resource 649 resource wars 651

Mamdani, M. apartheid 33 decolonization 146 Middle East, idea of 461 religion 643 South, the 705

management class 89 Fordism 260 governance 312 labour process 406 resource management 650 urban managers and

gatekeepers 787–8 Manchester 384 Mandel, Ernest

Kondratieff waves 403 Marxist economics 446

Mandelbrot, Benoı̂t 263 Manichean divide 140 Mann, Michael

ideology 368 state 722–3 territoriality 745

Mannheim, Karl 112 Manson, S.

complexity theory 106 Grand Theory 316

manufacturing post-industrial city 565 services 677

Manufacturing Belt (USA) 588

Mao Zedong 103 Maoism 670 Maori 1 map 434–7

analogue 26 artificial intelligence 37 cadastral mapping 57 cartographic reason 66 cartography 66 cartography, history of 69 children 80, 81 choropleth 83 class interval 89 colonialism 97 deliberative mapping 150 diffusion 161 digital cartography 162, 163 digitizing 163 economic geography 178 geo-body 275 geocoding 275 Geographic Information

Science (GISc) 277–9 Geographic Information

Systems (GIS) 279–81 iconography 363 imaginative geographies 370 isolines 396 map projection 437–9 neo-geography 496 point pattern analysis 543 probability map 586 raster 620 scale 664 science/science studies 666 space 710 spatial analysis 711 text 750 topographic map 761–2 verticality, politics of 798 vision and visuality 801

map projection 437–, 438 analogue 26 cartogram 66 digital cartography 163 graph theory 316 map 434, 435 quantitative methods 607

map reading 439, 465 Marble, D.F. 426–7 Marburg School 400 Marchand, B. 157 Marcus, G.E. 218 Marcuse, Herbert critical theory 125 existentialism 228–9 ideology 367

Marcuse, Peter 306 Margalit, A. 508 marijuana 486 marine science 50 market 439–3 capitalism 59 commodity 99 competitive advantage 105 co-operative 115 cultural economy 129 economic integration 183

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1006 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1006

environmental economics 197, 198

exchange 227, 228 feudalism 249 financial exclusion 255 footloose industry 260 game theory 267 globalization 309 gross domestic product

(GDP) 319 growth theory 321 Hotelling model 345 housing class 346 labour market 404–6 local–global relations 424 modernity 473 neo-liberalism 497 normative theory 505 periodic market systems 527 plantation 543 Postan thesis 560 public services 601 squatting 719 staples theory 722 state 723 tariff 741 trade 764 transaction costs 767, 768 transnational corporations

(TNCs) 771 welfare state 808 world-systems analysis 813

market area analysis 714 market efficiency 496 market share 345 marketing principle 76, 77 Markov process/Markov

chain 443–4 Bayesian analysis 43–4 simulation 683 stochastic process 724

Markusen, Ann 593 marriage historical demography 332 nuptuality 506

Marsden, Terry K. biotechnology 50 locality 425 sustainability 738

Marsh, C. questionnaire 613–14 survey analysis 736

Marsh, George Perkins environmental history

199–200 geography, history of 296

Marshall, Alfred clusters 92 external economies 234–5 industrial district 375 industrial geography 378 learning regions 416 location theory 426, 427 neo-classical economics 495

Marshall, T.H. 84 Marshall Plan 321 Marston, S.A. 665 Marston, S.K. film 253 urban geography 785

Martin, D. 276 Martin, Ron institutional economics 386 knowledge economy 401 relevance 642

Marx, Karl accumulation 3–4 alienation 23 analytical Marxism 26–7 base and superstructure 42 capital 59 capitalism 59, 61 class 88 commodity 99, 100 communism 103 community 104 cosmopolitanism 117 creative destruction 119 crisis 121 critical human geography 123 cultural economy 129 deconstruction 147 dialectic(s) 157, 158 ecological imperialism 175 economic growth 182 everyday life 224 geographical imagination 283 geography 294 globalization 309 historical materialism 335,

336 human geography 351 humanism 356 ideology 366 industrial geography 377 infrastructure 383 labour theory of value 406–7 location theory 427 Marxism 444, 445 Marxist economics 446 metaphor 456 methodological

individualism 457 mode of production 468 modernism 470 modernity 472 money and finance 476 naturalism 492 NIDL 500 peasant 524 philosophy 531 political economy 548, 549 political geography 550 primitive accumulation 580,

581 production of space 592 rational choice theory 621 regional geography 635

rent 644 situationists/situationism 685 slum 688 social capital 689 social construction 690 social formation 692 social theory 698, 699 space 708 spatial fetishism 712 spatiality 717 stages of growth 720 teleology 742–3 terms of trade 743 time–space compression 757 trialectics 776 tricontinentalism 777 uneven development 781

Marxism 444–5 Africa, idea of 11 analytical Marxism 26–7 anarchism 28 base and superstructure 42–3 Brenner thesis 56 capital 58–9 collective consumption 93 conflict 106 crisis 121 critical human geography 123 critical theory 125 culture 135–6 development 156 dialectical image 158 division of labour 170 domestic labour 171 ecological imperialism 175 economic geography 179–81 economy 185 environmental determinism 197

epistemology 207 essentialism 210, 211 ethnicity 214–16 existentialism 228 feminist geographies 246 flows 257 functionalism 266 geographical imagination 283 geography 295 hegemony 327 historical geography 335 historical materialism 335–6 historicism 336 human agency 347 human geography 351, 352 humanistic geography 357 identity 364 ideology 366–8 infrastructure 382–3 institutional economics 385 internal relations 390 International Relations (IR) 391

labour process 406 Lamarck(ian)ism 408

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1007 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1007

Marxism (cont’d) liberalism 417 limits to growth 419 location theory 427 methodological individualism 457

migrancy 461, 462 minor theory 467 mode of production 468 modernism 470 money and finance 476 nation 487 nature 493 normative theory 505 objectivity 507 phenomenology 529 political ecology 547 political geography 551 post-industrial society 566 post-Marxism 566 power 575 production of space 590, 592 quantitative revolution 612 radical democracy 619 radical geography 619, 620 rational choice theory 621 realism 623 regulation theory 640 Second World 670 social justice 694 social movements 695 social reproduction 697 socialism 700, 701 society 703 space 708, 709 space-economy 710 spatial fetishism 712 spatiality 716, 717 spectacle 717 stages of growth 720 state 723 structuralism 725 structuration theory 726 subaltern studies 727 subject/subjectivity 728, 729 territoriality 745 theory 752 uneven development 781 urban geography 785 vision and visuality 801 West, the 809 world-systems analysis 813

Marxist economics 445–6 accumulation 3 class 88 economic growth 182 economy 185 exchange 227 factors of production 238 intensive agriculture 389 neo-Ricardian economics 498 political economy 548 productivity 592 rent 644, 645

restructuring 653 retailing 654 subsistence agriculture 731 value-added 797 welfare geography 807

Marxist geography 446–8 activism 5 body 51 creative destruction 119 crisis 121 cultural geography 131 domestic labour 171 environmental hazard 198 feminist geographies 246 flows 257 geographical imagination 283 homophobia and

heterosexism 344 Marxism 445 materialism 449 philosophy 531 political ecology 545 power 575 quantitative methods 608 realism 623 resistance 647 retailing 653–4 scale 665 social geography 692 society 703 uneven development 781 universalism 782 violence 799

masculinism 448 androcentricity 28 cyborg 140 economic geography 180 ethnicity 217 fascism 242 feminism 243–4 feminist geographies 245, 246 fieldwork 251 gender 268 geographical imagination 284 geography 295 globalization 311 home 341 homophobia and

heterosexism 344 industrial geography 377 landscape 410 literature 422 local knowledge 422 local–global relations 425 methodology 458 militarism 465 money and finance 477 ontology 512 Other/Otherness 515 phallocentrism 527 qualitative methods 605–6 quantitative revolution 612 sexuality 681 situated knowledge 683

subject/subjectivity 729 theory 752 time-geography 756 time–space compression 757 vision and visuality 801

Maskell, Peter 386 Massey, Doreen capitalism 62 case study 72 contextuality 112 decision-making 144–5 division of labour 170 economic geography 179 essentialism 211 ethnography 218–19 geographical imaginary 282 industrial geography 377 labour process 406 location theory 427 Marxist economics 446 place 540–1 power-geometry 576–7 segregation, measurement

of 675 sense of place 676 social theory 699 space 709 time–space compression 757,

758 material culture 448–9 cultural geography 130 culture 135 hermeneutics 328 home 341 text 750 visual methods 802

materialism 449 creative destruction 119 cultural geography 132 culture 136–7 discourse 166 epistemology 207 historical materialism 335–6 human geography 351 idealism 363 internal relations 390 landscape 410 postmaterialism 566 social space 697 transculturation 768 world-systems analysis 813

mathematics chaos theory 78 complexity theory 105 cosmography 116 Euclidean space 220 factor analysis 237 fractal 263 graph theory 316 gravity model 316 location quotient 426 Malthusian model 433 optimization models 513 quantitative methods 607, 608

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1008 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1008

topology 762 visualization 802

Matless, David landscape 410 moral geographies 479 moral landscapes 479

Mato, Daniel 413 maup. See modifiable areal unit

problem Maury, Matthew Fontaine 669 Mauss, Marcel 228 Maxey, Ian 6 Mayer, S. 111 Mayhew, R. 297 Mbeki, Thabo 33 Mbembe, Achille 10 McCarthy, Thomas 126 McCarthyism science/science studies 667 stages of growth 720

McCarty, Harold location theory 426 quantitative revolution 611

McDowell, L. feminist geographies 246 qualitative methods 606 radical geography 620

McGee, Terry urban geography 786 urbanization 793

McGrew, A. 310 McKibben, Bill 492, 493 McLafferty, S. 713 McLung, Nellie 208 McManus, P. 50 McMichael, P. agro-food system 21 intensive agriculture 389

McMillan, John 440, 441 MDS. See multidimensional

scaling Mead, G.H. identity 364 lifeworld 418 social theory 698 symbolic interactionism 739

Mead, Margaret 519 mean information field (m.i.f.)

449 contextual effect 110 diffusion 160 innovation 384 simulation 683

measurement 449–50 categorical data analysis 73 general linear model

(GLM) 271 Global Positioning Systems

(GPS) 307 log-linear modelling 431 multi-level models 483

media 450 community 103 cultural geography 131

cyberspace 139, 140 geopolitics 301 memory 454 mental maps/cognitive

maps 455 postmodernism 567 terrorism 748 time–space convergence 758 war 806 World Social Forum

(WSF) 812 medical geography 451–3 ageing 13 AIDS 22 asylum 39 climate 90–1 contextual effect 111 diffusion 161 disease, diffusion of 168 epidemiology 206 fertility 249 health and health care 325 human geography 351 inequality, spatial 380 mortality 481 population geography 553 quantitative methods 610

medicalization biopolitics, biopower 48 security 673

medicine 50 Mediterranean Social

Forum 812 megacities 86, 453 megalopolis 453 city 86 conurbation 114

Meillassoux, Claude 468 Meinig, D. 138 Mellaart, James 789 memory 453–5 Austral(as)ia, idea of 39 cultural landscape 134 genocide 273 habitus 323 historical geography 334 holocaust 338 home 340 human geography 354 monuments 478 place 539 rural geography 659 time–space distanciation 760 topophilia 763 urbicide 794 war 804

Mendelian genetics Green Revolution 318 Lamarck(ian)ism 408

Mendels, Franklin 595 Menéndez Pidal, Ramón 413 Menger, Carl 495 mental maps/cognitive maps 455 behavioural geography 44

environmental perception 202 imaginative geographies 370 map reading 439 psychogeography 597 quantitative methods 609 urban geography 785

Mercator projection map 435 map projection 438

Merleau-Ponty, Maurice body 50 environmental perception 203

everyday life 224 landscape 410 process 587

Merrifield, A. situated knowledge 684 social justice 694, 695 urban exploration 784 urbicide 794

Merton, R.K. 698–9 Mesopotamia 788, 789 mestizaje 413 metageography 113, 456 metaphor 456

abstraction 2 Chicago School 79 complexity theory 106 cyberspace 139 discourse analysis 167 geographical imaginary 282 geography, history of 298 literature 422 pragmatism 578 prisoner’s dilemma 582 rhetoric 655 situated knowledge 683 territorialization 746 text 750 time–space compression 757 values 797

metaphysics naturalism 491 positivism 558 post-structuralism 573

metaphysics of presence deconstruction 147 materialism 449

Methodenstreiten 65 methodological

individualism 457 neo-classical economics 496 reductionism 626 society 701

methodology 457–9 Chicago School 79 children 81 critical human geography 123 fieldwork 251 Geographic Information Systems (GIS) 280

phenomenology 529 positivism 558

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1009 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1009

methodology (cont’d) science/science studies 666 subject/subjectivity 731

metropolitan area 459 census 75 conurbation 114 micropolis 459 post-industrial city 565 system 740 urban and regional planning 782

urban fringe 784 Mexican-Americans 42 Mexico 318 micropolis 459 microsimulation 459

ecological inference 175 e-social science 210 population geography 553 simulation 683

Middle Ages 191 Middle East

empire 190 geostrategic realms 302 historical geography 332 holocaust 338 imperialism 373 oil 510 Orientalism 514 regional geography 633 resource wars 651 security 672

Middle East, idea of 459–61 Middle East Command 460 Middle East Department 460 m.i.f. See mean information field migrancy 461–2

labour market 405 population geography 553

migration 462–4 adaptation 8 anthropogeography 30 assimilation 38 Austral(as)ia, idea of 39 back-to-the-city movement 41 behavioural geography 44 blockbusting 50 Brenner thesis 56 carceral geographies 65 chain migration 78 Chicago School 80 children 81 cohort 92 conflict 106 contrapuntal geographies 113 counter-urbanization 119 demographic transition 152 demography 153 diaspora 158–9 domesticity 172 dual economy 173 emigration 188 ethnicity 215 family reconstitution 239

famine 240 fertility 249 fiscal migration 255–6 friction of distance 264 gravity model 316 Green Revolution 319 home 341 homophobia and

heterosexism 344 identity 366 immigration 371–3 informal sector 381 intervening opportunities 392 invasion and succession 395 labour geography 404 labour market 405 Lamarck(ian)ism 408 life course/life-cycle 418 life table 418 mean information field (m.i.f.)

449 mental maps/cognitive

maps 455 mobility 467 mortality 481 peasant 524 population geography 553,

554 population projection 555 qualitative methods 603 quantitative methods 607 social geography 693 social reproduction 697 spatial identity 712 squatting 719 system 740 time–space expansion 761 tourism 763 transculturation 768 transnationalism 772

Mikesell, M.W. 45 milieu 273 militarism 464–5

cyborg 141 feudalism 249 geographical societies 286

military geography 465–6 empire 190 geographical imagination 284 geography 287 map reading 439 militarism 465 security 672 virtual geographies 800 war 804

military occupation. See occupation, military

military rule 508 Mill, H.R. 532–3 Mill, John Stuart

plantation 543 resource 648 utilitarianism 794

Millennium Cohort (UK)

sampling 663 secondary data analysis 671

Millennium Development Goals 739

Miller, A. 534 Mills, C. Wright geographical imagination 283 Grand Theory 315

Milne, D. 721 mimesis 466 Cartesianism 65 vision and visuality 801 visual methods 802

Mingay, G.E. 20 Minkowski, Hermann 755 minor theory 466–7 postmodernity 570 post-structuralism 573 theory 752

Mirabeau, Victor Riqueti, marquis de 406

Mirowski, P. 621 Mises, Ludwig von 441 missing at random (MAR) 736 missing completely at random

(MCAR) 736 Mitchell, Don culture 136–7 dialectic(s) 158 landscape 410 public space 602 relevance 642 rights 657 social justice 694 urban geography 787 violence 799

Mitchell, James 324 Mitchell, K. 623 Mitchell, Timothy boundary 55 economy 185 epistemology 207 geographical imagination 284

Mitchell, W.J.T. 410 Mitchell, Wesley 385 MLwiN (software) 703 mobility 467–8 accessibility 3 Chicago School 79 children 80 life course/life-cycle 418 modernity 471 neighbourhood 494 nomadism 501–2 spatial mismatch 713–14 transport geography 773 urban ecology 783

mode of production 468 base and superstructure 42 feudalism 249 historical materialism 335 internal relations 390 labour process 406 labour theory of value 407

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1010 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1010

production of space 590 slavery 687 social formation 692 social space 698 stages of growth 720 teleology 743 welfare geography 807 world-systems analysis 813

model 468–9 abstraction 2 analogue 26 cellular automata 74 Chicago School 79 complexity theory 105 cybernetics 138 diffusion 160, 161 digitizing 163 disease, diffusion of 168 economic geography 179 endogeneity 192 entropy-maximizing

models 196 forecast 261 general linear model

(GLM) 271 geocomputation 275 Geographic Information

Science (GISc) 277 Geographic Information

Systems (GIS) 279 geographically weighted

regression (GWR) 286 geography 289, 292 geo-informatics 299–300 globe 311 glocalization 312 governable space 312 governmentality 314 gravity model 316 human geography 351 ideal type 363 innovation 384 instrumental variables 387 location theory 426 log-linear modelling 431 Malthusian model 433 Markov process (or Markov

chain) 443–4 neighbourhood effect 495 Pirenne thesis 538–9 profit cycle 593 quantitative methods 607 regional cycles 632 stages of growth 720 trade 766 transaction costs 767 transport geography 773 transportation problem 773–4 von Thünen model 803

model prison 517 modern age 206 modernism 469–71 cartographic reason 66 city 86

crisis 121 critical theory 126 Kantianism 400 literature 420 model 469 ontology 512 phenomenology 529 philosophy 530 postmodernism 566–8 time–space compression 757 time–space convergence 759 urban and regional

planning 783 West, the 808

modernity 471–4 aboriginality 1 abstraction 2 actor-network theory (ANT)

7 bare life (‘naked life’) 41 body 50 camp 57 citizenship 84 civilization 87 colonialism 94 communitarianism 103 community 104 consumption 109 contrapuntal

geographies 113 cosmopolitanism 117 critical theory 125–7 domesticity 172 dual economy 173 epistemology 207 everyday life 224, 225 feminist geographies 245 feudalism 249 flaneur/flanerie 256 genocide 273 geography 291 hegemony 327 heterotopia 330 historical geography 334 holocaust 338 Kantianism 400 literature 420 local–global relations 424 market 441 memory 454 modernism 469 nation 487 nationalism 489 Occidentalism 507 Other/Otherness 515 peasant 524 place 540 placelessness 542 place names 542 post-colonialism 561 postmodernity 568–70 primitivism 581 race 615 regional geography 635

restructuring 651 risk 657 stages of growth 720 state of nature 724 surveillance 733 time 755 time–space compression 757 time–space convergence 758 time–space distanciation 760 time–space expansion 761 urban geography 787 war 804 West, the 809 whiteness 810

modernization 474–5 Africa, idea of 11 agricultural involution 19 decolonization 146 development 155 globalization 308 industrial revolution 378 industrialization 380 informal sector 381 political ecology 547 post-development 563 risk society 658 stages of growth 720 teleology 743 transnational corporations (TNCs) 772

underdevelopment 780 uneven development 780 urban renewal 790 urbanization 793

modes of production analytical Marxism 26 spatiality 716

modest theory 752 modifiable areal unit problem

(maup) 475–6 classification and regionalization 90

ecological fallacy 174 electoral geography 188 quantitative methods 610

Moi, T. 51 Mol, Annemarie 7 money and finance 476–8

capital 59 commodity 99 hot money 345, 345 property 593 public finance 598–9 trade 764 transnational corporations (TNCs) 771

Monk, J. 247 monopoly, spatial. See spatial

monopoly monopoly rent 645 Mont Pelerin Society

market 442 World Social Forum (WSF) 812

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1011 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1011

Monte Carlo simulation geocomputation 275 simulation 683 spatial science 715

Montesquieu, C.L. environmental determinism 197

territory 747 Montfort, M.J. 101 Montreal 384 monuments 454, 478 Moore, Barrington 525 moral geographies 478–9

climate 91 moral landscapes 479 pollution 551 relativism 641 social geography 693 universalism 782 values 797 war 806

moral landscapes 479–80 moral turn 212 morality 213 Moran, I. 711–12 More, Sir Thomas

urban and regional planning 782

utopia 795 Morehouse, Scott 281 Moretti, F. 421 Morgan, Kevin

innovation 385 institutional economics 386

Morgan, T.H. 142 Morgenstern, O. 267 Morishima, M. 27 morphogenesis 480, 480, 481 morphology 480–1

Berkeley School 45 centrifugal and centripetal forces 78

cultural geography 130 exceptionalism 227 fractal 263 geocomputation 275 Landschaft 411 Pirenne thesis 539 representation 645 Sjoberg model 685 structuralism 725 townscape 764

Morrill, R.L. 427 Morris, M. 244 Morris, R.J. 378–9 mortality 481

demographic transition 152 demography 153 family reconstitution 239 famine 239–40 fertility 249 life expectancy 418 life table 418 Malthusian model 433

population geography 553 population projection 555 population pyramid 556 Postan thesis 560 quantitative methods 610

Moses, Robert 790 Mosley, Oswald 242 Moss, P. 458 Mosse, G. 478 Mother Theresa 782 motor sport valley 376 Motorsport Valley 257 Mouffe, Chantal

discourse 166 post-Marxism 566 rights 656

Mountz, A. 604 Muir, John 107 multiculturalism 481

assimilation 39 diaspora 159 ethnicity 214 ethnoburb 217 immigration 372 pluralism 543 recognition 623 social geography 693 spatial identity 713

Multiculturalism Act (Canada) 481

multidimensional scaling (MDS) 482, 654

multilateralism 482–3, 813 multi-level models 483–4

Bayesian analysis 44 ecometrics 177 education 187 general linear model

(GLM) 271 geographically weighted

regression (GWR) 286 governance 313 logit regression models 431 Poisson regression models 544 quantitative methods 610 regression 640 sampling 663 simulation 683 software for quantitative

analysis 704 survey analysis 736

multinational corporations. See transnational corporations (TNCs)

multiple nuclei model 484, 484 sectoral model 671 zonal model 815

multipliers 484 chain migration 78 economic base theory 178 feedback 243 growth pole 320 input-output 385

multi-stage designs 663

Mumford, Lewis megalopolis 453 urban and regional

planning 782 urban origins 788

Münkler, H. terrorism 748 war 806

Murchison, Roderick 231 Murdoch, J. 425 music 484–5 art 36 consumption 109 film 252 geography 289 literature 421

Muslims ethnic cleansing 213 market 442

Mussolini, Benito 242 Mutersbaugh, T. 260 mutual recognition 746 MVRDV 764 Myrdal, Gunnar 721

Naess, Arne 149 NAFTA border 52 free trade area (FTA) 264 Latin America 414

Nagar, R. 604 Nagel, Ernest 430 naked life. See bare life Nancy, Jean Luc 213 Nandy, Ashis 31 Napoleon Bonaparte 326 Napoleon III 412 narco-capitalism 486 Nash, C. 605 Nash, John 267 Nash, Roderick 199 nation 486–7 borderlands 53 children 81 community 103 geo-body 274 home 341 homeland 342 identity 365 lifeworld 418 literature 421 memory 453 nationalism 488 partition 520 rights 656 slavery 687 sovereign power 705 spatial identity 712 transnationalism 772 vision and visuality 801 whiteness 810

National Action Committee on the Status of Women (NAC) 122

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1012 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1012

National Air Traffic Services (NATS) 601

National Center for Geographic Information Analysis 281

National Centre for E-Social Science 210

National Council for Geographic Education 286

National Council of Labour Colleges 700

National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) 201

National Geographic Society exploration 231 geographical societies 286

National Intelligence Council (NIC) 523, 524

national opinion polls 662–3 national parks 487–8 conservation 108 rural planning 660 wilderness 811

National Science Foundation Geographic Information

Systems (GIS) 281 Internet 392

nationalism 488–9 abjection 1 citizenship 84 colonialism 96, 98 cosmopolitanism 117–18 cultural geography 130 decolonization 145–7 egalitarianism 187 ethnic cleansing 213 ethnicity 214, 215 fascism 242 feminism 244 geographical societies 286 geography 288 growth theory 321 heritage 328 Hindutva 331 human geography 350 Latin America 413 law 414 literature 421 memory 454 monuments 478 multiculturalism 481 nation 486, 487 nation-state 489 political geography 550 populism 556 security 672 self-determination 676 subaltern studies 727, 728 tariff 741 territory 747 transnationalism 772 water 807 West, the 809

nationality 346 nations 363

nation-state 489–90 border 52 borderlands 53 boundary 55 citizenship 84 city 86 core–periphery model 115 devolution 157 economy 185 emigration 188 ethnicity 214 fascism 242 flows 258 free trade area (FTA) 264 frontier 264 globalization 309 imperialism 373 local state 423 memory 454 modernity 471 multiculturalism 481 nation 487 pastoralism 521 Pax Americana 523 redistribution 626 regulation theory 640 society 702 South, the 705 territoriality 745 transnational corporations

(TNCs) 772 transnationalism 772 water 807 West, the 809 world-systems analysis 814

Native Americans. See American Indians

NATO occupation, military 508 regional alliance 632 Second World 670

Natter, W. 30 natural disaster 324 natural history 49 natural resources 490–1, 491 cadastral mapping 57 common pool resources 102 conservation 107 domestication 171 energy 193 famine 240 forestry 261 historical geography 335 inequality, spatial 380 law of the sea 415–16 limits to growth 419 oceans 509 oil 511 resource 648 resource evaluation 649 resource management 650 transnational corporations

(TNCs) 771 water 806–7

West, the 809 wetlands 810

natural sciences 328 naturalism 491–2

environmental determinism 197

geography 293 time-geography 756, 757

nature 492–4 alienation 23 authenticity 40 body 51 Cartesianism 65 crisis 121 cultural ecology 127 cultural landscape 133 deep ecology 149 dialectic(s) 158 ecofeminism 174 ecology 177 economic geography 181 ecosystem 186 environmental determinism 197

environmental hazard 198, 199

environmentalism 205 farming 241–2 feminist geographies 247 fieldwork 251 fractal 263 gender 268 genetic geographies 272 geographical imaginary 282 geographical imagination 282, 285

geography 289, 292 geography, history of 297 global commons 306–7 heteronormativity 329 home 341 human geography 350 imaginative geographies 370 Lamarck(ian)ism 407 law 414 local knowledge 423 Marxism 445 Marxist geography 447 materialism 449 mode of production 468 modernity 471 moral landscapes 479 music 485 nomos 502 oil 510–11 ontology 511 Orientalism 514 phallocentrism 527 philosophy 530 political ecology 545, 547 population geography 553 posthumanism 564 post-structuralism 572 probabilism 585

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1013 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1013

nature (cont’d) process 587 production of nature 589–90 regional geography 634 representation 645 rural geography 659 sacred and profane space 661 social construction 690, 691 social geography 692 state of nature 724 tourism 763 transport geography 773 underdevelopment 780 uneven development 781 urban and regional planning 783

urban ecology 783 urban nature 788 values 797 vision and visuality 801 West, the 809 wilderness 811

nature, production of. See production of nature

Nature Conservancy 108 Nazism

camp 57 cartography 69 deconstruction 148 ethnicity 214, 215 Europe, idea of 223 fascism 242 Geopolitik 302 holocaust 337–9 Lebensraum 416 location theory 426 modernity 473 race 616 racism 618 slavery 687 sovereign power 706

negative feedback 243 Negri, Antonio

empire 190 naturalism 492 regional geography 635 socialism 700 World Social Forum (WSF) 812

Nehru, Jawaharlal 754 neighbourhood 494–5

ageing 13 anarchism 28 back-to-the-city movement 41 barrio 42 census 74 census tract 75 Chicago School 79 children 80 community 103 contextual effect 110 convergence, regional 115 domination 172 education 187

electoral geography 188 enclave 191 friends-and-neighbours

effect 264 geodemographics 277 ghetto 303 housing studies 346 invasion and succession 395 memory 453 positive discrimination 557 raster 620 redlining 626 rent gap 645 segregation 673 Sjoberg model 686 social area analysis 688 turf politics 778 urban renewal 790 urban village 791

neighbourhood effect 495 contextual effect 110 cycle of poverty 141 diffusion 160 ecometrics 177 education 187 electoral geography 188 logit regression models 431 multi-level models 483 sampling 663 social network 696

Neighbourhood Statistics 671 neighbourhood unit 495

garden city 267 new town 501

Nelson, Lise body 51 feminist geographies 245 topography 762

neo-classical economics 495–6, 496

analytical Marxism 27 capitalism 60, 61 convergence, regional 114 creative destruction 119 decision-making 144 dependency theory 154 dialectic(s) 157 economic geography 179 economy 185 environmental economics 197 equilibrium 209 exchange 227 factors of production 238 growth theory 321 human geography 351 industrial geography 377 location theory 427 market 440 Marxist economics 445 methodological

individualism 457 neo-Ricardian economics 498 New Economic

Geography 499

normative theory 505 opportunity costs 513 Pareto optimality 519 political economy 548 public choice theory 598 quantitative methods 607 rational choice theory 621 regional science 638 rent 644 resource economics 649 retailing 653 space-economy 710 staples theory 722 uneven development 780 utilitarianism 795 utility theory 795 welfare geography 807

neo-colonialism colonialism 96 decolonization 146 nation 487

neo-conservatism neo-liberalism 498 socialism 700

neo-Darwinism 142 neo-geography 496 neo-Kantianism 400 neo-liberalism 497–8 aboriginality 1 Africa, idea of 11 agrarian question 16 aid 21 AIDS 22 American empire 26 anti-globalization 31, 32 apartheid 33 applied geography 34 Asian miracle/tigers 38 bare life (‘naked life’) 42 biotechnology 49 border 52 borderlands 53 capitalism 62, 63 civil society 87 collective consumption 94 communism 103 community 104 crime 120 development 156 diaspora 159 economic geography 180 economic growth 182 economic integration 183 education 187 enclosure 192 environmental economics 197 exit, voice and loyalty 229 fair trade 238 feminism 244 feudalism 249 gentrification 274 geodemographics 277 geography 295 geopolitics 302

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1014 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1014

globalization 308, 311 growth theory 322 imperialism 374 inequality, spatial 381 International Monetary Fund

(IMF) 390, 391 labour geography 404 liberalism 417 local state 423 market 441–3 modernity 473 money and finance 477 multiculturalism 481 nation-state 490 NIDL 501 participatory democracy 520 political economy 548 population geography 554 post-development 563 postmodernity 570 post-socialism 571 power 576 primitive accumulation 581 prisons 583 privatization 585 public services 602 public-private partnership

(PPPs) 601 redistribution 626 regime theory 630 regionalism 639 regulation theory 640 shadow state 681 slum 688 social geography 693 socialism 700 South, the 705 squatting 719 state 723 state apparatus 724 structural adjustment 725 terms of trade 743 urban and regional

planning 783 violence 799 war 804 World Social Forum

(WSF) 812 World Trade Organization

(WTO) 813 neo-Malthusianism limits to growth 419 overpopulation 516

neo-Marxism city 86 overpopulation 516 population geography 552

neo-Orientalism 515 neo-pragmatism 329 neo-Ricardian economics 427,

498 neo-Weberianism city 86 location theory 427

network(s) 498–9 actor-network theory

(ANT) 6–7 chain migration 78 communication(s) 102 contextuality 111 contrapuntal

geographies 113–14 entrepreneurship 195 flows 257–8 globalization 309 governance 313 graph theory 316 human agency 348 laboratory 404 locality 425 location theory 427 metageography 456 mobility 467–8 neural networks 499 place 541 proto-industrialization 595 quantitative revolution 612 rhizome 655 scale 665 science/science studies 667 social network 696 subject/subjectivity 730 territory 746 terrorism 749 topology 762 transport geography 773 travelling theory 775 urban geography 786

network society 498 social network 696 territorialization 746 time–space compression

758 Neumann, J. von 267 Neumann, Roderick 200 neural networks 499 artificial intelligence 37 genetic algorithm 272 heuristic 331

Neurath, Otto falsification 239 logical positivism 430

New Caliphate, The 523 new communism 700 New Cultural Geography Berkeley School 45–6 cultural geography 131 culture 135

New Cultural Historians 753 New Deal 569 new ecology 490 New Economic

Geography 499–500 central place theory 76 economic geography 178 locational analysis 428, 429 methodological

individualism 457

music 485 neo-classical economics 496 quantitative methods 609 rational choice theory 639 space-economy 710 spatial science 715

New Farmers Movement 319 New Geography 714 New Historicism

historicism 336, 337 thick description 753

New International Division of Labour (NIDL) 500–1

division of labour 170 economic geography 181 global cities/world cities 304 investment 395 restructuring 653 transnational corporations (TNCs) 771

New International Economic Order

North-South 506 Third World 754

new public administration (NPA) 563

New Right local state 423 neo-liberalism 497 privatization 585 redistribution 626

new social movements (NSMs) 695

new town 501 garden city 267 neighbourhood unit 495

New Towns Act 1946 501 New Western Historians 265 New World

decolonization 145 exploration 232

New York City defensible space 149 inner city 384

New York Zoological Society 108

New Zealand 653 newly industrializing countries

(NICs) Asian miracle/tigers 38 South, the 705 transnational corporations (TNCs) 771

Newman, Oscar 149 Newton, Sir Isaac

cosmography 117 critical rationalism 124 globe 311 gravity model 316 hypothesis 362 metaphor 456 philosophy 530 quantitative methods 607–8 science/science studies 666

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1015 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1015

Newton, Sir Isaac (cont’d) scientific revolution(s) 669

Neyman, Jerzy 362 NGO 501

anti-globalization 32 institutional economics 386 social movements 695 South, the 705 squatting 719

Nicolson, Marjorie 199 Nieboer, H.J. 543 Nietschmann, B. 8 Nietzsche, Friedrich

anti-humanism 33 creative destruction 119 ethics 213 genealogy 270 production of space 592

Nieuwenhuys, Constant Anton 685

Nigeria economic geography 181 restructuring 652

Nightingale, A. interviews and interviewing 394

methodology 459 qualitative methods 606

Nijman, Jan urban geography 787

NIMBY 501 prostitution 594 zone of dependence 816

1984 (George Orwell) 734 Nixon, Richard and

administration 183 Nkrumah, Kwame 96 nodal region 501

region 631 regional geography 634

nomadism 501–2 pastoralism 521 transhumance 770

nomadology 502, 573 nomos 222, 502 nomothetic 502–3

case study 72 epistemology 207 exceptionalism 226 geocomputation 275 geography 288 idiographic 368 Kantianism 400

Non-Aligned Movement 754 Non-Governmental

Organization. See NGO non-place 503, 540 non-representational

theory 503–5, 504 affect 8–9 animals 29 biophilosophy 47 body 52 Cartesianism 66

cultural geography 132 dialectic(s) 158 emotional geography 189 epistemology 208 ethnomethodology 219 everyday life 225 explanation 230 feminist geographies 245 film 254 geography 293 Grand Theory 315 human agency 348 interviews and interviewing

393 model 469 ontology 513 Pax Americana 524 performance 525, 526 performativity 527 phenomenology 529 philosophy 531 place 540 pragmatism 578 process 587 qualitative methods 605 recreation 625 regional geography 635 representation 646 social space 698 society 701 spatiality 717 structuration theory 727 subject/subjectivity 728 text 750 textuality 751 time-geography 757 urban geography 787 visual methods 802

Nora, Pierre 454 Nordstrom, C. 805 Norfolk Broads (eastern

England) 479 Norman, G. 395 Normandy 331 normative theory 505–6

central place theory 76 critical rationalism 125 ethics 211 location theory 426 positivism 559 rational choice theory 620

North, Douglass 385 North, the

dependency theory 154 domestic labour 170 Eurocentrism 221 multiculturalism 481 time–space compression 758 urbanization 793

North America 492 North Atlantic Treaty

Organization (NATO) Cold War 93 multilateralism 482

North-South 86, 506 North-South (Brandt

Commission) 506 Nostrand, R. 343 not missing at random

(NMAR) 736 NSFNet 392 NUD*ist (Non-numerical

Unstructured Data) 703 Nuer 265 Nuñes, Pedro 230 nuptuality 506 demographic transition 152 Malthusian model 434

Nurkse, Ragnar 321, 322 NViVo 703 Nystuen, J. 426–7 Nyungah community,

Australia 253

Ó Tuathail, Gearoid critical geopolitics 122 environmental

determinism 197 ethnic cleansing 213–14

Oakeshott, Michael 442 objectivity 507 cartographic reason 66 commodity 100 fieldwork 251 methodology 458 ontology 512 participant observation 520 phenomenology 529 positionality 556 post-structuralism 572 situated knowledge 683, 684

observation 558 Occidentalism 507–8, 513–14 occupation, military 508–9 Cold War 93 Green Line 317 intifada 394 Latin America 413 Middle East, idea of 460 military geography 465 place names 541 terrorism 747 time–space expansion 761 verticality, politics of 798 war 804

Occupying Powers 508 oceans 509–10 law of the sea 415–16 territorial sea 744

O’Connor, James fiscal crisis 255 Marxist economics 446 production of nature 590

ODA. See AIDS Oden, Svente 4 Odum, Howard T. 185 Office of Naval Research

(USA) 465

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1016 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1016

Office of Population Research 153

Office of Special Operations 318 Official Development Aid

(ODA) 21 oil 510–11 conflict commodities 107 development 156 economic geography 181 economic integration 183 energy 193 geopolitics 302 petro-capitalism 527–8 power 575

oil crisis (1973) energy 193 Fordism 260 North-South 506

O’Keefe, P. 198 Old World 175 Olds, Chris 386 Olds, K. 180 Ollman, Bertell 23 Olmsted, Frederick Law 783 Olson, Mancur institutional economics 385 social movements 695

Olsson, Gunnar cartographic reason 66 dialectic(s) 158 internal relations 390 literature 421 modernism 470 process 586 space 708

Olund, E. 253 Olwig, K. 409 Olympic Games spectacle 717 sport(s) 718

ONS Longitudinal Study 662 ontology 511–13 abstraction 2 critical geopolitics 122 critical human geography 123 culture 136–7 cybernetics 138 epistemology 206 Geographic Information

Science (GISc) 277 geography 291, 294 hermeneutics 329 human agency 348 methodology 457 phenomenology 529 postmodernity 568 post-structuralism 572, 573 process 587 qualitative methods 604 region 630 scale 665 space 708, 709 spatiality 716 territorialization 745

time-geography 756 trialectics 776 visualization 803

OPEC. See Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries

Open Geospatial 392 open systems 622 Openshaw, Stan data mining 143 fuzzy sets/fuzzy logic 266 geocomputation 275 geographical analysis machine

(GAM) 281 modifiable areal unit problem

(maup) 475, 476 Ophir, A. 667 Oppenheim, P. 229 opportunity costs 513 optimization models 513 complexity theory 105 genetic algorithm 271–2 graph theory 316 heuristic 331 linear programming 419 quantitative methods 608 satisficing behaviour 664

Ord, J.K. diffusion 160 spatial autocorrelation 712

Ordnance Survey 67 O’Reilly, K. 84 Organisation for African Unity

(OAU) 629 Organisation for Economic Co-

operation and Development (OECD) 20

Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC)

development 156 economic integration 183 energy 193 Fordism 260 North-South 506

Organization of Solidarity of the Peoples of Africa, Asia, and Latin America 776

Orientalism 513–15 American empire 26 civilization 88 colonialism 95 critical geopolitics 122 domination 172 epistemology 207 Eurocentrism 221 exploration 232 geography, history of 298 geopolitics 301 historical geography 335 imaginative geographies 370 imperialism 374 Latin America 413 literature 420

Middle East, idea of 460 nationalism 489 Occidentalism 507 Other/Otherness 515 Pax Americana 523 situated knowledge 684 subject/subjectivity 729 textuality 751 travel writing 774 travelling theory 775 tropicality 777

origination (travelling theory) 775

O’Riordan, T. 205 Ortiz, Fernando 768–9 Orwell, George 734 Oslender, U. 599 Oslo accords 394 O’Sullivan, D.

complexity theory 106 Grand Theory 316 spatial analysis 711

Other/Otherness 515 action research 4 adaptation 8 alterity 24 civilization 87 colonialism 95 critical geopolitics 122 cultural geography 132 ethics 213 ethnic cleansing 214 ethnicity 214 ethnocentrism 217 geographical imagination 284 heterotopia 330 holocaust 337 humanistic geography 358 identity 365 imaginative geographies 370 imperialism 374 Latin America 413 partition 520 primitivism 581 psychoanalytic theory 596 racism 618 rural geography 659 segregation 673 social exclusion 692 space 709, 710 state of nature 724 tourism 763 West, the 809

Ottoman Empire 460 outsourcing 515–16 Overfishing Convention 108 overpopulation 516

famine 240 Malthusian model 434 political ecology 546 population geography 552

Overton, M. 19, 20 Owen, Richard 231 Owens, Charles 69

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1017 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1017

Oxfam 238 Oxford handbook of economic

geography, the (Clark, Gertler, and Feldman) 500

Paasi, A. 639 Pacific Rim 517 Paelinck, Jean 712 Pahl, R.E. 660 Pakistan 628 Palestine

diaspora 158 ethnic democracy 214 exception, space of 226 Green Line 317 indistinction, zone of 375 intifada 394 Middle East, idea of 460 partition 520 urbicide 794

Palestinian National Authority 394

Pan-American Center for Earth and Environmental Studies 300

Pan-American Union 412 pandemic 517

disease, diffusion of 168 epidemic 205–6 virus 800

Pandey, Gyanendra 727 Panel Study of Income

Dynamics 670 Panofsky, Erwin 363 Panopticon 517–18

disciplinary power 165 post-structuralism 572 subject/subjectivity 734 surveillance 733

paradigm 518–19 camp 57 cartography 67 cartography, history of 71 central place theory 76 critical rationalism 125 dialectic(s) 157, 158 economic geography 180 exception, space of 226 falsification 239 geography 289 geography, history of 297–8 global cities/world cities 305 local knowledge 423 metaphor 456 model 469 positivism 559 post-normal science (PNS) 570 quantitative revolution 612 relativism 641 scientific revolution(s) 669 Sjoberg model 685

paradigm shift 518 Pareto, V.F.D. 519 Pareto optimality 519, 519

Pareto principle 227 Paris, France

flaneur/flanerie 256 monuments 478

Paris Peace Conference (1919) 264

Park, Robert E. Chicago School 79 ethnicity 216 human ecology 349 Kantianism 400

Parliament 433 parliamentary enclosure 191–2 Parsons, Talcott

functionalism 266 Grand Theory 315 social theory 698 structural functionalism 725

participant observation 519–20 action research 5 applied geography 34 children 81 economic geography 180 qualitative methods 605

participatory democracy 520 participatory geography 554 partition 520–1 passports 188 pastoralism 521–2

anti-development 31 migrancy 461 nomadism 501 transhumance 770

Pateman, C. 244 patenting 171, 522 patriarchy 522

AIDS 22 conflict 106 division of labour 170 domesticity 172 domination 172 equality 208 everyday life 224 feminist geographies 246 gender 268 hegemony 327 home 341 property 594 resistance 647 social formation 692 social geography 693 squatting 719 underclass 779

Pavlov, I. 627 Pawson, Ray 225 Pax Americana 26, 522–4 Pax Romana 523 pca. See principal components

analysis Peach, Ceri

social geography 692 urban geography 785

Pearce, D. 198 Pearson, Egon 362

peasant 524–5 adaptation 8 Africa, idea of 10 agrarian question 14 agricultural geography 17 anti-globalization 32 Boserup thesis 55 Brenner thesis 56 co-operative 115 decolonization 146 ecological imperialism 175 enclosure 192 farming 241 feudalism 249 food 259 genre de vie 273 GreenRevolution 317,318,319 inheritance systems 383 intensive agriculture 389 land tenure 408 memory 454 political ecology 546 populism 556 primitive accumulation 580 proto-industrialization 595 resource management 650 shifting cultivation 682 subsistence agriculture 731 underdevelopment 780

Peck, Jamie institutional economics 386 knowledge economy 403 labour geography 404 labour market 405

Peet, Richard anarchism 28 capitalism 62 Eurocentrism 221 hazard 324 model 469 philosophy 531 structuralism 725

People’s Republic of China 103 Perec, Georges 225 perestroika 651–2 performance 525–6 affect 8 art 36 chronotope 84 cultural geography 132 culture 138 ethnomethodology 219 everyday life 225 film 254 focus group 258 geography 289 geography, history of 299 homophobia and

heterosexism 344 imaginative geographies 371 interviews and

interviewing 394 landscape 410–11 literature 421

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1018 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1018

memory 455 performativity 526 post-structuralism 572 process 587 qualitative methods 604, 605 radical democracy 618 recreation 625 security 672 space 709 structuration theory 727 subject/subjectivity 730

performativity 526–7 community 104 discourse 166 emotional geography 189 exception, space of 226 feminist geographies 247 gender 268 geographical imagination 284 geography 291 heteronormativity 329 homophobia and

heterosexism 344 human geography 354 image 369 imaginative geographies 371 performance 525 pragmatism 578 process 587 queer theory 613 rural geography 659 sexuality 680 social construction 691 subject/subjectivity 730 terrorism 749 vision and visuality 801

periodic market systems 76, 527 Pérouse, Jean François, Comte

de la 231 Perraton, J. 310 Perroux, François external economies 234 growth pole 320 institutional economics 385

Perry, Clarence 495 Persian Gulf War (1990–1). See

Gulf War Petchenik, B.B. 434 Petri, Franz 131 petro-capitalism 527–8 economic geography 181 economic integration 183

Petty, William 666 phallocentrism 528 feminism 243–4 gender 268 literature 422 masculinism 448 quantitative revolution 612 subject/subjectivity 729

pharmaceuticals 49 Phelan, John 412 phenomenology 528–9 body 51

Cartesianism 65 contextuality 112 cultural landscape 133 ethnomethodology 219 everyday life 224 habitus 323 human geography 354 humanism 356 humanistic geography 357 landscape 410 lifeworld 418 music 485 ontology 512 philosophy 530 place 539 placelessness 542 qualitative methods 603 representation 645 sense of place 676 social construction 690, 691 space 709 spatiality 716 taken-for-granted world 741 time-geography 756 values 797

Phenomenology of Spirit (Hegel) 528

Philbrick, A. 634 Philippines 355 Philo, C. rural geography 659 society 702

philosophy 530–1 biophilosophy 47 counterfactuals 119 critical rationalism 124–5 critical theory 125 deconstruction 147 discourse 166 Enlightenment 193 epistemology 207 essentialism 210–11 ethics 211–13 existentialism 228 explanation 229 foundationalism 261–2 geography 290, 293 holocaust 338 human geography 354 humanism 356 idealism 363 idiographic 368 literature 420 logical empiricism 429 logical positivism 430 Marxism 444 modernity 473 naturalism 491 phallocentrism 527 phenomenology 528–9 positivism 557–9 pragmatism 577–8 production of space 590 realism 622

rhetoric 655 social theory 698 spatial science 715 teleology 742–3 time 755 utilitarianism 794–5

Philpott, T. Chicago School 79 ghetto 303

photography 353 physical geography 531–8, 534,

535, 537, 538 Darwinism 142 deep ecology 149 geography 292 human geography 350, 351 map 435 philosophy 530 positivism 559 poverty 574 realism 623 region 631 resource management 650 scale 665 system 740

physiography 532–3 Piaget, Jean

children 80 structuralism 725 time 755

Pick, Georg 426 Pickles, J.

cartographic reason 66 cartography 68 geography 291 space 708–9 spatiality 716

pids. See private interest developments

Piercy, Marge 174 Piernne, Henri 538 Pile, S. 646 Pincetl, S. 783 Pinch, S.

collective consumption 94 industrial district 376

Pinchot, Gifford 107 Pinder, D.

modernism 470 moral landscapes 479

Pinochet, Augusto 497 Pinter, Harold 25 Piore, M.J. 416 Pirenne thesis 250, 538–9 Pittsburgh Survey 384 pixel 539

neural networks 499 remote sensing (RS) 644

place 539–41 aboriginality 1 affect 9 areal differentiation 35 children 80 co-evolution 92

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1019 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1019

place (cont’d) collective consumption 93 colonialism 95 communication(s) 102 contextual effect 110 contrapuntal geographies 113 cultural politics 134 dialectic(s) 158 Disneyfication 168 economic geography 178 emotional geography 188 entrepreneurship 195 ethics 212 ethnic cleansing 213 ethnography 218 fieldwork 251 genius loci 272 genocide 273 geographical imagination 282–3

geography 288, 290–1 geography, history of 299 hegemony 327 human geography 350, 353 industrial geography 376 inner city 384 integration 388 labour geography 404 labour market 405 labour process 406 land tenure 408 law 414 locality 425 localization 425 Marxism 445 memory 453 mental maps/cognitive maps 455

monuments 478 music 485 nation 487 nationalism 489 nature 493 non-place 503 ontology 511, 512 philosophy 530, 531 place names 541 political geography 549 population geography 552 power-geometry 576, 577 quantitative methods 610 redistribution 625 regional geography 635 resistance 647 sense of place 676 social capital 690 social geography 692 social space 697 space 707 territory 746 theory 752 time–space compression 757 time–space distanciation 760 topography 762

topophilia 763 tourism 763 vision and visuality 801

place names 541–2 cartography 68 exploration 232 map 436 settlement continuity 678

place utility 145 placelessness 542

non-place 503 place 540 tourism 764

places, space of 498 plague 517 Planck, Max 83 planning

anarchism 28 convergence, regional 115 growth theory 321 housing studies 347 modernity 471 new town 501 rural planning 660 urban and regional

planning 782–3 zoning 816

plantation 542–3 capitalism 62 colonialism 97 forestry 261

plastic space 758 Plato

deconstruction 147 epistemology 206 metaphor 456 mimesis 466 universalism 782 urban and regional

planning 782 Platonism 682 Plato’s Ideals 511 Plegs League 700 Plekhanov, G.V.

base and superstructure 42 Marxism 444

Pliny the Elder image 369 mimesis 466

Ploszajska, T. 479 pluralism 543

assimilation 38 cultural turn 134 immigration 372

PNS. See post-normal science Poetivin, G. 5 Poiker, Tom 281 Poincaré, Jules-Henri 560 point pattern analysis 543–4

local statistics 424 quadrat analysis 603 spatial analysis 711

Poisson regression models 544 categorical data analysis 73

general linear model (GLM) 271

quadrat analysis 603 regression 640

Poland 213 Polanyi, Karl capitalism 60, 64 commodity 99 development 156 economy 184 exchange 227 industrial geography 378 industrialization 380 institutional economics 385 market 441, 442 redistribution 625

policing 544–5 boundary 55 community 104 geodemographics 277 governmentality 314 multiculturalism 481 red-light districts 625 security 673 social geography 693 territoriality 745

political citizenship 84 political ecology 545–7 AIDS 22 cultural ecology 127–8 ecology 176 economic geography 181 environmental history 200 feminist geographies 247 forestry 261 geography 293 human geography 351 intensive agriculture 389 International Relations

(IR) 391 Marxist geography 447 peasant 525 population geography 552 probabilism 585 subsistence agriculture 731 system 740 urban ecology 783 urban nature 788 water 807

political economy 547–9 agricultural geography 17 capitalism 59 commodity 99–100 commodity chain/filiere 101 creative destruction 119 critical geopolitics 122 critical human geography 123 cultural economy 129 decision-making 145 development 155 diffusion 161 existentialism 228 farming 241 field system 251

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1020 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1020

food 259 Fordism 260 geographical imagination 283 governable space 312 governmentality 314 growth theory 322 hazard 324 human geography 352 industrial geography 377 industrial revolution 379 law 414 limits to growth 418 location theory 427 model 469 peasant 524 political ecology 546 Postan thesis 560 postmodernity 569 privatization 585 rational choice theory 639 regime theory 630 region 631 retailing 653 space 708 space-economy 711 staples theory 722 war 804

political geography 549–51 AIDS 22 anthropogeography 30 critical geopolitics 121–3 democracy 150 ethnic cleansing 213, 214 feminist geographies 245 Geopolitik 302 human geography 350, 351 iconography 363 indistinction, zone of 375 institutionalism 386 public choice theory 598 qualitative methods 603 radical democracy 618 redistribution 626 sexuality 680 sovereignty 706 trade 766 world-systems analysis 813

political resistance 646 political technologies 707 politics. See also geopolitics biopolitics, biopower 48 census 74 chorology/chorography 82–3 citizenship 84 climate 90 contextual effect 110 cultural politics 134 democracy 151 electoral geography 187–8 equality 208 famine 240 fascism 242 feminism 244 foundationalism 262

friends-and-neighbours effect 264

gentrification 274 gerrymandering 303 International Relations

(IR) 391 law 414 malapportionment 433 political ecology 547 post-industrial society 566 privatization 585 territory 746 terrorism 747 theory 752 transgression 770 tricontinentalism 776 turf politics 778 verticality, politics of 798 war 804 welfare geography 807 zoning 816

Politics (Aristotle) 547 Pollock, G. 470 pollution 551–2 acid rain 4 compact city 104 cost-benefit analysis 118 decentralization 144 environmental economics

198 game theory 267 global warming 308 gross domestic product

(GDP) 320 human geography 351 industrialization 380 intensive agriculture 389 scale 664 system 740 water 807 wetlands 810

Pomeranz, K. 56 Poovey, Mary 72 Popper, Karl Cartesianism 65 critical rationalism 124, 125 critical theory 126 falsification 238–9 historicism 336 logical positivism 430 methodological

individualism 457 paradigm 518

population Asia (idea of) 37 capture–recapture methods 64 carceral geographies 64 census 75 Chicago School 80 classification and

regionalization 90 co-evolution 92 demographic transition 152–3 demography 153–4

ecological inference 175 economic base theory 177–8 economic growth 182 energy 193 epidemiology 206 ethnic cleansing 213 ghetto 303 global commons 307 local statistics 424 Malthusian model 433–4 micropolis 459 neighbourhood 494 occupation, military 508 overpopulation 516 Postan thesis 560 security 672, 673 tragedy of the commons 766

population archaeology 333 population density 552

carrying capacity 65 cartogram 66 choropleth 83 Postan thesis 560

population genetics 142 population geography 552–4

ageing 12, 13 demography 153 environmentalism 205 medical geography 451 population density 552 quantitative methods 610

population potential 433, 554–5 population projection 555

census 74 demography 153 population geography 553

population pyramid 154, 555, 555–6

populism 556 culture 136 farming 242

pork barrel 556 electoral geography 188 friends-and-neighbours effect 264

public goods 600 port 331 Porteous 763 Porter, Michael 91, 92 Portes, Alejandro 689 Portugali, J. 106 positionality 556–7

contrapuntal geographies 114 difference 160 feminist geographies 245 interviews and interviewing 393

methodology 458 performance 526 post-structuralism 573 power-geometry 576 qualitative methods 603 reflexivity 627 social justice 694

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1021 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1021

positionality (cont’d) spatial identity 713 time–space compression 758

positive discrimination 186, 557 positive feedback 243 positive theory 505 positivism 557–9

cartography, history of 70 critical human geography 123 critical rationalism 125 economic geography 179 environmental hazard 198 ethnography 219 exploratory data analysis (EDA) 234

extensive research 234 falsification 239 fieldwork 251 geocomputation 276 hermeneutics 329 historical geography 334 homophobia and heterosexism 344

humanistic geography 357 instrumentalism 387 Kantianism 400 lifeworld 418 logical empiricism 429 logical positivism 430–1 ontology 512 participant observation 520 philosophy 530 population geography 553 process 586 quantitative methods 608, 611 radical geography 619 scientific revolution(s) 669 theory 751

possibilism 559–60 environmental determinism 197 geography, history of 297 human agency 347 human geography 351 Kantianism 400 probabilism 585

Postan, Michael counterfactuals 119 Postan thesis 560

Postan thesis 560–1 Brenner thesis 56 feudalism 250

post-colonialism 561–2 Anglocentrism 29 body 51 borderlands 53 colonialism 95, 96 conflict 106 critical human geography 123 cultural geography 132 cultural landscape 133 culture 137 deconstruction 148 discourse 167 domestication 171

Eurocentrism 221 feminist geographies 247 gender and development 270 geo-body 274 geography 289 historical geography 335 historicism 336 home 341 homophobia and

heterosexism 344 human geography 352 humanism 356 hybridity 361 identity 365, 366 imperialism 374 indigenous knowledge 374 industrial revolution 379 language 411 liberalism 417 Marxism 445 memory 455 migrancy 461 modernity 474 nationalism 488, 489 nature 494 Other/Otherness 515 patriarchy 522 philosophy 530 place names 541–2 political economy 548–9 population geography 553 positivism 559 post-development 563 postmodernism 568 post-structuralism 572 power 576 qualitative methods 603 race 616 radical geography 620 resource 649 rural geography 659 settler society 679 social theory 699 society 703 spatial identity 712 subaltern studies 728 subject/subjectivity 729 third space 753 transculturation 768 travel writing 774 tricontinentalism 776–7 universalism 782 urban geography 786 vision and visuality 801 West, the 809

post-development 562–4 anti-development 31 development 156 empowerment 191 indigenous knowledge 374 political economy 549 post-structuralism 572 Third World 754

post-Fordism 564

agricultural geography 17 crisis 121 division of labour 169 economic geography 179 external economies 235 Fordism 260 global cities/world cities 305 industrial geography 377–8 just-in-time production 398 leisure 417 location theory 428 outsourcing 516 postmodernity 569 regime of accumulation 630 regulation theory 640 Taylorism 742 time–space convergence 759 urban fringe 784

post-Heideggerian philosophy 133

posthumanism 564–5 anti-humanism 33 cultural geography 132 cyborg 140 ethics 213 humanism 356 post-structuralism 572 rural geography 659

post-industrial city 565 city 86 inner city 384

post-industrial society 565–6 consumption 108 gentrification 274 information economy 382 knowledge economy 401 stages of growth 720

post-Marxism 566 ideology 368 local state 424 post-socialism 571 post-structuralism 572

postmaterialism 566 postmodernism 566–8 cartographic reason 66 consumption 109 counterfactuals 119 crisis 121 critical human geography 123 critical rationalism 125 critical theory 126 culture 135 deconstruction 148 Enlightenment 194 essentialism 210 Eurocentrism 221 geographical imagination 283 geography 293 Grand Theory 315 heritage 328 human agency 348 human geography 352 identity 366 Kantianism 400

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1022 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1022

leisure 417 local knowledge 422, 423 Marxism 445 memory 454 modernism 470 modernity 471, 473 moral landscapes 480 paradigm 518 philosophy 530 post-structuralism 572 pragmatism 577, 578 queer theory 612 realism 623 reductionism 627 relativism 641 rhythmanalysis 656 rural geography 659 social construction 691 social theory 698 spatiality 716–17 time–space convergence 759 travel writing 774 universalism 782 urban geography 785

postmodernity 568–70 feminist geographies 245 flows 257 placelessness 542 postmodernism 567 post-structuralism 572

post-normal science (PNS) 570, 570–1

Postone, M. 100 post-phenomenology 503 post-positivism 529 post-socialism 571 peasant 525 Second World 670 urban geography 786

post-Soviet era 566 post-structuralism 571–3 action research 5 animals 29 anti-humanism 33 body 51 cartography, history of 70 citizenship 85 counterfactuals 119 critical geopolitics 121 critical rationalism 125 cultural geography 131 culture 136–7 deconstruction 148 economic geography 180 economy 185 environmental history 200 epistemology 206, 207 ethics 212, 213 Eurocentrism 221 feminist geographies 247 flows 257 gender and development 270 geographical imagination 283,

284

global cities/world cities 306 Grand Theory 315 heritage 328 hermeneutics 329 historical geography 334 human agency 348 human geography 352, 354 humanism 356 humanistic geography 358 humanities 359 ideology 368 International Relations

(IR) 391 literature 420 local knowledge 423 local state 424 Marxism 445 Marxist geography 447 masculinism 448 methodological

individualism 457 mimesis 466 model 469 nature 493 non-representational

theory 503 ontology 512 paradigm 518 phenomenology 529 philosophy 530 political ecology 547 political economy 548 population geography 553 postmodernism 567 postmodernity 569 power 576 pragmatism 577, 578 production of space 592 qualitative methods 603 queer theory 612 reductionism 627 resistance 647 rural geography 659 social construction 691 social justice 694 society 701 space 709 spatial identity 712 spatiality 717 structuralism 725 subject/subjectivity 728 text 750 textuality 751 universalism 782

post-Westphalian governance 86 Poulantzas, Nicos mode of production 468 structuralism 725

poverty 573–4 aboriginality 2 adaptation 8 apartheid 33 Chicago School 79 class 88

cycle of poverty 141 development 155 dual economy 173 famine 240 financial exclusion 254–5 Fourth World 263 ghetto 303 Green Revolution 319 homelessness 343 hunger 359 immigration 372 industrialization 380 inner city 384 life table 418 longitudinal data analysis (LDA) 431

neighbourhood 494 Panopticon 518 pastoralism 521 political ecology 546 post-development 562 quantitative methods 610 sampling 662 segregation 674 slavery 687 slum 688 social geography 693 South, the 704 squatting 719 sustainable development 739 Third World 754, 755 underclass 779 urban and regional planning 782

welfare geography 807 welfare state 808

poverty gap 574–5 Poverty Gap Ratio 575 Powell, Joe 200 power 575–6

Anglocentrism 28, 29 anti-development 31 balkanization 41 biopolitics, biopower 48 camp 57 capitalism 61 carceral geographies 64 chronotope 84 city 85, 86 civil society 87 colonialism 94 contextuality 112 contrapuntal geographies 113 core–periphery model 115–16 critical geopolitics 121–3 critical human geography 123 critical theory 126 cultural economy 129 cultural geography 131 cultural landscape 133 cultural turn 135 culture 137–8 cyberspace 139 Darwinism 143

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1023 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1023

power (cont’d) decolonization 145 devolution 156 difference 159 disciplinary power 165–6 domesticity 172 domination 172 egalitarianism 187 empowerment 191 enterprise zone 195 exit, voice and loyalty 229 federalism 243 fieldwork 251 flows 257 focus group 258 genealogy 270 geography 287 geography, history of 296, 298 global cities/world cities 304 hegemony 327 historical geography 334 home 341, 342 human geography 350 humanism 356 imaginative geographies 370 indigenous knowledge 375 interviews and interviewing 393 laboratory 404 labour market 405 labour process 406 Latin America 413 law 415 liberalism 417 literature 420 masculinism 448 memory 454 moral geographies 479 moral landscapes 479 non-representational theory 504

Panopticon 517 peasant 524 performance 525, 526 performativity 526 philosophy 530 pluralism 543 policing 544, 545 political ecology 546 positionality 556 positivism 559 post-structuralism 572 power-geometry 576 pragmatism 578 prisons 583 process 587 public choice theory 598 qualitative methods 603 quantitative methods 609 race 617 realism 622 regime theory 630 resistance 647 restructuring 652 rural geography 659

rural planning 660 sacred and profane space 661 scale 665 Sjoberg model 686 social theory 699 sovereign power 705–6 state 722 taken-for-granted world 741 territoriality 744 territorialization 745 territory 746, 747 topography 762 trade 766 transculturation 768 verticality, politics of 798 violence 799 war 804 West, the 809 whiteness 810

power formulas 664 power-geometry 576–7

contrapuntal geographies 114 Latin America 412 occupation, military 508 regional geography 634 time–space compression 757 time–space expansion 761

Powers, Gary 643 PPPs. See public-private

partnership practical Orientalism 515 practice

body 52 social space 698

pragmatism 577–9 critical theory 126 evidence-based policy 225 hermeneutics 329 human geography 354 literature 420 philosophy 531 realism 623 relativism 641 taken-for-granted world 741

Prakash, M.S. 31 Pratt, G.

qualitative methods 606 topography 762

Pratt, Lee 280–1 Pratt, Minnie Bruce 713 Prebisch, Raúl 154 precision 662 Pred, Allan

behavioural geography 44 contextuality 111 decision-making 144 dialectic(s) 158 industrial geography 377 literature 421 local–global relations 424 media 450 modernism 470 satisficing behaviour 664 time-geography 756

time–space convergence 758 prediction 579 categorical data analysis 73 forecast 261 limits to growth 419 location theory 426 visualization 803

pre-industrial city 579, 685 prejudice 329 Preobrazhensky, E. agrarian question 16 primitive accumulation 581

preservation 579 Preston, V. 713 pricing policies 579–80 commodity 99–100 co-operative 115 environmental economics 198 famine 240 farming 241 labour theory of value 406 spatial monopoly 714 terms of trade 743 transfer pricing 769–70 transnational corporations

(TNCs) 771 value-added 797

primary data analysis 580, 670 primate city, the law of 580 prime modernity 327 primitive accumulation 580–1 capitalism 62 ecological imperialism 175 oil 511 World Social Forum

(WSF) 812 primitivism 581–2 aboriginality 1 civilization 87 colonialism 98 exploration 233 Orientalism 514 state of nature 724

Prince, H.C. 282–5 principal components analysis

(pca) 582 factor analysis 237 factorial ecology 237 general linear model

(GLM) 271 Principles of Economics

(Marshall) 495 prisoner’s dilemma 267, 582 prisons 582–3 adaptation 8 bare life (‘naked life’) 42 human geography 354 Panopticon 517

Pritchard, Edward Evans 265 private and public spheres 583–4 cadastral mapping 57 civil society 87 consumption 109 home 341

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1024 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1024

law 414 liberalism 417 public geographies 599 regime theory 630 rights 656 subject/subjectivity 729

Private Finance Initiative 601 private interest developments

(pids) 584–5 privatization 585 common pool resources 102 exit, voice and loyalty 229 governance 313 Green Revolution 319 primitive accumulation 581 spatial monopoly 714 topography 762 welfare state 808 World Social Forum

(WSF) 812 World Trade Organization

(WTO) 813 PRIZM 276 probabilism 197, 585 probabilistic designs 662 probability Bayesian analysis 43 Markov process (or Markov

chain) 443 risk 657 uncertainty 779

probability map 586 Probyn, E. 730 process 586–7 Chicago School 80 diffusion 160 disease, diffusion of 168 geography 294 philosophy 531

Proctor, J. 643 producer services 587 global cities/world cities 305 services 677

product life cycle 587–9 profit cycle 593 transaction costs 768

production agglomeration 14 capitalism 59 class 88–9 collective consumption 93 command economy 98 communism 103 comparative advantage 105 cost structure 118 cultural economy 129 dependency ratio 154 domestic labour 171 economies of scale 183–4 ethnography 218 exchange 227 factors of production 237–8 global cities/world cities 304,

305

globalization 310 household 346 just-in-time production 397–8 Marxism 444 mode of production 468 neo-Ricardian economics 498 peasant 524 placelessness 542 trade 764 transaction costs 767–8

production complex 184, 589 Production of commodities by means

of commodities, The (Sraffa) 498

production of nature 589–90 cultural landscape 133 economic geography 181 geography 293 materialism 449 nature 493 production of space 590 recreation 625

production of space 590–2, 591, 592

abstraction 2 body 51 children 81 critical theory 126 dialectic(s) 157 Euclidean space 220 everyday life 224 flows 257 geography 294 heterotopia 330 human geography 351 Marxism 445 modernism 470 philosophy 531 place 540 post-structuralism 572 recreation 625 rhythmanalysis 656 scale 665 space 708 spatiality 716 subject/subjectivity 730 trialectics 776

productivity 592–3 Fordism 260 Green Revolution 318 regional policy 638 von Thünen model 803

profit 498 profit cycle 588, 593 progress Asia (idea of) 37 historicism 336

progressive liberalism 548 proletariat 580 Prometheanism limits to growth 419 underdevelopment 780

property 593–4 bioprospecting 48–9

cadastral mapping 57 capital 58 capitalism 59 citizenship 84 common property regimes 102 communism 103 difference 159 feudalism 250 gated communities 268 inheritance systems 383 Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) 388–9

land tenure 408–9 law 414 primitive accumulation 580 public space 602 rights 656 sacred and profane space 661 squatting 719 tragedy of the commons 767 vision and visuality 801

property rights 440 propinquity 594 proportionality shift 681 prostitution 594–5

red-light districts 625 slavery 687

Protestant Reformation 364 proto-industrialization 378, 595 proximity 747 Prudham, S. 389 Pryke, M.

film 254 visual methods 802

Przeworski, Adam 445 psychic resistance 646–7 psychoanalytic theory 595–7

abjection 1 affect 8 body 50 critical theory 125 emotional geography 189 feminist geographies 247 flows 257 gender 268 geographical imaginary 282 geographical imagination 284 homophobia and heterosexism 344

human agency 348 idealism 364 identity 365 ideology 367 imaginative geographies 370 landscape 410 ontology 512 Other/Otherness 515 performativity 527 post-structuralism 572 queer theory 612 resistance 646 sexuality 680 social exclusion 692 society 701, 703

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1025 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1025

psychoanalytic theory (cont’d) spatial identity 712 subject/subjectivity 728, 729

psychogeography 597–8 situationists/situationism 685 urban exploration 784

Ptolemy chorology/chorography 83 globe 311 regional geography 633

public administration 313, 598 public choice theory 598 public finance 598, 598–9 public geographies 599

applied geography 34 geographical imagination 285 geography 295 media 450 travelling theory 775

public goods 599–600 education 186 electoral geography 188 exit, voice and loyalty 229 pork barrel 556 public choice theory 598 public finance 598 territoriality 745 Tiebout model 755

Public Participation GIS (PPGIS) 279

public policy, geography and 600 census 74 ethnicity 216 evidence-based policy 225 geography 295 ghetto 303 gravity model 317 housing studies 347 migration 462 quantitative methods 610–11 regional policy 636–8 relevance 642 underclass 779

public services 601–2 exit, voice and loyalty 229 services 677 social well-being 700 urban entrepreneurialism 783 urban social movement 790 welfare state 807, 808

public space 602 equality 208 film 254 gated communities 268 private and public spheres 584 radical democracy 618 rights 656–7 skid row 686 social exclusion 691

public sphere. See private and public spheres

public-private partnership (PPPs) 600–1

collective consumption 94

exit, voice and loyalty 229 post-industrial city 565 urban and regional

planning 783 urban

entrepreneurialism 783–4 urban renewal 790 welfare state 808

Pudup, M.B. 635 Pulido, Laura

activism 6 urban ecology 783

al-Qaeda 748, 749 quadrat analysis 603

point pattern analysis 544 spatial analysis 711

quadtree 603, 620 Qualidata 704 qualitative methods 603–6

cartography 67–8 decision-making 145 economic geography 180 e-social science 209 feminist geographies 245 focus group 258 human geography 353 humanistic geography 357 intensive research 389 interviews and interviewing 393 language 411 methodology 458 performance 526 population geography 553 positionality 556 questionnaire 613 realism 622 sampling 662 social geography 693 software for qualitative

research 703–4 subject/subjectivity 731 surveying 737

quality of life 606–7 accessibility 2 gross domestic product

(GDP) 320 health and health care 325 post-industrial city 565 postmaterialism 566 skid row 687 social well-being 700

quango 598, 607 quantitative methods 607–11

Bayesian analysis 43 categorical data analysis 73–4 classification and

regionalization 90 cost-benefit analysis 118 disease, diffusion of 168 ecological inference 175 economic geography 179 exploratory data analysis

(EDA) 234

extensive research 234 geographically weighted

regression (GWR) 286–7 global cities/world cities 306 human geography 353 interviews and

interviewing 393 location quotient 425 longitudinal data analysis

(LDA) 431 measurement 449–50 methodology 458 modifiable areal unit problem

(maup) 475 multi-level models 483 positivism 559 qualitative methods 603, 606 quantitative revolution 611 realism 622 regional science 638 software for quantitative

analysis 704 spatial analysis 711 transport geography 773 trend surface analysis 775 universalism 782 visualization 803

quantitative revolution 611–12 abstraction 2 cartography 67 central place theory 76 critical rationalism 124 economic geography 179 empiricism 191 exceptionalism 227 explanation 229 factor analysis 237 falsification 239 general systems theory 271 geocomputation 275 Geographic Information

Systems (GIS) 280 geography 288–9 geography, history of 298 human geography 353 hypothesis 362 idiographic 368 industrial geography 377 instrumentalism 387 local knowledge 422 location theory 426 locational analysis 429 logical positivism 430 military geography 465 neo-classical economics 496 normative theory 505 paradigm 518 positivism 559 qualitative methods 603 quantitative methods 607 rational choice theory 639 reductionism 627 region 631 retailing 653

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1026 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1026

science/science studies 667 scientific revolution(s) 669 spatial science 714, 715 system 740 theory 751 urban geography 785

queer geography 344 queer theory 612–13 AIDS 22 body 51 critical human geography 123 domination 172 ethics 212 feminist geographies 247 gender 269 geographical imagination 284 homophobia and

heterosexism 344 law 414 performativity 526 political geography 550 post-structuralism 572 radical geography 620 rural geography 659 sexuality 680–1 subject/subjectivity 729

Quesnay, François economy 184 labour theory of value 406

questionnaire 613–14 domestic labour 171 extensive research 234 focus group 258 interviews and

interviewing 393 sampling 663 survey analysis 734

Quincey, Thomas de 597 quota method 662

R (software) 703 race 615–17 AIDS 22 biopolitics, biopower 48 caste 72 census 74 Chicago School 79 children 81 class 88 climate 90 colonialism 95 critical geopolitics 122 cultural geography 131 cultural turn 134 cycle of poverty 141 diaspora 159 difference 159, 160 domination 172 ecological fallacy 174 education 187 empire 190 environmental justice 201 epistemology 206 equality 208

ethnicity 214, 215 feminist geographies 247 focus group 258 genocide 272 gentrification 274 geography, history of 297 ghetto 303 hegemony 327 historical geography 335 home 342 homo sacer 344 household 346 housing studies 347 identity 365 ideology 367 imperialism 374 inequality, spatial 381 institutional economics 385 interviews and

interviewing 393 labour geography 404 life expectancy 418 minor theory 467 modifiable areal unit problem

(maup) 475 monuments 478 neighbourhood 494 non-representational

theory 505 Other/Otherness 515 political geography 550 population geography 553 public space 602 recognition 623 slavery 687 social geography 693 social justice 694 sovereign power 705 sport(s) 718 subject/subjectivity 728 suburb/anization 732 universalism 782 urban geography 785 urban managers and

gatekeepers 788 whiteness 810

racial districting 617, 626 racial profiling 616 racialization 617 ethnicity 215–17 segregation 674

racism 617–18 abjection 1 body 51 Chinatown 82 colonialism 94 decolonization 146 environmental racism 203–4 environmentalism 205 fascism 242 feminist geographies 245, 247 Geopolitik 302 holocaust 337 housing studies 346

Kantianism 400–401 local knowledge 422 mode of production 468 plantation 543 prisons 583 psychoanalytic theory 597 race 615 segregation 674 settler society 679 situated knowledge 683 social geography 693 social theory 699 subject/subjectivity 729, 730 terrorism 748 underclass 779 whiteness 810

Radcliffe-Brown, Alfred 265 radical contingency 577 radical democracy 618–19

liberalism 417 private and public spheres 584 subject/subjectivity 729

radical geography 619–20 anarchism 27 children 80 class 89 critical human geography 123 cultural geography 131 economic geography 179 ethics 212 functionalism 266 geography 295 human geography 352 industrial geography 377 philosophy 531 political geography 550 quantitative methods 608 rational choice theory 639 reductionism 627 society 703 urban exploration 784 welfare geography 807

radical pluralism 578 Raffles, Hugh 520 Ramon-Garcia, M.D.

feminist geographies 247 gender 269

Ramsar Convention 810 Rand McNally 67 range of a good 76 rank-size rule 620

primate city, the law of 580 quantitative revolution 611 urban geography 785

Rappaport, Roy adaptation 8 cultural ecology 128

raster 620 cellular automata 74 digital cartography 162 digitizing 163 geocoding 275 Geographic Information Science (GISc) 278

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1027 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1027

raster (cont’d) pixel 539 point pattern analysis 544 quadtree 603 vector data 798

rational abstraction 2 rational actor theories 695 rational choice theory 620–1

agent-based modelling 13 analytical Marxism 27 economic geography 179 economy 185 game theory 267 industrial geography 377 location theory 427 Marxism 445 methodological individualism 457

migrancy 461 neo-classical economics 495–6 population geography 553 public choice theory 598 reductionism 626 satisficing behaviour 664 universalism 782 von Thünen model 803

rationalism capitalism 60 critical rationalism 124–5 market 442 paradigm 518

Ratzel, Friedrich anthropogeography 30 Berkeley School 45 Darwinism 142 diffusion 160 environmental determinism 197

functionalism 266 geography 290 Geopolitik 302 Lebensraum 416 political geography 549, 550

Raudenbush, S.W. 663 Ravenstein, George 462, 463 Ravetz, Jerome 570 Rawls, John 694 Ray, B. 695 Razack, Sherene 679 Reagan, Ronald and

administration geopolitics 301 market 442, 443 neo-liberalism 497 political economy 548 postmodernism 567 privatization 585 restructuring 653 World Social Forum (WSF) 812

Reaganomics 653 realism 621–3

abstraction 2 critical geopolitics 121

critical rationalism 124, 125 critical theory 126 discourse 166 economic geography 179 explanation 230 exploratory data analysis

(EDA) 234 extensive research 234 gender 268 geocomputation 276 geography 293 human agency 347 humanistic geography 357 intensive research 389 internal relations 390 law (scientific) 415 locality 425 location theory 427 Marxism 445 methodology 458 ontology 512 patriarchy 522 philosophy 530 political economy 548 positivism 559 power 575 pragmatism 578 process 586 qualitative methods 606 retroduction 654 social construction 690 structuralism 725

realm 138 reciprocal-lineage mode 813 Reclus, Elisée

anarchism 27 critical human geography 123 geography, history of 296 radical geography 619 socialism 700

recognition 623 feminist geographies 247 radical democracy 619 subject/subjectivity 728

Reconquista 538 reconstruction 623–4 recreation 624–5

leisure 416–17 sport(s) 718 tourism 763–4

recursiveness 726 recycling 192, 625 redistribution 625–6

equality 208 Pareto optimality 519 state 723 urban origins 789

redistributive-tributary mode 813

redistricting 626 classification and

regionalization 90 deliberative mapping 150 electoral geography 188

gerrymandering 303 modifiable areal unit problem

(maup) 476 racial districting 617

red-light districts 594, 625 redlining 626 housing studies 347 suburb/anization 732 urban managers and

gatekeepers 788 reductionism 626–7 co-evolution 92 culture 136 environmentalism 205 Latin America 413

Rees, J. 588 reflexivity 627–8, 628 cybernetics 138 ethics 213 feminist geographies 245 fieldwork 251 geography 295 interviews and

interviewing 393 methodology 458 positionality 557 qualitative methods 604 risk society 658 structuration theory 726

Reformation 222 refugees 628–30 asylum 39 camp 58 environmental refugees 204 exception, space of 226 homophobia and

heterosexism 344 immigration 371 migration 464 partition 521 time–space expansion 761 travel writing 774 war 806

regime of accumulation 630 flexible accumulation 256–7 Fordism 260 Kondratieff waves 403 nation-state 489 post-Fordism 564 regulation theory 640 restructuring 651 tariff 741

regime theory 630 region 630–2 economic geography 179 Europe, idea of 222 functionalism 266 geography 290–2 governable space 312 homeland 343 human geography 353 innovation 385 investment 396 knowledge economy 401

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1028 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1028

locality 425 moral geographies 479 music 485 nodal region 501 place 539 regionalism 639 secession 670 settlement continuity 678 space 707 spatial identity 712 urban fringe 784 world-systems analysis 814

regional alliance 632 regional cycles 632 regional geography 632–6 areal differentiation 35 chorology/chorography 82 economic geography 180 environmentalism 205 epistemology 207 genre de vie 273 geography 288, 291 human geography 350 idiographic 368 industrial revolution 378 knowledge economy 401 Latin America 413 Marxism 445 military geography 465 nomothetic 502, 503 region 631 regional policy 637 society 703 war 804

regional policy 636–8 convergence, regional 115 producer services 587

regional science 638–9 economic geography 179 gravity model 316 industrial geography 377 local knowledge 422 location theory 426 locational analysis 429 methodological

individualism 457 neo-classical economics 496 New Economic

Geography 500 population geography 553 quantitative revolution 611 rational choice theory 621 regional cycles 632 shift-share model 681

Regional Science Association 638–9

regional spaces 639 regionalism 639 bioregionalism 49 devolution 157 regime theory 630 scientific revolution(s) 670 state 723 universalism 782

regionalization. See classification and regionalization

regions areal differentiation 35 regional policy 636 society 702

regression 639–40, 640 Bayesian analysis 43 categorical data analysis 73 collinearity 94 correlation 116 ecological fallacy 174 economic base theory 178 endogeneity 192 general linear model

(GLM) 271 geographically weighted

regression (GWR) 286–7 gravity model 316 instrumental variables 387 local statistics 424 location theory 426 logit regression models 431 log-linear modelling 431 measurement 450 multi-level models 483 Poisson regression

models 544 prediction 579 quantitative methods 608 space-time forecasting

models 711 spatial autocorrelation 711 trend surface analysis 775

regression coefficient 639 regulation theory 640–1 agro-food system 21 crisis 121 economic geography 179 fiscal crisis 255 Fordism 260 functionalism 266 industrial geography 377 intensive agriculture 389 regime of accumulation 630 restructuring 653

Reich Foundation for Geographical Studies 338

Reichenbach, Hans 430 Reign of Terror 747 Reimer, S. 101 relational database 641, 798 relational space 512 relative deprivation models 111 relative space 708 relativism 641 critical rationalism 125 geography, history of 299 participant observation 520 positionality 556 postmodernism 567 postmodernity 569 science/science studies 667 social construction 690

relevance 642 activism 5 economic geography 179 instrumentalism 387 political geography 551 positivism 559 public geographies 599 public policy, geography and 600

quantitative revolution 612 religion 642–3

alienation 23 caste 72 city 85 civilization 87–8 Europe, idea of 222 family reconstitution 239 ghetto 303 liberalism 417 logical positivism 430 neighbourhood 494 partition 521 postmodernism 568 race 615 secularism 671–2 social geography 693 subject/subjectivity 729 territoriality 745 tourism 763 urban origins 789 values 797

remote sensing (RS) 643–4 cartography 67 digital cartography 162 factor analysis 237 fractal 263 genocide 273 Geographic Information Systems (GIS) 279

geo-informatics 299 Global Positioning Systems (GPS) 308

heuristic 331 land use and land-cover change (LULC) 409

land-use survey 411 map 434 military geography 465 neural networks 499 public policy, geography and 600

raster 620 Renaissance

environmental determinism 197

episteme 206 Europe, idea of 222 humanism 356 humanistic geography 357 humanities 358 iconography 363 identity 364 representation 645 scientific instrumentation 668

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1029 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1029

rent 644–5 bid-rent curve 46 capital 58 capitalism 61 conflict commodities 107 farming 241 feudalism 249–50 growth coalitions 320 location theory 426 oil 510–11 opportunity costs 513 staples theory 722 von Thünen model 803

rent gap 645, 645 Renting, H. 259 re-ordering 52 repeated measures analysis 432 representation 645–6

action research 5 Cartesianism 66 cartographic reason 66 cartography, history of 70 critical human geography 123 cultural geography 132 democracy 151 dialectic(s) 158 epistemology 207 feminist geographies 247 fieldwork 251 Geographic Information Science (GISc) 277, 278

geographical imagination 282, 284

geography 288 geography, history of 296 idealism 364 imaginative geographies 370 law 414 literature 420 mental maps/cognitive maps 455

mimesis 466 modernism 469 modernity 471 music 484 non-representational theory 503–5

ontology 512 post-structuralism 572 qualitative methods 604–6 realism 621, 623 regional geography 635 rhetoric 655 rhythmanalysis 656 rights 656 sampling 661 scale 664 social space 698 time–space compression 757 trialectics 776 virtual geographies 800

reproduction, social. See social reproduction

Repton, Humphry 479

research action research 4–5 critical rationalism 125 cultural turn 134 extensive research 234 Geographic Information

Science (GISc) 277–9 geography 288 geo-informatics 299–300 global cities/world cities 306 intensive research 389 participant observation

519–20 reflexivity 628 sampling 661 science park 668 software for qualitative

research 703–4 thick description 753

research and development 522 Research Assessment

Exercise 187 resistance 646–7

anti-globalization 31 conflict 106 critical geopolitics 122 critical human geography 123 critical theory 125 cultural politics 134 decolonization 145, 146 difference 160 enclosure 192 film 253 gender and development 270 genealogy 270 home 341 labour market 406 land tenure 409 political economy 548 power 576 qualitative methods 605–6 social reproduction 697 terrorism 747 transgression 770 West, the 808 World Social Forum

(WSF) 812 Resnick, Stephen A.

base and superstructure 42–3 essentialism 210 Marxist economics 445

resort life-cycle model 647, 647–8 resource 648–9

capital 58 common pool resources 102 common property regimes 102 competitive advantage 105 conflict 106 conflict commodities 107 continental shelf 112 cultural ecology 128 decision-making 144 economic geography 181 energy 193

field system 251 fieldwork 251 gender and development 270 human geography 350 investment 395 metaphor 456 natural resources 490–1 Pareto optimality 519 political ecology 546 prisoner’s dilemma 582 tragedy of the commons

766–7 resource allocation 519 ‘resource curse’ 527 resource economics 649 resource evaluation 649–50 resource management 650 environmental economics

197 geo-informatics 299 natural resources 490 political ecology 545 prisoner’s dilemma 582 resource 648 resource evaluation 649

resource wars 650–1 environmental security 204 just war 397 war 804

resources 660 restructuring 651–3 economic geography 179 information economy 382 Kondratieff waves 403 locality 425 social reproduction 697 sunk costs 733

retailing 653–4 behavioural geography 44 central business district

(CBD) 76 central place theory 76 consumption 108 periodic market systems 527

reterritorialization 53 RETORT 718 retroduction 654 retrogressive approach 654, 654 retrospective approach 654, 654 revealed preference analysis 654 decision-making 145 utility theory 795

revivification 775 revolution Agricultural Revolution 19–20 critical theory 125 Green Revolution 317–19 industrial revolution 378–80 peasant 525 quantitative revolution 611–12 scientific revolution(s) 669–70

Revolution in Military Affairs (RMA)

time–space compression 758

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1030 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1030

war 805 Reza Shah Pahlavi (shah of

Iran) 511 rhetoric 655 language 411 literature 422 metaphor 456 populism 556 situated knowledge 683

rhizome 655 nomadology 502 post-structuralism 573 virus 800

Rhodes, R. 313 rhythmanalysis 655–6 film 254 production of space 592

ribbon development 656 conurbation 114 sprawl 719 suburb/anization 732

Ricardo, David Boserup thesis 53–4 capital 58 labour theory of value 406, 407 neo-liberalism 497 neo-Ricardian economics 498 plantation 543 Postan thesis 560 resource 648 tariff 741 trade 766

Rich, Adrienne 466 Richards, I.A. 456 Richards, P. 400 Richardson, S. 671 Rickert, Heinrich idiographic 368 Kantianism 400

Ricoeur, Paul 655 Rigby, D. 27 rights 656–7 cadastral mapping 57 camp 57 children 81 citizenship 84 continental shelf 112 difference 159 enclosure 191 equality 208 ethics 212, 213 ethnic democracy 214 geography 294 liberalism 417 multiculturalism 481 property 593, 594 subject/subjectivity 729 trade 766 welfare state 808

Riis, Jacob 384 Rio Conference (1992) environmental security 204 sustainability 738 sustainable development 739

Ripley, B.D. 704 risk 657–8 cosmopolitanism 117 decision-making 144 field system 251 financial exclusion 254 hazard 323 modernization 475 political ecology 547 population geography 554 risk society 658 security 673 terrorism 748 uncertainty 779 urban entrepreneurialism 783

risk society 658 environmental hazard 199 environmentalism 205 hazard 324 security 673

Ritter, Karl 290 Ritvo, Harriet 200 RNA 350 Robbins, L. 495 Robbins, Paul environmental history 200 production of nature 589

Robinson, Arthur cartography 67 map 434

Robinson, G.W.S. 228 Robinson, Jennifer global cities/world cities 306 urban geography 786 urbanism 792 urbanization 793–4

Robinson, W.S. ecological fallacy 174 modifiable areal unit problem

(maup) 475 Robinson projection 435 Robson, B. 384 Rockefeller, John D. 511 Rockefeller Foundation 318 Rodenstein-Rodan, Paul 321 Roe, E. 50 Roemer, John analytical Marxism 27 capitalism 61 Marxist economics 445

rogue state 486, 658 Rojas Mix, Miguel 412 Roma (gypsies) ghetto 304 holocaust 337

Roman Empire homo sacer 344 imperialism 373 Pax Americana 523 Pirenne thesis 538 race 615 regional geography 632 settlement continuity 678 sovereign power 706

Romanes, George 407 Rome World Food Summit 359 Romer, Paul 182 Roosevelt, Franklin D. 93 Roosevelt, Theodore 107 Rorty, Richard

Cartesianism 65 cartographic reason 66 critical theory 126 deconstruction 148 essentialism 210 foundationalism 262 hermeneutics 329 literature 420 philosophy 531 pragmatism 577, 578 realism 623 relativism 641 social theory 698

Rosaldo, R. 636 Rose, D. 247 Rose, Gillian

discourse analysis 168 everyday life 224 feminist geographies 245, 247 geographical imagination 284 geography 287 global commons 306 governable space 312 interviews and interviewing 393

landscape 410 masculinism 448 qualitative methods 605 reflexivity 627 situated knowledge 684 space 709

Rose, Mitch landscape 411 thick description 753

Rose, Nikolas 417 Rossiter, D.J. 476 Rostow, W.W.

growth theory 321 industrialization 380 stages of growth 720–1 teleology 743 underdevelopment 780

Rouse, Joseph local knowledge 423 science/science studies 667

Rousseau, Jean-Jacques deconstruction 147 state of nature 724

Routledge International Studies of Women and Place 245

Roy, A. 688 Royal Geographical Society

(RGS) Africa, idea of 9 colonialism 97 education 187 exploration 231 geographical societies 286

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1031 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1031

Royal Geographical Society (RGS) (cont’d)

geography 290, 293 geography, history of 296 military geography 465 scientific instrumentation 668, 669

scientific revolution(s) 670 trust 778

Royal Geographical Society/ Institute of British Geographers 187

RS. See remote sensing Rugendas, Johann 232 Ruggie, J.G. 482 Rummel, R.J. 273 rural geography 658–60

collective consumption 94 homelessness 343 peasant 524–5 sexuality 680 society 702

rural planning 660, 660 rural–urban continuum 660 Rushton, G. 609, 610 Ruskin, John 31 Russia

agrarian question 14 heartland 327 primitive accumulation 581 reconstruction 624

Russian Revolution 469 rustbelt 660

deindustrialization 150 labour market 405

Ryan, J.R. 298 Ryle, Gilbert

local knowledge 422 thick description 753

Saarinen, T. 44 Sabel, C.F. 416 Sacerdote, Bruce 387 Sachs, C. 241 Sachs, Jeffrey

poverty 573–4 reconstruction 624

Sack, Robert David ethics 212 moral geographies 479 spatial separatism 715 territory 746

Sacks, Harvey 219 sacred and profane space 661

religion 643 social space 698

Safe Cities Programs 149–50 Sahara 155 Sahel drought 155 Said, Edward

Africa, idea of 9, 12 colonialism 95 contrapuntal geographies 113, 114

domination 172 exploration 232 geographical imagination 283 historical geography 335 imaginative geographies 370 imperialism 374 Latin America 413 literature 420 Middle East, idea of 460 nationalism 488–9 Occidentalism 507 Orientalism 513–14 Other/Otherness 515 power 576 spatial identity 713 subaltern studies 727 textuality 751 travel writing 774 travelling theory 775 tricontinentalism 776

St. Petersburg, Russia 436 Salais, M. 376 Salmond, A. 232 sampling 661–4

Bayesian analysis 44 capture–recapture methods 64 economic base theory 178 evidence-based policy 225 induction 375 interviews and

interviewing 393 methodology 458 primary data analysis 580 quantitative methods 608 significance test 682 survey analysis 734, 735

Samuel, M.D. 328 Samuelson, Paul 495, 496 Sanchez, Luis Alberto 413 Sandel, Michael 103 Sanger, Peter 350 Sangtin Writers Collective 604 Santa Croce, Tuscany

flexible accumulation 257 industrial district 376

Santana, D.B. 413 Santarém, viscount de 69 Sardar, Z. 514 Sarkar, Sumit 727 Sartre, Jean-Paul 444 Sassen, Saskia

global cities/world cities 305 urban geography 786

satisficing behaviour 664 location theory 427 rational choice theory 621 sustainability 737

Sauer, Carl Ortwin art 36 Berkeley School 45 biogeography 47 cultural geography 130 cultural hearth 133 cultural landscape 133, 134

culture 135 diffusion 160, 161 environmental history 199 fieldwork 251 geography, history of 297–8 historical geography 333 landscape 409 Landschaft 411 morphology 480 nature 493 possibilism 560

Saunders, P. 423 Saussure, Ferdinand de deconstruction 147 representation 646

Sauvy, Alfred 754 Savarka, Vinayak Damodar 331 Saxenian, Annelee entrepreneurship 195 institutional economics 386

Sayer, Andrew abstraction 2 division of labour 170 extensive research 234 Fordism 260 industrial geography 377 internal relations 390 realism 622, 623

scale 664–6, 665 abstraction 2 agro-food system 21 analogue 26 artificial intelligence 37 census 75 children 81 commodity chain/filiere 101 community 103 convergence, regional 115 digital cartography 163 ethnography 218 feminist geographies 245 food 259 fractal 263 geographical imaginary 282 geography 291 geo-informatics 300 historical geography 333 home 342 household 345 imperialism 373 innovation 385 investment 395 knowledge economy 401 labour geography 404 land use and land-cover change

(LULC) 409 local state 423 local–global relations 424 locality 425 location theory 428 macrogeography 433 map 434–7 map projection 438 microsimulation 459

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1032 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1032

migration 463 modifiable areal unit problem

(maup) 475 nation 487 neighbourhood unit 495 Other/Otherness 515 political geography 550 public administration 598 segregation, measurement

of 675 social area analysis 689 social geography 692 society 702 South, the 705 sovereign power 705 territorialization 746 theory 752 third space 754 topography 762 urban social movement 791 von Thünen model 803 world-systems analysis 814

Scandinavia 541 Schaefer, Frederick exceptionalism 226–7 geography, history of 298 Kantianism 399 logical positivism 430 space 708

Schaffer, Simon 667, 668 Schatzski, T.R. 112 Scheffler, S. 460 Schelling, T.C. 13 Schleiermacher, F. 328 Schlesinger, Arthur 699 Schlick, Moritz 430 Schluter, Otto 45 Schmitt, Carl exception, space of 225 market 442 nomos 502

Schoenberger, E. decision-making 145 Taylorism 742

Schorske, C.E. 478 Schumm, S.A. 291 Schumpeter, Joseph creative destruction 119 imperialism 373

Schurman, R. 389 Schütz, Alfred ethnomethodology 219 everyday life 224 phenomenology 529 social construction 690

Schutzian phenomenology 418 science and technology studies

(STS) actor-network theory (ANT) 6 assemblage 38 nature 493 network(s) 499

science park 416, 668 science/science studies 666–8

abstraction 2 Cartesianism 65 cartographic reason 66 cartography 67 case study 72 conservation 107 cosmography 116 critical human

geography 123–4 critical rationalism 124 economic geography 180 Enlightenment 193 environmentalism 205 exceptionalism 226–7 exploration 230–1 falsification 239 farming 242 flows 257 genius loci 272 geography 293 geography, history of 297, 298 Green Revolution 318 historical geography 335 indigenous knowledge 374 laboratory 404 law (scientific) 415 local knowledge 423 locational analysis 429 logical empiricism 429 materialism 449 model 469 modernity 471 naturalism 491 objectivity 507 paradigm 518–19 phenomenology 529 political ecology 545, 547 positivism 558, 559 postmodernity 568 post-normal science

(PNS) 570–1 qualitative methods 604 race 616–17 regional science 638–9 relativism 641 scientific revolution(s) 669 secularism 671 situated knowledge 683 spatial science 714–15 travel writing 774 travelling theory 775 trust 777–8 visualization 802 West, the 809

scientific instrumentation 668–9 climate 91 exploration 231 globe 311

scientific law. See law (scientific) scientific revolution(s) 669–70 geography,historyof 296,297–8 science/science studies 666

Scope and method of political economy, The (Keynes) 505

Scott, Allen J. boundary 55 external economies 235 externalities 235 global cities/world cities 305 Grand Theory 315 industrial district 376 industrial geography 377 institutionaleconomics 385,386 learning regions 416 location theory 426, 427 transaction costs 768

Scott, James 647 Seabright, P. 129 Seager, J. 245, 247 search behaviour 144, 670 Sebald, W.G. 794 secession 670, 706 Second International Congress of

Geographical Sciences 9 Second Intifada 394 Second Life 140 second nature 493 Second World 670

Cold War 93 North-South 506 South, the 705

Second World War capitalism 63 Cold War 93 decolonization 145, 146 development 155 ethnic cleansing 213 exceptionalism 226–7 farming 241 film 253 ghetto 303 holocaust 337 immigration 371, 372 International Monetary Fund (IMF) 390

map reading 439 Middle East, idea of 460 military geography 465 modernization 474 multilateralism 482 new town 501 NIDL 500 political geography 549 restructuring 652 terrorism 747 urban renewal 790 urbicide 794

secondary data analysis 670–1 data archive 143 sampling 663

secondary markets 345 Secondspace 776 second-wave feminism 243, 244 section 671 sectoral model 671

growth pole 320 multiple nuclei model 484 zonal model 815

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1033 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1033

secularism 565, 671–2 security 672–3

biosecurity 49 carceral geographies 65 consumption 109 contrapuntal geographies 114 critical geopolitics 122 environmental security 204 ethnic cleansing 214 governmentality 314 Middle East, idea of 460 militarism 464 segregation 674 surveillance 733 territory 747 terrorism 748 topophilia 763 war 806

Sedlmeier, P. 664 Segal, R. 509 segregation 673–4

agent-based modelling 13–14 apartheid 33 balkanization 41 census 75 chain migration 78 communication(s) 102 cultural geography 132 domination 172 education 187 ethnicity 216 factorial ecology 237 ghetto 303 neighbourhood 494 quantitative methods 610 social geography 692, 693 spatial mismatch 713 suburb/anization 732 urban ecology 783 urban geography 785

segregation, measurement of 675–6

self 348 self-determination 676

balkanization 41 development 155

Selfhood 365 Sellars, Wilfred 491 Semple, Ellen Churchill

Berkeley School 45 Darwinism 143 environmental determinism 197

Lamarck(ian)ism 408 law 414

Sen, Amartya hunger 360–1 Malthusian model 434 poverty 574

sense of place 676 bioregionalism 49 case study 72 cultural landscape 133 epistemology 207

genius loci 272 music 485 territoriality 745 tourism 764

separatism, spatial. See spatial separatism

September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks

civilization 88 commodity 100–1 conflict 106 empire 190 geopolitics 301 hazard 325 homeland 343 Kantianism 401 Middle East, idea of 461 multiculturalism 481 multilateralism 482, 483 Occidentalism 508 oil 511 outsourcing 516 racism 618 regional alliance 632 religion 643 South, the 705 terrorism 748 violence 799

sequence analysis 431, 432, 676–7

sequent occupance 677 Berkeley School 45 settlement continuity 678 vertical theme 798

serfdom. See feudalism services 677–8

industrialization 380 linkages 419 post-industrial city 565 producer services 587 productivity 593 public services 601–2 retailing 653 Tiebout model 755

set theory 226 settlement, spontaneous 718 settlement continuity 678–9

place names 541 sequent occupance 677

settler society 679 immigration 371 terra nullius 743

set-up sunk costs 733 sex 268, 679 sexuality 679–81

AIDS 22 art 36 biopolitics, biopower 48 body 51 children 81 colonialism 95 critical geopolitics 122 cultural geography 131, 132 cultural turn 134

diaspora 159 difference 159, 160 disability 165 domination 172 egalitarianism 187 epistemology 206 feminist geographies 247 gender 269 heteronormativity 329–30 home 342 homo sacer 344 homophobia and

heterosexism 344 household 346 ideology 367 imperialism 374 interviews and

interviewing 393 non-representational

theory 505 Orientalism 514 performativity 527 phallocentrism 527 political geography 550 population geography 553 post-structuralism 572 prostitution 594–5 psychoanalytic theory 597 queer theory 612 radical geography 620 recognition 623 rural geography 659 slavery 687 social construction 691 social geography 693 social reproduction 697 society 702 sovereign power 705 subject/subjectivity 728, 729 travel writing 774 urban geography 785 whiteness 810

shadow state 618, 681 Shakespeare, William 297 Shaler, Nathaniel geography, history of 296 Lamarck(ian)ism 408

Shannon, C.E. 382 Shapin, Steven science/science studies 667 scientific revolution(s) 669–70 trust 778

sharecropping 681 Sharp, J. 122 Shatz, H.J. 395 Shaw, M. 806 Sheffield cutlery 375–6 Sheppard, E. analytical Marxism 27 contrapuntal geographies 114 space-economy 710 spatiality 717

Shevky, E. 689 shifting cultivation 54, 681–2

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1034 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1034

shift-share model 681 Shoah 337 shock therapy 624 Shotter, J. 655 Sibley, B. 28 Sibley, David psychoanalytic theory 596–7 social exclusion 691, 692

sideways linkages 419 Sierra Club 107 significance test 234, 682 Silent Spring (Rachel

Carson) 551 Silicon Valley clusters 92 flexible accumulation 257 industrial district 376 industrial geography 378 investment 396 learning regions 416

Silver, Timothy 199 SimBritain project 683 Simmel, Georg market 441 modernity 472 morphology 480 social theory 698 territoriality 745

Simmons, Ian environmental history 200 intensive agriculture 389

Simon, Herbert decision-making 144 industrial geography 377 satisficing behaviour 664

Simone, A.M. 688 Simonsen, K. contextuality 111 feminist geographies 247 gender 269 Orientalism 515

simple random sample (SRS) 662–3

simulacrum 682 cyberspace 139 image 369 postmodernity 569 tourism 764

simulation 682–3 agent-based modelling 13 decision-making 144 diffusion 160 e-social science 209 geocomputation 275 innovation 384 mean information field

(m.i.f.) 449 prediction 579 sampling 664 virtual geographies 800

Sinclair, Iain 597 Sinfield, A. 367 Singer, J. 593, 594 Sioh, M. 370

situated knowledge 683–5 Anglocentrism 29 body 51 contextuality 112 critical theory 127 epistemology 207 ethics 213 feminist geographies 245 fieldwork 251 geographical imagination 284 geography 289 hermeneutics 328 imaginative geographies 370 interviews and

interviewing 393 local knowledge 422 minor theory 466 objectivity 507 ontology 512 participant observation 520 Pax Americana 524 philosophy 531 positionality 556 public geographies 599 qualitative methods 604 quantitative revolution 612 reflexivity 627 relativism 641 social construction 690 space 710 spatial identity 712–13 theory 752 travelling theory 775 vision and visuality 801

Situationist International (SI) 685

situationists/situationism 685 anarchism 27 art 36 everyday life 225 modernity 473 psychogeography 597 spectacle 718 urban exploration 784 urbicide 794

Sjoberg, Gideon pre-industrial city 579 Sjoberg model 685, 686

Sjoberg model 579, 685–6 Skertchley, S.B.J. 533 skid row 686–7 Skinner, B.F. 627 Skinner, Q. 315 Skinner, William 81 Slater, D. 221 slavery 687–8 capitalism 62 census 74 colonialism 94–6 feudalism 249 imperialism 373 mode of production 468 plantation 542, 543 section 671

Sjoberg model 686 trade 765–6 violence 799

slum 688 new town 501 squatting 719 underclass 779 urbanization 794

slums Africa, idea of 12 ghetto 303 segregation 674

small-scale maps 664 Smith. A.R. 4 Smith, Adam

capital 58 capitalism 59, 60 cosmopolitanism 117 cultural economy 129 economic growth 181 economy 184 exchange 227 governmentality 314 industrialization 380 labour theory of value 406, 407

market 439, 441 metaphor 456 neo-liberalism 497 political economy 547 poverty 574 tragedy of the commons 766

Smith, Adam T. 789 Smith, Adrian 296 Smith, C. 667 Smith, C.J. 600 Smith, David M.

ethics 212 inequality, spatial 381 location theory 427 music 485 relativism 641 rent gap 645 social geography 693 social justice 694–5 values 797 welfare geography 807

Smith, J. Russell 178, 179, 181 Smith, M.L. 789 Smith, Michael Peter

global cities/world cities 306 urbanism 792

Smith, Neil American empire 25–6 capitalism 62 economic geography 181 empire 190 environmental hazard 198 Marxist geography 447 production of nature 589–90 production of space 592 rent 644 skid row 686 spatiality 717

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1035 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1035

Smith, Neil (cont’d) uneven development 781, 782 urban geography 785, 786

Smith, R. metageography 456 urban geography 786

Smith, R.M. 478 Smith, S. 604, 605 Smith, S.J. 452 Smooha, Sammy 214 smooth space 502 Snijders, T.A.B. 664 Snow, C.P. 293 Snow, John

medical geography 451 point pattern analysis 543–4

snowball sampling 662 snowbelt. See sunbelt/snowbelt social area analysis 688–9

census 75 census tract 75 factorial ecology 237 social space 697 subject/subjectivity 728 zonal model 815

social capital 689–90 capital 58 cultural capital 127 social network 696

Social Change and Economic Life (SCELI) 425

social citizenship 84 social construction 690–1

AIDS 22 cartography 68 children 81 gender 268 geography, history of 299 hazard 324 ideology 368 International Relations (IR) 391

limits to growth 419 mental maps/cognitive maps 455

methodology 458 performativity 527 realism 623 representation 646 scale 665 situated knowledge 683 social geography 693 subject/subjectivity 728

Social Darwinism Darwinism 142 political geography 549

social exclusion 691–2 assimilation 38 census 75 consumption 109 feminism 243–4 Fourth World 263 inner city 384 moral geographies 479

network society 498 post-industrial city 565 poverty 574 sacred and profane space 661 segregation 674 social geography 693 underclass 780 zone of dependence 816

Social Exclusion Unit 780 social formation 692

children 81 feudalism 249 restructuring 653

social geography 692–4 ageing 13 anarchism 28 census 75 census tract 75 cultural geography 130–1 feminist geographies 245 functionalism 266 human geography 351 indistinction, zone of 375 institutionalism 386 medical geography 452 mobility 467 pluralism 543 population geography 554 pragmatism 578 process 586 qualitative methods 603, 604 quantitative methods 609, 610 radical democracy 619 sexuality 680 social construction 690–1 social exclusion 691 society 702 subject/subjectivity 728

social gerontology 12 Social Impact Assessment

(SIA) 201 social justice 694–5

AIDS 22 critical human

geography 123–4 education 186 environmental justice 201 ethics 213 hazard 324 home 341 inequality, spatial 381 life expectancy 418 moral geographies 478 public finance 598 regional policy 636 shadow state 681 social geography 693 territorial justice 744 urban nature 788 urban social movement 791

social mobility 467 social movements 695–6

back-to-the-city movement 41 city 86

communication(s) 102 Enlightenment 193–4 environmental movement 202 farming 242 food 259 Green Revolution 319 inequality, spatial 380 political ecology 547 political geography 550 postmodernity 570 resistance 647 social geography 693 social justice 694 urban social movement 790–1

social network 696 communication(s) 102 migration 463, 464 network(s) 499 social space 697 squatting 719 system 739

social overhead capital (SOC) 382

social physics 696 gravity model 316 population geography 553

social production 665 social relations of

production 335 social reproduction 696–7 accumulation 4 children 81 collective consumption 93 cultural ecology 127–8 domestic labour 171 domesticity 171 home 341 household 346 human ecology 348 leisure 416 life course/life-cycle 418 restructuring 651 scale 665 society 702 subsistence agriculture 731

social rights 656 social science epistemology 206 e-social science 209 essentialism 210 ethnicity 214

Social Science Research Council (SSRC) 599

social space 480, 697–8 social theory 698–700 body 50 class 88 contextuality 111 critical human geography 123 geographical imagination 283 geography 294 glocalization 312 Grand Theory 315 historical geography 334

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1036 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1036

holocaust 338 human geography 351 identity 364 ideology 366 Marxism 444 model 469 region 631 society 701 spatial structure 715 time–space distanciation 759

social well-being 700 quality of life 606 territorial justice 744

socialism 700–1 command economy 98 commodity 99 communism 103 convergence, regional 115 development 156 factors of production 238 gender and development 269 Green Revolution 317 kibbutz 401 liberalism 417 market 441 mode of production 468 peasant 524 political economy 548 populism 556 post-socialism 571 privatization 585 radical geography 620 restructuring 652 situationists/situationism 685 Third World 754

society 701–3 city 86 civil society 86–7 community 103–4 corporatization 116 critical human geography 123 geographical imagination 283 geographical societies 285–6 household 346 market 441 moral geographies 479 network society 498 ontology 511 policing 545 political ecology 545, 547 population geography 553 post-industrial society 565–6 public space 602 relativism 641 restructuring 653 risk society 658 secularism 671 settler society 679 social theory 698, 700 stages of growth 721 time–space distanciation 759 tropicality 777 utopia 795 values 797

world-systems analysis 813 Society and Space (journal) social theory 699 space 708

Society for Conservation Biology 46

Society for Human Exploration 784

Society for the Preservation of the Wild Fauna of the Empire 108

sociology 34 Söderström, O. 702 software for qualitative

research 703, 703–4 data archive 143 digitizing 164 general linear model

(GLM) 271 software for quantitative

analysis 704 Geographic Information

Systems (GIS) 279–81 sequence analysis 677 software for qualitative

research 703 survey analysis 736

Soja, Edward exopolis 229 geography 294 historicism 336–7 postmodernism 568 production of space 590 social theory 699 society 703 spatiality 716, 717 third space 754 trialectics 775–6 urban origins 789

Sokal, Alan 293 Somerville, Mary physical geography 532 science/science studies 666

Sorj, B. farming 241 substitutionism 731

Sorre, Max 692 South, the 704–5 capitalism 62 children 81 conflict commodities 107 dependency theory 154 domestic labour 170 domestication 171 environmental history 200 Eurocentrism 221 geographical imaginary 282 geography 290 indigenous knowledge 374 industrial geography 378 multiculturalism 481 nationalism 488 nation-state 489 neo-liberalism 497

North-South 506 post-development 563 postmodernity 570 slum 688 subaltern studies 728 Third World 755 transnational corporations (TNCs) 772

urbanization 793 urbicide 794

South Africa apartheid 33 development 156 ethnic cleansing 213 homeland 342 suburb/anization 732

South America 233 South Korea. See Korea, South sovereign power 705–6

bare life (‘naked life’) 41 camp 57 critical geopolitics 121 exception, space of 225–6 feudalism 249 homo sacer 344 indistinction, zone of 375 just war 397 memory 455 performativity 527 political geography 550 violence 799 war 804

sovereignty 706–7 borderlands 53 disciplinary power 165 economy 185 governable space 312 multilateralism 482 regime theory 630 sovereign power 705 territorial integrity 744 territorial sea 744 territory 746 transnational corporations (TNCs) 772

utility theory 795 verticality, politics of 798 world-systems analysis 814

Soviet Union (USSR) development 155, 156 Europe, idea of 223 heartland 326 North-South 506 post-socialism 571 regional alliance 632 remote sensing (RS) 643 restructuring 651–2 Second World 670 slavery 687 spatial monopoly 714

Soysal, Y. 84 space 707–10. See also time–

space entries affect 9

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1037 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1037

space (cont’d) anthropogeography 30 boundary 55 capitalism 62 carceral geographies 64 children 80 chronotope 83 collective consumption 93 communication(s) 102 contrapuntal geographies 113 critical human geography 123 critical theory 126 cultural landscape 133 cultural politics 134 cyberspace 139–40 defensible space 149–50 dialectic(s) 157 Disneyfication 168 economic geography 178 emotional geography 188 entrepreneurship 195 ethnic cleansing 213 ethnography 218 Euclidean space 220 Eurocentrism 221–2 exception, space of 225–6 feminism 244 feudalism 250 fieldwork 251 geo-body 274 geographical imagination 282–3, 285

geography 290–1 geography, history of 298, 299 governable space 312 historical geography 334 human geography 350, 353 hyperspace 362 imaginative geographies 371 indistinction, zone of 375 industrial geography 377 inequality, spatial 380–1 integration 387 Kantianism 399 law 414 Marxism 445 modernity 471, 472 moral landscapes 479 nationalism 489 nature 493 network society 498 ontology 511, 512 performance 525–6 philosophy 530 place 539, 540 political geography 549 population geography 552 postmodernity 569 power-geometry 576 process 587 production of space 590–2 public space 602 qualitative methods 609 quantitative methods 610

quantitative revolution 611 resistance 647 rhythmanalysis 655 rights 656–7 risk society 658 sacred and profane space 661 security 672 sexuality 679, 680 social geography 692 social space 697–8 spatiality 715–17 territoriality 744 territorialization 745 territory 746 theory 752 third space 753–4 time 755 time-geography 756 time–space distanciation 760 time–space expansion 761 transgression 770 travelling theory 775 trialectics 776 tropicality 777 urban geography 784 verticality, politics of 798 vision and visuality 801 war 804

space, production of. See production of space

space of exception. See exception, space of

space syntax 644, 710 Space Syntax Laboratory 710 space-economy 710–11

analytical Marxism 27 growth pole 321 human geography 351 industrial revolution 378 location theory 427 neo-classical economics 496 New Economic Geography 499 space 708 time–space compression 757

space-time hyperspace 362 spatiality 716

space-time forecasting models 711

everyday life 224 forecast 261 process 586

Spain race 615 regional policy 637 urban and regional

planning 782 Spanish influenza pandemic 517 Sparke, M. 122 spatial analysis 711

areal differentiation 35 census 75 classification and

regionalization 90

complexity theory 105 consumption 110 critical geopolitics 122 disciplinary power 165 distance decay 169 electoral geography 187 entropy-maximizing models 196 existentialism 228 general linear model

(GLM) 271 geocomputation 275–6 Geographic Information

Science (GISc) 277–9 Geographic Information

Systems (GIS) 279–81 geographical analysis machine

(GAM) 281 geography 292 geo-informatics 299 macrogeography 433 process 586 social geography 692 space 708 utopia 795

spatial autocorrelation 711–12 economic geography 179 general linear model

(GLM) 271 human geography 352 quadtree 603 quantitative methods 608 sampling 663 spatial analysis 711 spatial econometrics 712

Spatial Data Handling conference 278

spatial econometrics 712 Bayesian analysis 44 endogeneity 192 general linear model

(GLM) 271 quantitative methods 608 spatial autocorrelation 712 stochastic process 724

spatial fetishism 712 geography 294 space 708 spatial separatism 715

spatial formations 709 spatial identity 712–13 spatial inequality public services 601 redistribution 625

spatial interaction 713 complementarity 105 distance decay 169 economic geography 179 entropy 195 entropy-maximizing

models 196 fuzzy sets/fuzzy logic 266 gravity model 316 intervening opportunities 393 mobility 467

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1038 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1038

normative theory 505 Poisson regression models 544 quantitative methods 607 spatial autocorrelation 712 spatial econometrics 712 transferability 770 transport costs 773 transport geography 773

spatial mismatch 713–14 accessibility 3 underclass 779

spatial monopoly 714 spatial practices 776 spatial science 714–15 abstraction 2 AIDS 22 art 36 chorology/chorography 83 diffusion 160 distance decay 169 economic geography 179 economy 185 epistemology 207 Euclidean space 220 Eurocentrism 221 everyday life 224 exceptionalism 227 existentialism 228 explanation 229 geocomputation 275 geographical imagination 282,

285 geography 289, 292 geo-informatics 299 Grand Theory 315 hermeneutics 329 historical geography 333 historicism 336 human geography 351 humanism 356 hypothesis 362 imaginative geographies 370 innovation 384 Kantianism 399 landscape 409 law 414 literature 420 local knowledge 423 local statistics 424 locational analysis 428 logical positivism 430 longitudinal data analysis

(LDA) 432 macrogeography 433 metaphor 456 military geography 465 model 468 modernism 470 modifiable areal unit problem

(maup) 475 morphology 480 nomothetic 502 ontology 512 paradigm 518

phenomenology 528 philosophy 530 population geography 553 process 586 qualitative methods 603 quantitative methods 608–11 quantitative revolution 611 radical geography 619 rational choice theory 639 realism 623 reductionism 627 regional geography 633, 634 scientific revolution(s) 669 social space 697 space 708 spatial analysis 711 spatial fetishism 712 spatiality 716 subject/subjectivity 728 theory 751 time–space convergence 758 transport costs 773 universalism 782 urban geography 785 urban origins 789 visualization 802 von Thünen model 803

spatial separatism 715 space 708 spatial fetishism 712

spatial structure 715 democracy 151–2 distance decay 169 macrogeography 433 metageography 455 process 586 quantitative methods 608 spatiality 716

spatiality 715–17 body 51 Chicago School 79 colonialism 95, 97 ethnography 218 exception, space of 226 hermeneutics 329 homophobia and

heterosexism 344 industrial district 376 literature 420 minor theory 466 philosophy 530 pragmatism 578 settler society 679 sexuality 679 territoriality 745 trialectics 776 trust 778 urban ecology 783

Special Economic Zones (SEZs) 263–4

special geography chorology/chorography 83 regional geography 632

spectacle 717–18

commodity 100–1 cultural economy 128 modernity 473 situationists/situationism 685 sport(s) 718 vision and visuality 801 war 806

Spencer, Herbert 698 Spengler, Joseph 720 Spinoza, Baruch

affect 8–9 biophilosophy 47 ethics 213 Marxism 445 naturalism 492 ontology 512 state of nature 724

Spivak, Gayatri Chakravorty critical geopolitics 121 foundationalism 262 subaltern studies 727 tricontinentalism 776

spontaneous settlement 718 sport(s) 624, 718 sprawl 719

accessibility 3 Alonso model 24 central business district (CBD) 76

centrifugal and centripetal forces 78

compact city 104 conurbation 114 counter-urbanization 119 edge city 186 fractal 263 green belt 317 megalopolis 453 metropolitan area 459 new town 501 ribbon development 656 suburb/anization 732 transport geography 773 urbanization 793 zoning 816

Spry, I.M. 722 SPSS 704 Spykman, Nicholas 301 squatting 719–20

barrio 42 city 86 homelessness 343 populism 556 slum 688 spontaneous settlement 718 urbanization 793

Sraffa, Piero analytical Marxism 27 location theory 427 neo-Ricardian economics 498

Stackelberg game 267 Staeheli, L.

relevance 642 urban geography 787

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1039 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1039

Stafford, H.A. 588 stages of growth 720–1

industrialization 380 transnational corporations (TNCs) 772

stagnation 648 Stahl, R. 464 Stalin, Joseph

Cold War 93 famine 240 terrorism 747

Stalinism 444 Stallybrass, P. 770 Stamp, Dudley 411 Stanley, Henry Morton 778 staples 14 staples theory 240, 721–2 Starbucks Coffee Company 238 Starr, Amory 32 Stasiulis, D. 679 Stassart, P. 259 state 722–4

agricultural geography 17 anti-development 31 biosecurity 49 Boserup thesis 54 camp 57 carceral geographies 64 census 74 chain migration 78 city 85 civil society 86 collective consumption 93 colonialism 94, 97 command economy 98 commodity chain/filiere 101 communism 103 community 104 conflict commodities 107 consumption 109 corporatization 116 Darwinism 142 decolonization 145 domination 172 economic geography 180 enclave 191 endogeneity 192 ethnic cleansing 213 ethnicity 214, 216 exception, space of 226 exclave 228 famine 240 fascism 242 federalism 243 feminist geographies 248 fiscal crisis 255 frontier 264 gated communities 268 gender and development 269 geographical imaginary 282 geography 290 Geopolitik 302 governance 313 Green Revolution 318

growth pole 320 growth theory 321 human geography 350, 351 imperialism 373 internal relations 390 International Relations

(IR) 391 labour theory of value 406 law 414 Lebensraum 416 liberalism 417 local state 423–4 market 442 metageography 456 money and finance 477 multiculturalism 481 multilateralism 483 nation-state 489–90 neo-liberalism 497 nomadology 502 partition 520 peasant 524 policing 545 political ecology 546 political economy 547 political geography 549 populism 556 power 576 primitive accumulation 580 prisoner’s dilemma 582 prisons 583 private and public spheres 584 privatization 585 property 593 public choice theory 598 public goods 599, 600 public policy, geography

and 600 public services 601 public space 602 qualitative methods 604 recognition 623 redistribution 626 regional policy 638 regionalism 639 regulation theory 640 restructuring 652, 653 rhizome 655 rights 656 rogue state 658 secession 670 secularism 671, 672 shadow state 681 slavery 687 social reproduction 697 society 701, 702 sovereign power 705 sovereignty 706 stages of growth 720 state apparatus 724 subject/subjectivity 729 territorialization 745 terrorism 747 time–space distanciation 760

tragedy of the commons 766 transnationalism 772 turf politics 778 urban origins 789 urban social movement 790 vertical theme 798 violence 799 war 804 welfare state 807–8 West, the 809 world-systems analysis 814 zone of dependence 816

state apparatus 724 census 74 geo-body 274 private interest developments

(pids) 584 public administration 598 public finance 599 public services 601 public-private partnership

(PPPs) 600 quango 607 regime theory 630 shadow state 681 state 723 welfare state 807, 808

state formation 498 state mapping 274 state of nature 171, 724 statistics Bayesian analysis 43 census 74 climate 90 collinearity 94 correlation 116 entropy-maximizing

models 196 exception, space of 226 general linear model

(GLM) 271 geographically weighted

regression (GWR) 286–7 gravity model 316 hypothesis 362 local statistics 424 Markov process (or Markov

chain) 443–4 New Economic

Geography 500 quantitative methods 607, 608 regression 639–40 significance test 682 space-time forecasting

models 711 stochastic process 724

statistics, local. See local statistics Stea, David children 80, 81 mental maps/cognitive

maps 455 psychogeography 597

Stein, S. 273 Stendhal 84

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1040 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1040

Stengers, Isabelle 7 Steuart, Sir James 426 Stevenage, England 501 Steward, Julian 128 Stewart, John Q. 433 Stewart, Mart 199 Stiglitz, Joseph 440 stochastic process 724 categorical data analysis 73 logit regression models 431 Markov process (or Markov

chain) 443 microsimulation 459 multi-level models 483 Poisson regression models 544 simulation 683

stock resources 490, 491 Stoddart, David Darwinism 142 ecosystem 186 geography 289, 290

Stoker, L. 663 Stoler, Ann ethnography 218 race 615

Storper, Michael economic growth 182 external economies 235 flexible accumulation 257 industrial district 376 institutional economics 386 transaction costs 768

Stott, Philip 200 Stouffer, S.A. 392–3 Strabo areal differentiation 35 chorology/chorography 82–3 philosophy 530 regional geography 632, 634 war 804

Strahler, N. 295 strategic reallocation 733 Strathern, Marilyn 228 stratified sampling sampling 663 survey analysis 736

Strauss, Leo 442 Strohmayer, U. 699 structural adjustment 724–5 aid 21 anti-globalization 31 development 156 International Monetary Fund

(IMF) 390 privatization 585 restructuring 652

structural functionalism 725 adaptation 8 functionalism 265 Grand Theory 315 Sjoberg model 685 system 740

structural violence 798 structuralism 725

cartography, history of 70 everyday life 224 Grand Theory 315 habitus 323 human geography 352 identity 364 Marxism 444 methodological

individualism 457 mode of production 468 modernism 470 philosophy 530 postmodernity 569 post-structuralism 571–3 subject/subjectivity 729 thick description 753

structuration theory 725–7, 726 contextual effect 110 contextuality 111 everyday life 224 Grand Theory 315 habitus 323 historical geography 334 historical materialism 336 human agency 347 human geography 352 humanistic geography 357 locale 424 modernization 475 place 540 population geography 553 process 587 quantitative methods 609 realism 623 region 631 risk society 658 social geography 693 spatiality 716 subject/subjectivity 729 time 755 time-geography 756 time–space distanciation 759,

760 Structure of scientific revolutions,

The (Kuhn) 518 Sturgis, P. 736 subaltern studies 727–8 civilization 87 contrapuntal geographies 114 decolonization 147 hegemony 327 music 485 post-development 563 post-structuralism 572 Third World 754 tricontinentalism 777

Subaltern Studies Collective 72 subject/subjectivity 728–31 abjection 1 affect 8 body 51 children 81 cultural geography 132 ethics 213

ethnicity 214 feminist geographies 247 gender 268 genealogy 270 geographical imagination 283 governmentality 314 humanism 356 identity 365 ideology 367, 368 minor theory 467 Other/Otherness 515 performance 525 performativity 527 phenomenology 529 philosophy 531 place 540 political economy 548 positionality 556 post-structuralism 573 psychoanalytic theory 596, 597

radical democracy 619 rights 656 structuralism 725 topography 762

subordination 656 sub-Saharan Africa 506 subsidiarity 731 subsistence agriculture 731

farming 241 peasant 524 shifting cultivation 682

substitutionism 731 farming 241 limits to growth 419

suburb/anization 731–2 back-to-the-city movement 41 central business district (CBD) 76

centrifugal and centripetal forces 78

city 86 commuting 104 consumption 109 counter-urbanization 119 decentralization 144 ethnoburb 217 exopolis 229 feminist geographies 246 film 254 fiscal crisis 255 hegemony 327 housing studies 347 inner city 384 metropolitan area 459 post-industrial city 565 private and public spheres 583 segregation 673 social exclusion 691 spatial mismatch 713 sprawl 719 urban fringe 784 urban geography 785 water 807

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1041 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1041

suburb/anization (cont’d) whiteness 810 zonal model 815 zoning 816

succession. See invasion and succession

Suez Crisis 460 Sugg, K. 455 suicide 621 Sullivan, L.H. 472 Sullivan, W. 104 Sully, Maximilien Béthune, Duc

de 222 Summers, Lawrence 64 sunbelt/snowbelt 732–3

product life cycle 588 rustbelt 660

sunk costs 238, 733 Sunley, Peter

institutional economics 386 knowledge economy 401

Super Profiles 277 superstructure. See base and

superstructure supply and demand 548 surface 733

isolines 396 trend surface analysis 775

surplus neo-Ricardian economics 498 redistribution 625

surrealism 685 surveillance 733–4

carceral geographies 64 children 81 consumption 109 crime 120 defensible space 150 epistemology 207 gated communities 268 geography, history of 298 Global Positioning Systems (GPS) 308

military geography 465 policing 544 prisons 583 prostitution 594 remote sensing (RS) 643 segregation 674 territoriality 745 time–space distanciation 760 virtual geographies 800

survey analysis 734–7 categorical data analysis 73 children 81 decision-making 144 interviews and interviewing 393

primary data analysis 580 quantitative methods 610 questionnaire 613 sampling 661 surveying 737

surveying 737

cadastral mapping 57 geo-informatics 299 globe 311 governable space 312 methodology 458 scientific instrumentation 668

Suskind, Ron 523 sustainability 737–9

compact city 104 conservation 107 energy 193 Green Revolution 317 hazard 324 land use and land-cover

change (LULC) 409 physical geography 537 political ecology 546 sustainable development 739 tragedy of the commons 766 urban ecology 783

sustainable development 739 anti-development 31 Environmental Impact

Assessment 201 geography 292 land use and land-cover

change (LULC) 409 wetlands 810

swiddening 682 Swidler, A. 104 Swyngedouw, Erik

economic geography 181 glocalization 312 social justice 694, 695

syllogism 666 symbolic interactionism 739

ethnomethodology 219 identity 364 lifeworld 418 qualitative methods 603 social construction 691

syntax 330 system 739–40

agro-food system 20–1 civilization 87 critical theory 126 cybernetics 138 ecosystem 185–6 feedback 243 field system 250–1 functionalism 266 general systems theory 271 geography 294 Grand Theory 315 human geography 351 information theory 382 inheritance systems 383 periodic market systems 527 quantitative methods 608 realism 622 structural functionalism 725 urban system 791 world-systems analysis 813–14

systematic sample 662

systems analysis adaptation 8 process 586 system 740 urban system 791

Tacitus 508 Taiwan NIDL 500 South, the 705

Takacs, D. 46 taken-for-granted world 741 globalization 309 lifeworld 418 spatiality 716

Taliban 522 Tallensi 265 Tansley, A.G. 185 Tarde, Gabriel 7 tariff 741 agrarian question 14 comparative advantage 105 transfer pricing 769 World Trade Organization

(WTO) 813 Taylor, A. 253 Taylor, Eva 297 Taylor, Frederick W. 741 Taylor, Griffith Austral(as)ia, idea of 39 Darwinism 143 Lamarck(ian)ism 408

Taylor, P. metageography 456 urban geography 786

Taylor, Peter J. anarchism 28 distance decay 169 global cities/world cities 306 modifiable areal unit problem

(maup) 475, 476 quantitative revolution 612 world-systems analysis 814

Taylorism 260, 741–2 technology actor-network theory

(ANT) 7 biotechnology 49–50 cartography 67, 68 cartography, history of 72 children 81 co-evolution 92 commodity chain/filiere 101 communication(s) 102 commuting 104 creative destruction 119 cybernetics 139 cyberspace 139–40 cyborg 140 entrepreneurship 195 e-social science 209–10 farming 241–2 geocoding 275 geocomputation 275–6

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1042 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1042

Geographic Information Science (GISc) 277–9

geo-informatics 299–300 Global Positioning Systems

(GPS) 307 globalization 309 Green Revolution 318 institutional economics 386 Intellectual Property Rights

(IPR) 388 Internet 391–2 interoperability 392 Kondratieff waves 403 labour process 406 staples theory 722 transaction costs 767 transnationalism 772 virtual geographies 799 war 805 West, the 809

techno-Orientalism 515 telecommuting 104 teleology 742–3 Boserup thesis 54 historicism 336 Lamarck(ian)ism 408 stages of growth 720, 721

television 567 temporalities 716 terms of trade 743 agrarian question 15 agro-food system 21 trade 765 World Trade Organization

(WTO) 813 terra nullius 264, 743 territorial integrity 744 territorial justice 744 public goods 600 public services 601 welfare geography 807 welfare state 807

territorial sea 744 contiguous zone 112 continental shelf 112

territoriality 744–5 border 52 devolution 157 governable space 312 neighbourhood 494 private interest developments

(pids) 585 territorialization 745 territory 746

territorialization 745–6 territory 746–7 anthropogeography 30 Austral(as)ia, idea of 39 biopolitics, biopower 48 border 52, 53 cartography, history of 71 Chicago School 79 collective consumption 93 colonialism 95

community 103 cultural geography 132 devolution 157 domination 172 enclave 191 ethnicity 215 ethnocracy 217 exclave 228 export processing zone

(EPZ) 234 geo-body 274–5 geography 290 geopolitics 301 human geography 350, 354 just war 397 map 434 multilateralism 482 nationalism 488 nation-state 489 occupation, military 508 partition 521 policing 545 political geography 549 public goods 599, 600 public services 601 regional policy 637 secession 670 section 671 security 673 self-determination 676 sovereignty 706 space 707 state 722 territorial integrity 744 territoriality 744 verticality, politics of 798 war 804

terrorism 747–9, 749 biopolitics, biopower 48 carceral geographies 65 conflict 106 contrapuntal geographies 114 critical geopolitics 123 hazard 324 homeland 343 just war 397 Kantianism 401 law of the sea 415 market 442 Middle East, idea of 461 Orientalism 515 Pax Americana 523 prisons 583 religion 643 rogue state 658 secession 670 security 673 territorial integrity 744 violence 799 war 804

text 749–51 cartography 68 cultural geography 131 digitizing 163

music 485 post-structuralism 572 qualitative methods 605, 606 travel writing 774

textuality 751 imaginative geographies 370 literature 420 post-structuralism 572 qualitative methods 605 thick description 753

Thatcher, Margaret capitalism 63 globalization 309 inner city 384 market 441–3 neo-liberalism 497 political economy 548 privatization 585 society 701 World Social Forum (WSF) 812

Theil, Henri 382 thematic apperception test 44–5 theodolite 668 Theodossopoulos, D. 408 theology 205 theory 751–3

contextuality 112 critical rationalism 124 culture 136 decolonization 146 ecofeminism 174 economic geography 179, 180 empiricism 191 geocomputation 275 geographical explanation machine (GEM) 282

geography 289 Grand Theory 315 identity 366 ideology 368 location theory 426 normative theory 505–6 positivism 558, 559 public choice theory 598 quantitative methods 607 stages of growth 721 subject/subjectivity 731

Therivel, R. 201 Thernborn, G. 110 thick description 753

historicism 336 text 750

Third Estate 754 Third Italy

industrial district 376 industrial geography 378

Third Reich camp 57 genocide 272 holocaust 337 homeland 342 location theory 426 population geography 553

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1043 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1043

third space 753–4 activism 6 anarchism 28 indistinction, zone of 375 production of space 590 resistance 647 spatiality 717 subject/subjectivity 730 trialectics 776

Third United Nations Conference on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS III) 112

Third Way realism 623 Third World 754

Third World 754–5 adaptation 8 agrarian question 16 area studies 35 cadastral mapping 57 Cold War 93 colonialism 96, 98 commodity 99 development 155, 156 dual economy 173 farming 241 flexible accumulation 257 food 259 gender and development 269, 270

Green Revolution 317–19 growth theory 321 industrialization 380 inequality, spatial 380 market 443 Marxist geography 447 narco-capitalism 486 North-South 506 peasant 524–5 political ecology 545 populism 556 post-development 563 primitive accumulation 581 restructuring 652 Second World 670 slum 688 South, the 704, 705 stages of growth 721 sustainability 738 transnational corporations (TNCs) 771, 772

underdevelopment 780 uneven development 780 urban geography 786 urban social movement 791 urbanization 794 West, the 808 World Trade Organization (WTO) 813

Thom, René 73 Thomas, G.S. 459 Thomas, Keith 199 Thomas, Nicholas 98 Thomas, R. 101

Thompson, D’Arcy 480 Thompson, E.P.

forestry 261 historical geography 334

Thompson, Edgar T. 543 Thompson, G. 182 Thompson, J.B.

ideology 368 media 450

Thompson, W.R. 588 Thorne, L. 21 threshold for a good 76 Thrift, Nigel J.

complexity theory 106 contextual effect 110 economic geography 180 genealogy 270 Grand Theory 315 industrial district 376 institutional economics 386 location theory 428 model 469 money and finance 477 non-representational

theory 503 performance 526 process 587 qualitative methods 605 science/science studies 667 society 701 space 709 subject/subjectivity 728 surveillance 734 time–space compression 758 urban geography 786, 787

Thucydides 391 Thünen, Johann Heinrich von

location theory 426 locational analysis 428 von Thünen model 803

Tiebout, Charles 755 Tiebout model 755

exit, voice and loyalty 229 fiscal migration 255–6

Tilling, K. 64 Timberlake, Michael 304 time 755–6

categorical data analysis 73 chronotope 83 cultural landscape 133, 134 ethnography 218 Eurocentrism 221 feudalism 250 geography 288 growth pole 321 human geography 352 humanistic geography 357 hyperspace 362 integration 387 Kantianism 399 longitudinal data analysis

(LDA) 431 money and finance 476 network society 498

postmodernity 569 process 587 production of space 592 rhythmanalysis 656 risk society 658 time–space distanciation 759 time–space expansion 761 tourism 763 travelling theory 775 trialectics 776

time-geography 756, 756–7 body 51 contextual effect 110 contextuality 111 everyday life 224 geography 292 historical geography 333 Kantianism 399 social space 697 space 709 spatiality 716 structuration theory 726 time 755

time–space compression 757–8 crisis 121 friction of distance 264 gender and development 270 globalization 310 integration 387 modernism 470 modernity 472 money and finance 476 NIDL 501 postmodernism 567 postmodernity 569 power-geometry 576 regional geography 635 restructuring 651 space 709 surveillance 733 time–space convergence 759 time–space distanciation 759 time–space expansion 760 virtual geographies 800 war 805

time–space convergence 758–9, 759

friction of distance 264 mobility 467 money and finance 476 territorialization 745 time–space compression 757 time–space distanciation 759

time–space distanciation 759–60 colonialism 96 democracy 151 globalization 310 integration 387 media 450 money and finance 476 structuration theory 726 time–space compression 757

time–space expansion 760–1 friction of distance 264

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1044 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1044

space 709 time–space compression 758

Timpanaro, Sebastiano 449 TINA (there is no alternative) globalization 309, 311 market 442

Tipton, S. 104 TNCs. See transnational

corporations Tobler, W. distance decay 169 quantitative methods 608 spatial autocorrelation 711

Tobler’s Law law (scientific) 415 quantitative methods 611 spatial autocorrelation 712

Tolstoy, Leo anti-development 31 post-development 562

Tomkins, Silvan 8 Tomlinson, Roger 280–1 Tönnies, Ferdinand community 103–4 rural–urban continuum 660 social capital 689 society 702

topocide 763 topographic map 761–2 cartography 69 digital cartography 162 isolines 396 map 436 topography 762

topography 762 topology 762 graph theory 316 vector data 798

topophilia 762–3 genius loci 272 geopiety 300 hermeneutics 329 sense of place 676

Torres Caicedo, José Marı́a 412 torture 523 total fertility rate 249 Touraine, Alain 565 tourism 763–4 aboriginality 2 Chinatown 82 consumption 108 film 253 historical geography 334 homophobia and

heterosexism 344 music 485 primitivism 582 recreation 624 sexuality 680–1 travel writing 774 tropicality 777 vision and visuality 801 wilderness 811

Tournachon, Gaspard-Félix 643

town 764 city 85 industrial revolution 379 new town 501 red-light districts 625 urbanism 791–2 whiteness 810

Town and Country Planning Act 317

Town and Country Planning Association 267

townscape 764 Toye, John Africa, idea of 11–12 development 156

Toynbee, Arnold industrial revolution 378 stages of growth 720

trade 764–6, 765 agrarian question 14 city 85 commodity 99 comparative advantage 105 cultural geography 130 dependency theory 154 economic integration 182 Europe, idea of 222 fair trade 238 flows 257 free trade area (FTA) 264 geographical societies 286 geography, history of 298 geostrategic realms 302 global cities/world cities 304 globalization 310 industrialization 380 International Monetary Fund

(IMF) 390 International Relations

(IR) 391 Pacific Rim 517 pastoralism 521 Pax Americana 523 periodic market systems 527 Pirenne thesis 538–9 political economy 547 product life cycle 588 South, the 704 system 740 tariff 741 terms of trade 743 transfer pricing 769 transnational corporations

(TNCs) 771 West, the 809 World Trade Organization

(WTO) 812–13 Trade Related Investment

Measures (TRIMs) 743 Trade-Related Aspects of

Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS)

bioprospecting 49 patenting 522

terms of trade 743 traditional society 720 tragedy of the commons 766–7

common pool resources 102 externalities 235 prisoner’s dilemma 582

transaction costs 767–8 economies of scope 184 exchange 227 external economies 235 externalities 235 market 440 production complex 589 regional policy 636 transnational corporations (TNCs) 771

transactional analysis 768 economies of scope 184 production complex 589

transcendental realism 492 transculturation 768–9

consumption 109 contrapuntal geographies 113 cultural landscape 133 historical geography 334 integration 388 Orientalism 514 regional geography 635 space 710 travel writing 774

transfer pricing 769–70 transferability 770 transgression 770

cultural geography 131 cultural politics 134 moral geographies 479 moral landscapes 480 travel writing 774

transhumance 521, 770–1 transnational corporations

(TNCs) 771–2 agricultural geography 17 capitalism 62 colonialism 96 division of labour 170 economic geography 181 flows 257–8 geopolitics 302 globalization 309 Green Revolution 319 industrial geography 378 labour process 406 location theory 427 oil 510 public services 602 services 678 territoriality 745 trade 765–6 transfer pricing 769–70

transnational networks 463 transnational urbanism 792 transnationalism 772

borderlands 53 chain migration 78

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1045 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1045

transnationalism (cont’d) citizenship 84 commodity chain/filiere 101 consumption 110 contrapuntal geographies 114 cosmopolitanism 117–18 cultural geography 132 diaspora 159 feminist geographies 245 globalization 310 identity 366 immigration 372 local–global relations 425 memory 455 resistance 647 social geography 693 subject/subjectivity 730 topography 762

transport costs 773 cartogram 66 central place theory 76 counter-urbanization 119 footloose industry 260 pricing policies 579 product life cycle 588 transaction costs 767 transferability 770 transnational corporations (TNCs) 771

transportation problem 773–4 von Thünen model 803

transport geography 773 transport principle 76, 77 transportation problem 773–4

linear programming 419 migration 462 post-industrial city 565

transportation studies 611 travel 14 travel writing 774–5

colonialism 98 Enlightenment 194 exploration 230 geographical imagination 284–5

geography 287 geography, history of 295, 298 historical geography 334 imaginative geographies 371 literature 420 primitivism 581 regional geography 633 tourism 763 transculturation 768

travelling theory 775 transculturation 768 tricontinentalism 777

trend surface analysis 775 spatial analysis 711 surface 733

Trewartha, G. 553 trialectics 776, 775–6

production of space 590 spatiality 717

tribal societies 760 Tricontinental Conference 776 tricontinentalism 221, 776–7 Trobianders 265 Trondman, M. 218 tropical geography

Africa, idea of 9 human geography 350

tropicality 777 climate 91 colonialism 97 geographical imaginary 282 geography 291 hermeneutics 329 human geography 350 imaginative geographies 370 literature 420 Orientalism 514 primitivism 581 regional geography 633 travel writing 774

Trotsky, L. 781 Truman, Harry 321 trust 777–8

communication(s) 102 food 259 market 440 regional policy 636 social capital 689, 690 transaction costs 768 travelling theory 775

truth epistemology 206 ethics 213

Truth and Reconciliation Commission (TRC) 33

tsunamis 509 t-test 664 Tuan, Yi-Fu

environmental perception 203

geopiety 300 humanities 359 moral landscapes 479 topophilia 762–3

Tukey, John exploratory data analysis

(EDA) 234 software for quantitative

analysis 704 Tullock, Gordon 598 turf politics 600, 778 Turkington, D.A. 387 Turner, B.S. 368 Turner, Frederick Jackson

frontier 264 frontier thesis 265 Lamarck(ian)ism 408 sequent occupance 677

Turner, M.E. 20

Ullman, Edward L. complementarity 105 multiple nuclei model 484

quantitative methods 607 quantitative revolution 611 spatial interaction 713 transferability 770 urban geography 784

uncertainty 779 decision-making 144 entropy 195 fuzzy sets/fuzzy logic 266 information theory 382 post-normal science

(PNS) 570 underclass 779–80 class 88 cycle of poverty 141 ghetto 303 inner city 384 longitudinal data analysis

(LDA) 431 migration 463

underdevelopment 780 deindustrialization 150 dependency theory 154 development 156 environmental history 200 North-South 506 plantation 543 pollution 552 post-development 563 uneven development 781

unemployment 500 uneven development 780–2 accumulation 4 agrarian question 15 analytical Marxism 27 areal differentiation 35 class 89 core–periphery model 115–16 equilibrium 209 farming 241 food 259 gender and development 269 geography 291 globalization 310 growth pole 320 Kondratieff waves 403 labour geography 404 location theory 427 Marxism 445 Marxist economics 446 Marxist geography 447 mortality 481 nation-state 489 NIDL 500 philosophy 531 place 540 quantitative methods 608–9 regional policy 636 restructuring 653 scale 665 stages of growth 721 trade 765 transnational corporations

(TNCs) 772

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1046 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1046

underdevelopment 780 welfare geography 807

uniform regions 631 Union of Socialist Geographers radical geography 619 socialism 701

Union of Soviet Socialist Republics 93

United Church of Christ, Commission for Racial Justice 203

United Kingdom Africa, idea of 9–11 census 74 devolution 157 economic geography 178,

179 education 187 electoral geography 188 enterprise zone 195 e-social science 210 historical geography 332–3 industrial geography 377 multiculturalism 481 neo-liberalism 497 new town 501 privatization 585 public-private partnership

(PPPs) 601 redistricting 626 regional geography 634 restructuring 651 social exclusion 691 sunbelt/snowbelt 732–3 underclass 780

United Nations (UN) colonialism 96 emigration 188 environmental hazard 198 gender and development 269 genocide 273 human rights 355 Intellectual Property Rights

(IPR) 388 multilateralism 482, 483 nation-state 489–90 North-South 506 post-development 563 refugees 628–9 self-determination 676 slavery 687 South, the 705 sovereignty 706 territorial integrity 744 territorial sea 744

United Nations Charter 355 United Nations Conference on

the Human Environment 4 United Nations Conference on

Trade and Development (UNCTAD)

dependency theory 154 fair trade 238 sustainable development 739

United Nations Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) 46

United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS)

law of the sea 415 territorial sea 744

United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification 155

United Nations Development Programme (UNDP)

aid 22 security 672–3

United Nations Environmental Programme (UNEP) 509

United Nations Fish Stocks Agreement 416

United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change 308

United Nations Global Commission on International Migration (GCIM) 372

United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) 464

United Nations Millennium Declaration 359

United Nations Security Council 394

United Nations Working Group on Indigenous Peoples 1, 2

United Nations World Drug Report 486

United States Africa, idea of 11 agrarian question 14 agribusiness 16, 17 America(s) (idea of) 24, 25 American empire 25–6 area studies 34–5 carceral geographies 64–5 census 74 Cold War 93 deconstruction 148 development 155, 156 districting algorithm 169 domination 172 domino theory 173 economic geography 178, 179 economic integration 183 education 187 electoral geography 188 empire 190 enterprise zone 195 Environmental Impact

Assessment 201 Europe, idea of 223 globalization 310 heartland 326, 327 hegemony 327 historical geography 333

homeland 343 homelessness 343 human rights 355–6 immigration 371, 372 imperialism 373 industrial geography 377 International Monetary Fund (IMF) 391

Kantianism 401 malapportionment 433 map 436 military geography 465 modifiable areal unit problem (maup) 475

multiculturalism 481 multilateralism 482, 483 narco-capitalism 486 national parks 487–8 neo-liberalism 497 NIDL 500 North-South 506 oil 510 political geography 549 post-industrial society 566 power 575, 576 private and public spheres 584 private interest developments (pids) 584–5

privatization 585 product life cycle 588 public-private partnership (PPPs) 601

racial districting 617 redistricting 626 regional alliance 632 regional geography 634 resource wars 651 restructuring 652, 653 rogue state 658 rustbelt 660 section 671 security 672 sharecropping 681 social exclusion 691 sovereign power 706 stages of growth 720, 721 structural functionalism 725 suburb/anization 732 tariff 741 underclass 779, 780 war 806 World Trade Organization (WTO) 813

zoning 816 United States Agency for

International Development (USAID). See USAID

United States Air Force 307 United States Bureau of the

Census census tract 75 frontier thesis 265 metropolitan area 459 micropolis 459

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1047 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1047

United States Central Command (CENTCOM) 460, 461

United States Department of Defense 307

United States Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) 713

United States State Department Green Revolution 318 terrorism 749

United States Supreme Court 816

Unity of Science Movement 558 Universal Declaration of Human

Rights human rights 355 hunger 359

universalism 782 cosmopolitanism 117 ethics 213 ethnocentrism 217 relativism 641 travelling theory 775

universality 669 University of Cambridge 350 University of Chicago 443. See

also Chicago School University of Iowa 611 University of Pennsylvania 639 University of Washington,

Department of Geography quantitative methods 607 quantitative revolution 611

Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs) 734

Unwin, D.J. 711 urban and regional

planning 782–3 applied geography 34 cadastral mapping 57 compact city 104 Geographic Information Systems (GIS) 280

geo-informatics 300 green belt 317 human geography 351 Lamarck(ian)ism 408 mental maps/cognitive maps 455

new town 501 postmodernism 567 von Thünen model 803 zoning 816

urban ecology 783 urban nature 788 urban village 791

urban entrepreneurialism 195, 783–4

urban exploration 784 art 36 flaneur/flanerie 256 psychogeography 597

urban fringe 395, 784 urban geography 784–7

census 75 census tract 75 Chicago School 79 communication(s) 102 complexity theory 106 human ecology 349 human geography 351 medical geography 452 mobility 467 neighbourhood 494–5 population density 552 positivism 559 redistribution 625 retailing 653 sexuality 680 social area analysis 689 society 702 townscape 764

urban implosion 788 urban managers and

gatekeepers 787–8 housing class 346 housing studies 347 suburb/anization 732

urban nature 788 urban origins 788–90

civilization 87 town 764

urban regime theory 630 urban renewal 790

ghetto 303 housing studies 347 inner city 384 neighbourhood 494

urban social movement 790–1 collective consumption 94 populism 556

urban system 791 central place theory 76 informational city 382

urban village 3, 791 urban warfare

military geography 465 slum 688

urbanism 791–2 anarchism 28 city 86 community 103 everyday life 224 exopolis 229 flaneur/flanerie 256 Los Angeles School 432 moral landscapes 479 postmodernism 567–8 spectacle 718 squatting 719 urban geography 786 urban village 791 urbanization 792, 793

urbanization 792–4 aerotropolis 8 Africa, idea of 10 city 86 communitarianism 103

community 104 conurbation 114 counter-urbanization 119 decentralization 143 exopolis 229 farming 241 global cities/world cities 304–6 historical demography 332 megalopolis 453 metropolitan area 459 modernity 471 Pirenne thesis 538–9 population density 552 quantitative methods 610 redistribution 625 rural–urban continuum 660 security 672 segregation 673 sense of place 676 Sjoberg model 685, 686 social area analysis 688–9 sprawl 719 urban ecology 783 urban geography 786 urban nature 788 urbanism 791

urbicide 794 genocide 273 topophilia 763

Urry, John complexity theory 106 geographical imagination 283 risk society 658 social theory 699 tourism 763

USAID Africa, idea of 11 stages of growth 720

uskorenie 651 utilitarianism 211, 794–5 utility theory 795 central place theory 76 gravity model 317

utopia 795–6 heterotopia 330 Pax Americana 523 situationists/situationism 685

Vaiou, D. feminist geographies 247 gender 269

Valentine, G. 123 value (economic) capital 59 labour theory of value 406–7 trust 777 wilderness 810

value-added 797 clusters 92 productivity 593 substitutionism 731

values (principles) 797 communitarianism 103 community 103

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1048 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1048

cost-benefit analysis 118 cultural economy 129 ethics 212 humanistic geography 357 positivism 559 transport geography 773 trust 777

Van Gogh, Vincent 782 Van Hear, N. 372 van Kempen, Ronald 306 Vancouver, George 231 Varenius, Bernhard chorology/chorography 83 epistemology 207 geography 288 regional geography 632 science/science studies 666

Varignon frame 426 vassalage 249–50 Vaux, Calvert 783 Veblen, Thorstein institutional economics 385 leisure 416 rational choice theory 621

vector data 798 digital cartography 162, 163 geocoding 275 Geographic Information

Science (GISc) 278 Geographic Information

Systems (GIS) 281 relational database 641 topology 762

Venables, A.J. 395 Ventner, Craig 350 Venturi, Robert 568 Vernon, R. 588 Versey, G.R. 160 vertical theme 798 historical geography 333 process 586

verticality, politics of 394, 798 Vespucci, Amerigo 24 Via Campesina 31 Vidal de la Blache, Paul anthropogeography 30 art 36 cultural geography 130 environmental

determinism 197 environmental history 199 functionalism 266 genre de vie 273 geography 290 geography, history of 297 human geography 350–1 Lamarck(ian)ism 408 morphology 480 possibilism 560 probabilism 585 regional geography 634, 635

Vienna Circle falsification 239 logical positivism 430

Vietnam War political geography 550 underdevelopment 780

viewsheds 710 Village of Euclid v. Ambler Realty

Co. 816 violence 798–9 adaptation 8 borderlands 53 camp 57, 58 carceral geographies 64 conflict 106 critical geopolitics 121 feminism 243 geopolitics 300–1 governable space 312 hazard 324 home 340, 342 memory 454 nation 487 race 615 resource 649 resource wars 651 slavery 687 terrorism 747–9 time–space compression 758 transnational corporations

(TNCs) 772 urbicide 794 war 804

Virtual Data Centre 671 virtual geographies 139,

799–800 virtual mobility 467–8 virtual reality 800 cyberspace 139 virtual geographies 799

Virtual Reality Mark-up Language (VRML) 800

virus 800–1 vision and visuality 801–2 culture 136 epistemology 207 feminist geographies 247 geographical imaginary 282 governable space 312 image 369 imaginative geographies 370 modernity 473 pragmatism 578 production of space 590 qualitative methods 605 situated knowledge 683 time-geography 756 visual methods 802

visual methods 802 discourse analysis 168 human geography 353 iconography 363 vision and visuality 801

visualization 802–3 digital cartography 162 e-social science 210 geocomputation 276

Geographic Information Science (GISc) 277, 279

geo-informatics 299 map 437 software for quantitative analysis 704

virtual geographies 799 Visualization in Scientific

Computing (ViSC) 803 Visweswaran, K. 394 vitalism

biophilosophy 47 posthumanism 564

Vitruvius 668 Vizinho, Joseph 230 Voas, D. 277 voice 637 Volosinov, V.N. 367 von Thünen model 803, 803. See

also Thünen, Johann Heinrich von

bid-rent curve 46 Chicago School 79 density gradient 154 rent 644 resource management 650 transport costs 773

Voting Rights Act of 1965 617 vulnerability 323 Vygotsky, Lev 655

Wagner, Moritz 142 Wagner, P.L. 45 Waldseemüller, Martin 24 Walker, A. 64 Walker, Richard

capitalism 62 economic growth 182 external economies 235 Fordism 260 radical geography 620

Wall Street 443 Wallach, L. 743 Wallerstein, Immanuel

commodity chain/filiere 101 development 156 political geography 550 world-systems analysis 813

Wal-Mart 235–6 Walras, Léon 495 Walt Disney theme parks 168 Wang, Gungwu 81 Wanklyn, H. 30 war 804–6

biopolitics, biopower 48 Cold War 93 conflict 106 conflict commodities 107 critical geopolitics 121 environmental security 204 Europe, idea of 222 famine 240 genocide 273 geography 287, 290

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1049 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1049

war (cont’d) geography, history of 299 hazard 324 heartland 326 humanism 356 integration 388 just war 397 Kondratieff waves 403 market 442 modernity 473 multilateralism 482 occupation, military 508 Orientalism 515 population pyramid 556 resource wars 650–1 surveillance 734 territorial integrity 744 terrorism 747 time–space compression 758 travel writing 774 tropicality 777 urbicide 794 vertical theme 798 verticality, politics of 798 violence 799 virtual geographies 800

war on terror. See also September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks

bare life (‘naked life’) 42 biopolitics, biopower 48 border 53 camp 57 conflict 106 contrapuntal geographies 114 empire 190 exception, space of 226 geopolitics 302 imaginative geographies 370, 371

imperialism 373 just war 397 liberalism 417 market 442 nomos 502 outsourcing 516 power 576 prisons 583 security 672 South, the 705 territorial integrity 744 terrorism 748–9 third space 754 war 804 world-systems analysis 814

Ward, K. public geographies 599 regime theory 630

Ware, Vron 810 Warntz, William

geography 290 macrogeography 433

Warren, Stacey 279 wars of liberation 804 Warsaw Pact

Cold War 93 emigration 188 regional alliance 632 Second World 670

Washington, D.C. Mall 478 Washington Consensus

neo-liberalism 497 terms of trade 743

waste 351 water 806–7

Green Revolution 318 human geography 351 privatization 585

Watson, J. 424 Watson, Wreford 692 Watts, Isaac 666 Watts, Michael J.

agricultural geography 17, 19 economic geography 181 farming 241 geographical imaginary 282 governable space 312 restructuring 652

Waugh, Tom 281 weapons

biosecurity 49 rogue state 658

weapons of mass destruction 523 Weaver, W. 382 Webber, Michael J.

analytical Marxism 27 critical rationalism 125

Weber, Alfred industrial geography 377 location theory 426 locational analysis 428

Weber, Max abstraction 2 capitalism 60 case study 72 city 86 class 89 commodity 101 critical theory 125 geographical imagination 283 ideal type 363 market 441 methodological

individualism 457 modernity 471 religion 643 social theory 698, 699

Weberian sociology 367 Weintraub, Roy 495 Weizman, E.

occupation, military 509 verticality, politics of 798

welfare economics 519 welfare geography 807

feminist geographies 246 health and health care 325 inequality, spatial 380, 381 Panopticon 518 Pareto optimality 519

public services 601 redistribution 625–6 zone of dependence 816

welfare reform 153 welfare state 807–8 collective consumption 93 consumption 109 creative destruction 119 fiscal crisis 255 homelessness 343 informational city 382 inner city 384 public services 601 redistribution 625–6 regulation theory 640 stages of growth 720 welfare geography 807

well-being, social. See social well-being

Welwyn 267 West, K. 786 West, the 808–9 cartography, history of 70 citizenship 84 civilization 87 colonialism 94–6 contrapuntal geographies 113 cybernetics 139 deconstruction 147, 148 domestication 171 empire 189, 190 epistemology 207 Eurocentrism 220, 221 exploration 232 identity 366 imaginative geographies 370 imperialism 373, 374 Occidentalism 507 power 576 primitivism 582 race 615 stages of growth 720 theory 752 third space 753 urban geography 786 urbanization 793, 794

West Bank intifada 394 Middle East, idea of 460

West Point (US Military Academy) 465

Western Marxism ideology 367 Marxism 445 modernism 470

Westernization 474 Westphalia, Treaty of border 52, 53 Europe, idea of 222 International Relations (IR) 391 sovereignty 706

wetlands 809–10 Whatmore, Sarah agro-food system 20, 21

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1050 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1050

dialectic(s) 158 food 259 geographical imagination 285 global commons 306 property 594 science/science studies 667

Wheatley, Paul 789 Whelan, Y. 363 Whewell, William 666 Whitbeck, R.H. 179 White, Allon 770 White, Gilbert behavioural geography 44 ecology 176 hazard 324 resource 648

White, Richard 199 White, Stephen K. 262 White Studies 810 Whitehand, J.W.R. 764 Whitehead, Alfred North actor-network theory

(ANT) 7 biophilosophy 47 geographical imagination 285 geography 292 process 587

whiteness 810 ethnicity 215 Eurocentrism 221 film 253 heteronormativity 329 humanism 356 power 576

Whittlesey, Derwent Darwinism 142 law 414 sequent occupance 677 transaction costs 767–8

Whyte, W.F. 72 Wide Area Augmentation

System 307 Wiener, Norbert 138 Wigen, K.E. 456 Wilden, A. 8 wilderness 810–11 environmental history 200 national parks 487, 488

Wilkinson, J. farming 241 substitutionism 731

Willems-Braun, B. 261 Williams, P. 785 Williams, Raymond capital 58 capitalism 59 community 104 culture 135 historicism 336 landscape 410 literature 420 market 439 materialism 449 nature 492

Williamson, Oliver E. institutional economics 385 location theory 427

Williamson, P. 277 Willis, P. 218 Wills, J. anarchism 28 labour geography 404

Wilson, Alan G. catastrophe theory 73 complexity theory 106 critical rationalism 125 entropy-maximizing

models 196 falsification 239 gravity model 316

Wilson, E.O. 46 Wilson, William Julius 384 Wilton, Robert 597 WIMP (Windows Interface,

Mouse Pointer) 800 Winchester, H. 605 Windelband, Wilhelm idiographic 368 Kantianism 400 nomothetic 502

Winichakul, Thongchai 274 Winnicott, Donald 596 Wirth, Louis Chicago School 79 urbanism 791

Withers, C.W.J. 288 Wittgenstein, Ludwig contextuality 112 foundationalism 262 gender 269 geography 289 logical positivism 430 process 587 rhetoric 655

Wolch, J. urban ecology 783 urban geography 786

Wolf, Eric cultural ecology 128 mode of production 468 political ecology 545

Wolff, Goetz 304 Wolff, Janet flaneur/flanerie 256 genocide 273

Wolff, Richard D. base and superstructure 42–3 essentialism 210 Marxist economics 445

Wolpe, H. 468 Wolpert, J. 44 Women and Development

(WAD) 269 Women in Development

(WID) 269 Women in Geography Study

Group 245 Wood, Denis

cartography, history of 70 children 80 map reading 439 psychogeography 597

Woodall, P. 743 Woodward, David

cartography, history of 70 map 434

Woodward, John 231 Woodward, K.

film 253 urban geography 785

Woodward, R. 465 Woolgar, Steve

local knowledge 423 science/science studies 667

work recreation 625 rural geography 659

Workers Party 812 workfare 405 workhouse 518 World Bank

Africa, idea of 11 aid 21 Asian miracle/tigers 38 capitalism 62–4 conflict commodities 107 development 156 Environmental Impact Assessment 201

globalization 310 governance 313 Green Revolution 318 indigenous knowledge 375 institutional economics 386 International Monetary Fund (IMF) 390

market 443 neo-liberalism 497 post-socialism 571 reconstruction 624 restructuring 652 social capital 689 squatting 719 structural adjustment 725 World Social Forum (WSF) 812

World Trade Organization (WTO) 813

world city 811 informational city 382 investment 396 territoriality 745 urban geography 786 urban system 791 world-systems analysis 814

World Conservation Union (IUCN) 108

World Cup 718 World Development Report 64 World Economic Forum 812 World Employment

Programme 381

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1051 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1051

World Geodetic System (WGS84) 307

World Meteorological Organization 90

World Social Forum (WSF) 811–12

anti-globalization 32 ecological imperialism 175 trade 766

World Summit on Sustainable Development (WSSD) 739

World Tourism Organization 763

World Trade Organization (WTO) 812–13

anti-globalization 32 capitalism 62, 64 domestication 171 economic integration 182 fair trade 238 Green Revolution 319 Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) 388

International Monetary Fund (IMF) 390

multilateralism 482 neo-liberalism 497 patenting 522 postmodernity 570 South, the 705 tariff 741 terms of trade 743 trade 766 World Social Forum (WSF) 812

World War I. See First World War

World War II. See Second World War

World Wide Web (WWW) 392 world-systems analysis 813–14

Annales School 30 Brenner thesis 56 colonialism 94 core–periphery model 115–16 dependency theory 154 global cities/world cities 304

imperialism 374 migration 463 mode of production 468 political geography 550 regional geography 635 structural functionalism 725

Worldwide Fund for Nature 108 Worster, D. 200 Wright, Erik Olin

analytical Marxism 27 capitalism 61 class 88

Wright, J. 21 Wright, J.K.

behavioural geography 44 geography, history of 297 geopiety 300

Wright, Melissa W. critical human geography 123 private and public

spheres 584 Wright, Sewall 142 Wrigley, E.A.

Agricultural Revolution 20 historical demography 331 historical geography 333

Wrigley, N. regional geography 634 retailing 654 sunk costs 733

writing exploration 232 qualitative methods 606

WSF. See World Social Forum WTO. See World Trade

Organization Wymer, C. 275

Xiaofeng, L. 663 XSight 703

Yellowstone National Park (Wyoming, USA) 487

Yeltsin, Boris 624 Yeoh, B. 762 Yiftachel, Oren 217 Yinger, J. 788

Young, Iris Marion difference 160 ethics 213 gender 269 public space 602 social justice 694

Young, Robert 776 Yugoslavia ethnicity 215 partition 521

Yule’s Q 73 Yuval-Davis, N. 679

Zacuto, Abraham 230 Zakaria, Fareed 461 Zapatista rebellion 570 Zellner, Arnold 43 Zhou, M. 82 Zhou, Y.X. 732 Zimmerer, Karl 200 Zimmerman, E.W. 648 Zionism kibbutz 401 religion 643

Zola, Emile 621–2 zonal model 815, 815–16 invasion and succession 395 multiple nuclei model 484 sectoral model 671 Sjoberg model 685 von Thünen model 803

zone of dependence 501, 816

zone of indistinction. See indistinction, zone of

zoning 816 Geographic Information

Systems (GIS) 280 housing studies 347 rural planning 660 sprawl 719 Tiebout model 755 urban and regional

planning 782 Zonn, L. 253 zoos 108, 816–17 Zorbaugh, H. 79

Gregory / The Dictionary of Human Geography 9781405132879_6_index Final Proof page 1052 2.4.2009 8:55pm

INDEX

1052

The Dictionary of Human Geography

Contents
Preface to the Fifth Edition
How to Use This Dictionary
Acknowledgements
List of Contributors
Editorial Advisory Board
THE DICTIONARY OF HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
Bibliography
Index